B.A./B.Sc.

Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 1
OUTLINES OF TESTS, SYLLABI AND COURSES
OF READING IN THE VARIOUS SUBJECTS
FOR B.A./B.Sc. PART-II (12+3 SYSTEM OF
EDUCATION) EXAMINATION-2010-11
ENGLISH (COMPULSORY)
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 100
A. Texts Prescribed
1. Gauri by M.R. Anand
2. Moments in Time : An Anthology of Poems, Guru Nanak
Dev University, Amritsar.
3. Murphy's English Grammar (Raymond Murphy), 3rd
Edition, CUP 2004, rept. 2005. (Units : 42-48, 53-68, 98-112)
Instructions for the paper setter/examiner :
Note : The question paper will consist of three sections and
the distribution of marks will be as follows :
Section A : 20 Marks
Section B : 48 Marks
Section C : 32 Marks
Section-A : It will consist of ten (10) questions on usage of grammar
related to units 42-48, 53-68, 98-112 of Murphy's English
Grammar (Reymond Murphy), 3rd Edition, CUP. 2004
rept. 2005. Each question will carry two (2) marks. All
questions will be compulsory.
Section B : It will consist of eleven (11) questions. Students will
be required to attempt eight (8) questions. Each question will
carry 6 marks. The total marks for this section will be 48.
Eight questions (Q. I to VIII) will be set from the two literary
texts (four from Novel and four from Poems). The questions
on literary texts will include two reference to the context
questions on poems. The students will be required to attempt
any five (5), choosing at least two questions from each
2 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
prescribed text. The questions from literary texts will be
answered in about 15 lines each.
The next three (3) questions (IX-XI) will be set on vocabulary
and composition as given below. All the questions will be
compulsory.
Question IX will be set on the vocabulary introduced in the
two prescribed texts. The question should test meaning and
usage of items glossed in the text.
Question X will be Translation of a short passage from Hindi/
Punjabi to English
OR
Paraphrase of a short poem (only for foreign students who
do not know Punjabi or Hindi).
Question XI will be Comprehension of an unseen prose
passage. Three short questions of 2 marks each shall be
asked on the given passage.
Section-C : It will consist of four questions, each carrying eight
marks. Total marks for this section will be 32.
Question I-III will be set from the two literary texts, atleast
one from each. Each question will have internal choice and
has to be answered in not more than 300 words (two to
three pages). The students will be required to attempt all the
three questions.
Question IV will be writing an essay of about 35050 words
on a given topic (with internal choice).
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 3
ENGLISH (ELECTIVE)
Paper-A
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 100
Instructions for Paper Setters :
Section-A
1. Five questions, each to be answered in not more than 60
words, will be set from the play, The Merchant of Venice.
Each question will carry 2 marks. The examinees will be
required to answer all the questions. (2x5=10 marks)
2. Five questions, each to be answered in not more than 60
words, will be set from the book, Fresh Showers. Each
question will carry 2 marks. The examinees will be required
to answer all the questions. (2x5=10 marks)
Section-B
1. The examinees will be required to answer 2 questions on
reference to the context out of the three set from the play,
The Merchant of Venice and two questions on reference
to the context out of the three set from the text book, Fresh
Showers. (6x4=24 marks)
2. The examinees will be required to write notes on any four
out of the six literary terms given from those prescribed in
the syllabus. (6x4=24 marks)
Section-C
1. The examinees will be required to answer in 500-600 words,
one essay-type question out of the two set from the play,
The Merchant of Venice. (16 marks)
2. The examinees will be required to answer in 500-600 words,
one essay-type question out of the two set from the textbook
Fresh Showers. (16 marks)
Prescribed Books :
1. The Merchant of Venice by William Shakespeare.
CENGAGE Learning Indian Edition, 2008.
4 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
2. Fresh Showers, G.N.D.U. Publication
The Following poems are deleted :
(i) Alexander's Feast (ii) Evelyn Hope (iii) Adam's Curse
(iv) Lay your Sleeping Head (v) A Hub for the Universe
(vi) Birches (vii) Tithonus.
3. Glossary of Literary Terms (eighth edition) by M.H.
Abrams, Wadsworth CENGAGE Learning Publishers.
The following literary terms are prescribed for study:
Biography, Discourse analysis, Dissociation of sensibility,
Dramatic monologue, Expressionism, Formalism, Genres,
Melodrama, Persona, Poetic diction, Realism, Satire, Setting,
Sonnet, Style, Tone and voice, Tragedy, Three unities,
Tragicomedy, Wit and humour.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 5
ENGLISH (ELECTIVE)
Paper-B
Time: 3 Hrs. Max. Marks : 100
Instructions for Paper Setting :
Section-A will comprise 10 queations. Each question carrying
2 marks, the total weightage of this section will be 20 marks. The
examinees will be required to answer all the questions. The division
of marks and the nature of questions to be set from each text will
be as follows :
1. Five questions, each to be answered in not more than five
sentences, will be set from Modern English Prose.
2. Five questions, each to be answered in a word, a phase, or
anot more than three sentences, will be set from the textbook.
Study Writing. The questions should relate to the task like
identifying a sentence as formal/informal or creating a
definition/developing a statement from a single word/phrase
or giving classification/comparison etc. as suggested in the
tasks given in the textbook, Study Writing.
Section-B will comprise eight questions. Each question
carrying 6 marks, the total weightage of this section will be 48
marks.
1. Six questions will be set from Modern English Prose. The
examinees will be required to answer any 4 questions.
2. Six questions based on the tasks given in the textbook, Study
Writing will be set. The examinees will be required to
answer any 4 questions. These questions will be related to
the tasks such as rewriting a short passage in formal/
academic/objective style by making changes in its grammar
and vocabulary or creating a paragraph from a statement in
the form of definition or classification or identifying and
completing text structure/identifying words, phrases,
sentences that signal evaluation or recommendation etc.,
exploring cohesion and coherence in a given prose passage.
6 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Section-C will comprise 2 questions, each carrying 16 marks.
The total weightage of this section will be 32 marks.
1. Two essay type questions will be set from Modern English
Prose. The examinees will be required to answer any of
the two in 400-600 words.
2. Three topics or statements will be given for writing an essay
in 400-600 words on any one of the topics/statements. The
examinees will be instructed to use academic style, and
appropriate method of development i.e. definition, comparison
and contrast, argument etc. The evaluation of the essay
will be based on the use of appropriate style, method,
strategies etc. as suggested in the textbook, Study Writing.
Books Prescribed
Modern Prose : English and Indian, G.N.D.U. Publication
Study Writing : A Course in Writing Skills for Academic
Purposes by Liz Hamp-Lyons and Ben Heasley, Cambridge
University Press, 2008, (South Asia)
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 7
FUNCTIONAL ENGLISH (Vocational)
Paper-A
Writing-Skills
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 75
Practical : 25
The paper shall consist of 3 Sections.
Section-A carries 16 marks. 2 questions will be set of 8 marks
each testing learner's ability to identify formal, informal
response, and to provide contextual responses to given
expressions.
Section-B carries 35 marks. 7 questions carrying 7 marks each
will be set. Students will be required to attempt any 5
questions. Questions should evaluate the student's ability
to use language according to the given situation/context
and present it in the written mode.
Section-C carries 24 marks. Two questions of 12 marks each will
be set. First question shall be on comprehension of a given
conversation. Second question shall consist of short notes
with internal choice on key concepts like oral or written
communication, difference between dialect and idiolect,
difference between register and style etc.
Course Contents :
Imaginative use of parts of speech.
How to plan paragraph writing. How to change direct into indirect
speech and vice versa.
Sentence connector and cohension.
Substitution and ellipsis.
Sentence Variations and the rewriting of sentences.
Imaginative features of language.
Idioms and phrases.
8 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
The objective is to teach the students the technique of writing
and develop their power of expression through composition.
Exercises and Letter-writing, precis and comprehension; paragraph-
rising and expansion; descriptive writing; report writing; script writing
for announcement, comparing should be administered.
Books Recommended :
a) Writing with a Purpose by Tickoo, Champa and
Sasikumar (OUP).
b) Essentials of Grammar and Composition by Legget et.
al., Prentice Hall.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 9
Paper-B
CONVERSATIONAL ENGLISH
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks 100
Theory : 75
Practical : 25
The paper shall consist of 3 Sections.
Section-A carries 16 marks. 2 questions will be set of 8 marks
each testing learner's ability to identify formal, informal
response, and to provide contextual responses to given
expressions.
Section-B carries 35 marks. 7 questions carrying 7 marks each
will be set. Students will be required to attempt any 5
questions. Questions should evaluate the student's ability
to use language according to the given situation/context
and present it in the written mode.
Section-C carries 24 marks. Two questions of 12 marks each will
be set. First question shall be on comprehension of a given
conversation. Second question shall consist of short notes
with internal choice on key concepts like oral or written
communication, difference between dialect and idialect,
difference between register and style etc.
Note : There will be a practical examination of 25 marks. An
external examiner will test communication skills in
specific with the help of an interview or oral test.
Objective : To introduce different social situations and develop
Conversational Skills.
Course Contents :
Language and Society.
Language and Communication
English in situations :- (a) Greetings, (b) In the post office,
(c) At the bank, (d) Buying a dress, (e) At the travel agency,
10 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
(f) At the customs, (g) At the International Airport, (h) Booking
a room at a Hotel, (i) Making a telephone call, asking the time
making an apology, receiving-seeing of a guest, (j) At the Chemist,
At the doctor, (k) At a Dinner Party, At the Restaurant; at the
coffee bar, (l) Making an appointment, At the ladies' hairdresser,
At the hospital (m) Buying a Theatre Ticket.
Field Work :
Visit to various places offering different situations and
practising conversation in actual situations. Students should be able
to relate the situations in dialogues.
Books Recommended:
(i) Spoken English with Cassette by Sasikumar and
Dhanuja.
(ii) A Course in Listening and Speaking-I by Sasikumar
et.al.
On The Job Training :
To get apprenticeship training in conversational English for
one month. (Students can work in Bank, Hotels, Computer Centres,
Air Lines Offices etc.)
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 11
¤H!8| (õ!HH|)
HH' : 3 =ð Wõ HW : 100
1. W!|¥ W|03|-hirBjn isMG,
gurU n`nk dyv wUnIvristI, EMimRqsr, 2007.
2. H!¤ |õW |8W'T|
(sMp`. rOSn l`l EhUj` Eqy mnjIqp`l kOr),
gurU n`nk dyv wUnIvristI, EMimRqsr, 2007.
3. H¤¤ 08õ! (¤H|)
4. U730| |85|-¤30
5. |¥H!W0ð :
(a) mUL ivE`krx iek`eIE~ dI pC`x Eqy sQ`pqI
(E) v`k bxqr Eqy v`k rcn`
(e) aupv`k bxqr : pC`x Eqy k`rj
(s) Sbd joV~ dy inwm
(h) gurmu@KI il@pI dIE` ivSySq`v~
HW ¥3 3 ¤¤0 Hð0' õ8| JU!|83'
1. iksy ie@k kivq` d` ivSY vsqU/s`r (do iv@coN ie@k) 20 EMk
2. iksy ie@k ie@k~gI d` ivSY vsqU/s`r (do iv@coN ie@k)
j~ c`r iv@coN do p`qr~ dI p`qr-aus`rI 20 EMk
3. sMKyp rcn` (pRYsI) 10 EMk
4. d&qrI ic@TI-p@qr (do iv@coN ie@k) 10 EMk
5. nMbr 5 auqy inrD`rq ivE`krx iv@coN 20 EMk
vrxn`qimk pRSn
6. auprokq lVI nMbr 1 Eqy 2 dIE~ pusqk~ ivcoN sMKyp au u#qr~
v`ly 10 pRSn pu@Cy j`xgy| hryk d` au#qr 50 Sbd~ qoN v@D n`
hovy| 10x2=20 EMk
12 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
¤H!8| (|8õW|ð¥)
¤08!-8
sm~: 3 GMt y k@ul EMk : 100
1. H¤W!õ| ¤H!8| W!|¥ (1701 qoN 1900) 40 EMk
(sMp`.) hrijMdr isMG iF@loN Eqy nrjIq isMG Kihr`,
gurU n`nk dyv wUnIvristI, EMimRqsr, 2007.
2. W8! WJ!ð|
(sMp`.) f`. rGbIr isMG Eqy pRo. drb`r` isMG, 30 EMk
pMj`bI wUnIvristI, pitE`l`|
3. H|¥H!8!0 H3 ¤ H!8| H|¥H!8!0 (inbM D sM gR ih) 30 EMk
(sMp`.) f`. rxjIq isMG b`jv` Eqy ipRMsIpl vIr isMG rMD`v`,
gurU n`nk dyv wUnIvristI, EMimRqsr, 2007.
U|õð H3 8|H
1. H¤W!õ| ¤H!8| W!|¥ (1701 qoN 1900) 10+10=20 EMk
(a) pRsMg sihq ivE`iKE` (c`r iv@coN do)
(E) iksy kivq` d` ivSY vsqU/kvI b`ry j`xk`rI Eqy ausd`
wogd`n (do iv@coN ie@k) 10 EMk
(e) mltIpl cox pRSn 5x2=10 EMk
2. W8! WJ!ð|
iksy iek kh`xI d` ivSY-vsqU/kl`, kh`xIk`r b`ry j`xk`rI
Eqy ausd` wogd`n (do iv@coN ie@k) 20 EMk
3. H|¥H!8!0 H3 ¤H!8| H|¥H!8!0 (inbMD sMgRih) iksy iek
lyK d` ivSY/s`r/SYlI (do ivcoN iek) 20 EMk
4. W8! WJ!ð| Eqy H|¥H!8!0 H3 ¤H!8| H|¥H!8!0 pusqk~
iv@coN p`T E`D`irq sMKyp au u#qr~ v`ly pRSn (Cy iv@coN c`r)
4x5=20 EMk
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 13
pMj `bI ( i el Yk i t v) pMj `bI ( i el Yk i t v) pMj `bI ( i el Yk i t v) pMj `bI ( i el Yk i t v) pMj `bI ( i el Yk i t v)
pr c`- bI pr c`- bI pr c`- bI pr c`- bI pr c`- bI
sm~: 3 GMt y k@ul EMk : 100
1. ¤H!8| H!|J3 U! |8|3J!H (1701 qoN 1900)
(sMp`.) f`.rqn isMG j@gI, pµj`bI wUnIvristI, pitE`l`,
1992.
(a) s`ihqk rUp, D`r`v~ Eqy pRivrqIE~
E) s`ihqk rUp~ dy smu@cy ivk`s b`ry pRSn pu@Cy j`xgy|
(ivEkqIgq s`ihqk`r sMbMDI pRSn nhIN pu@iCE` j`vyg`)
au pro kq do h~ B`g~ ivco N do -do pR Sn pu @ Cy j`xgy , ijnH ~
iv@@coN prIiKE`rQIE~ ny ie@k-ie@k pRSn h@l krn` hovyg`|
20+20=40 EMk
2. (a) 1. id@qy pYrHy ivcoN Sbd-joV~ dI suD`eI 5 EMk
2. id@qy pYrHy nUM ivSr`m icMnH l`auxy| 5 EMk
(E) E`locn`-pRx`lI n`l sMbMiDq 10 mUl sMklp :
ibMb, pRqIk, ElMk`r, SYLI, imQ, kQ`nk, p`qr-aus`rI,
rUp qy vsqU, Enukrx, ivrycx (c`r iv@coN do)
5+5=10 EMk
3. s`ihq rUp : v`r, jMgn`m`, ik@s`, k`&I, jnms`KI, in@kI
kh`xI : pirB`S`, pRikrqI Eqy q@q (iqMn iv@coN do)
10+10=20 EMk
4. pMj`bI B`S` Eqy gurmuKI il@pI : mu@FlI j`xk`rI (do iv@coN
ie@ k) 20 EMk
14 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
k `r j I pMj `bI k `r j I pMj `bI k `r j I pMj `bI k `r j I pMj `bI k `r j I pMj `bI
ku@l EMk=100
pr c`- ey= pr c`- ey= pr c`- ey= pr c`- ey= pr c`- ey= i l Kx SYl IE~ i l Kx SYl IE~ i l Kx SYl IE~ i l Kx SYl IE~ i l Kx SYl IE~ 50 EMk 50 EMk 50 EMk 50 EMk 50 EMk
pr c`- bI =r smI i l Kq~ pr c`- bI =r smI i l Kq~ pr c`- bI =r smI i l Kq~ pr c`- bI =r smI i l Kq~ pr c`- bI =r smI i l Kq~ 50 EMk 50 EMk 50 EMk 50 EMk 50 EMk
pRwoj n : pRwoj n : pRwoj n : pRwoj n : pRwoj n :
1. pMj`bI B`S` dI ivE`krnk bxqr n`l j`x-pC`x
2. pMj`bI B`S` dy rijstr~ sMbMDI j`x-pC`x
3. pR`pq ilKx SYlIE~ n`l j`x pC`x kr`aux` Eqy rsmI p@Dr
'qy ilKx d` EiBE`s kr`aux`|
sm~: 3 GMt y sm~: 3 GMt y sm~: 3 GMt y sm~: 3 GMt y sm~: 3 GMt y k@ul EMk : 50 k@ul EMk : 50 k@ul EMk : 50 k@ul EMk : 50 k@ul EMk : 50
1. pMj`bI B`S` dy rijstr~ sbMDI j`x-pC`x : s`ihqk B`S`,
aupB`S`, ivEkqI B`S`, ipijn qy kirAl, bx`vtI B`S`|
20 EMk
2. s`D`rx v`k~ nU M sM wu kq Eqy imSrq v`k~ ivc bdlx` :
isD~q Eqy EmlI vrqoN (G@to-G@t 50 EiBE`s kr`auxy)
15 EMk
3. irporitMg krn` : sm`c`r ilKx dI ivDI Eqy q@q, sm`c`r~
dy pRk`r, sMKyp krn` qy ivE`iKE` krnI| 15 EMk
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 15
k `r j I k `r j I k `r j I k `r j I k `r j I pµj `bI pµj `bI pµj `bI pµj `bI pµj `bI
pr c` ey: pRYkt Ikl pr c` ey: pRYkt Ikl pr c` ey: pRYkt Ikl pr c` ey: pRYkt Ikl pr c` ey: pRYkt Ikl
sm~: 2 GMt y sm~: 2 GMt y sm~: 2 GMt y sm~: 2 GMt y sm~: 2 GMt y kul EMk : 50 kul EMk : 50 kul EMk : 50 kul EMk : 50 kul EMk : 50
(¤Wð|Wõ ¤08 |¥8 |¥|UH!08|H' U| Hðõ-HH¥ð-|õ¤ð
UT3! U| ¤||¤H! õ8| H!¥T|)
¥!H! ¤UTH!õ! |¥8 H|¥H!H W0õ! :
a) pMj`bI dy aup-B`S`eI auc`rn nUM sux ky irport iqE`r krnI|
E) suxy gey Sbd~ dy E`D`r 'qy s`D`rx qy sMwukq v`k isrjxy|
e) B`Sx nUM sux ky sMKyp rUp iqE`r krn`|
s) irk`rf kIqIE~ ^br~ nUM sux ky ilKx`|
k `r j I pMj `bI k `r j I pMj `bI k `r j I pMj `bI k `r j I pMj `bI k `r j I pMj `bI
pr c` bI : i QaUr I pr c` bI : i QaUr I pr c` bI : i QaUr I pr c` bI : i QaUr I pr c` bI : i QaUr I
sm~: 3 GMt y sm~: 3 GMt y sm~: 3 GMt y sm~: 3 GMt y sm~: 3 GMt y ku@l EMk : 50 ku@l EMk : 50 ku@l EMk : 50 ku@l EMk : 50 ku@l EMk : 50
1. k`rjI B`S`--d&qrI B`S`, ieSiqh`rI B`S` | 10 EMk
2. P`eIl~ qy noitMg dyx dI ivDI, ic@TI p@qr ilKx dy pRk`r :
d&qrI, pirv`rk Eqy sm`jI| 20 EMk
3. rsmI p@ qr ivh`r, EY kspR Y s p@ qr, q`r, d&qrI E`dy S,
d&qrI sUcn`, pRYs not E`id| 20 Eµk
16 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
k `r j I pMj `bI k `r j I pMj `bI k `r j I pMj `bI k `r j I pMj `bI k `r j I pMj `bI
pr c` bI : pRYkt Ikl pr c` bI : pRYkt Ikl pr c` bI : pRYkt Ikl pr c` bI : pRYkt Ikl pr c` bI : pRYkt Ikl
sm~: 2 GMt y sm~: 2 GMt y sm~: 2 GMt y sm~: 2 GMt y sm~: 2 GMt y k@ul EMk : 50 k@ul EMk : 50 k@ul EMk : 50 k@ul EMk : 50 k@ul EMk : 50
(¤Wð|Wõ ¤08 |¥8 |¥|UH!08|H' U| |¥|TH!¤õ. õ|ðT
H3 õð||¥WHõ |õ¤ð U| HH08! U| ¤||¤H! õ8| H!¥T|)
a) ivigE`pn isrjx` : in@q vrqoN dIE~ 50 vsq~ dy ky aunH~ dy
ivigE`pn ilKx Eqy bolx d` EiBE`s B`S`-pRwogS`l`
iv@c krv`aux`|
E) d&qr~ nUM ilKy p@qr nUM sm@grI bx` ky noitMg dyx d` EiBE`s
krv`aux` (30 p@qr)
e) &`eIl~ dy E`D`r 'qy E`rfr/notIi&kySn ilKx d` EiBE`s
krv`au x`|
Eml I i s@i KE` Eml I i s@i KE` Eml I i s@i KE` Eml I i s@i KE` Eml I i s@i KE`
i ksysr k`r I/Er D sr k`r I/ZYr sr k`r I Ed`r yi vc Eml I
qOr 'qyi qMn h&qydI i sKl `eI pR`pq kr nI hovygI Eqyi es dI pRoj Ykt
i r por t i qE`r kr nI zr Ur I hovygI|
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 17
PUNJAB HISTORY AND CULTURE
(1000 to 1849 A.D.)
(Special Paper in lieu of Punjabi) (Compulsory)
(Common-for B.A./B.Sc. Part II)
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 100
Total Teaching Periods: 75
Note:- Each question paper shall consist of two sections viz
A and B as under:-
Section A:
The examiner shall set 10 questions and the candidates will
attempt any 7 questions carrying 4 marks each. Answer to each
question shall be in 10 to 15 sentences. The total weightage of this
section shall be 28 marks.
Section B:
The examiner shall set 8 questions which will cover the entire
syllabus. The candidates shall attempt any 4 questions in atleast 5
pages. Each question shall carry 18 marks. The total weightage of
this section shall be 72 marks.
1. The Punjab under Turko-Afghan Sultans.
2. The Punjab under the Great Mughals.
3. Salient features of the Bhakti Movement and Sufism in the
Punjab.
4. Guru Nanak Dev's teachings and impact on society.
5. Development of Sikhism (1539-1606) with special
reference to Sangat, Masand System, Compilation of Adi
Granth and Martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev.
6. Martyrdom of Guru Teg Bahadur: Foundation of Khalsa by
Guru Gobind Singh.
18 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
7. Banda Bahadur and his achievements.
8. Sikh struggle for sovereignty in the Punjab, 1716 to 1799.
9. Ranjit Singh's Rise to power, his civil and military
administrations and relations with the British.
10. The Anglo-Sikh Wars and Annexation of the Punjab.
11. Development of Punjabi Language and Literature, classical
writings and famous legends of the Punjab.
12. Social life with special reference to position of women, fairs,
festivals, folk music, dances and games in the Punjab.
Suggested Readings :
1. Kirpal Singh (ed.) History and Culture of the Punjab,
Part-II, Patiala,1990 (3rd edition).
2. Fauja Singh (ed.) History of the Punjab, Vol. III, Patiala,
1972.
3. G. S. Chabra: The Advanced History of the Punjab,
Vol. 1.
4. J.S.Grewal : The Sikhs of the Punjab, The New
Cambridge History of India, Cambridge, 1991.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 19
Sanskrit (Elective)
Paper—A
(an +i·¤ uºii ari+i·¤)
(Teaching—Six Periods per week)
Time : 3 Hours M.M. 100
¤ ··÷¤ i ¬i -i·¤- lr·(i ri ^i+ ¬-iº ¬ -¬n.lr·(i.¤ ¬i(i.¬ ^ ¬ i -
ri ¬¬n r +
I. f+riifºu ¤ia¤+a
+. lrni ¤( ·i (·iºi¤ºi¤lº÷n) ¬ z( ·i ( ¤i ªi·(i ¬ º·iiºni
¤¬i·i·(iºiºi¬i +ººc. .: ¬¬
.. ¬i(·(ºi ((iºi) ·i¬·i¬i¤(·i ·iiºni¤ l(ni ¤¬i·i· l(·¬i
.cc.. -c ¬¬
.. ¬-iº ¬··i( (¬il¬(i¬)÷¤¤- ¬^ .: ¬¬
II. ¤z+¤>i f+aiºi f+¤zi
¤z+÷¤>i + º ªiia ria÷
¤ºia ªiia÷zo ¤+
fnuí¤ ªiia÷so ¤+
uuí¤ ªiia÷ºo ¤+
i. ¤ºia ªiia
·i¬·i¬i¤(·i ¬ : ¤·· nªii ¬-iº ¬··i( ¬ ¤¤-¬^ ¬ : ¤··
¬ªiin ¬¬ +c ¤·· ¬ln¬l·i·n ¬-iºi ¬ l¬¤ ¤¬ ¬i¤^+ ¤-¤¬
¤·· ¬ . ¬¬ ri^+ +cx.=.c
.. fnuí¤ ªiia
(¬) ·i¬·i¬i¤(·i ¬ - ^ni·i (¬º . ¬ ¬º¬iªi ¤¬ ¬i¤^+
¤-¤¬ ¬ +c ¬¬ ri^+ .x+c=.c
(ªi) ¬-iº ¬··i( ¬ ¤¤- ¬^ ¬ - ¤n (¬º . ¬i ¬¤¬^ ·¤iª¤i
¤¬i ¬i¤+ ¤-¤¬ ¬ / ¬¬ r+ .x/½=+:
(^) (i) ¬z(·i( ¬ . ^ni·i (¬º ¤¬ ¬i ¬¤¬^ ¬º¬iªi
¤¬i ¬i¤^i+ :¬¬ : ¬¬ ri^+ +x:=:
20 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
(ii) ¬z(·i( ¬ . ^ni·i ¤n (¬º ¤¬ ¬i ¬¤¬^ ·¤iª¤i ¤¬i ¬i¤^i+
:¬¬ +c ¬¬ ri^+ 1x10=10
º. uuí¤ ªiia
(¬) ·i¬·i¬i¤(·i ¬ l··iilºn ¬·i ¬ ¬·(l··in . ¤·· (¬º ¤¬ ¬i
¬-iº ¤¬i ¬i¤^i+ :¬¬ +c ¬¬ ri^+ 1x10=10
(ªi) ¬z(·i( ¬ . ¬ªii¬i ¬i ·i- (¬º ¤¬ ¬i ¬iº ¤( l·i·ii ¤¬i
¬i¤^i+ :¬¬ +c ¬¬ ri^+ 1x10=10
(^) ¬-iº¬··i( (¤¤- ¬^) ¬ ¬·(< . ¤·· (¬º ¤¬ ¬i ¬-iº ¤¬i
¬i¤^i+ :¬¬ +c ¬¬ ri^+ 1x10=10
III. +ic ÷uuí¤ ªiia + fnv ¬·ªiif¤u f¤·¤
+. zi++i¬i¤¤zi
(¬) ·i¬·i¬i¤(·i ¬i ¬iº
(ªi) ¤ii l¤iºi
(^) ^n ·i¬i
(·i) ¬·-i ¬i -(ª¤
(÷) ·i¬·i¬i¤(·i ¬i -r-(
(¤) ^·ªi¬iº ¬i ¬l·i·n ¤lº¤¤
(¬) ^n ¬i·¤ ¬i l(·i·ini¤
.....:-¤il(+
.. +aiº ¬·ªi¤ (¤¤a ¬a)
(¬) ¬ªii ¬iº+
(ªi) ¤ii l¤iºi
(^) ¤¬lnl¤iºi
(·i) ·i¬i
(÷) (s¤iºi÷¬(i( (l·i·-¤
....:-¤il(+
SANSKRIT (Elective)
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 21
Paper—B (·¤i+ººi uºii ¤+¤i¤)
(Teaching—Six Periods per week)
Time : 3 Hours M.M. 100
¤··÷¤i ¬i -i·¤- lr·(i ri^i+ ¬-iº ¬-¬n.lr·(i.¤¬i(i.¬^¬i - ri
¬¬n r+
I. f+riifºu ¤ia¤+a
+. ·¤¬· ¬l··i +c ¬¬
.. ¬-i¬ (r·r n-¤ª·i) +c ¬¬
.. ·i·( ª¤ .c ¬¬
(¬) (( -l· ·(i º-i ^ª ·i· ¬n -ii (i¤ ¬^n
·i(n ~l-(¬ (l·i -·¬ ¤¬ -rn ¬z( ¤(·
¤·(-¬ l(r¬+
(ªi) ¤ln ¬ln ¤·-( ¬--(+
(^) :(- ¬(¬ n( ¤n( ¤( l¬- (ni·i l¬^i -)+
-. ·iinª¤ (¬- ¬i- ¬- ¬÷ l(l·il¬÷ ¬¬iºi -) .c ¬¬
(¬) ·(il(^ºi÷º·i ¬·i+
(ªi) ¬i(il(^ºi÷¬¬+
(^) n(il(^ºi÷n( l¬¤ ¤··i -¤ l-¬+
(·i) ª·iil(^ºi÷l·i( l¬(+
(÷) n·il(^ºi÷n· ¬+
(¤) ¬¤il(^ºi÷¬i ^r ni+
(¬) ¤ºil(^ºi÷¤º ¬ªi ·i·i n¬ l¤·n º¤+
:. (+) uf<u ¤-¤¤ +c ¬¬
¬ºi -n¤ -( n¬ :-l·¤ -¤- nº¤ n-¤+
-. (i·¤ ¤lº(n· (¬- ¬¬iº -) : ¬¬
/. -ii ¤-¤¤ : ¬¬
º. ¬·( +c ¬¬
¬··-¤ (·i-ªi :·((¬i ¬¤·((¬i ¬¤¬iln l·iªilººii
-·(i¬i·ni -il¬·i l(n·-i¬i ·ii(¬ l(¬il÷n (¬·n
ln¬¬i+
º. ¬-¬n - ¬·(i( +c ¬¬
II. ¤z+ f+aiºi f+¤zi
22 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
¤z+ ¤>i + º ªiia ria÷
¤ºia ªiia÷.c ¬¬
fnuí¤ ªiia÷-c ¬¬
uuí¤ ªiia÷.c ¬¬
i. ¤ºia ªiia
:¬- ·¤¬· ¬l··i ¬ ¬l··i.¬l··i l(·¬( ¤º ¬i·iilºn : ¤·· nªii
¬-i¬i ¬ ¬--n¤( ¬i l(^r ( ¬-i¬÷·i- ¤º ¬i·iilºn : ¤·· ¬ªiin ¬¬
+c ¤·· ¤¬ ¬i¤^+ ¤-¤¬ ¬ . ¬¬ r+ 10x2=20
z. fnuí¤ ªiia
(¬) º ·i·( (¬º - ¬ ª¤ ¤¬ ¬i¤^+ ¤-¤¬ ¬ : ¬¬ ri^+
4x5=20
(ªi) º ·iin ( ¬º - ¬ ª¤ l¬ªi· ¬ l¬¤ ¬ri ¬i¤ + ¤ -¤ ¬ ·iin ¬ ª¤i ¬
l¬¤ : ¬ ¬ r+ 4x5=20
(^) +c ·i·(i ¬ ¬iªi l··iilºn nl<n ¤-¤¤ (¬º : ¬ nl<ni·n ª¤
l¬ªi(i¤ ¬i¤^+ ¤-¤¬ nl<ni·n ·i·( ¬ . ¬¬ ri^+ :x.x+c
(·i) - (i·¤ (¬º . ¬i (i·¤ ¤lº(n· ¤¬i ¬i¤^i+
¤-¤¬ ¬ .½ ¬¬ ri^+ .½ +.½=5
÷) +c ·i·(i ¬ ¬iªi -ii ¤-¤¤ (¬º : ¬i -ii ¤-¤¤ ª¤ l¬ªi(i¤i
¬i¤^i+ ¤-¤¬ ¬i + ¬¬ ri^i+ 5x1=5
º. uuí¤ ªiia
(¬) - ¬·( (¬º . ¤¬ ¬i¤^+ ¤-¤¬ ¬ . ¬¬ ri^+
»i(i
l··iilºn l·i·· l·i·· ¬·(i (i¬ - ·¬i¬i·i (¬º . ¬ ¬·(i ¬i
-¤·-i¬ººi ¤¬i ¬i¤^i+ ¤-¤¬ ¬ : ¬¬ ri^+ 2x5=10
(ªi) lr·(i - ¬º¬ ( ¬·i (i·¤i (i¬ . ^ni·i (¬º ¤¬ ¬i ¬-¬n -
¬·(i( ¤¬i ¬i¤^i+ :¬¬ +c ¬¬ ri^+ 1x10=10
SANSKRIT (Vocational)
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 23
Paper - I
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Part-A
In this part 10 Objective type/Short Answer questions
carrying 2 marks each will be set. All questions will be compulsory.
Marks : 20
Part-B
In this part 12 Questions carrying 6 marks each will be set.
The candidates will have to attempt only 8 questions out of these
12 questions.
Marks : 48
Part-C
In this part 4 questions carrying 16 marks each will be set.
The candidates will have to attempt only 2 questions out of these 4
questions.
Marks : 32
Note:The question Paper will be set in Hindi.
24 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
SANSKRIT (Vocational)
Paper - II
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks :Total : 100
(Theory) : 84
(Practical) : 16
Part-A
In this part 10 Objective type/Short Answer questions carrying 2
marks each will be set. All questions will be compulsory.
Marks : 20
Part-B
In this part 12 Questions carrying 6 marks each will be set. The
candidates will have to attempt only 8 questions out of these 12
questions. Marks : 48
Part-C
In this part 4 questions carrying 16 marks each will be set. The
candidates will have to attempt only 2 questions out of these 4
questions. Max. Marks : 32
16 (Written) + 16 (Practical) = 32
Note:
1. There will be a practical examination of 16 marks to
fulfil the U.G.C. requirement.
2. The question paper will be set in Hindi.
¤z+ ¤>i÷¤ºia ¤z+ ¤>i÷fnuí¤
+. ¬·(¬i ·¬- ¬·(¬i·i·- +. ·i(¬i ºl(·i¤
.. ¬i-ii·¤·- .. ¬(·i(
.. ¬in¬- .. ¬(¬i¬
-. ·i-¬ººi- -. ¬l¤º÷i·¬ººi-
:. ¬ºi(·i :. ¬( l(¬ilººi
-. ¬··¤ i·i·- -. ·iiºni¤ (-n ·ii-i ¤lº¤¤
/. ¤÷i¬- /. ^rl·-iºil(l·i
º. l(·iiº·- º. ^r¤(·i
º. ¬¤·¤·- º. (i-n ·iil·n
+c. ¬-i(n·- +c. ^r-ªi·i-i
++. l((ir +.. ¬·-¤l·i-
+.. ¬¤º¬-i lºi
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 25
lr·¤í
¤¤º v
ar¤¤aí+ +i·¤ v¤ sfuri¬ uºii +i·¤ia
¬a¤ uí+ ¤iºc +n ¤+ ioo
+ic ¤r ¤··÷¤i ni· ·ii^i - l(·i·n r+
ªiº÷÷v+
:¬ ·ii^ - ¬ +c ¤·· ¤¬ ¬i¤^+ :¬ ¬i ¤i¤ ¤l·n¤i - ¬-nº
(·i ri^i+ :¬ ·ii^ ¬ ¬·ii ¤·· ¬l·(i¤ r+ ¤-¤¬ ¤·· (i ¬¬i
¬i r+ ¬¬ ¬¬ .c
ªiº÷÷¤i
:¬ ·ii^ - +. ¤·· ¤¬ ¬i¤^ l¬·- ¬ º ¤··i ¬i ¬-iº (·i
¬l·(i¤ ri^i+ ¤-¤¬ ¤·· ¬i ¬-iº (i ¤·-i n¬ ¬il-n ri^i+
¤-¤¬ ¤·· ¬ ¬ ¬¬ r+ ¬¬ ¬¬ -º
ªiº÷÷uí+
:¬ ·ii^ - ¤iº ¤·· ¤¬ ¬i¤^ l¬·- ¬ (i ¤··i ¬i ¬-iº (·i
¬l·(i¤ r+ ¤-¤¬ ¤·· ¬i ¬-iº ¤i¤ ¤·-i ¬i ri^i+ ¤-¤¬ ¤··
¬i¬r ¬¬i ¬i ri^i+ ¬¬ ¬¬ ..
f+riifºu ¤ia¤+a
¤ia¤÷¤+u+
i. ¬i·¤÷^lº-i ¬·¤i(¬ ÷iŒ rº-r·( l¬r ((i ¤¬i·i¬ ^ª ·i·¬
(( ¤l·(l¬-i ¬-n¬º+
z. fr·(i ¬ilr-¤ ¬i :lnri¬ ¤¬i·i¬ ^ª ·i·¬ (( ¤l·(l¬-i
¬-n¬º+
÷ lr·(i ¬ilr-¤ ¬ ¬il(¬i¬ ¬iº ·il·n ¬i¬ ¬i ¬·¤¤· ¬¤l·in
r+ n-¬·(··ii ¤-ªi ¤lº·ii÷¬il(¬i¬ ¤lºl-ªiln¤i l(·i·ini¤
·i-¬ººi ¬i¬ l(·ii¬·il(+
·il·n¬i¬÷·i-¬ººi ¬i¬ l(·ii¬· ¤lºl-ªiln¤i l(·i·ini¤+
26 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
.. ¬¬¬iº÷l·ª¤ºi nªii -ri(º ¬i¬il·n¤i+
÷ ¬·¤i¬¤-¬ ¬¤-i ª¤¬ ¤ni¬ l(ºi·ii·ii¬ (¬ ¬¬¬iº) ¬i
¬i(irººi ¤lº¤¤+
÷ l¬·ri . -ri(ºi nªii . ¬i¬il·n¤i ¬i ¬ªi ¬iº (i·¤ ¤¤i^+
f¤ª¤i++¸n f¤ªii¬+
+. ¤ºia ªiº÷ - ¤iº ¤ªi- ¤·· ¬¬¬iºi nªii -ri(ºi ¬i¬il·n¤i
¬ ¬º· ri ^ + ·i ·i - ¬i·i ¤ ·· ¤i- ¤ ¤ -n¬ nªii ¬i·i ¤ ··
¬ilr-¤lnri¬ ¬ ri^+
.. ¤¬º ªiº÷ - ¤iº ¤·· ¬¤¬^ ·¤iª¤i¬i ¬ ri^ l¬·- ¬ (i
¤·· ¬l·(i¤ r+ (i ¤·· ¬¬¬iº ¬il( ¬ nªii ·i·i ¤··i - ¬ ni·
¤·· ¬ilr-¤lnri¬ ¬ nªii ni· ¬l( nªii ¬l(ni¬i ¬ ¬·(l<n
ri^+
.. uuí¤ ªiº÷ - (i ¤ ·· ¬l( ¤ ( ¬l(ni¬i ¬ - ·¤i ¬· nªii
¬ilr-¤lnri¬ ¬ ri^+
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 27
fr·¤í
¤¤º ¤í
¤¤·¤i¬, +ic+ uºii ¬<if·u+í
¬a¤ uí+ ¤iºc +n ioo
+ic ¤r ¤··÷¤i ni· ·ii^i - l(·i·n ri^i+
ªiº÷÷v+
:¬ ·ii^ - ¬ +c ¤·· ¤¬ ¬i¤^+ :¬ ¬i ¤i¤ ¤l·n¤i - ¬-nº
(·i ri^i+ :¬ ·ii^ ¬ ¬·ii ¤·· ¬l·(i¤ r+ ¤-¤¬ ¤·· (i ¬¬
¬i r+ ¬¬ ¬¬ .c
ªiº÷÷¤i
:¬ ·ii^ - +. ¤·· ¤¬ ¬i¤^ l¬·- ¬ º ¤··i ¬i ¬-iº (·i
¬l·(i¤ ri^i+ ¤-¤¬ ¬i ¬-iº (i ¤·-i n¬ ¬il-n ri^i+ ¤-¤¬
¤·· ¬ ¬ ¬¬ r+ ¬¬ ¬¬ -º
ªiº÷÷uí+
:¬ ·ii^ - ¤iº ¤·· ¤¬ ¬i¤^ l¬·- ¬ (i ¤··i ¬i ¬-iº (·i
¬l·(i¤ r+ ¤-¤¬ ¤·· ¬i ¬-iº ¤i¤ ¤·-i ¬i ri^i+ ¤-¤¬ ¤··
¬i¬r ¬¬i ¬i ri^i+ ¬¬ ¬¬ ..
f+riifºu ¤ia¤+a
¬l-ni (¤lnril¬¬ ¬¤·¤i¬) ¤·i¤i¬
¬iºii¬ (·i-¬) ¬^(i·i¤(
¬<ifu+í
¬¤·¤i¬ nªii ·i-¬ ¬i ¤lº·ii·ii -(ª¤ n-( ¤¬iº
¤+ f¤ªii¬+÷
+. ¤ºia ªiº÷ - ¬i·i ¤·· ¬<il·n¬i ¬ ¬iº ¬i·i ¤·· ¤i-¤ ¤-n¬i
¬ ri^+
.. ¤¸¬º ªiº÷ - ¬ ¤iº ¤·· ¬<il·n¬i ¬·(··ii. ¤iº ·¤iª¤i ¬·(··ii
nªii ·i·i ¤iº ¤·· ¤i-¤¬- - l··iilºn ¤-n¬i ¬ ri ^ + ¤ ¬n¬i
¬ ¬ ( ·ii ¤ ·· ¬ª¤ l·i·¤ ¤iii º^-¤ nªii ¬l·i·¤ni ¬(·ii
ri^+ ¤-¤¬ ªiº÷ - ¬ (i (i ¤·· ¬º· ¬l·(i¤ r+
.. uí¬º ªiº÷ - (i ¤ ·· ¬ <il·n¬i nªii (i ¤i- ¤ ¤ -n¬i ¬ ri ^ + :·-
¬ ªi¬i ¬ ¬ilr-¤ ¬ - ·¤i ¬· -r-( ¤ln¤in nªii ·i-¬ ¬i º ¬¤·¤i¬
l(·ii¬i ¬ n-( ¬il( ¤º ¤ ·· (¤i- ¤ ¤ -n¬i ¬ ¬ (·i - ) ¤ ¬ ¬i¤ ^ +
28 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
¤¤zi+n fr·¤í
¤ ¤º÷v+
fc·¤ºií, ¤i÷¤ nªi+, ·¤i¤¬if¤+ ¤>i¤iº ¤iº
ªif¤u+iní+ fr·¤í ¬ifr-¤ +i sfuri¬
¬a¤ uí+ ¤iºc ¤¸ºii+ ioo (so+zo)
+ic
+) ¤r ¤··¤i ni· ·ii^i - (-i r¬i r+ ¤r¬ ·ii^ - ¬ (¬ ¤·· ¤¬
¬i¤^+ :¬ ·ii^ ¬ ¬·ii ¤·· ¬l·(i¤ r+ ¤-¤¬ ¤·· (i ¬¬i ¬i
r + +n ¤+ zo
ªi) :¬ ·ii^ - (iºr ¤·· ¤¬ ¬i¤^ l¬·- ¬ ¬i- ¤··i ¬i ¬-iº (·
r ¤-¤¬ ¤·· +cc ·i·(i n¬ ¬i ¬i-i ¬i ri^i+ ¤-¤¬ ¤·· ¬
¤i¤ ¬¬ ri^+ +n ¤+ 4o
a) :¬ ·ii^ - ¤iº ¤·· ¤¬ ¬i¤^ l¬·- ¬ (i ¤··i ¬i ¬-iº (·i
¬l·(i¤ r+ ¤-¤¬ ¤·· ¬i ¬-iº ¤i¤ ¤·-i ¬ªi(i ¤¬ r¬iº ·i·(i
n¬ ¬il-n ri^i+ ¤-¤¬ ¤·· ¬ +c ¬¬ ri^+ +n ¤+ zo
¤i) ¤i¬¤c÷¤i¬·- ¬ l(·i¤ ¬i -(i¬ln ^ª ·i·¬ (( l(·(l(ni¬¤
¬ lr·(i l(·ii^ ¬ ¬·¤·i ¬ l¬lªin ª¤ - ¬·i ri^i+ ¤i¬·- ¬i
º¤- ¬i ni· ¤ln¤i (-l¬n) l(·(l(ni¬¤ ¬ lr·(i l(·ii^ - (il·i¬
¤ºi·ii ¬ (i ¬·nir ¤( ·i¬·i ri^i+ +n ¤+ io
aifªi+í÷-ilªi¬ ¤ºi·ii ¬i ¬l-ln - l(·(l(ni¬¤ ¬i ¬·¤·i.¬·¤·i ¬i
nº¤ ¬ ·i-¬( ¤i¤¬º nªii ¬i¬¬ ¬i l(·ii^i·¤·i ri^+
+n ¤+ io
f¬<i·u ÷
(+) fc·¤ºií ¤iº¤ nªi+
¬iai·¤ ¤fº¤¤
+. l-·¤ºii l-·¤ºii - ¤¤·n ·ii·ii ¬iº ·i¬i+
.. ¤¬ººi (¬¬) ·¤iºi (lr--ºi)
.. ¬i·ilº¬ ¤¤i (Flagging of reference)
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 29
-. ¬¬ n¤iº ¬º·i
:. ¤lººii- n¬ ¤r¤·i ¬iº ¬i¤(iri ¬i ¤-ni(·i
-. l-·¤ºii ¬i l(·i ·ini¤ .¬·iºi ¬i º :¬- ¤ ¤ ·n ¬i ¬i· (i¬i
¬i(·¤¬ ¬i¤i¤ilº¬ni+
(ªi) ¤ifºi¤¤ ¤iº ·¤i¤¬if¤+ ¤>i¤iº
+. (ilºi·¤ (Commercial) ¬iº ·¤i(¬il¤¬ (Business) ¬i
¤i¤iºi ¬i -(ª¤
.. ¬i¤i¬¤ (ilºi·¤ ¬iº ·¤i(¬il¤¬ ¤ii - ¬·nº
.. ¤-ni(÷¤i (Letters of Offer)
-. ·ii(÷(º÷¬¤i (Quotations)
:. (¬¬.l(·i¤¬ (Invoice/Bills)
-. º¬i( (Receipts)
/. ¬i(·i÷¤i (Letters of Placing Orders)
º. ·i^ni·÷¬¤·i (Advice of Payments)
º. (¬ - ¬·÷(· ¬·(··ii ¤i (Letters regarding Banking
Transactions)
+c. (ilºi·¤ ¬iº ·¤i(¬il¤¬ ¤ii ¬i ·i·(i(¬i
++. l(ni¤· ¤lº¤¤ ¬i º ¤ ¬i·i·il·i¬iº ·i i ¬ ·ii(·i ·ii·ii ¬i º
-r-(
+.. l(ni¤· - (i·¤i·i.¤( ¬i ¤·ii( ¬iº -r-(
+.. ¬¤¬ ¤¬i·i·il·i¬iºi ¬ ^ºi
(a) fr·¤í ¬ifr-¤ +i sfuri¬
+. lr·(i ¬ilr-¤ ¬ ·il·n¬i¬ ¬i l(·i·ini¤
¤¤ia ÷
+. l(¤ ^¤ l(·i¤i ¤º ¬·¤ ¬l·i¬ilº¤i ¬ ¬i-· l(l·i·· ¤¬iº ¬
¬¬ ¤-nn ¬º· ¬i ¬·¤i¬+
30 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
.. ¬¤¬··i l(ni¤·i ¬i ¤¬lin ¬º·i ¬iº ¬·¬i ¬·(i(
f¤ªii¬+
+. ¤ªi- ªiº÷ - (ilºi·¤ ¬iº ·¤i(¬i¤ ¬ ¬-i¬ . ¬ +c n¬ - ¤··
¤¬ ¬i¤^+
.. lrni¤ ªiº÷ - l-·¤ºii ¤iª¤¬ªi· ¬iº l(ni¤· ·iii - ¬ ¤··
¤¬ ¬i¤^+
.. nni¤ ªiº÷ - (ilºi·¤ nªii ·¤i(¬il¤¬ ¤i¤iº ¬-i¬ + . nªii
lr·(i ¬ilr-¤ ¬i :lnri¬ ¤º ¤·· ¤¬ ¬i¤^+
¤fº¤i¬+i ÷
+c ¬ +. ¤·-i ¬i ¤i¬·- n¤iº ¬º·i ri^i+ +c ¬¬
aifªi+í +c ¬¬
¬·¤ªi ¤+u+
+. l-·¤ºii nªii ¤ ¤¤-· ¬i - ¤ ¬i·i l¬ r¬ ¤ini (º ¤l·¬l·i ^
ººº÷:-- ¤i¬ ºi÷ ·: l(·¬i ++ccc:.
.. ·¤i(rilº¬ lr·(i ·ii^÷. ¬i-¤¬i·i l¬r¬ ¤ini(º ¤l·¬l·i^
ººº÷:-- ¤i¬ ºi÷ ·: l(·¬i ++ccc:.
.. ·¤i(rilº¬ lr·(i ÷iŒ -r·( l--i¬ ·ii(ºi ¬-ªii· +..+ºc ¬i¤
·i- l(l·÷^ l(¬i ¬i:·¬ l(·¬i÷++ccc/.
-. ¤i^ilºi¬ ¬i¬ªi· ( l-·¤ºii l(ºi¬ ¤-.¤. ºi¬¤i¬ ¤º÷ ¬¬
¬i·-iºi ^- l(·¬i÷++ccc-.
:. lr·(i ¬ilr-¤ ¬i :lnri¬ (i¬(( ·i-i ¬^(i¬ ¬¤ ¤¬i·i· ·:
¬÷¬ l(·¬i+
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 31
¤¤zi+n fr·¤í
¤¤º÷¤i, f+¤¤+ ¤iº ¤¬ f¤nf·u
(Interpretation and Press Communiques)
¬a¤ uí+ ¤iºc ¤¸ºii+ ioo (so+zo)
+ic
+) ¤r ¤··¤i ni· ·ii^i - (-i r¬i r+ ¤r¬ ·ii^ - ¬ (¬ ¤·· ¤¬
¬i¤^+ :¬ ·ii^ ¬ ¬·ii ¤·· ¬l·(i¤ r+ ¤-¤¬ ¤·· (i ¬¬i ¬i
r + +n ¤+ zo
ªi) :¬ ·ii^ - (iºr ¤·· ¤¬ ¬i¤^ l¬·- ¬ ¬i- ¤··i ¬i ¬-iº (·i
r+ :· ¤··i ¬i ¬-iº (i ¤·-i - (·i ri^i+ ¬ªi(i (i ¬i ·i·(i
n¬ ¬i ¬i-i ¬i ri^i+ ¤-¤¬ ¤·· ¤i¤ ¬¬ ¬i r+
+n ¤+ 4o
a) :¬ ·ii^ - ¤iº ¤·· ¤¬ ¬i¤^ l¬·- ¬ (i ¤··i ¬i ¬-iº (·i
¬l·(i¤ r+ l¬·- ¬ (i ¤··i ¬i ¬-iº ¤i¤ ¤·-i ¬ªi(i ¤¬
r¬iº ·i·(i n¬ ¬il-n ri^i+ ¤-¤¬ ¤·· +c ¬¬ ¬i ri^i+
+n ¤+ zo
¤i) ¤i¬·-÷¤i¬·- ¬ l(·i¤ ¬i -(i¬ln ^ª ·i·¬ (( l(·(l(ni¬¤
¬ lr·(i l(·ii^ ¬ ¬·¤·i ¬ l¬lªin ª¤ - ¬·i ri^i+ ¤i¬·- ¬i
º¤- ¬i ni· ¤ln¤i (-l¬n) l(·(l(ni¬¤ ¬ lr·(i l(·ii^ - (il·i¬
¤ºi·ii ¬ (i ¬·nir ¤( ·i¬·i ri^i+ +n ¤+ io
aifªi+í÷-ilªi¬ ¤ºi·ii ¬i ¬l-ln - l(·(l(ni¬¤ ¬i ¬·¤·i.¬·¤·i ¬i
nº¤ ¬ ·i-¬( ¤i¤¬º nªii ¬i¬¬ ¬i l(·ii^i·¤·i ri^+
+n ¤+ io
32 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
f¬<i·u ÷
(+) f+¤¤+ (Interpretation)
+. l·(¤· ·¤i r`
.. l·(¤· ·ii ¬·ii(·i ·il-¬i
.. (·iil·i¤i ^ºi ¬iº ¬-iº(il¤-(
-. l·(¤· ¬iºi·i ¬iº -¤·-i¬ººi
:. ·ii·ii ¤º ¬l·i¬iº (¬^¬i÷lr·(i ¬iº ·iii¤ ·ii·ii¤)
-. (·iil·i¤ ¬iº ¬·(i(¬ - ¬·nº
/. ¬i·i÷·ii·iinººi ¬·(i( (¬··¤iª¤i)
º. ¬¤i(·
º. (-¬i (¬·ii¬i) ¬iº (i(÷l((i( ¬ l··¬·i ¬i ·¤iª¤i
+c. ·ii·iºi ¬i ¬(·i ¬iº ·¤iª¤i·i ¬i ¬iº
(ªi) ¤¬ f¤nf·u (Press Communiques)
+. ¤¬ l(nl·n ¤lº¤¤ ¬(·iiººii -(ª¤ ¬iº ·ii
.. ¤¬ ¤¬i·i·i (Press release) ¬i -ª¤ l(·i¤ (-n
.. ¬iºi·i
-. ¤¬ l(nl·n ·ii·ii ·i¬i
:. ¤¬ l(nl·n ·i·(i(¬i
-. ¤·l(¬i¬· (Review) ¬iº ¬¤i(· (Editing)
/. ¤¬ ¤¬i·i·i ¬iºi ¬º· ¬i ¬l·i¬iºi
º. ¬(º¬ (Coverage)
º. ¤¬ lº¤i-÷·ii·ii ¬iº ·i¬i
+c. ¤¬÷lº¤i- ¬º·i (Draft Report)
++. ¤¤ ºil÷^
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 33
(a) aª¤ ¬ai¤iº ¤>i ¤fº¤¤ ¤iº sfuri¬
¤ ¤i a
+. (l·¤i l(·i¤i ¤º ¬-r(iº (r¬ ¬iº ¬·¬i ·¤iª¤i
.. ¬i·i÷·ii·iinººi (Extempore) ¬·(i( ¬i ¬·¤i¬
.. ·ii·ii¬i ·¤iª¤i·i ¬iº ¤i^i-i ¬i ¬(·i ¤r¤· ¬i ¬·¤i¬
-. ¤¬ ¬i lr·(i÷¬ªi·.¤i- (Version) n¤iº ¬º·i ¬-i¤iº -(
¬il( (¬^¬i ¬-i¤iº ¤ii - ¤¬il·in)
:. ¤¬÷¤¬i·i· l(·i¤i ¬ l·(·i· n¤iº ¬º·i+
f¤ªii¬+
(¬) l·(¤· nªii ¤¬ l(nl·n - ¬ ¤·· ¤¬ ¬i¤^+
(ªi) l·(¤· + ¬ - n¬ - ¤·· ¤¬ ¬i¤^+
¤¬ l(nl·n ¬ + ¬ . n¬ ¤·· ¤¬ ¬i¤^+
¤ ¬i( ¬ ¬-i¤iº ¤i÷ ¤lº¤¤ ¬i º :lnri¬ ¬ ( ·ii ¤ ·· ¤ ¬
¬i¤^+
¤fº¤i¬+i
+c ¬ +. ¤·-i ¬i ¤i¬·- n¤iº ¬º·i ri^i+
+n ¤+ io
aifªi+í +n ¤+ io
¬·¤ªi ¤+u+ ÷
+. ¤f>i+i ¬¤i¤+ +ni, ºi-¤·( ln(iºi ¬i¬ ªi ¤ ¬i·i· ·: l(·¬i+
.. ¬ai¤iº ¤>i ·¤¤+ºii¤+, ¬·n ^i¤¬ ·i(÷ -·¤¤(·i lr·(i ^ªi
¬¬i(-i ·ii¤i¬+
34 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
RUSSIAN
Paper - A (Written)
Time: 3 Hours M.Marks : 100
1. Translation from Russian into English/Hindi/Punjabi
30 Marks
2. Comprehension (Texts with questions) 30 Marks
3. Translation from English to Russian 40 Marks
Course of Reading & Prescribed Text-Book :
"RUSSIAN" by Wagner V.N. & Ovsienko Y.G.
(Lessons 26 t0 40) PPH, N.D., 1991.
Note : Dictionaries are allowed.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 35
RUSSIAN
Paper-B
Time : 3 Hrs. M.Marks : 100
(A) (Written) 50
1. Grammer 35
2. Composition (one out of five topics) 15
Topics : My friend; My family; City; My University; My work;
An Off Day; Our Library.
Courses of Reading & Prescribed Text-Book :
- Declension of Nouns & Adjectives in all Cases & Numbers.
- Verbs of motion with & without prefixes
- Use of
- "RUSSIAN" by Wagner V.N. & Ovsienko Y.G.
(Lessons 26 to 40)
- "RUSSIAN" by Ovsienko Y.G. & Skopina (Part-I & II)
(B) Oral/Practical 50
- Reading of a text 15
- Dictation 15
- Conversation 20
36 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
FRENCH
Paper-A (Written)
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 100
Composition and Grammar :
1. A Dialogue in French of about one page on the topic covered
in the Text Book. 15
2. An informal letter in French (to friend & family) 10
3. Questions on Applied Grammar pertaining to the text 40
(Exercises from the textbook)
4. Conjugations of verbs used in the text) 15
5. Short answer questions from the textbook. 20
The general questions are based on the vocabulary of the
text book. (Eight out of the tweleve to be attempted).
Courses of Reading & Prescribed Text-Book :
"CONNEXIONS-2" by Regine Merieux & Yves Loiseau,
Published by Didier, 2004.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 37
FRENCH
Paper-B
M.Marks : 100
A : Written : 60
B : Viva : 40
A. : Written (Translation & Literature)
Time : 3 Hrs. M. Marks : 60
1. Translation from French to English 15
(From the textbook)
2. Translation from English to French. 15
(From the textbook)
3. Summery of one of the poems studied. 15
4. Conte De Fee-Le Petit Chaperon Rouge 15
Course of Reading & Prescribed Text-Book :
- "CONNEXIONS-2" by Regine Merieux & Yves Loiseau,
Published by Didier, 2004.
- Conte De Fee-Le Petit Chaperon Rouge
- Poetry-Dejeunei Matin (Prevert)
(B) Oral/Practical 40
- Reading of a text 10
- Dictation 10
- Conversation 20
Course of Reading & Prescribed Text-Book :
- "CONNEXIONS-2" by Regine Merieux & Yves Loiseau,
Published by Didier, 2004.
38 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
URDU (ELECTIVE)
Paper-A
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 100
Note : - Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners:
Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answer to each question up to five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total
weightage of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the
section shall be 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each
question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by the
examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Each
question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Prose & Poetry
i) Explanation of Verses
ii) Explanation of Prose
iii) Introduction to Literary contribution of the following Poets
and Prose writers.
Poets
Mir Taqi Mir, Asad-ulla-Khan Ghalib, Nazir Akbarabadi,
Brij Narain Chakbast & Jigar Muradabadi)
Prose Writers
Sir Syed Ahmad Khan, Mohd. Hussain Azad, Altaf Husain
Hali, Munshi Prem Chand, Rashid Ahmad Siddiqui)
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 39
Book Prescribed
Naqoosh-e-Adab published by Education Book House,
A.M.U. Market, Aligarh, 2003.
Books Recommended
1. Mukhtasar Tarikh-Adab-e-Urdu, by Aijaz Husain, Education
Book House, A.M.U. Market, Aligarh, 2003.
2. Urdu Zaban-o-Adab ka Khaka by Khushhal Zaidi, Edara
Bazme Khizre Rah, 80-Ghaffar Manzil Jamianagar, New
Delhi, 110025, 2001.
40 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
URDU (ELECTIVE)
Paper-B
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note :- Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners :
Each question paper may consist of three sections
as follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answer to each question up to five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total
weightage of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the
section being be 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Novel and Precis Writing
1. a) Novel : Plot, characterisation, language and style &
treatment of situation/social condition.
b) Explanation of a paragraph from the novel.
2. Media and Information :
(Qualities and Duties with reference to Urdu)
Book Prescribed :
Ek Chadar Maili Si by Rajinder Singh Bedi, Education Book
House, A.M.U. Market, Aligarh, 2003.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 41
Books Recommended
1. Urdu Sahafat by Saqib Siddiqui, Sir Syed Book Depot, Jamia
Urdu, Medical College Road, Aligarh-202002 (UP), 2003.
2. Sahafat Kaya Hai edited by Department of Persian and
Urdu, Punjabi University, Patiala, 2001.
3. Television Ki Sahafat by Shakeel Hasan Shamsi, 37-Johri
Mohalla, Lucknow, 2001.
42 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
PERSIAN (ELECTIVE)
Paper - A
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 100
Note : - Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners:
Each question paper may consist of three sections as
follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answer to each question up to five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total
weightage of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the
section being 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Prose and Poetry
Prose :
Azan-e-Maghrib by Saeed Nafisi. (Page-171)
Khana-e-Pidari by Saeed Nafisi. (Page-178)
Khud-Kushi by Mohd. Hijazi, (Page-199)
Eidi by Mohd. Hijazi. (Page-205)
Poetry :
a) Ghazaliyat-e-Hafiz
Agar An Turk Shirazi Badasat Arad Dile Mara
Dil Miravad z Dastam Sahib Dilan Khudara
Saqi Banoor-e-Bade Bar Afroz Jam-e-Ma. (Pages 4-8)
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 43
b) Ghazaliyat-e-Khusrau
Jaan z tan Burdi-o-Dar Jani Hanuz
Madeh Pindam Keh Man Dar Sene Sauda-e-Digar Daram
Janan Shabi Bakoo-e-Ghariban Maqam Kun. (Pages 24-
25)
Qasida Mlik-ush-Sho'ara Bahar (Jughad-e-Jang)
1. Fughan z Jughad-e-Jang-o-Marghwai-o. (Pages 54-59),
2006.
Masnavi-Maulana Room
Bishno Az Nai Choon Hikayat Mee Kunad
Hikayat Ashiq Shudan-e-Badshah Bar Kaneezak
Zahir Shudan-e-Ijz-e-Hakiman Az Mo' alija-e-Kaneezak
Badshah b Dargah-e-Khuda-o-Khwab Didan Shah Wali Ra
(Pages 117-133)
Book Prescribed :
Nisab-e-Jadeed-e-Farsi, Published by Jyed Press Ballimaran
Delhi-6 and available from Maktaba Jamia, Urdu Bazaar, Jama
Masjid, Delhi-6. (1990)
Books Recommended :
1. Jadid Farsi Shai'ri by Dr. Mohd. Taqi Ali Abidi, Uttar
Pradesh Urdu Academy, Lucknow, 1996.
2. Jadid Farsi Shai'ri by Dr. Munib-ur-Rehman, University
Press, A.M.U. Aligarh, 1980.
3. Asari Farsi Shai'ri by Dr. Syed Ahsan-uz-Zafar, Uttar
Pradesh Urdu Academy, Lucknow, 1995.
4. Masnaviyat-e-fani Kashmiri by Iraq Raza Zaidi, 2003 (2nd
Edition).
5. Sho'ra-e-Namwar by M.M. Jalali, Uttar Pradesh Urdu
Academy, Lucknow, 1995.
6. Tarikh-e-Adabiyat-e-Iran by Raza Zada Shafaq, Edara
Musannifin, Hyderabad, 1990.
44 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
PERSIAN (ELECTIVE)
Paper - B
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 100
Note:- Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners:
Each question paper may consist of three sections as
follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answer to each question up to five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total
weightage of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the
section being 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Grammar and Persian Genres :
a) Grammar : Definitions and kinds of the following :
Ism, Zameer, Sifat, Fail, Fa'il, Mafool & Jumla
Mutazad Alfaz
b) Persian Genres:
Ghazal
Qasida
Masnavi
Rubai
Dastan
Dastan-e-Kotah
Zindgi Nameh
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 45
Media :
Its Qualities and Duties
Books Recommended:
1. Miftah-ul-Qawaid by Mohiuddin Jafri, 2001.
2. Naseem-e-Balaghat by Jalal-ud-din Jafri, 2001.
3. Farsi-o-Dastur, Part-II by Zohra Khanlari, 2003.
4. Urdu Sahafat by Anwar Dehlvi, Urdu Academy, Delhi, 2000.
5. Rehbar-e-Akhbar Navisi by Iqbal Qadri, Qaumi Council,
R.K. Puram, New Delhi, 1999.
6. Urdu : Radio aur Television Mein by Kamal Ahmad Siddiqui.
Qaumi Council, R.K. Puram, New Delhi, 2003.
7. Awami Zra'i Iblagh : Tarsil aur Tamir-o-Tarraqi by Shahid
Parvej, Qaumi Council, R.K. Puram, New Delhi, 2001 (2nd
reprint).
46 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
HISTORY
Paper-A
History of India (1707-1964 A.D.)
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note : The question paper shall consist of two sections as
follows :
Section A : The examiner will set 10 questions and the candidates
will attempt 7 questions carrying 4 marks each. Answer to each
question will be in 10 to 15 sentences. The total weightage of the
section will be 28 marks.
Section B :The examiner will set 8 questions which will cover the
entire syllabus. The candidates will attempt any 4 questions in at
least 5 pages each. Each question will carry 18 marks. The total
weightage of this section will 72 marks.
Important Note : Paper Setter must ensure that questions
in Section-A do not cover more than one point, and questions in
Section-B should cover at least 50 percent of the theme.
1. Foundation of British Rule : Advent of the British; Battles
of Plassey and Buxar, Clive and Warren Hastings; Subsidiary
Alliance Policy, Doctrine of Lapse.
2. The Uprising of 1857 : Causes, Spread of the Uprisings,
Nature and aftermath.
3. Economic Changes : Agriculture, British commercial
policies and the impact on the trade balance; Destruction
of indigenous industries; the growth of modern industry;
The drain theory.
4. Growth of Education and Political Organisation : New
education; Rise of the middle classes, Political institutions.
5. Socio Religious Movements : Brahmo Samaj, Arya
Samaj, Rama Krishana Mission, Prarthna Samaj,
Theosophical Society, Aligarh Movement.
6. The Revolutionary Terrorism : Partition of Bengal and
its impact; Revolutionary Terrorism in Bengal, Maharashtra
and the Punjab, Impact on the national movement.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 47
7. The Phase of Non-Co-operation : Emergence of Gandhi;
The Jallianwala Bagh Massacre and its impact; Khilafat
agitation; the Non-cooperation Movement; Withdrawal and
impact; the Swarajists; The Simon Commission.
8. The Phase of Civil Disobedience : The programme and
the course of the Civil Disobedience movement, the Round
Table Conferences; Communal Award; Poona-pact;
Withdrawal of Civil Disobedience Movement.
9. Constitutional Development : The Acts of 1861 and
1892; the Minto-Morley Reforms of 1909, The Act of 1919
and Dyarchy; Government of India Act, 1935 and Provincial
Autonomy.
10. Towards Partition and Independence : Growth of
communal politics; Lahore resolution, Cripps proposals; 'Quit
India' Movement; the INA Trials, Interim Government and
Elections; Cabinet Mission towards Independence.
48 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
HISTORY
Paper-B
History of the Punjab (1469-1799)
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note : Each question paper shall consist of two sections as
follows :
Section A : The examiner will set 10 questions and the candidates
will attempt any 7 questions carrying 4 marks each. Answer to
each question will be in 10 to 15 sentences. The total weightage of
this section will be 28 marks.
Section B : The examiner will set 8 questions which will cover the
entire syllabus. The candidates will attempt any 4 questions in at
least 5 pages each. Each question will carry 18 marks. The total
weightage of this section will be 72 marks.
Important Note : Paper Setter must ensure that questions
in Section-A do not cover more than one point, and questions in
Section-B should cover atleast 50 percent of the theme.
1. Sources : Geographical and Physical features, Historical
literature in Persian and Punjabi; Religious literature;
Administrative records and documents; European travellers'
accounts, Non-literary sources : numismatics and paintings.
2. Socio-Religious condition of the Punjab around 1500
A.D. : The Sunnis; the Shias; the Sufis, the Brahmans; the
Jogis; the Vaishnava bhakti and the saints.
3. Foundation of Sikh Panth : Guru Nanak Dev and his
Teachings : Early life, Conception of God, Importance of
the Guru, Insistance on right conduct and earnest profession;
Institution of community kitchen (Langer) and
Congregational worship (sangat), Succession to Guruship.
4. Development of the Sikh Panth : Guru Angad Dev to
Guru Arjan Dev : Increasing number of sangats : Sikh
ceremonies; the Manji and Masand system, The founding
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 49
of the sacred places, The Harimandir. Compilation of the
Adi Granth.
5. Transformation of the Sikh Panth : Guru Hargobind
to Guru Tegh Bahadur : Martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev
and Guru Hargobind's response; Armed conflict with the
state; Circumstances leading to the accession and martyrdom
of Guru Tegh Bahadur.
6. Creation of Khalsa : Meaning; Circumstances leading to
the creation of the Khalsa (1699); New Social order; Conflict
with the Hill chiefs and Mughal administrators; Legacy.
7. Banda Bahadur : Early life of Banda Bahadur and his
meeting with Guru Gobind Singh; His political activities upto
the conquest of Sarhind; Establishment of an independent
rule; Imperial compaign against Banda.
8. Political Struggle (1716-48) : Position of the Sikhs;
Repression and conciliation by the Mughal governors, Abdus
Samad Khan and Zakaria Khan (1716-1745), Ghallughara,
Sikh-Afghan struggle (1752-65); Occupation of Lahore, the
striking of the coin; Causes of Sikh success against the
Mughals and Afghans.
9. Leading Sardars and Territories : Nawab Kapur Singh;
Jassa Singh Ahluwalia; Bhangis; Jassa Singh Ramgarhia;
Charat Singh and Mahan Singh; Jai Singh Kanhaya; Ala
Singh.
10. Political Organisations of the Sikhs in the 18th
Century: Rakhi; Dal Khalsa; Gurmata, Misl. Emergence
of new rulers and their military resources; Administrative
arrangements; Land revenue; Administrative of Justice.
50 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Political Science
Paper – A
(Indian Constitution)
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks: 100
20x4 = 80
10x2 =20
Instructions for the Paper Setter:
The question paper will consist of five Sections: A,B,C,D
and E, Section A,B,C and D will have two questions from the
respective portion of the syllabus and will carry 20 marks each.
Section E will consist of 10 short answer type questions to be set
form entire syllabus i.e sections A, B, C & D and will carry 20
marks in all, such short answer type questions carry 2 marks.
Instructions for the candidates:
Candidates are required to attempt one question each from sections
A,B,C and D of the question paper and the entire section E. The
candidates are required to answer the short questions in not less
than 50 words.
Section — A
1. Constitution Assembly and making of India’s Constitution.
2. Basic features of the Indian Constitution.
3. Preamble and its importance.
4. Nature of Indian Federalism and Centre-State Relations.
Section — B
1. Fundamental Rights, features, kinds and evaluation.
2. Fundamental Duties.
3. Directive Principles of the State Policy.
Section — C
1. Parliament: Composition, Powers and Role.
2. President: Election, Powers and Position.
3. Indian Cabinet and Prime Minister: Election, Powers,
Position and Changing Role.
4. Supreme Court and High Court: Composition, Powers
and Role.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 51
Section — D
1. Governor: Appointment, Powers and Role.
2. State Legislature: Composition, Powers and Role.
3. Council of Ministers and Chief Minister: Election,
Powers, Position and Role.
Books Recommended:
1. G. Austin, The Indian Constitution : Corner Stone of a
Nation, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1966.
2. G. Austin, Working of a Democratic Constitution : The
Indian Experience, Oxford University Press, 2000, Delhi.
3. D.D. Basu, An Introduction to the Constitution of India,
New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 2008.
4. C.P. Bambhri, The Indian State Fifty Years, New Delhi,
Shipra, 1997.
5. P. Brass, Politics of India Since Independence,
Hyderabad, Orient Longman, 1990.
6. P. Brass, Caste, Faction and Parties in Indian Politics,
Vol. II, Delhi, Chanakya Publications 1984-1985.
7. P. Brass, Ethnic Groups and the State, London, Croom,
Helm, 1995.
8. P. Brass, Language, Religion and Politics in North Indian,
London, Cambridge University Press, 1974.
9. B.L. Fadia, State Politics in India, Vol. II, New Delhi,
Radiant Publishers, 1984.
10. F.R. Frankel, India’s Political Economy 1947-1977, The
Gradual Revolution, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1978.
11. R. Kothari, State against Democracy : In Search of Human
Governance, Delhi, Ajanta, 1988.
12. R. Kothari, Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman,
1970.
13. R. Kothari, Party System and Election Studies, Bombay,
Asia Publishing House, 1967.
14. I. Narain (ed.), State Politics in India, Meerut, Meenakshi
Parkashan, 1967.
52 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
15. M.V. Pylee, Constitutional Government in India, Bombay,
Asia Publishing House, 1977.
16. M.V. Pylee, An Introduction to the Consutitution of India,
New Delhi, Vikas, 1998.
17. S.P. Verma and C.P. Bhambari (ed.), Election and Political
Consciousness in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Parkashan,
1967.
18. B,L. Fadia, Indian Government and Politics, Agra, Sahitya
Bhavan Publications, 2008.
19 A.S. Narang, Indian Government and Politics, New Delhi,
Gitanjali, 1999.
20. Indian Journal of Political Sciences
21. Punjab Journal of Politics
22. Seminar
23. Lloyd I. Rudolph and Susanne Hoeba Rudolph, Explaining
Indian Democracy: A Fifty-Year Perspective, 1956-2006,
Vol. I, II, III, New Delhi, OUP, 2008.
24. Francine Frankel, India’s Political Economy: 1947-2004,
New Delhi, OUP, 2006.
GAP PAGE NO.: 53-55
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 53
54 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 55
56 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Political Scienc
Paper - B
(Indian Political System)
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks: 100
20x4 = 80
10x2 = 20
Instructions for the Paper Setter:
The question paper will consist of five Sections:A,B,C,D and
E. Section A,B,C and D will have two questions from the respective
portion of the syllabus and will carry 20 marks each. Section E will
consist of 10 short answer type questions to be set from the entire
syllabus i.s sections A, B, C & D and will carry 20 marks in all,
such short answer type questions carry 2 marks.
Instructions for the candidates:
Candidates are required to attempt one question each, from
sections A,B,C,and D of the question paper and the entire section
E. The candidates are required to answer the short questions in not
less than 50 words
Section — A
1. Nature of Party System in India: A Critical Evaluation.
2. National Political Parties (National Congress – BJP, CPI,
CPI(M), BSP; Their organisation, Ideologies and electoral
performance.
3. Regional Political Parties (SAD, NC, DMK, Telugu
Desam): Their Organisation, Ideologies and Electoral
Performance.
4. Pressure groups in Indian Politics.
Section — B
1. The Election Commission: Powers, functions, and
Electoral reforms.
2. Voting Behaviour.
3. Political Participation: Determinants and levels of Political
Participation.
Section — C
1. Caste and Religion in Indian Politics.
2. Regionalism and Indian politics.
3. Liberalisation and Indian Politics.
4. Emerging trends in Indian Politics.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 57
Section — D
1. Basic principles and determinants of Indian Foreign Policy.
2. Policy of Non-alignment and its relevance in contemporary
world.
Books Recommended:
1. G. Austin, The Indian Constitution : Corner Stone of a
Nation, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1966.
2. G. Austin, Working of a Democratic Constitution : The
Indian Experience, Oxford University Press, 2000, Delhi.
3. D.D. Basu, An Introduction to the Constitution of India,
New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 2008.
4. C.P. Bambhari, The Indian State Fifty Years, New Delhi,
Sipra, 1997.
5. P. Brass, Politics of India Since Independence,
Hyderabad, Orient Longman, 1990.
6. P. Brass, Caste, Faction and Parties in Indian Politics,
Vol. II, Delhi, Chanakya Publications 1984-1985.
7. P. Brass, Ethnic Groups and the State, London, Croom,
Helm, 1995.
8. P. Brass, Language, Religion and Politics in North Indian,
London, Cambridge University Press, 1974.
9. B.L. Fadia, State Politics in India, Vol. II, New Delhi,
Radiant Publishers, 1984.
10. F.R. Frankel, India’s Political Economy 1947-1977, The
Gradual Revolution, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1978.
11. R. Kothari, State against Democracy : In Search of Human
Governance, Delhi, Ajanta, 1988.
12. R. Kothari, Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman,
1970.
13. R. Kothari, Party System and Election Studies, Bombay,
Asia Publishing House, 1967.
14. I. Narain (ed.), State Politics in India, Meerut, Meenakshi
Parkashan, 1967.
58 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
15. M.V. Pylee, Constitutional Government in India, Bombay,
Asia Publishing House, 1977.
16. M.V. Pylee, An Introduction to the Consutitution of India,
New Delhi, Vikas, 1998.
17. S.P. Verma and C.P. Bhambari (ed.), Election and Political
Consciousness in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Parkashan,
1967.
18. B,L. Fadia, Indian Government and Politics, Agra, Sahitya
Bhavan Publications, 2008.
19. A.S. Narang, Indian Government and Politics, New Delhi,
Gitanjali, 1999.
20. Indian Journal of Political Sciences
21. Punjab Journal of Politics
22. Seminar
23. Lloyd I. Rudolph and Susanne Hoeba Rudolph, Explaining
Indian Democracy: A Fifty-Year Perspective, 1956-2006,
Vol. I, II, III, New Delhi, OUP, 2008.
24. Francine Frankel, India’s Political Economy: 1947-
2004,New Delhi, OUP, 2006.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 59
Defence and Strategic Studies
Paper-A
Evolution of Warfare in Europe
Marks : 160
Marks : 40
Total : 200
Time : 3 Hrs. Max. Marks : 80
Note : Question paper shall consist of two sections as follows:
Section A : The examiner shall set 10 questions and the candidates
will attempt 7 questions carrying 4 marks each. Answer to each
question shall not exceed half of the page. The total weightage of
this section shall be 28 marks.
Section B : The examiner shall set 8 questions which will cover
the entire syllabus. The candidates shall attempt any 4 questions in
atleast 5 pages each. Each question shall carry 13 marks. The total
weightage of this section shall be 52 marks.
Note : Practicals only meant for the regular students. For the
private students the two papers shall be of 100 marks
each. For the private students the each question in
section B will be 18 marks.
Section-A
1. Military Organisations and techniques of fighting of
Macedonians and Persians with particular reference
to the Battle of Arbela, 331 B.C.
(a) Military organisations of Macedonians and Persians.
(b) Battle of Arbela
(i) Introduction
(ii) Opposing forces and their deployment.
(iii) Description of the battle.
(vi) Analysis (strategy, tactics, application of
principles of war and causes of defeat and
victory).
60 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
2. Military organizations and techniques of fighting of
Romans and Carthaginians with particular reference
to the Battle of Cannae 216 B.C. :
(a) Military organisations of Romans and Carthaginians.
(b) Batttle of Cannae
(i) Introduction
(ii) Opposing forces and their deployment.
(iii) Description of the battle.
(iv) Analysis (strategy, tactics, application of
principles of war and causes of defeat and
victory).
3. Military organizations and techniques of fighting of
Romans and Barbarians with particular reference to
the Battle of Adrianople 378. A.D. : Military
organizations and techniques of fighting of Romans
and Barbarians.
(a) Military organisations of Romans and Barbarians.
(b) Battle of Adrianople
(i) Introduction
(ii) Opposing forces and their deployment.
(iii) Description of the battle.
(iv) Analysis (strategy, tactics, application of principles of
war and causes of defeat and victory).
Section-B
4. Military organizations and techniques of fighting of
the English and Romans with particular reference to
the Battle of Hastings 1066 AD. :
a) Military organisation of the English and Romans.
b) Battle of Hastings
i. Introduction
ii. Opposing forces and their deployment.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 61
iii. Description of the battle.
iv. Analysis (strategy, tactics, application of
principles of war and causes of defeat and
victory).
5. The Mongol art of war under Changez Khan and
Taimur
a) Organisation of Mongol Army.
b) Mongol Art of War.
Section-C
6. Industrial Revolution and its impact
a) Impact on Society
b) Impact on weapons for land and naval warfare
c) Impact on means of communications
d) Impact on tactics for land and naval warfare.
7. Napoleonic Warfare
a) Elements of Napoleonic Warfare.
b) Principles of Napoleonic Warfare.
Section-D
8. Naval Warfare with particular reference to the Battle
of Trafalgar 1805 A.D. :
a) Background of the English and Franco-Spanish rivalry
for naval supremacy.
b) Battle of Trafalgar.
I. Opposing forces and their deployment.
II. Description of the battle.
III. Analysis (strategy, tactics, application of principles
of War and causes of defeat and victory).
9. American Civil War (1861-65)
i) Introduction
ii) Causes
iii) Events in brief
62 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
iv) The Character of the Civil War
v) Tactical development
Text Books and Supplementary Readings :
1. Burne, Alfred H : The Art of War on Land.
2. Das, S.T. : An Introduction to the Art of War.
3. Fuller, J.F.C. : Conduct of War.
4. Fuller, J.F.C. : The American Civil War.
5. Fuller, J.F.C. The Generalship of Alexander The Great.
6. Montogmery, Viscount : A History of Warefare.
7. Ropp, Theodore : War in the Modern World.
8. Sarkar, J.N. : Military History of India.
9. Sheppard, E.W. : The Study of Military History.
10. Barrie and Rockliff : The Ancient Art of War, Vol. I.
11. Barrie and Rockliff : The Ancient Art of War, Vol. II.
Cleaton, P.E. Weapons of War.
12. Creasy, E.S. : The Fifteen Decisive Battles of the World.
13. Depuy, Earnest : The Encyclopedia of Military History.
14. Encyclopedia Britannica.
15. Encyclopedia America.
16. Falls, Cyril : A Hundred Years of War.
17. Fuller, J.F.C. : Armament and History.
18. Fuller, J.F.C. : The Decisive Battles of the Western World,
Vol. I.
19. Fuller, J.F.C. : The Decisive Battles of the Western World,
Vol. II.
20. Fuller, J.F.C. : Pachhmi, Duniya De Nirnehjanak Jang (Pbi.
Translation).
21. Hortog, I.D. : Genghis Kha-ti-Conqueor of the World.
22. Hauerslty, Roy : The Great Commander-Nelson.
23. Kemp, Peter : The Oxford Companion to Ships and Sea.
24. Phul, R.K. : Armies of the Great Mughals.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 63
Defence and Strategic Studies
Paper-B
Evolution of Warfare in India
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 80
Total Teaching Periods : 75
(This paper deals with salient features of Indian
Warfare from 326 BC to 1850 AD)
Note : Question paper shall consist of two sections as follows:
Section A : The examiner shall set 10 questions and the candidates
will attempt 7 questions carrying 4 marks each. Answer to each
question shall not exceed half of the page. The total weightage of
this section shall be 28 marks.
Section B : The examiner shall set 8 questions which will cover
the entire syllabus. The candidates shall attempt any 4 questions in
atleast 5 pages each. Each question shall carry 13 marks. The total
weightage of this section shall be 52 marks.
Note : Practicals only meant for the regular students. For the
private students the two papers shall be of 100 marks
each. For the private students each question in section
B will be of 18 marks.
Section-A
1. Macedonian and Indian Military Organisation and
techniques of fighting with particular reference to the
Battle of Hydaspes, 326 B.C. :
(a) Macedonian and Indian Military organisations.
(b) Battle of Hydaspes.
i) Introduction
ii) Opposing forces and their deployment.
iii) Description of the battle.
iv) Analysis (strategy, tactics, application of
Principles of war and causes of defeat and
victory).
64 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
2. Kautilya's Philosophy of War
i. Diplomacy and Strategy.
ii. The Institution of Spices.
iii. Army Organisation.
iv. Mode of Warfare.
v. Forts-type & role.
Section-B
3. Military organizations and techniques of fighting of
Rajputs and Turks with particular reference to the
Battle of Terrain 1192 A.D. :
(a) Military organisations of Rajputs and Turks.
(b) Battle of Terrain.
i) Introduction
ii) Opposing forces and their deployment
iii) Description of the battle
iv) Analysis (strategy, tactics, application of
principles of war and causes of defeat and
victory).
4. Military organizations and techniques of fighting of
Mughals and Afghans with particular reference to the
First Battle of Panipat 1526 AD. :
(a) Military organisations of Mughals and Afghans.
(b) First Battle of Panipat.
i) Introduction
ii) Opposing forces and their deployment
iii) Description of the battle
iv) Analysis (strategy, tactics, application of
principles of war and causes of defeat and
victory)
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 65
Section-C
5. Fighting techniques of Southern Muslim Sultana with
particular reference to the Battle of Talikota, 1568 A.D.
i) Introduction
ii) Opposing forces and their deployment
iii) Description of the battle
iv) Analysis (strategy, tactics, application of principles of
War and causes of defeat and victory)
6. Military Organisations of Marathas under Shivaji and
his techniques of fighting :
i) Shivaji as a military leader.
ii) Higher Defence Organisation.
iii) Military Organisation.
iv) Techniques of Fighting.
Section-D
7. Military organisation of Sikh Army and its fighting
techniques under Maharaja Ranjit Singh :
i) Maharaja Ranjit Singh as a Military leader.
ii) Growth and development of the Sikh Army from 1799-
1849).
iii) Organisation of the Army.
iv) Fighting techniques of the Sikh Army strategies and
tactics.
8. Anglo-Maratha and Anglo-Sikh Warfare with particular
reference to the Battles of Assaye, 1803 A.D. and
Chillianwala, 1849 A.D. :
(a) Battle of Assaye
i) Introduction
ii) Opposing forces and their deployment.
66 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
iii) Description of the battle.
iv) Analysis (strategy, tactics application of
principles of War and causes of defeat and
victory).
(b) Battle of Chillianwala
i) Introduction
ii) Opposing forces and their deployment.
iii) Description of the battle.
iv) Analysis (strategy, tactics application of
principles of War and causes of defeat and
victory).
Books Recommended
Text Books
1. Alfred, David : Indian Art of War.
2. Bajwa, F.S. : Military System of the Sikhs.
3. Bruce, George : Six Battles of India.
4. Das, S.T. : Indian Military—Its History and Development.
5. Fuller, J.F.C. Generalship of Alexander the Great.
6. Gill, K.S. Yudh Niti Pakhon Bharat De Parmukh Yudh
(Punjabi).
7. Carr, E.H. Military History of India.
8. Majumdar, B.K. : Military System in Ancient India.
9. Majumdar, B.K. : Military System of the Sikhs.
10. Malleson G.B. : Decisive Battles of India.
11. Sarkar, J.N. : Military History of India.
12. Sen S.N. : Military System of the Marathas.
13. Sharma, Gautam : Indian Army Through the Ages.
14. Singh Gurcharan : Battles of Panipat.
15. Thind, Sukhbir, S. : Bharat Yudh Kala Da Vikas (Punjabi).
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 67
Supplementary Readings :
16. Cook, H.C.B. : The Sikh Wars 1845 to 1849.
17. Dupuy, Earnest : The Encyclopaedia of Military History.
18. Habibullah, A.B.M. : The Foundation of Muslim Rule in
India.
19. Jaffar, S.M. : Medieval India under Muslim Kings.
20. Kangle, B.P. : Kautilaya's Arth Shastra.
21. Majumdar, B.K. : Study of Indian Military History.
22. Shastri, Sharma : Artha Shastra.
23. Singh Nagendra : The Theory of Force and Organisation
Defence in India.
24. Subramanyam T.G. : Famous Battles in Indian History.
68 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Practical
Total Teaching Hours : 3 Periods per week
Time for Practical Examination : 3 Hrs. Max. Marks : 40
Section-A Written Test : 1½ Hours
1. Map : Definition, features, classification : Topo Sheets and
its utility for Military : Enlargement and reduction of Maps.
2. Conventional Signs.
3. GRID System : Four Figure and Six Figure Map References.
4. Scale : Definition methods of presenting scale
Interconvention of statement into Representative fraction :
construction of simple scale line and the comparative scale
lines.
5. North : Types of north and finding out true north direction
by equal altitude methods : Watch method & Compass
method.
Discussion (Topics)
Section-B
(i) Punjab Problems
(ii) J & K Problems
(iii) Assam Problems
(iv) Human Rights (Meaning and Concept)
Section-C : Viva-Voce
Section-D : Record
Instructions for the Examiners
Written test would be given on the spot by the external
examiner. Internal examiner is to be appointed to assist the external
examiner.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 69
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
Paper - A
Personnel Administration in India
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 100
Note:- Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners:
Each question paper may consist of three sections as
follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer type questions with answer
to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will
be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the
section shall be 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each
question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by the
examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Each
question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Introduction:
Meaning, Nature and Scope of Personnel Administration.
Functions and Significance of Personnel Administration.
Public Services and their role in Administrative System.
Characteristics of Public Personnel Administration in India.
Civil Services in India:
Recruitment : Meaning, Methods
Promotion : Meaning, Principles.
Training : Meaning, Objectives and Types, Training System in India.
70 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Personnel Agencies:
Functions and Role of Department of Personnel and Public
Grievances, Union Public Service Commission, State Public Service
Commissions & Staff Selection Commissions.
Employer — Employee Relations and Working Conditions:
Employees participation in Management.
Employee's Unions.
Joint Consultative Machinery.
Rights of Public Servant, Conduct and Discipline.
Motivation and Morale.
Integrity in Public Services - Problem of Corruption.
Relationshi9p between permanent and political executive.
Lok Pal and Lok Ayukta. Central Vigilance Commission.
Organization and working of Central of Bureau Investigation (CBI)
Sugessted Readings :
1. Government of India, Report on Personnel Administration,
New Delhi, 1970.
2. Glenn O. Stahl : Public Personnel Administration, 7th Ed.,
Oxford IBH Publication Compo, New Delhi, 1977.
3. Goel S.L. and Shalini Rajneesh, Public Personnel
Administration : Theory and Practice, Deep and Deep
Publications, New Delhi, 2002.
4. Indian Institute of Public Administration, Personnel
Administration, New Delhi, 1970.
5. Sahib Singh and Sawinder Singh, Public Personnel and
Financial Administration, New Academic Publisher, 2002.
6. Sinha V.M., Personnel Administration, R.B.S.A., Publisher,
Jaipur, 1985.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 71
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
Paper - B
Financial Administration
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 100
Note: Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners:
Each question paper may consist of three sections as
follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with
answer to each question up to five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total
weightage being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer type questions with answer
to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will
be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the
section shall be 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each
question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by the
examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Each
question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Introduction
Nature and scope of Financial Administration
Objectives and Principles of Financial Administration.
Union-State Financial Relations, Finance Commission, Planning
Commision, Organization of Ministry of Finance. Department of
Finance in Punjab
Budgetary System
Meaning, purpose and principles of Budget—Budget as a tool of
Administration.
72 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Preparation of Budget.
Enactment of Budget.
Execution of Budget.
Performance Budgeting.
Zero-Base Budgeting.
Control over Finance.
Legislative Control.
Public Accounts Committee.
Estimates Committee.
Committee on Public Undertakings, Comptroller and Auditor
General, Accounting and Audit.
Suggested Readings
1. Goel S.L., Financial Administration, Deep and Deep
Publication, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Government of India, Administrative Reforms Commission,
Report of Financial Account and Audit, New Delhi, 1967.
3. Government of India, Administrative Reforms Commission,
Report of Central State Relations, New Delhi, 1967.
4. Lall G.S., Financial Administration in India, H.P.J. Kapoor
Delhi, 1969.
5. Puri K.K. and G.S. Barara, Personnel and Financial
Administration, Bharat Prakashan, Jalandhar, 2003.
6. Sahib Singh and Swinder Singh, Public Personnel and
Financial Administration, New Academic Publisher, 2002.
7. Thavaraj M.J.K., Financial Administration in India, S.Chand
& Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1997.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 73
SOCIOLOGY
Paper - A
Society in India
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 100
Note:- Question paper may consist of two sections as follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions to each
question upto five lines in length. All questions will be compulsory.
Each question will carry two marks; total weightage being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto 3 pages in length or in 500 words. The examiner
will set fifteen questions (at least 7 from each unit) and the
candidates will attempt eight (four from each unit). Each question
will carry ten marks. Total weightage of the section being 80 marks.
Unit —I
(a) Indian Society : Features and Unity in Diversity.
(b) Caste : Features, Functions, Changing pattern, Caste and
Politics, Difference between caste and class.
(c) Social Issues : Regionalism and Communalism.
Unit—II
(a) Marriage—Meaning, Types, Functions, Rules and
Changes.
(b) Family—Meaning, Types, Functions and Changes.
(c) Kinship Systems in India: North and South India.
74 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
SOCIOLOGY
Paper-B
Social Change in India
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note:- Question paper may consist of two sections as follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answers to each question upto five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total
weightage of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto three pages in length or in 500 words. The
examiner will set fifteen questions (at least 7 from each unit) and
the candidate will attempt eight (four from each unit). Each question
will carry ten marks. Total weightage of the section being 80 marks.
Unit —I
a) Social charge : Meaning and Forms : Evolution, Revolution,
Progress and Development.
b) Factors of Social Change : Demographic, Education,
Industrialization and Legislation.
Unit —II
a) Processes of Change : Sanskritization, Westernization,
Modernization and Secularization.
b) Problems of Social Change : Dowry, Domestic Violence,
Divorce, Problems of elderly, Female foeticide.
Books Recommended for Paper A and B
1. Ahuja, Ram : Social Problems, Rawat Publishers, New
Delhi, 1992.
2. Abraham, M. Francis : Contemporary Sociology, Oxford
University, New Delhi, 2006.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 75
3. Dhaliwal et al: Fundamentals of Environmental Science,
Kalyani Publishing, New Delhi, 1996.
4. Ghurye, G.S. : Caste & Race in India, Popular, Bombay,
Punjabi Translations by N.S. Sodhi, Panjabi University, Patiala,
1962.
5. Gill, S.S. : The Pathology of Corruption, Harper Collin
Publishers, New Delhi, 1998.
6. Hutton, J.H. : Caste in India—Its Nature, Functions and
Origin, Oxford University Press, Delhi 1980.
7. Jayaraman, Raja : Caste & Class, Dynamics of Inequality
in Indian Society, Hindustan Publishing Corporation, 1981.
8. Kapadia, K.M. : Marriage and Family in India, Oxford
University Press, Calcutta, 1996.
9. Kapila, S : A Textbook of Sociology, Part-I & II, New
Academic House, Jalandhar, 1990-91.
10. Kapila, S. : Fundamentals of Sociology, Vol. II Panchkula,
Kapila Publishers, 2008.
11. Kothari, Rajni (ed): Caste in Indian Politics, Orient
Longman, Delhi, 1973.
12. Kuppuswamy, B.: Social Change in India, Vikas, Delhi,
1975.
13. Mandelbaum : David G.: Society in India, Popular
Prakashan, Bomaby, 1972.
14. Mukerji, D.P. : Diversities : Essays in Economics,
Sociology and Social Problems, Manak, New Delhi, 2002.
15. Maclver, R.M. & Page, Charles H. : Society, An Introductory
Analysis, Macmillan, London, 1974.
16. Srinivas, M.N.: Social Change in Modern India, Orient
Longman, Bombay, 1972.
76 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
PSYCHOLOGY
Paper-A
Experimental Psychology
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 75
Note : 1. The use of Non-Programmable calculators and
Statistical Tables are allowed in the examination.
2. Only one numerical question is to be set either of nine
marks (from section-B) or of twelve marks (from
Section-C).
3. The question paper may consist of three sections as
follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answers to each question upto five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry 1½ marks; total
weightage of the section being 15 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Six questions will be set
by the examiner and four will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry 9 marks; total weightage of the section
being 36 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto five pages in length. Four questions will be set
by the examiner and candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question being 24 marks.
(The questions are to be set to judge the candidates basic
understanding of the concepts.)
Experimental Psychology : Introduction and Nature
Experimental Methed : Experimental of Method, Name,
Advantage and Dis-advantage.
Variables:-Types of Variables, Stimulus, Organismic and Response
Variables, Process of experimentation-manipulation and control of
variables, Concept of within and between Experimental Designs.
Sensation: Types of sensations, Visual sensation; structure and
functions of the eye. Theories of colour vision (Young-Helmholtz.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 77
Opponent-Process & Evolutionary). Auditory sensation : Structure
and functions of the Ear-Theories of hearing. Brief introduction to
cutaneous sensation, olfactory sensation and gustatory sensation.
Perceptual Processes: Selective Attention-Nature and factors
affecting perception, Principles of perception (organisation),
perception of form; contour and contrast, figure-ground
differentiation, perceptual set.
Perception of Movement : Image-Retina and Eye-Head
movement system, Apparent movement, Induced movement, Auto
Kinetic movement.
Perception of Space : Monocular and Binocular cues for space
perception. Perceptual constancies lightness, brightness, size and
shape.
Illusions : Types, causes and theories
Statistics : Normal Probability Curve, Its nature and characteristics
(Numericals of Areas under NPG only) Correlations : Types, of
Correlation, Nature and characteristics. Rank order and product
moment methods (Numericals for Individual data).
References :
1. D. Amato, M.H.R. Experimental Psychology, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2001.
2. Garrett, H.E. and Woodworth, R.S. Statistics in Psychology
and Education. Vikils, Feffer and Simons Pvt. Ltd., 1969.
3. Kerlinger, P.N. : Foundation of Behavioural Research,
Surjeet Publications, New Delhi, 1998.
4. Postman, L. and Egan. J.P.: Experimental Psychology,
Harper and Row, New York.
5. Schiffman, H.R.: Sensation and Perceptions, John Willey
and Sons, 1982.
6. Woodworth, R.S. and Schlosberg, H.: Experimental
Psychology, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc. 1954.
7. Solso, Experimental Psychology: A Case Approach Pearson
Education, New Delhi, 2007.
8. Sternberg, R.J. Cognitive Psychology, Thomson Wads
Worth, 2007.
78 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
PSYCHOLOGY
Paper-B (Theory)
Experimental Psychology
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks 75
Note : 1. The use of Non-Programmable calculators and
Statistical Tables are allowed in the examination.
2. Only one numrical question is to be set either of nine
marks (from Section-B) or of twelve marks (from
Section-C).
3. The question paper may consist of three sections as
follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer question with
answers to each question up to five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry 1½

marks; total
weightage of the section being 15 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Six questions will be set
by the examiner and four will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry 9 marks. Total weightage of the section
being 36 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each
question upto five pages in length. Four questions will be set by the
examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Each
question being 24 marks.
(The questions are to be set to judge the candidates basic
understanding of the concepts.)
Psychophysics : Concept of Psychophysics,Physical V/S.
Psychological continua, Weber Fechner law Concept of Absolute
and Differential Thresholds. Determination of AL and DL by
Methods of limits, Method of Constant Stimuli & Method of
Average Error.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 79
Learning: Classical and operant conditioning, Basic Processes;
Extinction, spontaneous recovery, Generalization and
Discrimination. Factors influencing classical and instrumental
conditioning. Concept of Reinforcement, Types of reinforcement
and Reinforcement Schedules. Transfer of Training and skill
learning.
Minumonics,: An Introduction to the concept of Mnemonics,
Constructive memory, Implicit memory & Eyewitness memory.
Methods of Retention.
Forgetting : Nature, Factors, Affecting forgetting, Theories of
for-getting, Decay, Interference retrieval failure.
Thinking and Problem Solving : Nature, Types of Thinking and
Nature of Problem Solving, Stages of Problem solving, Factors,
effecting Problem Solving role of set in problem solving.
Concept : Nature of concept formation, Types and Processes.
Reasoning : Nature and types of reasoning.
References :
1. D'Amato,M.R. : Experimental Psychology : Methodology
Psychophysics and Learning, McGraw Hill Company, New
Delhi,1970.
2. Postman, L and Egan, J.P.: Experimental, Psychology,
Harper and Row, New York.
3. Woodworth, R.S. and Schlosberg, H. : Experimental
Psychology. New York; Holt, Rinehart and Winston Inc.
1954.
4. Galotti, K.M., Cognitive Psychology in and Out of the
Laboratory, Thomson Wads Worth, 2007.
80 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
PSYCHOLOGY
Practical
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 50
Note: Any Ten Practicals out of Twelve are to be conducted.
1. Measurement of Differential Threshold.
2. Span of Attention/Division of Attention
3. Muller-Luyer Illusion
4. Role of set in perception.
5. Retroactive inhibition
6. Recall Vs Recognition Method
7. Bilateral transfer of learning.
8. Reaction Time (Simple vs choice RT or Auditory vs Visual RT)
9. Retinal Colour zones.
10. Problem-Solving
11. Paired Associate learning.
12. Concept formation.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 81
GEOGRAPHY
Paper-A
RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENT :
WORLD PATTERNS
Time: 3 Hours Max Marks: 70
Objective :
1. To understand concept of resources and their interface with
environment;
2. To examine use and misuse of various resources, and analyse
future prospects;
3. To study various methods and approaches of conservation
and management of natural resources;
4. To understand the quantitative and qualitative aspects of
human resources in spatial perspectives and the associated
environmental problems.
Course Content :
Unit - I
Meaning, nature and components of environment. Nature
and definition of Resources. Resources environment interface.
Classification of Resources : Renewable and Non-
renewable : Biotic (forests, wild-life; live-stock, fisheries, agricultre
crops) and abiotic (land, water, mineral).
Unit - II
Distribution availability, utilization and conservation of water,
minerals and energy resoruces; their economic and environmental
significance and sustainability.
Types and distribution of forests—their economic and
environmental significance and conservation.
Types and distribution of fisheries—their economic and
environmental significance and conservation.
82 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Major soil types and their distribution; problems of soil erosion
and soil conservation.
Unit-III
Human Resources : Quantitative and qualitative aspects
of population : number, distribution, density, growth, literacy and
urbanization.
Population Resources Relationship : Population-Resource
Regions of the world.
Unit-IV
Environment : Natural and Human, Man-environment
relationship—determinism, Possibilism, ecology.
Biodiversity
Environmental Issues : Pollution; population explosion; food
security; deforestation; conservation of wild life.
Note :
1. A compulsory question containing 20 short answer type
questions will be set covering the whole syllabus. The
students will attempt any 15 parts in about 25-30 words
each. Each part will carry 2 marks (Total 30 marks).
2. The whole syllabus will be divided into 4 units. Eight questions
will be out of the whole syllabus, 2 from each unit. The
students will be required to attempt one question from each
unit. These will be in addition to the compulsory question at
serial number 1. Each question will carry 10 marks (40
marks) .
3. Special credit will be given to suitable use of maps and
diagrams.
4. In Unit—II question will focus on general aspects of the
topic instead of on any individual resources.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 83
Books Recommended
1. Agarwal, A. et.al. : The Citizen's Fifth Report, Centre
for Science and Environment,
New Delhi, 1999.
2. Chandna, R.C. : A Geography of Population,
Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana,
1996.
3. Chawla, I.N. : Geography of Resources, Bharat
Prakashan, Jalandhar, latest
edition.
4. Hartshorne Truman : Economic Geography, Prentice
A, and W. Alexander: Hall, 1988, 3rd John Edition.
5. Kates, R.W. & : Geography, Resources and
Burton, I (Eds.) Environment, Vol. I & II,
University of Chicago Press,
Chicago, 1986.
6. Trewartha, G.T. : A Geography of Pupulation—
World Patterns. John Wiley and
Sons, New York, 1969.
7. Zelinsky, Wilbur : A Prologue to Population
Geography, Prentice Hall, New
Jersey, 1966.
8. Zimmerman E.W. : World Resources and Industries,
Harpar New York.
9. Chandna, R.C. : Environmental Awareness
Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana.
10. Chawla. I.N., : Resources & Environmental
Bharat Publishers, Jalandhar.
84 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
GEOGRAPHY
Paper-B
Geography of Punjab
Time : 3 Hours Max Marks: 70
Objective :
1. To understand the regional setting of Punjab State in detail
through physical and political maps.
2. To examine the pattern of select population characteristics.
3. To study the distribution of major crops, industries and
transport links in the state.
4. To understand the intra regional variations in the select
aspects.
Unit—I
Location, evolution of the state, administrative divisions.
Relief, drainage, climate, soils, vegetation, mineral and power
resources.
Unit—II
Population : Numbers, distribution, density, growth (birth rate, death
rate and migration), religious composition, urbanization.
Agriculture : Main characteristics including green revolution,
irrigation, main crops (wheat, rice, cotton, sugarcane) and their
distribution, agricultural marketing, livestock and dairying, problems
of agriculture.
Unit—III
Industries : Main characteristics, distribution pattern of major
industries (cotton textile, sugar, hosiery, engineering) industrial
concentration, problems of industrialization.
Transport and Trade : Road, rail and their transport; inter-state
trade.
Unit—IV
Regional Geography of Majha, Doaba, Malwa and major
characteristics of each region.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 85
Note :
1. A compulsory question containing 20 short answer type
questions will be set covering the whole syllabus. The
students will attempt any 15 parts in about 25-30 words
each. Each part will carry 2 marks (Total 30 marks).
2. The whole syllabus will be divided into 4 units. Eight questions
will be set out of the whole syllabus, 2 from each unit. The
students will be required to attempt one question from each
unit. These will be in addition to the compulsory question at
serial number 1. Each question will carry 10 marks. (Total
40 Marks).
3. Special credit will be given to appropriate use of maps and
diagrams.
Books Recommended :
Essential Readings :
1. Mankoo, Darshan S. : Geography of Punjab, Kalyani
Publication, Ludhiana, 1977.
2. Mavi, H.S. & : Geography of Punjab, National
Tiwana, D.S. Book Trust, Delhi, 1993.
3. Singh, Malkit : Geography of Punjab, Reshmeet,
Publications, Jalandhar.
Further Readings :
1. Census of India : Punjab: Census Atlas, Vol. XIII,
No.IX, 1996.
2. Deshpande, C.D. : India : A Regional Interpretation,
Northern Book Centre, New
Delhi, 1992.
3. Gosal G.S. & : Regional Disparities in Levels of
Gopal Krishan Socio-Economic Development in
Punjab,Vishal Publications,
Kurukshetra, 1984.
86 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
4. Gupta, S.P. : The Punjab : An Overview, Ess
Pee Publications, Chandigarh,
2005.
5. Singh, Pritam : Punjab Economy : The Emerging
Pattern, Enkay Publishers, New
Delhi, 1995.
6. Singh, R.L., (Ed.) : India : A Regional Geography,
National Geographical Society of
India, 1990, reprint.
7. Spate O.H.K. & : India and Pakistan : A General
Learmonth, A.T.A. and Regional Geography.
Metheun, London, Latest Edition.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 87
GEOGRAPHY
Paper-C
Cartography
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 60
Written Paper of 3 Hours : 35 Marks
Distribution of Terminal Exam.
Viva and Practical Record (10+15) : 25 Marks
Objective :
1. To apprise the students with symbolization of different types
of geographical data and depiction of various spatial data.
2. To provide training in application of various graphical
methods of depicting geographic data.
3. To train the students to interpret the topographical sheets at
different scales course Content.
Unit—I
Symbolization of Geographical Data :
a) Point symbols : Dot, circle, sphere.
b) Line symbols : Isopleths and flow lines.
c) Areas symbols : Choropleth.
Unit—II
Construction and Significance of the following:
a) Columnar diagrams : Simple, percentage, superimposed,
composite.
b) Graphs : Line graphs, climograph, hythergraph, erograph,
wind rose.
Unit—III
a) Cartographic Representation of : Population data
(distribution, density, growth, migration and literacy)
88 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
b) Agriculture data (land utilization, distribution of crops,
percentage of cropped area and irrigated areas).
c) Industrial data (distribution, employment and production)
d) Transport data (traffic flow).
Unit—IV
Topographical Maps : Significance of topographical maps
in geographical studies.
Study and Interpretation of topographical Maps of India (two
sheets : one representing a hilly/mountainous tract and the other a
plain tract).
Profiles : Definition, Types : Serial, Super-imposed,
Projected, Composite, Longitudinal and Transverse Profiles.
Note :
1. A compulsory question containing 10 short answer type
questions will be set covering the whole syllabus. The
students will attempt any 7 parts in about 25-30 words each.
Each part will carry one mark (Total 7 marks).
2. The whole syllabus be divided into 4 units. Eight questions
will be set out of the whole syllabus i.e. 2 from each unit.
The students will be required to attempt one question from
each unit. These will be in addition to the compulsory
question at serial number 1. Each question will carry 7 marks.
(Total 28 Marks)
3. Evaluation of Practical Record will be done at the time of
viva-voice examination. A minimum of 25 sheet are to be
prepared by each student. There will be no laboratory
exercise at that time.
4. In case, the candidate has applied for improvement, he/she
should be required to make a fresh practical note book.
5. For practical classes, the number of students in one group
shall not exceed fifteen.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 89
Books Recommended :
Essential Readings :
1. Khullar, D.R. : Essentials of Practical Geography,
New Academic Publishing Co., Mai
Hiran Gate, Jalandhar, 2000.
2. Robinson, A.H. : Elements of Cartography, John
Wiley, New York, 1995.
3. Singh, Gopal : Mapwork & Practical Geography,
Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1995.
4. Singh, R.L. & Singh : Mapwork and Practical Geography,
Raghunandan Central Book Depot, Allahabad,
1993.
Further Readings:
1. Birch, T.W. : Maps Topographical & Statistical;
Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1949.
2. Garnett, A. : Geographical Interpretation of
Topographical Maps, George Harrap
& Co., London, 1953.
3. Monkhosue, F.J. : Maps and Diagrams, Methuen &
Co., London, 1994 (reprint).
90 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Journalism and Mass Communication
Paper-A
Writing for Print Media
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 75
Note : Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners :
Each question paper may consist of three sections as
follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with
answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry 2 marks; total weightage
being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short-answer type questions with answer
to each question one and half pages in length (250 words). Seven to
eight questions will be set by the examiner and five will be attempted
by the candidates. Each question will carry 7 marks. The total
weightage of the section shall be 35 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each
question up to four pages in length (800 words). Four questions will
be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt
two. Each question will carry 10 marks, total weightage of the section
being 20 marks.
News : Writing a news story; chronological, logical and inverted
pyramid styles, Headlines : Types of headlines.
Leads; Types of leads, Sources of News, Elements of News.
Organisational setup of a news paper office; Role of editor,
a sub-editor and news editor.
How to produce a news paper
How to get a news paper registered
Qualities of a journalist
Functions of the Press
Printing Process
New Technology in Print Media
Practicals :25 Marks
Books Recommended
1. Newspaper Editing : K.M. Srivastava, Sterling Publishers
Pvt. Ltd. (1987).
2. Newspaper Management : Golab Kothari, Intercultural
Open University (1995).
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 91
Journalism and Mass Communication
Paper-B
Mass Media and Photography
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 75
Note : Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners :
Each question paper may consist of three sections as
follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with
answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry 2 marks; total weightage
being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short-answer type questions with answer
to each question one and half pages in length (250 words). Seven to
eight questions will be set by the examiner and five will be attempted
by the candidates. Each question will carry 7 marks. The total
weightage of the section shall be 35 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each
question up to four pages in length (800 words). Four questions will
be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt
two. Each question will carry 10 marks, total weightage of the section
being 20 marks.
Traditional and Folk Media : Characteristics, Role in the age of
Electronic Media.
Radio : Characteristics & Principles of Broadcasting, Popular Radio
Genres, Code of Broadcasting.
Television : Characteristics, Objectives of the medium, Educational
TV, Satellite Invasion and Cable Television, Internet.
Photography : Introduction to Photography, Aperture setting,
Shutter speed, Lens, How to take good picture, Types of Cameras,
Qualities of a good photograph, Photojournalism.
Practicals :25 Marks
Books Recommended :
1. Handbook of Journalism & Mass Communication : Virbala
Aggarwal, 2004, Concept Publishing Co., New Delhi.
2. Photography : Barbara Upton, 1981, Little Borwn & Co.,
Boston.
92 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Mass Communications & Video Production
(Vocational)
Paper - I
Sound & Script Writing for Media
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 60
Instructions to the Paper Setters
There shall be three parts i.e. A, B & C in each.
- Part A consists of 10 questions carrying 2 mark for each
question 10x2=20 Marks
- Part B consists of eight questions. Candidtes have to do
any six questions which will carry 4 marks for each
questions. 6x4=24 Marks
- Part C consists of four questions and candidates have to do
any two questions which will carry 8 marks for each
question. 8x2=16 Marks
Question paper will be set in English only but the medium of
examination will be English, Punjabi and Hindi.
Sound
* Meaning
* Characteristics
* Propagation
* Acoustic Reverberation
Microphones
* Selection of Microphones
* Types of Microphones
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 93
Magnetic Recording Principles
Audio Cables & Connectors (Types & Uses)
Noise & Distortion
Dope Sheet/Exposure Sheet
Sound Recordist's role in production crew
Audio console
Script Writing
* Basics
* Elements of Good Script Writing
* Role of Writer
* Structure of Script
Subject Research (Idea, Visualisation & Script Sources of
Information)
Formats of Script Writing
Story Board
Practicals Max. Marks : 40
Writing script for various radio formats
Practical acquaintance with sound equipment
Visit to sound recording studios
Books Recommended
1. Writing scripts for TV, Willis, Edgor Chicago, Halt and
Radio and Film Rinchart. 1981
2. Basics of Video Sound Das Lyver Focal Press
Note : Practicals to be conducted by external examiner.
94 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Mass Communications & Video Production
Paper-B
Introduction to Media (Vocational)
Time : 3 hrs. Max. Marks : 60
Instructions for Paper Setters
There shall be three parts i.e. A, B and C in each.
- Part-A consists of 10 questions carrying 2 mark for each
question. 10x2=20 Marks
- Part-B consists of eight questions. Candidates have to do
any six questions which will carry 4 marks for each question.
6x4=24 Marks
- Part C consists of four questions and candidates have to do
any two questions which will carry 8 marks for each
question. 8x2=16 Marks
Question paper will be set in English only but the medium of
examination will be English, Punjabi and Hindi.
Question paper will be set in English only but the medium of
examination will be English, Punjabi and Hindi.
Role & Impact of Media in Different Socio-Economic &
Political Systems/Freedom of Press
Press Laws in India
* Defamation
* Official Secrets Act, 1923
* Concept of Court Act, 1971
* Press & Registration of Books Act, 1867
* Public Libraries Act
Advertising
* Meaning & Concept
* Role & Importance
* Types of Ads
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 95
* Advertising Agency
* Advertising Budget
* Advertising Designing & Layout
Public Relations
* Meaning & Concept
* Role & Importance
* Qualities to Good PRO
* Tools/Technique of PR
* PR in Government, Public & Private Sector
Difference between PR & Advertising Propaganda, Publicity
& Public Opinion
Practicals Max. Marks : 40
Handling Cameras.
Visit to Ad, Agency, I and B organs and other media organization.
Marking of an advertisement (Print and Audio-visual)
Making of Press note/press releases.
Books Recommended :
1. Advertising, Santokki, Kalyani Publishers, 1994.
2. Handbook of Public Relation, D.S. Mehta, Allied Publishers
Limited, 1998.
3. Press laws, D.D. Basu, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
1996.
Note : Practicals to be conducted by external examiner.
96 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
EDUCATION
Paper-A
Philosophical, Sociological and Psychological
Foundations of Education
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
There will be two papers of 100 marks each.
Total Teaching Periods : 150
Note : 1. There will be eight questions in all, four quesitons from
each section.
2. The candidates are required to attempt atleast two
questions from each section and five in all.
Section-I
Unit-I
Philosophical, sociological and psychological foundations of
education.
Unit-II
Meaning of sociology, relationship between education and
sociology, nature and scope of educational sociology.
Unit-III
Social change-Meaning factors and role of education.
Section-II
Unit-IV
Meaning and importance of value education, imparting value
education
Unit-V
Education and international understanding.
Unit-VI
Moral and religious education.
Unit-VII
Need and importance of population education.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 97
Books Recommended :
1. Aggarwal, J.C. - Principles and Techiques of Education,
Ayra Book Depot, New Delhi.
2. Bhatia and Narang - Theory and Principles of Education,
Ludhiana, Parkash Brothers, 1986.
3. Bhatia and Safaya - Educational : Psychology, Jalandhar
Dhanpat Rai and Sons, 1980.
4. Dhaliwal, A.S. - Vidyak Manovigyan, Patiala : Punjabi
University, 1985.
5. Sandhu, I.K. and - Sikhya Manovigyan : Punjabi
Kaur Amrio University, Patiala.
6. Saxena Swaroop, N.R.- Education in Emerging Indian Society,
and Chaturvedi Sikha R. Lall Book Depot, Meerut, 2005.
7. Sharma, T.R. - Sikhya Manovigyan, Ludhiana :
Lahore Book Shop.
8. Sociological Approach to Indian Eduction, Agra Pustik Mandir.
9. Sodhi, T.S. - Bharti Sikhya, Patiala : R.K.
Publication, 1989.
10. Taneja, V.R. - Socio-Philosophical Approach to
Education, Delhi : Atlantic Publishers,
1983.
98 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
EDUCATION
Paper-B
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
There will be two papers of 100 marks each.
Total Teaching Periods : 150
Note : 1. There will be eight questions in all, four questions
from each section.
2. The candidates are required to attempt atleast two
questions from each section and five in all.
Section-I
Unit-I
Meaning, Nature and theories of learning.
Unit-II
Meaning of memory, retention, recall, recognition and
measures of improving memory.
Unit-III
Concept of intelligence, concept of I.O. and its measurement.
Section-II
Unit-IV
Meaning types and Measurement of aptitudes.
Unit-V
Meaning and importance of evaluation, examination reforms.
Unit-VI
Types and importance of co-curricular activities.
Unit-VII
Characteristics and problems of exceptional children.
Gifted, Slow learner & Problem Children.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 99
Books Recommended
1. Bhatia and Narang - Theory and Principles of
Education, Parkash Brothers,
Ludhiana, 1996.
2. Dayakar, Reddy, D. - Value Oriented Education,
Educational Psychology,
Jalandhar, Paul Publishers, 1985.
3. Dhaliwal, A.S. - Vidhyak Manovigyan, Patiala :
Punjabi University, 1985.
4. Govt. of India, - Report of Secondary Education
Ministry of Education Comission (1952-53), New Delhi.
5. Prasad and Chandra, - Sociological Foundation of
Deepak Education KSK Publisher, Delhi,
2007.
6. Saxena Swaroop - Education in Emerging Indian
and Chaturvedi Sikha Society, R. Lall Book Depot,
Meerut, 2005.
7. Sodhi, T.S. - Philosophical and Sociological
Foundations of Education, Bawa
Publication, Patiala, 2007.
8. Taneja, V.R. - Foundations of Education,
Chandigarh, Mahindra.Capital
Punjab, 2006.
9. Walia, J.S. - Philosophical and Sociological
Basis of Education, Ahim Paul
Publisher, Jalandhar, 2007.
100 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Paper-A
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 60
Note : - Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners. Each
question paper may consist of three sections as follows:
Section A : The candidates are required to attempt all the six
questions. Each question carrying two marks. 6x2=12 Marks
Section B : The candidates are required to attempt seven out of
twelve questions. Each question carrying four marks.
7x4=28 Marks
Section C : The candidates are required to attempt two out of four
questions. Each question carrying ten marks. 10x2=20 Marks
Part-A
1. Meaning of Learning, Nature of Skill Learning and laws of
Learning.
2. Learning Curve.
3. Motivation in Physical Education.
4. Play meaning and theories.
5. Psychological factors effecting sports performance i.e.
stress tension, anxiety, aggression.
6. Psychological characteristics of the adolescent in sports
situations.
Part-B
1. Transfer of training, its application in sports situations.
2. Growth and development during childhood;
i) Physical
ii) Mental
iii) Emotional
iv) Inter-personal social development.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 101
3. Sports and Economy.
4. Causes of poor performance of Sports in India.
5. Sports and Socialization-integration through sports (National
& International)
6. Sports, Politics and their relationship.
Practical - 40 (Internal - 10, External - 30)
7. Games : Fooball; Volleyball; Tennis; Hockey.
102 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Paper-B
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 60
Note : - Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners. Each
question paper may consist of three sections as follows:
Section A : The candidates are required to attempt all the six
questions. Each question carrying two marks. 6x2=12 Marks
Section B : The candidates are required to attempt seven out of
twelve questions. Each question carrying four marks.
7x4=28 Marks
Section C : The candidates are required to attempt two out of four
questions. Each question carrying ten marks. 10x2=20 Marks
Part-A
1. Meaning, aims and types of Yoga.
2. The practice of Asans and their importance, meditative
poses, Padma, Vajra, Sukh Asanas, Cultural poses, Halasan,
Sarvangasana, Bhujangasna, Salbhasana, Dhanurasana,
Chakarasana,
3. Pranayam, its types, objectives and Physiological values.
4. Sudhi kirya; its types, objectives and Physiological values.
5. Effect of Yogic and Physical exercises on various systems
of the body.
Part-B
1. Respiratory system, Organs of respiratory, Mechanism of
respiration.
2. Excretory system; Structure and functions of kidney and
skin.
3. Endocrine system, Meaning of endocrine glands, functions
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 103
and location of pituitary, thyroid and adrenal glands.
4. Nervous system : its organs and functions.
5. Circulatory system: Heart and its structure, Mechanism of
circulation of Blood, various types of blood vessels.
6. Care, prevention of causes and cure of sports injuries (sprain,
contusion, dislocation and fractures).
Practicals
Athletics --40 Marks (Internal 10, Externa1 - 30)
One Throw.
One Jump
One Race
References:
1. Blair, Jones, Educational Psychology, The Macmillan
and Simpson Co., New York, 1962.
2. Lindgren, H.E. Educational Psychology in the Class
Room, John Wiley and Sons, New York,
1962.
3. Biggeh & Hunt Pyschological Foundations of Education,
Harper & Row Publishers, 1962.
4. Crow, L.D. Educational Psychology, Littlefield
& Crow, A Adams & Co., S. Chand and Co., New
Delhi, 1979.
5. Whiting, HTA Readings in Sports Psychology, Henry
Kimpton Publishers, London, 1972.
6. Puni, A.T. Sports Psychology, (An Abridged)
translation by G.S. Sandhu, N.I.S.
Patiala, 1980.
7. Suin, R.M. Psychology in Sports, Methods and
Applications, Surjeet Publications, New
Delhi, 1982.
104 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Books Recommended :
1. Singh, Kanwaljeet and Singh Inderjeet : Sports Sociology,
Friends Publication, New Delhi, 2000.
2. Tandan, D.K. et.al, : Scienctific basis of Physical Education
and Sports, Frends Publication, New Delhi, 2001.
3. Singh, Ajmer and Gill Jagtar : Essentials of Physical
Education and Olympic movement, Kalyani Publishers,
Ludhiana, 2004.
4. Kang, G.S. : Anatomy, Physiology and Health Education,
Publication Bureau, Punjabi University, Patiala, 2000.
5. Kang, G.S. and Deol, N.S. : An Introduction to Health and
Physical Education, 21st Century, Patiala, 2008.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 105
PHILOSOPHY
Paper-A
Logic : Western and Indian
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Lectures to be delivered : 75
Pass Marks : 35
Instructions for the Paper-setters
The question paper will consist of five sections : A,B,C,D
and E. Section A,B,C and D will have two questions from the
respective sections of the syllabus and will carry 15 marks each.
Section E will consist of 10 short answer type questions which will
cover the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 40 marks in all,
each short answer type question carrying 4 marks.
Instructions for the candidates
Candidates are required to attempt one question each from
the sections A, B, C and D of the question paper and the entire
Section E.
Section-A
1. Definition, Nature and Utility of Western Logic.
2. Laws of Thought : Identity, Contradiction, Excluded Middle,
Law of Sufficient Reason and their Characteristics.
3. Terms : Kinds, Connotation, Denotation and Relation
between Connotation and Denotation.
Section-B
4. Proposition : Classification of Propositions, Four-fold division
of Propositions.
5. Immediate Inference : Square of Opposition-contradiction,
contrary, sub-altration.
6. Mediate Inference : Structure and Rules of Validity of
Categorical Syllogism.
106 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Section-C
7. Definition of Deduction and Induction; Distinction between
Deduction and Induction.
8. Causation : Nature of Cause, Plurality of Causes (Mill)
9. Nature and Conditions of a Valid Hypothesis.
Section-D
10. Definition, Scope and Utility of Indian Logic.
11. Nyaya Syllogism.
12. Difference between Nyaya Syllogism and Aristotelian
Syllogism.
Section-E
Ten Short answer type questions.
Recommended Readings
1. Cohen and Negal, Introduction to Logic and Scientific
Methods, Allied Publishers, Bombay, 1976.
2. R.D. Nirakari, Uchera Tarak Shastra (Punjabi).
3. Wazir Singh & Harnam Singh, Tarak Gian De Mudhle
Niyam : (Part-I) (Nigman), Punjabi University, Patiala.
4. Wazir Singh & Harnam Singh, Tarak Gian De Mudhle
Niyam : (Part-II) (Nigman), Punjabi University, Patiala.
5. Wazir Singh & A.P. Sharma, Tarak Gian Di Jan-Pahichan.
6. S.S. Barlingay, A Modern Introduction to Indian Logic,
National Publishing House, Delhi, 1965.
7. Peter A Facione, Logical and Logic thinking, a modular
approach, McGraw Hill, New York 1978.
º. ÷i. ¬º·( ·iiºni¤ n¬ ·ii-i ¬i ª¤ ºªii ºi¬-ªii· ^ªi ¬i¬(-i ¬¤¤º+
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 107
PHILOSOPHY
Paper-B
Applied Ethics (Opt. i)
Lectures to be delivered : 75+50=125
(Only for Regular Students) Max. Marks : 100
Time : 3 Hours Theory Marks : 60
Pass Marks : 35% Project Work & Practical : 40
Note : Instructions for the Paper-Setter :
The question paper will consist of five Sections : A,B,C,D &
E. Sections A,B,C and D will have two questions from the respective
sections of the syllabus and will carry 10 marks each. Section E
will consist of 10 short answer type questions which will cover the
entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 20 marks. Each short answer
type question will be of 2 marks. There will be a separate paper for
the project and practical related to the subject. For it there will be
four lectures in a week besides the theory lectures. The focus of
these lectures would be on the applied aspect of the course. A
candidate will have to prepare a project report at least of 15 pages.
A teacher from the affiliated colleges will conduct the viva-voce
before the theory examination and will award the marks on the
basis of project report and viva voce separately. Out of the 40
marks, 20 marks are each for the project report and viva-voce.
Instructions for the Candidates :
Candidates are required to attempt one question each from
the sections A,B,C & D of the question paper and the entire section
E. They will have to prepare a project report of atleast of 15 pages
and will have to appear in viva-voce. The project report and viva
voce will be of 20 marks each.
Section-A
Introduction
1. Applied Ethics : Nature and Scope.
2. De-ontological and Teleological Approaches to Moral
Action.
108 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Section-B
3. Ecology : Definition, Scope and its relation to Ethics.
4. Man-Nature Relationship (Indian Tradition).
Section-C
Ecological Problems
5. Population
6. Pollution
7. Nuclear Threats
Section-D
Professional Ethics
8. Medical Ethics
9. Educational Ethics and Moral Principles
10. Legal Ethics
Section-E
Ten short answer type questions.
Recommended Readings :
1. Surjit Kaur Chahal, Environment and the Moral Life,
Towards a New Paradigm, Ashish Publishing House, New
Delhi, 1994.
2. T.L. Beauchamp & J.E. Childress, (Jr.), Principles of
Biomedical Ethics, 2nd Ed., Oxford University Press,
Oxford, 2001.
3.
R. Attield, Environmental Philosophy : Principles and
Prospects, Aldershot, Avebury, 1994.
4. Harold H. Titus, Ethics for Today, Eurasia Publishing
House, New Delhi, 1966.
5. Oleg Dreyer, Ecological Problems of developing
Countries, Ajanta Publications, Delhi, 1989.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 109
PHILOSOPHY
Paper-B (Opt. ii)
(Social Philosophy)
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Lecture to be delivered : 75 Pass Marks : 35%
Instructions for the paper-setter
The Question paper will consist of five Sections : A, B, C, D
& E. Sections A, B, C, D and E will have two questions from the
respective sections of the syllabus and will carry 15 marks each.
Section E will consist of 10 short answer type questions which will
cover the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 40 marks in all,
each short answer type question carrying 4 marks.
Instructions for the Candidates
Candidates are required to attempt one question each from
the sections A, B, C and D of the question paper and the entire
section E.
Section-A
1. Social Philosophy : Nature and Importance of Social
Philosophy.
2. Social Philosophy and Ethics.
3. Social Philosophy and Political Science.
Section-B
4. Plato's Theory of State
5. Theories about origin of Society : Organic Theory, Social
Contract Theory and Idealistic Theory
6. Social Progress : Meaning and Factors
Section-C
7. Major Social Theories : Socialism and Democracy
8. Gandhism : Swaraj and Sarvodaya
9. Social Philosophy of Sikhism : Justice and Equality
110 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Section-D
10. Social Problems : Dowry, Divorce and Corruption
11. Crime : Meaning and Nature of Crime
12. Punishment : Theories of Punishment and Capital
Punishment
Section-E
Ten short answer type questions
Recommended Readings :
1. Daya Krishan, Social Philosophy : Past and Future,
Indian Institute of Advanced Study, Shimla, 1969.
2. Dr. A.K. Sinha, Social Philosophy, Krishna, Amritsar, n.d.
3. Anthony Quinton (Ed.), Political Philosophy, Oxford,
London, 1973.
4. Ram Nath Sharma, Overview of Philosophy, Lucky Star,
Delhi, 1983.
5. Robert N. Bech, Handbook of Social Philosophy.
6. f `. gur Sr nj Iq i sMG, gur Un`nk b`xI i vcl I nYi qkq` d` Ej ok`
pRsMg|
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 111
¤0H H|¤Hõ
¤ ¤0-8 (H!H| ¤0H)
HH' : 3 =ð Wõ HW : 100
õW80' U| |Tð3| : 75 ¤!H Jð õ8| HW : 35¼
¤¤0 Hð0 õ8| JU!|83' :
pypr dy pµj B`g hoxgy : a, E, e, s Eqy h| B`g a, E, e Eqy s
ivcoN 2-2 pRSn pu@Cy j`xgy| ividE`rQIE~ ny iek-iek pRSn krn` ho vyg`
Eqy hr iek pRSn dy 15 Eµk hoxgy| kul Eµk 60 hoxgy| B`g h ivcoN sMKyp
au#qr~ v`ly 10 pRSn hoxgy, ijhVy s`ry slybs iv@coN hoxgy Eqy aunH~ dy 40
Eµk hoxgy| hryk pRSn dy 4-4 Eµk hoxgy|
¤||¤H!08| õ8| JU!|83' :
B`g a, E, e, s ivcoN kyvl ie@k-ie@k pRSn krn` hY Eqy B`g 'h'
dy s`ry pRSn zrUrI hn|
¥!T (U) UJU| ¤0H
1. mu@FlI j`x pC`x--whUdI Drm d` ieiqh`s
2. pYgMbr mUs` d` jIvn qy is@iKE`v~
3. whUdI Drm-gRMQ qor`h (The Law), nbI (The Prophets), i kq`b~
(The Writings) b`r ysMKyp j `xk`r I|
¥!T (H) 8|H!8| H3
1. eIs`eI crc d` E`rM B Eqy p`s`r (nvy N ny m dI pµ jvIN pu sqk
'rsUl~ dy krqb' dI pusqk 'qy E`D`irq)|
2. wsU msIh d` jIvn qy is@iKE`v~
3. nv~ nym (New Testament) iqMn mu@K B`g:
1. m@qI dI EµjIl sMiKpq j`xk`rI
2. 21 p@qr (Epistles) sMq p`l Eqy dUjy sMq~ dy
3. pRk`S dI poQI (Apocalypes) b`r ysMKyp j `xk`r I
B`g ( e) : i esl `m B`g ( e) : i esl `m B`g ( e) : i esl `m B`g ( e) : i esl `m B`g ( e) : i esl `m
1. i pCokV, E`r MB Eqyi vk`s, i esl `mqoNpi hl ~Er b dI D`r i mk
Eqysm`i j k si QqI|
112 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
2. pYgMbr muhMmd d` j Ivn qyi s@i KE`v~, i esl `mdypµj QMm(Five
pillars) eIm`n, sl `q, r oz`, h@j , zk`q)
3. pi vqr kur `n b`r ysMKyp j `x- pC`x : sMp`dn` Eqybxqr
B`g ( s) : p`r sI m@q B`g ( s) : p`r sI m@q B`g ( s) : p`r sI m@q B`g ( s) : p`r sI m@q B`g ( s) : p`r sI m@q
1. sMKyp j `x- pC`x: aus smyNdyS dI sm`i j k EqyD`r i mk EvsQ`,
j l `vqnI EqyB`r q i vc E`gmn|
2. j ur quSq d` j Ivn qyi s@i KE`v~: nykI- bdI d` i sD~q, pi r v`i r k
Eqysm`i j k B`eIc`r ydI bxqr |
3. Ehur m`zd`, Ehr mn Eqyj Md- Evysq` dI sMKyp j `xk`r I|
B`g ( h) sMKyp au#qr ~ v`l y10 pRSn B`g ( h) sMKyp au#qr ~ v`l y10 pRSn B`g ( h) sMKyp au#qr ~ v`l y10 pRSn B`g ( h) sMKyp au#qr ~ v`l y10 pRSn B`g ( h) sMKyp au#qr ~ v`l y10 pRSn
suJ`eIE~ pusqk ~ dI sUcI : suJ`eIE~ pusqk ~ dI sUcI : suJ`eIE~ pusqk ~ dI sUcI : suJ`eIE~ pusqk ~ dI sUcI : suJ`eIE~ pusqk ~ dI sUcI :
1. j Ymz mYsI. msIhIEq : i ek pi r cw, PkIr i sMG EYNf sMnz,
Eµi mRqsr |
2. b`eIbl (pµj `bI Enuv`d), b`eIbl sus`i et I E`& i eMf IE`, bMgl Or |
3. j I.E`r . i sMG EqysI. f bl aU, f yi vf , j hUdI Dr mpRi sMqIw
Dr m, ,, ,, l KnaUpbi l i SMg h`aUs, l KnaU|
4. gul vMq i sMG : i esl `m EqysU&Iv`d, pµj `bI wUnIvr i st I,
pi t E`l `|
5. gur bcn i sMG q`i l b, (sMp`.) sMs`r dykuJ pRmu@K Dr m, pµj `bI
wUnIvr i st I, pi t E`l `|
6. David F. Hindson, History of Israel, ISPCK, Kashmiri Gate,
Delhi.
7. John Bright, History of Israel, Lucknow Publishing House,
Lucknow.
8. Christianity, Panjabi University, Patiala.
9. John Foster, The First Advance Church History, ISPCK,
New Delhi.
10. K. Ali, A Study of Islamic History, Idarah-i-Adaboiyat,
Delhi.
11. Islam, Punjabi University, Patiala.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 113
12. P.K. Hitti, History of Ardas, Macmillan Education Ltd.
13. M.M. Pickthal, The Meaning of the Glorious Koran,
Mentor Classics, New York.
14. Alfred Guillaume, Islam, Lion Square, London.
15. Denmise E. Clark, Jesus Christ—His Life & Teachings,
1654, Madarsa Road, Kashmiri Gate, Delhi.
16. Duncan Greenless, The Gospel of Zorathustra, Adyar
Publication, Madras.
17. N. Dhalla, History of Zoroastrianism, K.R. Cama, Orient,
Longman, Delhi.
114 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
¤0H H|¤Hõ
¤¤0-8|
(H¤W!õ|õ H3 H!¤|õW ¤!0|HW õ|J0')
HH' : 3 =ð Wõ HW : 100
õW80' U| |Tð3| : 75 ¤!H Jð õ8| HW : 35¼
¤¤0 Hð0 õ8| JU!|83'
pypr dy pµj B`g hoxgy : a, E, e, s Eqy h| B`g a, E, e Eqy s
ivco N 2-2 pR Sn pu @ Cy j`xgy | ividE`rQIEE~ ny iek-iek pR Sn krn`
hovyg` Eqy hr iek pRSn dy 15 Eµk hoxgy| kul Eµk 60 hoxgy| B`g 'h'
ivco N sM Ky p au#qr~ v`ly 10 pRSn hoxgy, ijhVy s`ry islybs iv@coN hoxgy
Eqy aunH~ dy 40 Eµk hoxgy| hryk pRSn dy 4-4 Eµk hoxgy|
¤||¤H!08| õ8| JU!|83' :
B`g a, E, e. s ivcoN kyvl ie@k-ie@k pRSn krn` hY Eqy B`g 'h'
dy s`ry pRSn zrUrI hn|
¥!T (U) : ¥T3| õ|J0
1. BgqI l i hr : auqpqI qyi vk`s
2. au #qrI B`rq dI inrgux Eqy srgux BgqI prMpr`
3. BgqI lihr dy pRmuK Bgq~ dy jIvn n`mdyv, kbIr, rivd`s
¥!T (H) : H¥| H3
1. E`rMB, ivk`s Eqy iesl`imk ipCokV
2. sUPI m@q dIE~ ivSySq`v~, h`l Eqy muk`m dy hv`ly sihq|
3. icSqI islisl` qy b`b` PrId-jIvn qy is@iKE`v~
¥!T (8) : ¤H¤ ¤0H ¤¥03W
1. cYqMnw mh`pRBU : jIvn qy is@iKE`v~
2. SMkr dyv : jIvn dy is@iKE`v~
3. mIr~ b`eI : jIvn qy is@iKE`v~
¥!T (H) :
Uõ|¥|' HU| U|H' ¤H¤ ¤!0|HW õ|J0'
1. r`m` ikRSn imSn
2. bR hmo sm`j
3. E`rIE` sm`j
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 115
¥!T (J) : H¤¤ U #30' ¥!õ 10 ¤Hõ
H¥!8|H' ¤H3W' U| H8| :
1. prsUr`m cqurvydI, au #qrI B`rq kI sMq prMpr`, (ihMdI), B`rqIw
(pusqk BMf`r) lihr pRYs, El`h`b`d|
2. gulvMq isMG, iesl`m qy sU&Iv`d, pµj`bI wUnIvristI, pitE`l`|
3. mnmo hn isM G, BgqI Eµ do ln Eqy gu rU n`nk, mndIp pR k`Sn,
nvIN id@lI|
4. q`rn isM G, blbIr kO r, Sy K &rId-jIvn qy rcn`, pµ j`bI
wU nIvristI, pitE`l`|
5. mnmohn isMG, BgqI isD~q dy E`D`r sRoq, pµj`bI wUinvristI
pitE`l`, 1991.
6. l`l isMG, BgqI k`iv, B`S` ivB`g pµj`b, pitE`l`, 1970.
7. gurSrnjIq isMG (f`.) gurU n`nk b`xI ivclI nYiqkq` d` Ejok`
pRsMg, B`eI cqr isMG jIvn isMG, EµimRqsr, 2007.
8. Bahadur Mal, Dayanand and Study in Hinduism, Sadhu
Ashram, Hoshiarpur, 1962.
9. Darshan Singh, Indian Bhakti Tradition and Sikh Gurus,
Lyall Book Depot, Ludhiana.
10. Ganda Singh (Ed), Punajb Past and Present, (Singh Sabha
Issue) Punjabi University, Patiala.
11. J.N. Farquhar, Modern Religious Movements in India,
Munshi Ram, Manohar Lal, Oriented Publishers, Delhi, 1967.
12. T.M.P. Mahadevan, Ten Saints of India, Bharti Vidya
Bhawan, Bombay.
+.. ¤ iºi·iªi ¤ ¬¬ ¬l(·i¬i l^º·iº ¬i -iºi ª¤i ¤º÷ ¬·¤·i
·: l(·¬i .cc+.
+-. -(i-i ¤·i¤i( ·i^(i· ¬i ¤n·¤ -ri¤·i ·il·n((in (¬ ---
-(: .cc..
116 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
MUSIC (INSTRUMENTAL)
Paper - A Theory : 3 Hours Durations Marks : 80
Paper - B Practical : 20 Minutes Marks : 100
Project Work Marks : 20
Total Marks : 200
Teaching work load :
Theory : 3 Periods per week
Practical : 9 Periods per week
Note : There should not be more then ten students in one
group of practical class.
Instructions given to the examiners are as under :
1. There should not be more than ten students in a batch for
practical examination.
2. While sending the syllabus to paper setter in theory the
syllabus prescribed for the practical paper should also be
sent.
3. Separate practical paper should be set for each class from
practical paper-B prescribed syllabus.
4. The paper setter would set nine questions in all. Three in
unit-I, four in unit-II & two in unit-III. The candidate may
be asked to attempt five questions in all selecting at least
one question from each part.
5. Candidate can take both subjects i.e. Vocal & Instrumental
Music as an elective subjects.
6. Candidate can take Tabla subject along with Instrumental
Music (mentioned below in Seriol No. 7).
7. The practical paper will be of 100 marks for the private &
regular candidates. 20 marks for the computer aided project
report in the form of presentation relating to any field of
music (approx. 3 to 5 pages) using computers. (MS-Office)
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 117
which will be evaluated by the external examiner at the
time of examination. Separate marks sheet should be used
for project report.
8. In Instrumental Music the candidates have the option to
take any one of the following instruments :-
Sitar, Sarangi, Veena, Sarod, Dilruba, Violin, Guitar, Bansuri,
Shahnai, Rabab, Saranda, Taus, Santoor and other Ins.
Played on the basis of Indian Classical Music.
118 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
MUSIC (INSTRUMENTAL)
Paper-A (Theory)
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 80
Unit - I
1. Historical developments of Indian Music during the medieval
period i.e. from 12th to 15th century with special reference
to Granths Gharanas & Shallies.
2. Computer & Music
3. The Life sketch and Contributions of the followings :-
a) Ustad Villyat Khan
b) Ali Akar Khan
c) Abdul Halim Zafar Khan
d) Shiv Kumar Sharma
Unit - II
1. Knowledge of the following :-
a) Youth & Classical Music
ii) Tuning of your instrument
iii) The contribution of stage music to the growth of popular
music.
2. Importance of Gharana System in Indian music with its
merits and demerits.
3. Descriptions and Notation of prescribed Ragas (Gats and
Talas) Ragas :- Malkauns, Sohani, Assawari, Puriya,
Bhimpalasi.
4. Talas : Ada-Chautal, Sultal, Rupaktal
5. Brief knowledge of the following Ragas : (Aaroh, Avroh,
Palar etc.) Marwa, Bhairvi, Purvi, Jaunpuri, Chanderkauns.
Unit - III
1. Importance of Instrumental Music in Gurmat Sangeet.
2. Contribution of Guru Teg Bahadur Ji towards Indian Music.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 119
MUSIC (INSTRUMENTAL)
Paper - B
(Practical)
Time : 30 Minutes
Practical : Max. Marks 100
Project work : Marks 20
Total : 120
(a) One Drut Gat with Alap, Jor, Tora and Jhalas in each of the
prescribed Ragas : Malkauns, Assawari, Puriya, Bhimpalasi.
(b) One Vilambit Gat with Alaps and Toras in any of the
prescribed Ragas.
(c) One Gat in Chautal (Dhrupad Style) in Single and double
layakaries in any of the prescribed Ragas.
(d) One Gat in Rupak Tal in Madhya laya with toras.
(e) Ability to recite Ada-Chautal, Sultal and Rupak Tal; by hand
in ekgun and dugun layakaries.
(f) Use of the two Swaras Meend i.e., Sa Re Ga, Re Ga Ma
etc.
(g) Tuning of your instrument.
(h) Ability to play Rupak Jhap Tal on Tabla.
(i) Ability to play four Alankars based on Thats of prescribed
Ragas in the course.
(j) Brief knowledge of Ragas (Aaroh, Avroh, Pakar etc.)
Marwa, Bhairvi, Purvi, Jaunpuri.
Books Recommended
1. Rag Parichaya H.C. Shrivastava (published by
Sangeet Sadan Prakashan
Allahabad) 2004.
2. Sangeet Visharad Sangeet Karayalaya, Hathras, 2004.
120 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
3. Hamare Sangeet Rattan Sangeet Karayalaya,
Hathras, 1978.
4. Gurmat Sangeet Dr. Gurnam Singh, Published by
Prabandh Ate Parsar Panjabi Uni., Patiala.
5. Nibandh Sangeet Sangeet Karayalaya, Hathras, 1989.
Project Work M.M. : 20
*It will be Based on computer aided Programme in the
form of presentation relating to any field of Music (Approx. 3 to 5
pages) using computers (MS-Office) which will be evaluated by
the external examiner at the time of examination. Separate mark
sheet should be used for projcet report.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 121
MUSIC (VOCAL)
Paper - A Theory : 3 Hours Durations Marks : 80
Paper - B Practical : 20 Minutes Marks : 100
Project Work Marks : 20
Total Marks : 200
Teaching work load :
Theory : 3 Periods per week
Practical : 9 Periods per week
Note : There should not be more then ten students in one
group of practical class.
Instructions given to the examiners are as under :
1. There should not be more than ten students in a batch for
practical examination.
2. Harmonium will be allowed as an acompaniment in vocal
music.
3. While sending the syllabus to paper setter in theory the
syllabus prescribed for practical paper should also be sent.
4. Separate practical paper should be set for each class from
practical paper-B prescribed syllabus.
5. The paper setter will set nine questions in all. Three in
unit-i, four in unit-ii & two in unit-iii. The candidate may
be asked to attempt five questions in all selecting at least
one question from each unit.
6. The practical paper will be of 100 marks for the private &
regular candidates. 20 marks for the computer aided project
report in the form of presentation relating to any filed of
music approx. 3 to 5 pages) using computers. (MS-Office)
which will be evaluated by the external examiner at the
time of examination. Separate marks sheet should be used
for project report.
7. Candidate can take both subjects i.e. Vocal & Instrumental
Music as an elective subject.
8. Candidate can take Tabla subject alongwithMusic Vocal.
122 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
MUSIC (VOCAL)
Paper - A (Theory)
Time : 3 Hours Max.Marks : 80
Unit-I
1. Historical Development of Indian Music during the period
i.e. from 14th to 17th century with special reference to
Musicians, Granths & Changing Traditions of Music.
2. Definition of the following :-
Bol-Alaap, Bol-Bant, Upaj, Murki, Katka, Mukhra, Gamak,
Varieties of Tan. Teaching & Learning Methods of Music.
3. Contributions in detail and life sketches in brief of the
following great master :-
i) Rajan Sajan Mishra
ii) Reshid Khan
iii) Pt. Bhim Sen Joshi
iv) Kishori Amolker
Unit-II
1. Knowledge of the following :-
i) Laya and Tal in Folk Music
ii) Methods of tuning your instrument (Tanpura)
iii) The place of Harmonium in Vocal Music in present
period.
2. Detailed knowledge of Dhrupad, Dhammar and Khayal
Styles of Singing.
3. Description and notation of the prescribed ragas (Khayals)
& Talas.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 123
Ragas :- Miyan ki Sarang, Bhairvi, Poorvi, Jaunpuri
Malkuns.
4. Talas :- Tilwara, Deepchandi, Chautal.
5. Non detailed ragas :-
Dhanasari, Sorath, Chanderkaus, Asawari
Unit - III
1. Folk Gayan Shallies in Gurmat Sangeet.
2. Salient features of keertan chowki.
124 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
MUSIC (VOCAL)
Paper-B (Practical)
Time : 20 Minutes
Practical Max. Marks : 100
Project work Marks : 20
Total Marks : 120
1. One drut Khayal in each of the following ragas :- Bhairavi,
Poorvi, Miyan ki Sarang, Jaunpuri Malkons.
2. One Vilambit Khayal in any ragas prescribed in the course
with alap and tanas.
3. One Dhrupad with Duggen, Tigun and Chougun layakaries
in any of the prescribed ragas.
4. One Shabad in Nirdhaat Raga with proper Gurmat Gayaki.
5. Ability to recite Tilwara, Deepchandi, Chautal by hand.
6. Notation of the khayals and talas prescribed in the syllabus.
7. Description of the ragas and talas prescribed in the syllabi.
8. Ability to demonstrate Teevra and Kehrva on Tabla.
9. Ability to Sing in meed.
Books Recommended
1. Sangeet Vishard Basant, Sangeet Karyalaya Hathras
2004
2. Rag Parichaya G.C.Srivastava 2004
Part-II (Sangeet Sadan Parkashan,
Allahabad)
3. Hamare Sangeet Sangeet Karyalaya Hathras 1978
Rattan
4. Gurmat Sangeet Dr. Gurnam singh Punjabi
Prabandh te Pasar University, Patiala, 2000
5. Nibandh Sangeet Sangeet Karayalaya, Hathras, 1989
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 125
INDIAN CLASSICAL DANCE
Paper - A Theory : 3 Hours Durations Max.Marks : 80
Paper - B Practical : 20 Minutes 100 Marks
Project Work 20 Marks
Total 200 Marks
Teaching work load
Theory 3 Periods per week.
Practical - 9 periods per week.
Note : There should not be more than ten students in a group
of practical class.
Instructions given to the examiners are as under :-
1. There should not more than ten students in a ten batch for
practical examination.
2. Harmonium will be allowed as accompaniment to perform
Nagma.
3. While sending the syllabus to paper setter in theory the
syllabus prescribed for the practical paper should also be
sent.
4. Separate practical paper should be set for each class from
practical paper-'B' of prescribed syllabus.
5. The paper setter will set nine questions in all. Three in
unit-i, four in unit-ii & two in unit-iii. The candidate may
be asked to attempt five questions in all selecting at least
one question from each part.
6. The practical paper will be of the 100 marks for the private
& regular candidates. 20 marks for the computer aided
project report in the form of presentation relating to any
filed of musicand dance approx. 3 to 5 pages) using
computers. (MS-Office) which will be evaluated by the
external examiner at the time of examination. Separate mark
sheet should be used for project report.
126 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
INDIAN CLASSICAL DANCE
Paper A : - (Theory)
Unit-I
Time : 3 Hours Max.Marks : 80
1. Describe the historical development of Group Dance.
2. Historical development of dance in Indian theater.
3. Study of the following styles of Indian Classical Dance.
a) Manipuri Tradition in modern period
b) Kathkali on the modern stage
4. Study of the Natya Shastra with special reference to Indian
Dance.
Unit-II
1. Knowledge of the Folk Dance of Punjab & Uttar Pradesh.
2. Knowledge of Solo Dance and Group Dance and their
Comparison.
3. Biography and contribution of the following dancer in their
respective field of specialization.
i) Uday Shankar
ii) Shambhu Maharaj
4. Essay on :
i) Nayak Nayika Bheda in Dance
ii) Importance of Gayan & Vadan in Dance
iii) Dancing : A door to devine
iv) The role of dances in Indian films
Unit-III
1. Notation & Discription of follwing Talas in Dugan, Tigun
and Chaugan layakaries
Teen Tal, Jhap Tal, Dhamar, Ek-Tal, Rupak Tal
2. Notation of Nagama in Dhamar and Jhaptal
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 127
INDIAN CLASSICAL DANCE
Paper - B Practical
Time : 20 Minutes Practical Max.Marks : 100
Project Work Marks : 20
Total Marks : 120
1. Chutal (Matra-2)
Simple Tatker with Dugun and Chaugan layakaries
i) Tora 1
ii) Amad 1
iii) Salami 1
iv) Paran 1
v) Chakardar puran 2
2. Ek-Tal (Matra-12)
i) Amad 1
ii) Tora 1
iii) Paran 2
iv) Chakardar-Paran 1
v) Kavit 1
3. Roopak (Matra-7)
i) Tatkar 2
ii) Tukra 2
iii) Amad 1
iv) Tora 2
4. Practical knowledge of any two Gat Bhawa :
i) Holi
ii) Makhan Chori
iii) Goverdhan Lila
5. Paranth of all the Tukra, Tora, Paran, Chakardar Paran
by hand.
6. Theka of Teen Tal Jhap Tal, Dhamar, Ek-Tal Rupak
Tal, Single, Dugun, and Chaugun layakaries by hand
& ability to demonstrate Rupak, Dhamar Keherva on
Tabla.
128 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
7. One Trana or Chutrang
8. Ability to play Nagma on Harmonium of the following
Talas:-
i) Jhaptal
ii) Dhamar
iii) Ek-Tal
9. Practical demonstration any one farm of Uttar Pradesh
Folk Dances.
Books Recommended :
1. Kathak Nritya Ka Subbashni Kapoor, Radha
Prichey Publications New Delhi, 1997
2. Kathak Sundaryatmak Shikhakharey Knishka Publishers,
Shashtriya Nritya New Delhi, 2006
3. Atihasik Pripekesh Maya Talk Knishka Publishers,
Mein Kathak Naritya New Delhi, 2005
4. Nibandh Sangeet Laxmi Naryan Garg Sangeet
Karyalaya Hathras, 2004
Project Work Marks : 20
*It will be Based on computer aided Programme in the
form of presentation relating to any field of Music and dance
(Approx. 3 to 5 pages) using computers (MS-Office) which will be
evaluated by the external examiner at the time of examination.
Separate mark sheet should be used for projcet report.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 129
TABLA
Paper-A Theory : 3 Hours Durations Max.Marks : 80
Paper-B Practical Marks : 100
Project Work Marks : 20
Total marks : 200
Teaching work load
Theory : 3 periods per week.
Practical : 9 period per week.
Note : There should not be more then ten students in one
group of practical class.
Instructions given to the examiners are as under : -
1. There should not be more than tewelve students in a batch
for practical examination.
2. Harmonium will allowed as accompaniment to perform the
Nagma.
3. While sending the syllabus to paper setter in theory the
syllabus prescribed for practical paper should also be sent.
4. Separate practical paper should be set for each class from
practical paper-B prescribed syllabus.
5. The paper setter will set nine questions in all. Three question
in each unit. The candidate may be asked to attempt five
questions in all selecting at least one question from each
part.
6. The practical paper will be of the 100 marks for the private
& regular candidates. 20 marks for the computer aided
project report in the form of presentation relating to any
filed of music (approx. 3 to 5 pages) using computers. (MS-
Office) which will be evaluated by the external examiner at
130 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
the time of examination. Separate marks sheet should be
used for project report.
7. Candidate can take Tabla subjects with Vocal & Instrumental
music (Sitar, Sarangi, Veena, Sarod, Dilruba, Violin, Guitar,
Bansuri, Shahnai, Rabab, Saranda, Taus, Santoor and any
other Swar Vadhya to be played on the basis of Indian
Classical Music).
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 131
TABLA
Paper - A (Theory)
Time : 3 Hours Max.Marks : 80
Unit-I
1. Define and explain the following terms : Uthan, Tabla
Vadak, Sangatkar, Rela laggi, Peshkzra, Chakradar.
2. Ten Parans of Tala.
3. Popular Gharanas of Tabla and Pakahawaj, Vadan i.e.
Delhi, Lucknow, Punjab and Ajara.
4. Writing Method of Dvigun, Trigun and Chaugun Layakaries
Tokaras, Parans and Tihaies.
Unit-II
1. Life sketch of Shri Kanthe Maharaj, Shri Anokhe Lal and
Pt. Santa Parsad.
2. Define the following terms in context of Gurmat Sangeet :
Jori, Makao, Sath.
3. The place of Tabla in different musical compositions.
Unit-III
1. Notation and description of the following :-
i) Jhaptal : One quaida, one peshkar, one gat and rela,
paran
ii) Rupak: Peshkar, gat, Two qaida, Paran and Chakardar
Paran
iii) Choutal : Saath, Paran, Chukari
2. Notation of the above mentioned Talas with dugun and
Chugan layakaries
3. Lagi in Dadra Tal
132 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
TABLA
Paper - B (Practical)
Time : 20 Minutes Practical Max.Marks : 100
Project Work Marks : 20
Total Marks : 120
a) Tala Prescribed : Rupak, Tivra, Jhaptal, Sultal, Deep Chandi
and Jhumra.
b) Proper Barhat of the following Talas by hand on Tabla or
Pakhawaj-Rupak, Tivra, Jhaptal, Sultal.
c) Two laggies in Dadra and two in Kehrva.
d) Theka of Jhumra Tal Vilambit Laya.
e) Sultal-Tukras, Paran Bedam, Tehai, Damdar Tehai
Chakradar Paran and Relas.
f) Jhaptal : One quaida, one peshkar, one gat and rela, paran.
g) Rupak : Peshkar, gat, Two qaida, Paran and Chakardar
Paran
Books Recommended :
Sangeet Visharad Basant, Sangeet Karyalaya Hathras,
2004
Tal Prabandh Pt. Chhote Lal Misher, Knishka Publisher,
New Delhi, 2006
Bharti Sangeet Vadhya Lal Muni Misher, Bhartiya Gayan Peeth
Parkashan, 1973
Hamare Sangeet Rattan Sangeet Karyalaya Hathras, 1978
Tal Martand Sataya Narayan Vishesht, Sangeet
Karyalaya Hathras, 1994
Project Work
Marks : 20
*It will be Based on computer aided Programme in the
form of presentation relating to any field of Music (Approx. 3 to 5
pages) using computers (MS-Office) which will be evaluated by
the external examiner at the time of examination. Separate mark
sheet should be used for project report.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 133
FINE ART
(Drawing and Painting)
Note :
(a)
60 marks for the theory paper and 40 marks per
practical papers and 20 marks for internal assessment
on the basis of session work submitted by the student
shall be assessed by the teacher concerned.
(b) The question paper will cover the entire syllabus.
(c) Questions should be based on world famous paintings
and sculptures whose slides are easily available.
(d) Question paper should cover the syllabus uniformly.
(e) The paper setter should set the paper in three sections,
Section A, B and C.
(f) The division of the marks will be as under :-
Section A—20 marks for 10 short answer questions. Each
question carries 2 marks.
Section B—20 marks 4 questions. The examiner will be set
6 questions; the candidate will attempt 4 questions of 5 marks each.
Section C—20 marks for essay type questions. The examiner
will be set 4 questions; the candidate will attempt 2 questions of 10
marks each. Compartment candidates in the subject of Fine Arts
will appear only in theory paper during the supplementary
examinations. Previous Marks of Practical papers will be considered
for the aggregate.
134 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
FINE ART
Paper-A (Theory)
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 60
Part-A
Sculpture
Classical Sculpture—The Guptas—Mathura and Sarnath,
Post-Classical Sculpture—Ellora, Elephanta, Mahabalipuram
Chola Bronzes—Parvati, Shiva Natraja, Vishnu and Kali
Suggested Readings
1. Indian Art A Concise story : Roy C. Craven; Thomas &
Hudson, London, 1997.
2. Bharti Murti Kala : Rama Nath Mishra,. Publication Division,
Delhi, 1978.
3. Bhartiya Murti Kala : Dr. Rama Nath Mishra, New Delhi,
MacMillion, 1978.
4. The Heritage of Indian Art : Vasudeva Agarwala;
Publication Divison, New Delhi, 1964.
5. Rowland and Benjamin, The Art and Architecture of India.
6. Saraswati S.K., A Survey of Indian Sculpture.
7. Abninash Bahadur Verma, Bhartya Chitrakala Ka Itihas.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 135
FINE ART
Part—B
Painting
Early Indian Miniature Painting—Eastern School and Western
School.
Mughal School of Art—Akbar, Jahangir and Aurangzeb.
Rajasthani School of Art-—Mewar, Kishangarh, Bundi and Kota.
Pahari School of Art—Kangra and Basohli.
Suggested Readings
Barret, D.& Gray, Painting of India,
B.Brown Percy Indian Painting under the Great Mughals
Chandra, Moti Mewar Painting
Karl Khandalwala Pahari Miniature Painting,
Majumdar, Bhartya Vidya Mandir Series :
R.C. (Editor) The History and Culture of Indian
People, Vol.V, Sculpture and Painting
Section only.
Randhawa, M.S. Kangra Paintings.
Chandra, Moti Indian Painting
L.C. Sharma, Brief History of Indian Painting,
Merut : Geol Publication, 2002.
A. B. Verma Bhartitya Chitra kala ka Ithas,
Bareli Parkash Book Dept, 1996.
Chandra Moti Indian Painting.
Sharma L.C. Indian Painting.
136 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
FINE ART
Paper-B
(Practical) Poster/Book Cover
Time : 5 Hours Max. Marks : 40
Prepare creative posters for advertisement study of letter
writing in number of colors.
At least six works (04 posters & 02 book covers) will be
prepared for internal assessment.
Medium —Poster Colors
Size—½ Imperial
Book Cover Design
Block lettering, Roman lettering, and free hand brush
lettering.
To design book cover with illustration title, author's name
etc. in any colors number of colors.
Medium—Poster colors
Size—½ Imperial
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 137
FINE ART
Paper-C
Head Study
Time: 5 Hours. Max. Marks : 40
Rendering of human headfromk life/caste in monochrome
colors. Emphasis should be given on structure, volume, proportion,
light shade and texture.
Medium—Oil, Pastel Colors and Watercolors.
Size—½ Imperial
Five selected works will be assessed by the teacher concerned.
138 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
FINE ART
Paper-D
Landscape Painting (on the spot)
Time: 5 Hours Max. Marks : 40
Arrangement of shape based on subjects like human forms
and animal froms in landscape settings, emphasis should be given
on perspective, color its application in harmony.
Medium—Oil, Postel Colors, and Watercolors
Size—½ Imperial
At lested least six works will be prepared for internal
assessment (3 realistic landscapes and 3 stylized landscapes based
on any traditional Indian style of painting).
50 sketches of the size ¼th imperial based on paper B, C
and D in any medium will be submitted.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 139
HISTORY OF ART
Paper-A
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Part-A
Note:
i) The question paper, should cover the entire syllabus. It
may contain very specific short-answer questions.
ii) The paper-setter should set 30 questions in all and students
shall attempt 20 questions.
iii) The question can be repeated from the previous question
papers.
History of Indian Painting from C. 9th century A. D. to
C. 1800 A.D. Development of miniature painting : Eastern India,
Western India, Mughals, Rajasthan - Mewar, Bundi, Kishangarh,
Pahari-Basohali, Guler, Gandharas, Kangra.
Part-B
History of Indian Sculpture under the Sunga Gandhara and
Guptas—Mathura, Somnath, Deogarh, Ajanta.
140 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
HISTORY OF ART
Paper - B
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note:
i) The question paper should cover the entire syllabus. It may
contain very specific short-answer questions.
ii) The paper-setter should set 30 questions in all and the
students shall attempt 20 questions.
iii) The question can be repeated from the previous question
papers.
Part-A
History of European Painting and Sculpture from C. 1300 A.D. to
1850 A.D.
Renaissance-Masccio Michelangelo, Raphael, Titian. Donatello,
Leonardo-Da-Vinci, Michelangelo, Raphael, Titian. Baroque
Caravaggio, Rubens, Rembrandt.
Landscape - Calude Lorrain, John Constable, W. Tumer Painters.
Part-B
Theory and Principle of Art Appreciation. Definition of the term
miniature, six limbs of Indian Painting and their manifestations in
actual works : Indian concept of primary colours and their symbolic
meaning. Indian theory of rasa, bhava and beauty.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 141
COMMERCIAL ART
Paper-A
Theory (Art appreciation & Advertising) 60 Marks
Paper : Layout 60 Marks
Paper C: Poster 60 Marks
Internal Assessment 20 Marks
Paper-A : Theory
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 60
Note:
(i) The question paper should cover the entire syllabus. It may
contain very specific short answer type questions.
(ii) The paper-setter should set 30 questions in all. Students
will attempt 20 questions.
(iii) The question can be repeated from the previous question
papers.
Meaning of Advertisement. Different Medias of Advertising.
Art and Commercial Art. Commercial Art and Society. Advertising
Agency. TV and Newspaper advertisement, Calliography. Printing
Process. Blocks, Half tone photos and line drawing.
142 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
COMMERCIAL ART
Paper - B
Layout (Practical)
Time : 5 Hours Max. Marks : 60
Medium : Layout & Illustrations (Coloured)
Size : Newspaper 4 columns x 25cms.
Magazine 8
1
/
2
" x 11" Illustration 1/4 imperial
Prepare commercial and educational layouts for newspaper in Black
and White and for Magazine coloured Layouts. Use of Screens
and Transfer letters are allowed.
Prepare illustrations based on stories, human beings in groups, birds
and animals, different scenes etc.
Limited references while preparing rough visual are also allowed.
COMMERCIAL ART
Paper - C
Time : 5 Hours Max. Marks : 60
Poster : or Packing (Practical)
Medium : Poster and Pastol Colours
Size : 1/2 imperial
Maximum 4 colours (Tones can be used for each colour).
Prepare commercial and educational posters for advertisement.
Purpose with creative approach. Atleast 5 works will be prepared
for internal assessment.
Packaging subjects : Cosmetics, colours, toys etc.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 143
SCULPTURE
Outlines of Test
Paper-I (Theory)
Time : 3 Hours. Max. Marks : 60
Paper-II (Practical)
Time : 10 Hours. Max. Marks : 60
Paper-III (Practical)
Time : 8 Hours. Max. Marks : 60
Internal Assessment Marks : 20
Total Marks : 200
Syllabus and Courses of Reading
Paper - A (Theory)
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 60
Note:
i) The question paper should cover the entire syllabus. It may
contain very specific short-answer type questions.
ii) The paper-setter should set 30 questions in all and students
shall attempt 20 questions.
iii) The question can be repeated from the previous question
paper.
A brief History of Sculpture, Indus Valley, Mauryan period,
Bharhut, Sanchi, Bodhgaya, Mathura and Gandhara under Kushan
period, Gupta Period, Amaravati and Nagar Junikonea sculptures.
144 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
SCULPTURE
Paper-B
(Practical)
Time : 10 Hours Max. Marks : 60
Note : Every student, will submit two portraits done in the class as
a sessional work. Sessional work will be assessed by the
teacher concerned and will be submitted to the University
through the Principal of the college.
Head study in clay, modelling from life in life size, these
works should be produced in Plastic cast.
Books Recommended :
1. S.K. Sarswati A Survey of Indian Sculpture
2. Stella Krmisch Indian Sculptures
3. B.M. Barua Bharhut
4. S.M. Asgar Ali Kadvi Moorti Kala Ka Itihas
5. Benjamin Rowland, The Pelican History of Art
6. Dr. Gyacharu Tripathi Prachin Bharat Ki Kala
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 145
STILL PHOTOGRAPHY
&
AUDIO PRODUCTION
(Vocational)
Scheme of Study
Paper-I : Photo Journalism Theory 50 marks
Practical 60 marks
Paper-II : Still Photography &
Camera Accessories (Including Viva of 10
marks & Internal
Assessment of 10 marks)
Paper-III : Photo Lab Techniques Practical 60 marks
Paper-IV : Project Work (Internal 30 marks on the
job training)
Total ....... 200 marks
Instructions :
i) Paper II & III above are Practical Papers & on the spot
subject will be given by the external examiner.
146 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
STILL PHOTOGRAPHY & AUDIO
PRODUCTION
Paper-I
Photo Journalism
Theory & Technique
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks: 50
Note : Instructions for the paper setter :-
Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with
answer to each question up to five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry one mark; total
weightage being 10 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer type questions with answer
to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will
be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the
candidates. Each question will carry three marks. The total
weightage of the section shall be 24 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each
question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by the
examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Each
question will carry eight marks; total weightage of the section being
16 marks.
1. Scope of Photo Journalism
Importance of Picture & Magazine in news Program.
2. Reporting through photos.
(news of parliament sports, development stories, features
and interviewing etc).
3. Photo-Visualisation of audience tastes, needs and newsfall.
4. Equipment for Photo-Journalism (Choice of right equipment
i.e. lens, Camera, flash raw stock for a particular
assignment).
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 147
5. Introduction and practice of rapid development finishing,
drying.
6. Photographing the right moment (rapid focussing technique:
auto focussing of camera (a) lenses (b) range finding
(c) Hyper focal distance.
7. Retrieval methods: Photo C.D., Computer C.D. access
system, photo Catalogue.
8. Photo editing—continuity, Cropping, Captions, size,
placement.
9. Digital Imaging.
10. Photo-Print technology, quality control, Printing techniques,
half tones, colour.
148 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
STILL PHOTOGRAPHY & AUDIO
PRODUCTION
Paper-II
Still Photography and Camera Accessories
(Practical)
(30 periods)
Time : 4 Hours Max. Marks : 60
1. Shutter types - Their limitations.
2. Circle of confusion its effect on sharpness/blue.
3. Techniques of photographing action.
4. Aperture and its effect, abberation, resolution, depth of field,
depth of focus.
5. Lenses/optical materials, lens coating, plastics/glass, normal
standard, tele lens, wide, zoom, micro, macro lens, laws
governing depths of field.
6. Supplementary lenses.
7. Basic reprography.
8. Flash-type, working, exposure.
9. Exposure: method of estimations, types of exposure meters
& their comparison, reciprocity failure.
10. Types of films & their characteristics filters: types, use,
optical limitation, filter factor.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 149
STILL PHOTOGRAPHY & AUDIO
PRODUCTION
Paper-III
Photo lab techniques, Computerised Photo finishing,
Colour photography and Lighting
(Practical)
Processing and Printing
Time: 4 Hours Max. Marks : 60
Processing and Printing
1. Photolab techniques 5 Periods
- types of enlarger.
- types of light sources for enlarger.
- working of an enlarger
- condens lens vs diffuser enlarger.
- lenses for enlarger.
2. Computerised Photo finishing 5 Periods
3. Constituents of developers 10 Periods
i) Techniques of development
ii) Types of developers.
iii) Effect of over/under development.
iv) Effect of temperature on development.
v) Effect of agitation on development.
vi) Types of printing papers, grades, Textures/weights colour/
surfaces.
vii) Mono bath development.
viii) Instant Photography.
4. Special Effects in Printing 5 Periods.
5. Special Effects in Processing 5 Periods.
150 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Colour Photography and Lighting
30 Periods
1. Colour temperature (Mired & Kelvin Scale)
- Tripac film
- Colour additive process.
- Colour subtractive process.
2. Filter for colour
- U.V. filter.
- Polarising
- Sky lighting
- Colour compensation filter
- Colour conversation filter.
3. Lighting
- Shortcoming of single flash unit.
- their correction.
4. Advance printing techniques
- removal of residue
- use of Water/chemical etc.
- Toning.
- Basic sensitometry.
- optical density.
- characteristic curves.
- deniteineteur etc.
5. Flash techniques, Lighting the subject, Light source,
Quality of light, Meters
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 151
STILL PHOTOGRAPHY & AUDIO
PRODUCTION
Paper-IV
Project Work
Max. Marks: 30
On the job training:
Project work based on Social and
Educational topics, like
1) Photo essay.
2) Social Landscape.
3) Advertising.
4) Dance & Stage Photography.
5) Effects of filters on colour films.
6) Shooting on different lighting conditions.
On the job training is totally based on Internal Assessment.
Marks will be given by the internal examiner (Project
Incharge).
152 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
DRAMATIC ART
Subject : Theatre Art
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 200
Theory Marks :100
Practical Marks : 100
Internal Assessment Practical : 20
External Assessment Theory : 100
Practical : 80
Instructions for the Paper Setters :
1. Paper Setter will set 10 questions.
2. The candidate may be asked to attempt 5 questions.
3. All questions carry equal marks.
Theory Paper-A Marks:100
1. Introduction to Indian & Asian Theatre
2. Regional Dramatic History - both professional and
Amateur:-
3. Introduction to Folk Theatre forms of India Jatra, Tamasha,
Nautanki, Ramlila and Bhavai.
4. Drama as an integrated and inter disciplinary art form
Practical Paper-B Marks :100
1. Definition of Acting.
2. Body Exercises,
Yoga in relation to theatre -10 postures, Exercises pertaining
to eye, Abhinaya Mime and improvisations.
3. Make-up
Straight and Character make-up.
4. Make up in different Media -Stage, T.V., Films,
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 153
5. Principles of Colour Design, Colour symbolism
6. Designing costumes for one mythological and social play.
7. Pitch and volume
8. Dialogue Delivery - rising and falling inflections
9. Tongue twisting exercises and breathing exercises
10. Voice modulation -weeping, coughing, shouting, yelling etc.
11. Speech - Narration,Commentary, News reading, addressing
audience, story telling, poetry recitation.
154 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
GEMOLOGY AND JEWELLERY DESIGN
(Vocational)
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : Paper-A Marks : 60
Practical : Paper-B Internal Assesment : 40
Total : 100
Theory Paper-A
Time: 3 Hrs Max Marks : 60
1. The question paper will cover all the seven topics of the
syllabus.
2. The paper-setter should set the paper in three section i.e.
section A,B & C
Section-A : 12 questions will be set by the examiner. Out of 12
questions the candidate will attempt 10 questions of 1 mark each.
60 Marks
Section-B : 12 questions will set by the examiner. Out of the 12
questions the candidates will attempt 8 questions of 4 marks each.
32 Marks
Section-C : 4 questions will be given to candidates to attempt 2 out
of the 4. Each question will carry 9 marks. 18 Marks
1. Introduction to stone setting.
2. Different styles of stone setting like prong, bezel, channel
etc.
3. Introduction, ruby, cat’s eye, pearl, zirrcon, coral, emerald,
topaz sapphire
4. Inroduction of Indian Jewellery
(i) Tribal Jewellery
(ii) Symbolic Jewellery of South India.
5. Physical properties of gemstones :-
(i) Cleavage Definition
Description
Importance of gemology +
Lapidary work
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 155
(ii) Hardness Definition
Moh’s scale of hardness
Application in Gemology +
Lapidary work
(iii) Specific Definition
Gravity Determination of
specific gravity by heavy liquid
method
6. Gemology - Its optical properties
(i) Nature of Light
(ii) Reflection of Light Laws of reflection, Lusture,
Screen, cat’s eye effect, star a
Effect
(iii) Reflection of Light Reflection Index, total internal,
reflection, double Refraction and
briefringence, fire-effect in
Gemstones
(iv) Color of gemstone
(v) Absorption
(vi) Dichrosim
(vii) Absorption Spectrum
(viii) Play of color
7. Cuts of Gemstone - Designing a cut
- Catachon-cut
- Step-cut
- Scissors-cut
- Rose-cut
- Faceted-beads
156 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
GEMOLOGY AND JEWELLERY DESIGN
Paper-B
Practical Marks : 100
Internal Assessment : 40 Annual work : 20
Time : 6 Hrs. Project Work : 20
Development of a design of a bangle, bracelet, pendent, ring,
broache, armlet etc. using mark-making, sawing, soldering, tube-
making, bead-making, twisting, stone-setting techniques.
Exercises on
(i) Mark-Making
(ii) Filing
(iii) Sawing
(iv) Soldering
(v) Puzzles-work
(vi) Tube-making
(vii) Bead-making
(viii) Twisting
(ix) Different styles of stone-setting like prong, bezel, channel
etc.
(x) Identification of gems.
Development of Designs of bangles, bracelets, Pendants,
rings, broaches, armlets etc. using above Techniques.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 157
COMMERCE
Paper: A Banking and Insurance
Paper: B Salesmanship
Each paper carries 100 Marks. It is required that the candidate
passes each paper separately.
Paper A
Banking & Insurance
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note : 1. The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-
scientific) calculators.
2. The question paper covering the entire course
shall be divided into three sections as follows :
Section A : It will consist of 10 very short answer type questions
with answers to each question upto five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total
weightage being 20 marks.
Section B : It will consist of short answer type question with answer
to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the
section shall be 48 marks.
Section C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks, total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Teaching hours : 80 periods of 45 minutes each.
Introduction to Banking Definition, types and functions of Banks.
Brief outlines of the history of Indian Banking, Banker customer
relations. Deposit mobilisation. Types of deposits, Procedure of
opening a bank account. Types of account holders, Trends in deposit
mobilisation in india.
158 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Loans and advances : Forms of loans, overdraft, cash credit,
joint financing, Hire purchase advances, Bills purchased/discounted.
Principles of sound lending. Application for a bank loan. Analysis
of credity worthiness of borrower, security and margin requirements.
Modes of creating charges. Pledge, hypothecation, simple and
equitable mortgages, Guarantees and indemnities. Trends in bank
lending in India, Credit creation system by commercial bank.
Negotiable instruments, cheques-crossing and endorsements,
payments of cheques, stop payment instruction, role of clearing
house, Collection of cheques. Dishonour of cheques, Bills of
Exchange-Discounting of Bills, Inland Remittances. Demand Draft,
mail transfers, Telegraphic transfers etc.
Definition of insurance, advantages of insurance, kinds of insurance
and forms of insurance organisation. Essentials of insurance
contract, basic principles of insurance. Utmost good faith, insurable
interest, indemnity subrogantion, contribution, proximate cause.
Introduction to general insurance-growth of general insurance,
functions of insurance and contracts of insurance, Basic principles.
Fire insurance, Introduction, standard form policy, scope of cover.
Books Recommended
1. Dorfman, "Introduction to Risk Management and
Insurance", 8th Edition, Prenices Hall of India, 2007.
2. Rejda, "Principles of Risk Management and Insurance",
Pearson Eduacation, 2007.
3. Tripathy and Pal, "Insurance and Risk Management",
Prentice Hall of Inhdia, 2007.
4. Gupta P.K. "Insurance and Risk Management", Himalaya
Publishing House, 2007.
5. Paul Justin and Suresh Padamalatha, "Management of
Banking and Financial Services", Pearson Education, 2007.
6. Shekhar K.C. and Sekhar Lakshmy, "Banking Theory and
Practice", Vikas Publications, 2007.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 159
COMMERCE
Paper B
Salesmanship
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note: i) The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-
scientific) calculators.
ii) The question paper covering the entire course
shall be divided into three sections as follows :
Section A : It will consist of 10 very short answer type questions
with answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total
weightage being 20 marks.
Section B : It will consist of short answer type questions with
answer to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions
will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the
candidates. Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage
of the section shall be 48 marks.
Section C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks, total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Theory : Teaching Hours : 60 periods of 45 minutes each.
Selling- The concept, role of society, careers in selling, characteristics
of sales careers, types of selling jobs; types of sales people
Salesmanship-Definition, nature and scope; origin and development;
salesmanship a science or an art.
Salesman-qualities-physical and mental, salesman's duties and
responsibilities, role in the organisation.
Features, qualities and work performed by counter salesman
travelling salesman, speciality of salesman, staple salesman,
Manufacturers salesman, wholesaler's salesman, Exporters
160 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Salesman, service salesman and Missionary Salesman. Strengths
and limitation of personal selling. Salesman and his territory; co-
ordination of selling efforts.
Significant aspects of human behaviours, buying motives, the art of
persuation, difference between prospects and customer.
A brief introduction to selling theories, selling process, Determining
selling objectives, Prospecting-definition, nature and methods, some
prospecting system.
Planning the sale, objective, sources of information, sizing up the
prospect, the approach-importance and objectives gaining the
interview, methods of approaching prospect making approach
effective. Sales-presentation-objective and strategies of presenta-
tion. Demonstration nature, importance and timing, essentials of
good demonstration.
Handling objection-types of objections, methods of handling
objections. Closing the sales call tactics and methods, ethical
problems in selling.
Recruitment and selection of salesman, training, compensation,
performance, Appraisal of salesman, Salesforce information
system.
Suggested Readings :
1. Gosney and Bolhm, "Customer Relationship Management",
Prentice Hall of India, 2007.
2. Dasgupta, "Sales Management : In the Indian Perspective",
Prentice Hall of India, 2007.
3. Kapoor Ramneek, "Fundamentals of Sales Management",
Mac Millan of Indian Ltd., 2007.
4. Coughlan, "Marketing Channels", Person Education, 2007.
5. Sahu P.K. and Raut Kishore C., "Sales and Distribution
Management", Vikas Publications, 2007.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 161
ECONOMICS
Paper-A
Macroeconomics
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note : (i) The Candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-
Scientific) calculators.
(ii) Each question paper will consist of three sections as
follows :
Section-A : It will consist of 10 very short questions with answer
to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will be
compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
being 20 marks.
Section-B : It will consist of short answer questions with answer
to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the section
shall be 48 marks.
Section-C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Distinction between-Micro and Macro Economics.
Determination of Income and Employment. Classical and Keynesian
models; Say's Law of Market and aggregate demand and supply.
Consumption functions; average (short-run and long run);
average and marginal propersity to consume; static and dynamic
multipliers. Marginal Efficiency of Capital. Investment : Meaning,
Demand schedules and factors affecting investment decision.
Trade cycles-meaning, characterisitics and phases. Accelerator and
multiplier-accelerator interaction. Samuelson and Hicks Models.
162 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Money : Its functions and role. Money and Capital Markets
(Introductory). Quantity Theory of Money. Fisher's and Cambridge's
equations. Liquidity preference theory.
Banking : Definitions of banks. Credit creation and credit
control.
Inflation : Concept, causes and cures. Monetary and Fiscal
Policies for stabilisation. Inflation-unemployment Trade-off (only
Phillips' contribution).
Recommended Texts :
1. Shapiro, E. Macroeconomic Analysis, Harcourt, Brach and
World, New York, 1978.
2. Dernaburg, T.F. and MC Dougall D.M., Macroeconomics :
the Measurement, Analysis and Control of Aggregate
Economic Activity, McGraw-Hill, Kogakusha, Tokyo, 1972.
3. Gupta, S.B. Monetary Economics : Institutions, Theory and
Policy, S. Chand, New Delhi, 2000.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 163
ECONOMICS
Paper-B
International Economics and Public Finance
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note : (i) The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-
Scientific) calculators.
(ii) Each question paper may consist of three sections as
follows :
Section-A : It will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
being 20 marks.
Section-B : It will consist of short answer questions with answer
to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the section
shall be 48 marks.
Section-C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidate will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks. The total weightage of the
section being 32 marks.
International Trade : Internal and External Trade. Classical and
Heckscher. Ohlin Theories, Gains from Trade, Terms of Trade,
(gross, net and income terms of trade). Trade and economic
development.
Commercial Policy : Free trade vs. protection, rationale of a
protectionist policy in less developed area. GATT & WTO
(Introductory).
164 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Balance of Payments : Meaning and components of balance of
payments, Methods for correcting adverse balance of payments,
devaluation and direct control.
Rate of exchange : Meaning and determination, Fixed and flexible
exchange rates.
International Economic Institution—IMF, and World Bank—
their working and achievements.
Public Finance : Nature, scope importance.
Public Expenditure : Meaning, principles, importance, effect of
public expenditure on production and distribution.
Taxes : Meaning, classification, features of a good taxation system,
canons of taxation, incidence and impact of taxation.
Public Debt : Meaning, objectives, importance, its burden.
Recommended Texts
1. Sodersten, B.O. : International Economics, Macmillan,
London, 1980.
2. Salvatore, B. : International Economics (1990),
Macmillan Publishing Company, New
York, 1975.
3. Maclean and : International Institutions in Trade and
Snowdown Finance (1981).
4. Aggarwal, M.R. : International Institutions and
Development in Developing Countries,
Deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi,
2001.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 165
QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES
Paper A
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note :i) The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-
Scientific) calculator.
ii) Each question paper may consist of three sections
as follows :
Section A : It will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
being 20 marks.
Section B : It will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the section
shall be 48 marks.
Section C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto five pages in length. Four questions will be set
by the examiner and candidate will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks. The total weightage of the
section being 32 marks.
Differentiation : Maxima and minima of functions, partial
derivatives, higher order partial derivatives.
Integration : Indefinite integrals. Integration by partial fractions.
Integration by substitution, Integration by parts, definite integrals.
Application of Integration in consumer surplus and producer surplus.
Matrices : Definition, types, addition, subtraction and multiplication
of matrices, scaler multiplication, transposition, determinants and
their properties, minors and co-factors, Inverse of matrix, Crammer's
rule for solution of simultaneous system of equations.
Linear programming : Formulation of problem, assumptions,
Graphical solution, simplex method. Use of artificial variables, Dual
Simplex Method.
166 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Input-Output Analysis : Basic concepts, Input-output tables for
closed and open economies, Leontief basic input-output model,
applications of Input-Output analysis.
Note : Economic Applications of the above techniques may
also be asked.
Recommended Texts
1. Yamane Taro : Mathematics for Economics, Prentice Hall
of India, New Delhi, 1995.
2. Allen R.G.D. : Mathematical Analysis for Economists,
ELBS and Macmillan Press, 1971.
3. Chaing, A. : Fundamental Methods of Mathematical
Economics.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 167
QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES
Paper-B
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 100
Note :i) The Candidates are allowed to use Simple (Non-
scientific) Calculators.
ii) Instructions for the paper setter :-
Each question paper may consist of three sections
as follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with
answer to each question up to five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total
weightage being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the
section shall be 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each
question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by the
examiner and the candidate will be required to attempt two. Each
question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Multiple regression, concepts, estimation, Non-Linear regressions.
Partial and multiple correlation; concepts derivations, various growth
curves, (modified exponential, Gempertz, logistic).
Analysis of variance: Introduction, assumptions techniques of
analyzing variance, analysis of variance in one-way and two way
classification.
Random variables: Concept, type, probability density and mass
functions, expectation (meaning and properties), moments, moment
generating function and characteristic function.
168 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Probability Distributions : Introduction to Binomial, Poisson and
normal distribution. Properties, applications, fitting of these
distributions to given data.
Books Recommended
1. Mood Graybill and Boes Introduction to the Theory
of Statistics (1974)
2. Snedecor and Cochran Statistical Methods
3. Croxton Cowden and Klein Applied General Statistics
(I 973).
4. Kapur and Gupta Fundamentals of
Mathematical Statistics
5. Murray R. Spiegel Theory and Problems
Statistics (1972).
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 169
INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS
Paper-A
Theory of Firm and Market Structure
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note : (i) The candidates are allowed to use Simple (Non-
scientific) Calculators.
(ii) Instructions for the paper setter :-
Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with
answer to each question up to five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total
weightage being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the
section shall be 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each
question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by the
examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Each
question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Theory of the firm, Pricing in theory-pricing. under collusive and
non-collusive oligopoly.
Pricing in practice, full cost pricing, Marginal cost pricing and limit
pricing.
Organisational forms of the firm, ownership, control and alternative
objectives of the firm.
Growth of the firm, Acquisition, diversification, merger, innovation.
Constraints on growth, managerial and financial.
170 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Market Structure: sellers concentration, product differentiation entry
conditions and economies of scale.
Recommended Texts
1. Devine. P.A. et. al. An Introduction to Industrial
Economics.
2. Koutosoyianinis. A. Modern Microeconomics.
3. Barthwal R.R. Industrial Economics,
An Introductory text Book.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 171
INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS
Paper-B
INDUSTRIAL PATTERNS, POLICY AND CONTROLS
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note :(i) The Candidates are allowed to use Simple
(Non-scientific) Calculators.
(ii) Instructions for the paper setter :-
Each question paper may consist of three sections as
follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with
answer to each question up to five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total
weightage being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer type questions with answer
to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will
be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the
section shall be 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each
question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by the
examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Each
question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Theories of Industrial Location : Contribution of Weber Sargent
Florence and Plander. Factors affecting industrial location.
Patterns of industrialization, Centralised versus Balanced regional
development.
Location policy in India since independence. Industrial concentration
and dispersal in India.
Measures to control industrial concentration; licensing, control of
capital issue, controlling monoplies and restrictive trade practices.
172 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Foreign exchange regulation Act. Nationalization, price controls,
incentives and disincentives.
Recommended Books:
1. Barthwal, R.R. Industrial Economics—An Introductory
Text Book.
2. Kuchhal, S.C. The Industrial Economy of India.
3. Chemilam, F. Industrial Economics: Indian
Perspective.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 173
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND
MARKETING
Paper - A
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note : (i) The Candidates are allowed to use Simple (Non-
scientific) Calculators.
(ii) Instructions for the paper setter :-
Each question paper will consist of three sections as
follows :
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with
answer to each question up to five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total
weightage being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer type questions with answer
to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will
be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the
section shall be 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each
question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by the
examiner and the candidate will be required to attempt two. Each
question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Institutional Changes, land reforms, consolidation of holdings
abolition of intermediaries, ceiling on land-holdings-need, nature
and evaluation with special reference to India.
New Agricultural Technology, its nature, role adoption and
impact on out-put, employment and income distribution.
Agricultural Price-Policy demand and supply of Agricultural
products, evolution of price policy, function objectives, instruments,
determination, impact on income, output and employment, price
174 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
agriculture and non-agricultural price policy in India. Institution and
Policy in Agriculture.
Agricultural Finance-Need for agricultural credit agencies,
role of finance in developing agriculture, role of co-operative
commercial banks RRBS, role of NABARD.
Self help groups, joint liability groups. Private Sector, Public
Sector, Service Area Approach Lead Bank scheme, Kisan Credit
Card. Growth in Agricultural credit, Repayment performance,
Principals of credit worthiness.
Agricultural taxation case for agriculture taxation, case for
special treatment, effect of agricultural taxation on economic
development agricultural taxation in India.
Readings :
1. A.S. Kahlon and Agricultural Price Policy in India, Allied
D.S. Tyagi Publishers, New Delhi (1983).
2. Rajbans Kaur Agricultural Price Policy in Economic
Development, Kalyani Publishers, New
Delhi (1975).
3. P.C. Josh Land Reforms in India - Trends and
Perspectives, Allied Publishers, Bombay
(1976).
4. C.B. Memoria Agricultural Problems of India, Kitab
Mahal (1985).
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 175
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND
MARKETING
Paper-B
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note :(i) The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-
Scientific) calculator.
(ii) Each question paper may consist of three sections
as follows :
Section A : It will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
being 20 marks.
Section B : It will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the section
shall be 48 marks.
Section C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto five pages in length. Four questions will be set
by the examiner and candidate will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks. The total weightage of the
section being 32 marks.
Concept of Marketing; marketed and marketable surplus, structure
conduct and performance of agricultural marketing, supply chain.
Marketing margin spread and various channels of markets of
different food grains supply chain.
Food grains marketing system in India with special reference to
Punjab.
Title Agri./Marketing - Efficiency and Institutions.
Stage, intervention in food grains, marketing, role of different
agencies (FCI, PUNSUP, MARKFED, State Deptt.) and the impact
on market efficiency.
176 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Financing of agricultural markets, Role of Directorate of Marketing
and inspection. Role of State Marketing Board, Public Private
Partnership in Marketing.
Recommended Texts
1. Moore, J.R., Johl, S.S. and Khusro, A.M. : Indian
Foodgrains Marketing, 1973.
2. Memoria, C.B. : Principles and Practice of Marketing
in India, 1979.
3. Kainth, G.S. : Foodgrains Marketing System in India,
Structure and Conduct, Associated Publishing House,
1982.
4. Jain, S.C. : Principles and Practice of Agricultural
Marketing in India.
5. Acharya, S.S. and Aggarwal, N.L. : Marketing of Farm
Product in India, Oxford & IBM Publication.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 177
RURAL DEVELOPMENT
Paper A
Rural Marketing, Exports, Indebtedness & Banking
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 70
Instructions for the paper setter :-
Note : i) The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-
Scientific) calculators.
ii) Each question paper may consist of three sections
as follows :
Section A is compulsory and shall consist of 10 short answer type
questions of 1½ marks each with a total weightage of 15 marks.
The candidates are required to answer each question in/upto five
lines.
Section B shall consist of 12 questions and the candidates will be
required to attempt any eight. Each question will carry four marks
with a total weightage of 32 marks. The candidates are required to
answer each question in/upto two pages.
Section C shall consist of four questions and the candidates will be
required to attempt any two. Each question shall carry 11½ marks
with a total weightage of 23 marks. The candidates are required to
answer each question in/upto five pages.
Marketing concept and types, importance and features;
Defects and consequences; Co-operative Marketing; Government
and Marketing; Sales Promotion.
Agricultural Exports : Agro Processing; Present Position,
Problems and Policy.
Agriculture Prices : Market forces and Government
intervention; Trends and causes of Rise and Fluctuations; Stabilisation
and policy - Buffer-Stocks and Imports.
Rural Indebtedness : Nature, magnitude and consequences;
causes and remedial measure. Commercial Banks, Magnitude of
help, assessment of performance; Regional Rural Banks.
178 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Cooperative Credit : Importance and Growth, Weaknesses and
Improvements.
Students would be given an elementary exposure to the subject.
Suggested Readings :
1. A.N. Aggarwal : Problems, Progress and
Prospects, Indian Agriculture 419
to 465 pages on marketing.
2. A.N. Aggarwal & : Rural Economy of India
Kundan Lal
3. Sadhu and Singh : Fundamentals of Agricultural
Economics, 227 to 251 pages on
Agricultural Marketing
4. K.B. Mukherjee : Agricultural Marketing in
India
5. Kohl, Richard L. : Marketing of Agricultural
Products, Prentice Hall of India,
2002.
6. S.S. Acharya & : Agricultural Marketing in
N.D. Aggarwal India, Third Edition, Oxford
and ivh publishers, New Delhi,
1999.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 179
Rural Development
Paper-B
Crop Husbandry and Principle Practices
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 70
Instructions for paper setter :
Note :i) The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-
Scientific) calculators.
ii) Each question paper may consist of three sections
as follows :
Section A is compulsory and shall consist of 10 short answer type
questions of 1½ marks each with a total weightage of 15 marks.
The Candidates are required to answer each question in/upto five
lines.
Section B shall consist of 12 questions and the candidates will be
required to attempt any eight. Each question will carry four marks
with a total weightage of 32 marks. The candidates are required to
answer each question in/upto two pages.
Section C shall consist of four questions and the candidates will be
required to attempt any two. Each question shall carry 11½ marks
with a total weightage of 23 marks. The candidates are required to
answer each question in/upto five pages.
Agronomy - Definition and its scope. Classification of field crops.
Crops rotations/essential nutrients for plant growth inorganic and
organic measures including green manuring.
Weeds and losses caused by the Common Kharif and Rabi. Weeds
and methods of their control.
Role of water in crop production for irrigation requirement of
important crops.
Scientific production of food crops, rice, maize, wheat and gram
with special reference to their varieties, seed bed preparation, seed
rate, method of sowing, weed control, irrigation and fertilizer
requirement.
180 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Scientific production of other crops, cotton, groundnut, sugarcane,
raja and barseem harstem with special reference to their varieties,
seed bed preparation, seed rate, method of sowing, weed control,
irrigation and fertilizer requirement.
Practicals
Total Teaching Periods : 75 Max. Marks : 60
Identification of crops and their seeds. Familiarisation with
common weeds, fertilizers, farm hand tools and implements,
Demonstration of rural operations in different crops.
Note : 6 period per week will be devoted each to theory and
practicals. Each period will be at least of 45 minutes duration.
Suggested Readings
1. Thakur, C. : Scientific Crop Production, Vol. I.
2. Indian Council of : Hand Book of Agriculture
Agricultural Research
3. Yawlker, K.B., : Manures and Fertilizers
Aggarwal,
J.P. & Bokde, S.
4. S.S. Acharya & : Agricultural Marketing in India,
N.D. Aggarwal Oxford
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 181
DAIRY FARMING
(Vocational)
Paper-A
Theory
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks: 100
Periods per week : Theory : 6
Instructions for the paper setters :
1. Question paper should be set strictly according to the syllabus
and in Punjabi Language.
2. The Language of questions should be straight and simple.
3. Theory paper shall consist of three parts :-
(a) Ten short compulsory questions of two marks each
requiring short replies up to five line each. (Total marks
10x2=20 marks)
(b) Ten questions of six marks each requiring short replies
shall be asked. The candidate has the choice to attempt
eight questions (Total marks 8x6=48)
(c) Four questions of descriptive type requiring five pages
for each answer shall be asked.The candidate has the
choice to attempt two questions (Total marks 16x3=32)
4. The quesiton paper should cover the whole syllabus
General
Factors affecting quality and quantity of milk production.
Essentials of clean milk production. Sources of contamination of
milk. Milking machine. Importance of milk chilling.
Management
Breeding cycle; castration of male calves; methods and
advantages of castration; control and restraining of animals, casting
of animal. Estimation of age and body weight of animals; dry period;
methods of milking, loose and stall feeding, grazing, use of water in
182 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
dairy farming; water requirements of dairy animals; factors affecting
water intake. Routine dairy farm operations, labour requirement
for various farm operations.
Housing
The main objectives of housing, advantages of proper
housing, factors affecting construction of dairy farm building,
methods of housing dairy animals; advantages and disadvantages
of various methods of housing; housing requirements of dairy
animals.
Feeding
Food nutrients, functions of various nutrients in animal body.
Energy value of feeds, Factors affecting nutritive value of feeds.
Requirements of nutrients in different steges of age, production,
season and pregnancy. Formulation of rations, feed, pellets,
Transportation and storage of cattle feed, hay and wheat bhusa
enrichment. Availability of forages in different seasons. Schedule
of feeding dairy animals.
Breeding
Importance of sire and dam. Pedigree selection, heredity,
twins and free. Detection of heat in cows and buffaloes. Economic
value of age at first calving and calving interval. Sterility and
infertility, factors affecting infertility, causes of sterility in male and
female. Merits and demerits of artificial insemination. Infections
caused by natural service and artificial insemination. Factors
affecting success in artificial insemination. Principles of upgrading
of cattle. Various systems of breeding, i.e. inbreeding, outbreeding.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 183
DAIRY FARMING (Vocational)
Paper-B
Practical
Time : 3 Hours Max.Marks : 100
Periods per week :4 Practical : 80
Internal Ass. : 20
Distribution of Marks
Assignment 20 Marks
Practical Note Book 20 Marks
Four Visits to Dairy Farm 20 Marks
Oral Examination 10 Marks
Written test 10 Marks
Internal Assessment 20 Marks
Total : 100 marks
Syllabus :
Note: Preparation of practical notebook on the basis of work done
in the laboratory practical, Weekly write-up of daily job
assignments is compulsory.
1. Visits to Dairy farms having machine milking, fodder
harvesting, feed mixing etc., Veterinary hospitals, Milk
collection centre and milk plant.
2. Identification of various feedstuffs, medicines, chemicals,
equipment, instruments, photographs related to
dairy farming.
3. Revision of work done during previous session.
4. Practice in age determination, body weight, disbudding,
casting, cream separation, use of lactometer. Fat and S.N.F.
estimation of milk sample.
184 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND SECRETARIAL
PRACTICE
(Vocational)
__________________________________________________
Year Paper Marks
Th. Pract. Int. Ass
________________________________________________
2nd Year III (Office Practice) 40 40 20
IV (Type writing & 40 40 20
Shorthand in English only)
On the Job Training of 4 weeks
1. The following pattern of setting of question paper shall be
observed :
(a) For Papers-I,II,IV & VI : The question paper will be
divided into two parts. In part-I, 12 short questions will
be set and candidates will be expected to attempt 10
questions. Each question will carry 2 marks. In Part-II
8 questions will be set and the candidates will be
expected to attempt 4 questions. Each question will
carry 5 marks.
(b) For Papers : III & V : The question paper will be divided
into two parts. In part-I, 10 very short answer type
questions will set and the candidates will be expected
to attempt 10 questions. Each question will carry 2
marks. In Part-II, 8 essay type questions will be set
and candidates will be expected to attempt 4 questions.
Each question will carry 5 marks.
2. The Internal Assessment in respect of theory papers shall
be based on tests, assignment and quizzes. In case of
practical papers it will be based on maintainance of records,
actual conduct of practical performance etc.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 185
3. A consolidated report "On the Job Training" after Ist
year and II Year shall be prepared by every student and
must be submitted in the college concerned upto Sep. 30.
The consolidated report will be evaluated by the external
examiner and shall be given the grades as follows :
O - Outstanding
A - Very good
B - Good
C - Average
D - Unsatisfactory
In case, the Training Report is rated as unsatisfactory, the candidate
shall have to submit it again in corporating the changes suggested
by the examiner within one month from the date of intimation to
the candidate by the concerned college.
186 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Paper - III
Offiece Practice
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks (Theory) : 40
(Pract) : 40
Int.Ass. : 20
Note : The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-
Scientific) calculators.
Part-I
Office-meaning, function, importance, concept of an organisation
Centralisation Vs. decentralisation of office services, Principal
departments of a modern office-correspondence, typing and
duplicating, filing, mailing, general office.
Filing and Indexing :
Filing—meaning and importance, essentials of a good filing system,
centralised Vs. decentralised filing system, methods of filing
equipments.
Office Applications and Machines :
A study of various types of commonly used appliances and
machines-duplicator, accounting machanism calculator addressing
machines, punch card machines, franking machines, weighing and
folding machines, sealing machine, dictaphone cheque protector,
cash register, coin sorter, time recorder and such other machines.
Modern Office Machines :
Photocopier, Computer Word Processor, Scanner their operation
and use in the office set up. Introduction of computer-importance,
history and types of computers, hardware and software, computer
operation. Word Processor-Concept of word processing, creating
and editing documents, taking print out DO'S and DON'T'S in details
from application point of view. Scanner-Introduction of Scanner,
its importance and use in offices.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 187
Part-II
Mailing Department :
Meaning and importance of mail, centralisation of mail, handling of
work-its advantages, mail room equipment, sorting table and racks,
letter openers, time and date stamps, postal franking machine,
addressing machine, mailing scales, post offices guide.
Handling Mail :
Inward Mail-Receiving, sorting, opening, recording, marking,
distributing.
Outward Mail :
Folding of letters, preparation of envelopes, sorting, scaling, weighing,
stamping, entering, letter sent book or peon book. Despatching rail
parcel service, air mail service, courier service.
Office Correspondence :
Essentials of a good letter, drafting of business letter, Enquiry,
quotation, order, advice, making payment, trade reference,
complaints, circular letters, follow up letters, official letters, semi
officials.
Assisting Visitors :
Office etiquetes, effective use of language, preparation of
appointment schedules and maintaining visitors' diary furnishing
desired information, instructing co-workers.
188 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Practical
Office Practice
1. Filing and Indexing :
Practice in filing and indexing-alphabeticals numerically,
arranging files subjectwise, searching a particular file,
transforming of old files for future references, weeding out
of records, developing card indexing system for the college
library.
2. Computer Software as MS Office, Windows-98 etc. be
obliqued with typewriter e-mail for practical on Recording
of Inward outward mail.....................
3. Recording of inward/outward mail—e-mail.
4. Or Windows-98/Electric Typewriter.
5. Drafting of the following (on the basis of actual information)
- Application for a job
- Interview letter
- Appointment letter
- Letter of enquiry
- Office notes
- Office order
- Issue of tenders
6. Recording of inward/outward mail.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 189
OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND SECRETARIAL
PRACTICE
Paper-IV
Typing & Shorthand in English Only
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : (Theory) : 40
(Pract) : 40
(Int.Assmt) : 20
Part-I
Carbon Manifolding
Carbon papers and their kinds, carrying out corrections on carbon
copies : use of eraser, eraser, erasing shield, white correcting fluid
etc. squeezing and spreading, carbon economy.
Stencil Cutting and duplicating
Techniques of stencil cutting, correction of errors on stencil papers
use of correcting fluid, graft methods and use of gumcoated paper
method signatures and lining on stencil paper with the help of stylus
pen and backing sheet.
Duplicator-kinds of duplicators taking out copies on duplicators,
duplicating ink.
Electric and electronic typewriters
Importance and use of electric typewriters.
Advantages of electric typewriters.
Salient features of Electronic typewriters.
Correspondence
-Bux Business
-Official
190 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Practical
Carbon Manifolding
Taking out copies with the help of carbon papers. Carrying out
corrections on carbon copies, carrying out corrections with
squeezing and spreading methods, correction of drafts.
Stencil Cutting and Duplicating
Stencil cutting, carrying out corrections on stencil papers with
different methods. Cyclostyling.
Electric and electronics typewriters.
Practice on above typewriters.
Correspondence
Typewriting of business letters.
Typewriting of official letters.
Part-II
Paper : Shorthand
Extended use of certain consonant :
The Aspirate, tick and dot' H'
Downward and upward' R' upward 'sh'
Compound consonants, Medical Semi-circles.
Halving and doubling principle :
Halving-general principles and their exception, use of halving-
principle in phraseography, doubling-general principles and their
exception, use of doubling, principle in phraseography.
Prefixes, Suffixes, Contractions and Intersections :
Prefixes and Suffixes—meaning and uses, list of prefixes and
suffixes, contractions : general rules and list of contractions.
Intersections-meaning and uses, list of intersections, writing of
figures in shorthand.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 191
Note : Taking techniques and transcription on typewriter.
Practicals
Paper : Short Hand
1. Practising the use of halving and doubling principles, prefixes,
suffixes from text book.
2. Repeated practice of contraction and intersection.
3. Taking dictation of passages for five minutes at a speed of
60 w.p.m. and transcription of the same on typewriter.
4. Taking dictation from tape-recorder.
5. Taking dictation from different voices.
6. Recording class lectures.
Probable work-sites where On-the-job Training may
be organised
- Government Department Offices.
- Business/Commercial Organisation.
- Industrial Establishments
- Hospitals.
- Educational-Institutions.
- Railways, Airlines and other Transport undertakings
- Banking and Insurance Organisation.
- Parliament and State Assemblies.
- Job-work Centres.
This is tentative list. Principal may be given the complete
freedom in selecting any organisation. However, While selecting
the institution care should be taken to select such institution who
show willingness to accept the trainees and have the scope for
providing variety of experiences in Office Practice and stenography
area.
192 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Suggested Department/Section for On-the
Job training at the end of first year :
Department/Section No. of weeks
1. Reception/inward and out ward mail 1
2. Office establishment/filing/office equipment 1
and production
3. Stenography work and typing with various executives and
sections. 1
4. Sales, Advertising and Publicity, stores and accounts 1
4 weeks
Suggested Department/Section for on-the-job training at
the end of Second Year.
Department/Section No. of weeks
1. Private Secretaries of various executives in different
departments of the organisation. 1
2. Office establishment/company. Secretary. Share
Department 1
3. Accounts Department/Time Office/Reception. 1
4. Typing Pool/Advertising/Publicity. 1
4 weeks
Note : The purpose of the on-the-job training is to expose the
student to the world of work and provide professional experience
in real situation. The student shall have to maintain a diary and
submit a detailed report of his activities which shall be certified by
a responsible officer of the establishment. However, the teacher
will also supervise the on-the-job training programme.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 193
Suggested Reading Materials
(a) Shorthand/Books
Title Publisher
1. Pitman Shorthand Dictionary A.H.Wheeler & Company.
2. Pitman Shorthand Reading Pitman Shorthand School
and Dictation Exercises New Delhi.
3. Shorthand made O.P. Kathiall
easy for beginners
with key
4. Hoo to start shorthand -do- & Edger Thrope
Speed building
5. How to avoid confusion -do-
in outline in pitman shorthand
6. A comprehensive List of -O.P. Kuthall
Granalongues & contractions
(b) Type Writing :
Title Publisher
1. H.A. Mehta Typewriting Mehta Publishing
complete course Corporation, Basant Mahal.
Wadala (East) Bombay–4000037
2. H.A. Mehta Typewriting Mehta Publishing
Office Practice set Corporation, Basant Mahal.
Wadala (East)
Bombay–4000037
3. H.A. Mehta Business Mehta Publishing
Letter typing sets Corporation, Basant Mahal.
Wadala (East)
Bombay–4000037
4. Typewriting by Md. Khan Chittoor Publishing
Dictation Exercises House, Chittoor, A.P.
5. Layouts and Forms in State Board of Technical
Typewriting Education,
Hyderabad – 500022
194 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
6. 20th Century Typewriting South-Western Publishing
Company, Gincinati, Ohio,
USA.
7. Typewriting Drills for speed Gregg. Publishing
and accuracy Corporation, USA.
8. Principle of Typewriting O.P. Bhatia, S.S. Sangal
9. Typewriting speed & O.P. Kuthials & Thorpe
accuracy
10. Typewriting Theory Practicle R.C. Bhatia
11. Type writing speed & O.P. Kuthiall
Accuracy-I
12. -do- B-II -do-
13. Typewriting Office Practice Mehta Publishing
set by H.A.Mehta
Corpn.,Basant Mahal,
Wadala (East),
Bombay - 400037.
14. Business letter typing sets Mehta Publishing
by H.A.Mehta Corpn.,Basant Mahal,
Wadala (East),
Bombay - 400037.
15. Typewriting Chittoor Publishing
Md. Khan Dictation Exercises House,Chittoor,
Chitoor, A.P.State
16. Lay outs and forms in State Board of Technical
Typewriting Education, Hyderabad -
500022
17. 20th Century Typewriting South-Western Publishing
Company, Cinicinati,
Ohio,U.S.A.
18. .Typewriting Drills for Speed Gregg. Publishing.
and Accuracy Corporation, U.S.A.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 195
(b) Office Practice
1. Office Practice Made Simple W.H. Allen Publishers, By
G.Whitehead 1974.
2. Office Management and Commercial Correspondence,. by
Balraj Duggal 1998. Published by Kitab Mahal.
3. Office Management and Secretarial Practice, Gyan
Publishers House,Delhi by V.P.Singh
4. Business Correspondence and Office Practice by Thakkar
Publication, Bombay, Nagamia and Bhal
5. Business Communication by Doctor and Doctor Seth
Publication, Bombay-4
6. Commercial Correspondence by Majumdar.
7. Modern Commercial Correspondence by R.S.Sharma.
8. Modern Commercial Correspondence by Chandgadkar &
Tele. Vikas Publications, Pune.
9. Secretarial Practice by A.H.Mehta & others.
10. Office Management and Commercial Correspondence,. by
Balraj Duggal 1998. Published by Kitab Mahal, 1998.
11. Office Procedure & Secretarial Practice, O.P. Kuthiala,
Pritam Publications.
12. Office Management R.K. Sharma, Sharma K. Gupta-
Kalayni Publishers L. Sush (Nayar, 2003).
13. Office Management R.K. Choopra, Himalaya Publishing
House, 2000.
14. Drafing & Office Procedure, Edgar Thrope.
Office Management by Marityen Juled Manning Crisp
Publications, 2001.
Comprete Office Handbook : Third Edition by Suson
Jaderstrom, 2002.
196 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
TOURISM AND TRAVEL MANAGEMENT
Year Paper Periods per week Marks
L T Ext. Int.
2nd Year III. (Tourism & 3 3 50 50
Marketing)
IV. (Travel Agency, 3 3 50 50
Tour Agency &
Accommodation )
On the Filled Trip of 3 weeks.
1. In each paper 10 questions will be set and the candidates
will be expected to attempt 5 questions. Each question will
carry 10 marks.
2. The Internal Assessment shall be based on periodical tests,
written assignment and class-participation.
3. A consolidated report on'on the Filled Trip' after Ist year
and IInd year shall be prepared by every student and must
be submitted in the college concerned upto September 30.
The consolidated Report will be evaluated by the external
examiner and shall be given the grades as follows :
O - Outstanding
A - Very Good
B - Good
C - Average
D - Unsatisfactory
In case, the training report is rated as unsatisfactory, the
candidate shall have to submit it again incorporating the
changes suggested by the examiner within one month from
the date of intimation to the candidate by the concerned
college.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 197
TOURISM MARKETING
Paper-III
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : (External) : 50
(Internal) : 50
Note : The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-
Scientific) calculators.
Introduction
This course covers analysis of the Markets and their possible
developments. Backing of the products, pricing policies and their
publicity and advertising in the Media-print and Electronic. A study
of the marketing and publicity aids like Books, periodicals,
brouchures, posters, hand cut press release, Audio visuals. The
paper would also include Promotional and public relations methods
employed in Tourism Marketing.
Part-I
1. The concept marketing, nature, classification and
characteristics of services and their marketing implications
developing marketing strategies for services firms. Linkages
in tourism and other sectors (Travel, Agency,
Accommodation, Food, Nutrition, Catering).
Part-II
2. Tour Packaging : Concept, characteristics, methodology
consideration and pricing of tour packing, designing and
printing of tour brouchure.
Suggested Readings
1. Kotler, Philip Marketing Management, Universal
Publications, New Delhi, 2006.
2. Maccarthy, D.K.J.Basic Marketing-A Management
Approach, 2005.
3. Douglas Foster Travel and Tourism Management, 1985.
4. Negi, M.S.Tourism and Hotellering, 1997.
198 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
5. Wahab,S.Grampter, L Tourism Marketing : Tourism
International Press & Roth Fibbs.London, 1976.
6. Stephan F. Witt & Louis Tourism Marketing and
Management Handbook,Moutinch Prentice Hall, New York
1985.
7. Renal, A, Nykiel Marketing in Hospitality Industry (2nd
Ed.) Van Nostrend Reinhold, 1986.
8. Hunter Mountaining Monument (Tourism in Your Business),
Canadian Hotel and Restaurant Ltd.,1984.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 199
TRAVEL AGENCY & TOUR OPERATIVE
BUSINESS
Paper - IV
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks (External) : 50
(Internal) : 50
Note : The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-
Scientific) calculators.
Introduction
The study includes the functions, differentiation regulations
organisations, recognition of Travel Agents, Tour Operators and
Excursion Agents.
The role in details of sectors like airline-International,
domestic, Air Taxies, Ticketing, Cargo, Railway-Transport
operations the allied business of Travel Agencies has been included
in the course. A study of types of accommodations, their
organisations and management.
Part-I
1. Definition. Main functions, organisational structure of a
Travel Agency and the Tour operators. Different types of
travel agents and (their responsibilities, procedures for
becoming a travel)agent and tour operator in India.
Part-II
2. Role of Indian Airlines, Indian Railways, Air India and
Vayudoot in the growth of travel agency and tour operators
business.
3. Accommodation-types organisation and management.
Suggested Readings
1. Merrissean Jame, W. Travel Agents and Tourism
2. David H.Howel Principles and Methods of
Scheduling Observations (National
Publishers) 1987.
200 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
3. Agarwal, Surinder Travel Agency Management
(Communication India 1983)
4. Geo, Chack Professional Travel Agency
Management, Prentice Hall,
London 1990.
5. Bhatia, A.K. Tourism Development principles
and Policies, Sterling Publishers,
1991, New Delhi
6. National Publishers The world of Travel, National
Publishers, Delhi,1979.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 201
TOURISM AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT
(Vocational)
Paper-A
Time : 3 Hours Max.Marks : 100
Theory : 80
Int. Ass. : 20
Instructions for the paper setters:
Section A will consist of 8 very short answer questions with answers
to each question upto 5 lines in length. All quesitons will be
compulsory. Each question will carry two marks, total weightage
to this section being 16 marks.
Section B will consist of short answer type quesitons with answer
to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will
be set by the examiner and eigth will be attempted by the candidate.
Each question will carry four marks. The total weightage of the
section shall being 32 marks.
Section C will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry 16 marks, total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Introduction : This paper is for the basic understanding of Tourism
and Hospitality Industry and Hotel Management. Relationship
between Tourism, Airlines and hospitality Industry and for the basic
understanding of Hotel Management.
202 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
TOURISM AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT
(Vocational)
(a) Front Office
1. Types of Hotels
2. Pre-registration activities, Registration, Post registration
activities.
3. Front Office Salesmanship.
4. Front Office procedures for Emergencies.
5. Calculation of Room position.
6. Job description of Front Office Cashier.
7. Job description of Front Office Assistant
8. Foreign Currency.
9. Night Auditor and its duties
(b) House Keeping
1. Role of Housekeeping in hospitality industry.
2. Classification of Equipments.
3. Cleaning Agents and Types.
4. House Keeping Surpervision—Importance, Checklist,
typical areas usually neglected where special attention
is required.
5. Storage facilities and conditions.
6. Cleaning procedures—Cleaning of occupied room,
Cleaning of just vacated room, Inspection, Second
Service, Replenishment of supplies and lines, Room
checklist.
(c) Food and Beverage Service
1. Sectors of Food & Beverage.
2. French Classical Menu.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 203
3. Food and their Accompaniments.
4. Restaurants and their subdivisions—Coffee Shop, Room
Service, Bars, Banquets, Discotheques, Grill Room,
Snack Bar, Night Club.
5. Back area of Food and Beverage service—Still Room,
Wash Up, Plate Room, Kitchen Stewarding.
6. Classification of Crockery, Cultery, Glassware,
Hollowware, Flatware.
7. Maintenance of Equipments.
(d) Food and Beverage Production
1. Classification of Raw Materials.
2. Foundation ingredients—Meaning, Action of Heat on
Carbohydrates, Fats, Protiens, Minerals and Vitamins.
3. Preparation of Ingredients.
4. Classification of Equipments.
5. Stocks—Meaning, Uses, Types, Points to be observed
while preparing stocks.
6. Sauces—Meaning, types and Recipies.
7. Staff Arrangement in Kitchen.
Industrial Training for one month.
204 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
TOURISM AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT
(Vocational)
Paper-B
Time : 3 Hrs. Max.Marks : 100
Theory : 80
Int. Ass. : 20
Instructions for the paper setters:
Section A will consist of 8 very short answer questions with answers
to each question upto 5 lines in length. All quesitons will be
compulsory. Each question will carry two marks, total weightage
to this section being 16 marks.
Section B will consist of short answer type quesitons with answer
to each question upto two pagess in length. Twelve questions will
be set by the examiner and eigth will be attempted by the candidate.
Each question will carry four marks. The total weightage of the
section shall being 32 marks.
Section C will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiners and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry 16 marks total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
1. Role of Various agencies in growth of Tourism like Central
and State Government and Private Players.
2. Positive and Negative impact of Tourism.
3. Tourism Products—Meaning or concept, how they are
different from other consumer products.
4. Facilities—Hostels, Transport—Air, Rail, Road and Water.
5. Technical Terminology of Tourism.
6. Tourist attractions—Tourist destinations or places and tourist
spots having tourist value from heritage spots, having tourist
value from heritage or historical points of view or sports
and recreational point of view, dance, fair festivals, trade
fair, conferences and exhibitions, etc.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 205
7. Tourism Promotions—The Price of the Product, Tourist
Markets, Characteristics of the Travel Market, Classification
of Travellers, Obstacles of Travel Trade, The Demand for
Travel, Tourism Marketing in India, Tourist Transport, Travel
Trade, Hotel Marketing, Tourist Destinations.
8. Domestic Tourism—Benefits of Domestic Tourism,
Domestic Tourism in India, Hotels and Domestic Tourism,
Difficulties of Domestic Tourism boosting Domestic
Tourism.
206 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
INCOME TAX PROCEDURE AND
PRACTICE
Year Paper Periods per week Marks
L T Ext. Int.
2nd Year III (Income Tax 3 3 80 20
Procedure &
Practice)
IV (Wealth Tax 3 3 80 20
& Gift Tax
Procedure
& Practice)
1. The following pattern of setting of question paper shall
be observed.
The question paper covering the entire course shall be devided
into three sections as follows :
Section A : This section will consist of 7 very short answer type
questions with answers to each question upto 5 lines. All quesitons
will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks, total
weightage to this section being 14 marks.
Section B : This section will consist of short answer type quesitons
with answer to each question upto two pages. Nine questions will
be set by the examiner and the candidates will be expected to
attempt six questions. Each question will carry six marks, total
weightage to the section being 36 marks.
Section C : This section will consist of essay type questions with
answer to each question upto 5 pages. Four questions will be set
by the examiner and the candidates will be expected to attempt
two questions. Each question will carry 15 marks, total weightage
of this section being 30 marks.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 207
2. The Internal assessment shall be based on periodical tests,
written assignments and class-participation.
3. A consolidated Report on 'On the Job Training' after Ist
year and IInd year shall be prepared by every student and
must be submitted in the college concerned upto September
30th. The consolidated Report will be evaluated by the
external examiner and shall be given the grades as
follows :
O - Outstanding
A - Very Good
B - Good
C - Average
D - Unsatisfactory
In case, the training report is rated as unsatisfactory, the candidate
shall have to submit it again incorporating the changes suggested
by the examiner, within one month from the date of intimation to
the candidate by the concerned college.
208 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
INCOME TAX-PROCEDURE & PRACTICE
Paper - III
Time : 3 Hours Max.Marks : (External) : 80
(Internal) : 20
Total : 100
Note : The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-
Scientific) calculators.
Detailed contents :
Section-A
1. Regulatory framework-An overview of Income Tax Act,
1961 and Income Tax Rules, 1962.
2. Income Tax Authorities.
3. Important Definitions, Basis of charge and Incidence of
Tax.
4. Permanent Account No. Procedure for obtaining
Permanent account No.(PAN)-Filling and filing of
application under Form No.49A.
5. Computation of total income Heads of Income, Deductions
under Chapter VIA; Computation of Tax in case of
individual, Hindu Undivided Family, firm, Companies.
6. Payment of Tax : Tax deducted at source, Advance Tax,
Self Assessment Tax.
(A) Tax deducted at source : Filling and filing of applications
from for obtaining TDS number under Form No.49B-
obligation of the person making payment, who and when
the person is liable to deduct tax at source. Procedure
and rate of Tax deducted at source on various payments.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 209
Employers Obligations :
Stage I : Certificate to be issued to the recipient's-filing and issue
of the various TDS Forms (16,16A and 16B).
Stage II : Deposit of tax deducted at source-filling and filing of
the challan and deposit of tax.
Stage III : Submission of returns of TDS under Form No.24, Form
No.26,26A,26B,26C,26D,26E.
Recipient's Obligations :
To obtain TDS certificate from payer; filling and filing of relevant
certificates for lower or no deduction of tax at source (Form
No.13C,14,14B,15,15A,15AA,15B,15D,15E,15F,15G,15H,151).
(B) Advance Tax-Who is liable to pay advance tax,
computation of advance tax, instalment and due date of
Advance Tax, Interest payable by the assessee. Filing of
challan and deposit of Advance Tax.
Section-B
Return of income : Who is liable to file return of income,
time limit, return of loss, Belated Return, Revised Return,
Defective Return, Return by whom to be signed, filling and
filing of Return of Income Tax under :
Assessment Procedures : Inquiring before assessment.
Assessment under Section 143 (1), Self-assesment Tax,
Regular Assessment under Section 143 (2), Best Judgement
assessment, income escaping Assessment, issue of notice
where income has escaped assessment. Time limit for
Notice, Time limit for completion of assessment and
reassessment.
Post Assessment Procedures :
A. Refund : Who can claim refund, Form No.30 for Refund,
Time Limit for claiming refund, Refund of appeal, interest
on refunds.
B. Rectification of mistake (s).
210 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
C. Appeals and revisions : When an assessee can file appeal,
appealate authorities, procedure for filing appeal, filling and
filing of Form No.35, Form No.36, Time limit for filing appeal,
Revision by Income-Tax Commissioner.
D. Penalities & Procedure : Procedure for imposing penalities,
waiver of panelty, nature of default and penalities imposable.
Transfer of moveable property; Filling and filing of Form
No.37EE, Form No.37G,Form No.37-I.
Tax clearance certificate and exemption certificate-
procedure and filling and filing of Form No.31.
References :
1. Gaur, V.P. and D.B. Narang (2007), Income-Tax Law &
Practice, Kalyani Publications, Ludhiana.
2. Prasad, Bhagwati (2006), Direct Taxes Law & Practice,
Wihshwa Prakashan, New Delhi.
3. Sinhaima, V.K. and K. Sanghaima (2007) Direct Taxes Law
and Practice Taximann Publications (P) Ltd. New Delhi,
2004.
4. Shrivastava M. (1981) Physical Policy & Economic
Development in India, Chugh Publications, Alahabad.
5. Mehrotra H.C. and P. Mehrotra 2007. Income Tax Law &
Accounts, Sahitya Bahawan Publications, Agra.
6. Taxman's in Director Tax Law as amended by Firance Act
2007. Taxman allied Services (P) Ltd. New Delhi, 2004.
7. www.incometaxindia.give in.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 211
INCOME TAX-PROCEDURE & PRACTICE
Paper-IV
Wealth Tax & Gift Tax—Procedure & Practice
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : (External) : 80
(Internal) : 20
Note : The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-
Scientific) calculators.
Section-A
Wealth Tax
1. Regulatory framework—An overview of wealth Tax Act,
1957 and Wealth Tax Rules, 1957.
2. Wealth Tax Authorities.
3. Important terms and definitions—Valuation date,
assessment year, meaning of assets, net wealth, debt,
deemed assets, exempted assets,
4. Exempted Assets, Valuation of invaluable property &
jewellery computation of Net Wealth, Computation of Wealth
Tax, Filing of Challan for payment of Wealth Tax and
Deposit Tax.
5. Return of Wealth Tax, limit for filing return filling and filing
of return of wealth under Form A & B.
6. Assessment and Post Assessment procedure in brief.
Section-B
Gift Tax
1. Regulatory framework—An overview of Gift Tax Act, 1958
and Gift Tax Rules, 1958.
2. Gift Tax Authorities.
3. Important Terms and Definition—Donee and doner.
4. Charge of Gift Tax—Deemed gifts, exempted gifts,
valuation/amount of gifts.
5. Return of Gift—Filling and filing under the prescribed form;
time limit for filing the return, computation of gift tax.
212 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
6. Assessment and Lost Assessment procedure.
7. Rebate on advance payment of Gift Tax.
References :
1. Datey, V.S. (2006), Taxmann's Indirect Taxes Law &
Practice, Taxmann Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Taxmann's Indirect Tax Laws As amended by Finance Act,
2007. Taxmann Allied Services (p) Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
3. www.incometaxindia.gov.in
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 213
ADVERTISING, SALES PROMOTIONS
AND SALES MANAGEMENT
Year Paper Periods per week Marks
L T Ext. Int.
2nd Year III (Advertising-II) 3 3 80 20
IV (Personal Selling
& Salesmanship) 3 3 80 20
On the Job Training of 4 weeks.
1. The following pattern of setting of quesiton paper shall be
observed.
The question paper covering the entire course shall
be divided into three sections as follows :
Section A : This section will consist of 7 very short answer type
questions with answer to each question upto 5 lines. All quesitons
will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks, total
weightage to this section being 14 marks.
Section B : This section will consist of short answer type quesitons
with answer to each question upto two pages. Nine questions will
be set by the examiner and the candidate will be expected to attempt
six questions. Each question will carry six marks, total weightage
to the section being 36 marks.
Section C : This section will consist of essay type questions with
answer to each question upto 5 pages. Four questions will be set
by the examiner and the candidates will be expected to attempt
two questions. Each question will carry 15 marks, total weightage
of this section being 30 marks.
2. The Internal assessment shall be based on periodical tests,
written assignments and class-participation.
3. A consolidated Report on 'On the Job Training' after Ist
year and IInd year shall be prepared by every student and
214 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
must be submitted in the college concerned upto September
30th. The consolidated Report will be evaluated by the
external examiner and shall be given the grades as follows:
O - Outstanding
A - Very Good
B - Good
C - Average
D - Unsatisfactory
In case, the training report is rated as unsatisfactory, the
candidate shall have to submit it again incorporating the
changes suggested by the examiner, within one month from
the date of intimation to the candidate by the concerned
college.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 215
ADVERTISING, SALES PROMOTIONS
AND SALES MANAGEMENT
Paper - III
Advertising -II
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : (External) : 80
Internal : 20
Note : The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-
Scientific) calculators.
Part-I
- Advertising Media, Types of Media;Print Media (News
Paper and Magazines, Pamphlets, posters and brouchures),
electronic media (Radio, Television,Audio Visuals,
Cassettes), other Media (Direct Mail outdoor media), their
characteristics, merits and limitations. Media scene in India.
Problems of reaching rural audience and markets.
Exhibitions and mela. Press Conference.
- Media Planning - Selection of Media category. Their reach,
frequency and impact. Cost and other factors influencing
the choice of media.
- Media scheduling.
Part-II
- Evaluation of advertising effectiveness. Importance and
difficulties. Methods of measuring advertising effectiveness.
Pre-testing and post-testing. Communication effect. Sales
effects.
- Regulation of advertising in India. Misleading and deceptive
advertising and false claims.
- Advertising agencies. Their role and importance in
advertising. Their organisation patterns, Functions, Selection
of advertising agency. Agency commission and fee.
- Advertising Department. Its functions and organisation.
Suggested Reading :
Same as for paper-2 (relevant chapters).
216 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
ADVERTISING, SALES PROMOTIONS
AND SALES MANAGEMENT
Paper - IV
Personal Selling and Salesmanship Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : (External : 80
Internal : 20
Note : The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-
Scientific) calculators.
Part-I
- Nature and Importance of personal selling. Door to door
selling situation where personal selling is more effective
than advertising. Cost of advertising Vs. Cost of personal
selling.
- AID A model of selling. Types of selling situations. Types
of sales persons.
- Buying motives. Types of markets. Consumer and Industrial
markets, their characteristics and implications for the selling
function.
- Process of effective selling : Prospecting, Pre-approach,
approach, presentation and demonstration, handling and
objections. Closing and sale post-sale activities.
Part-II
- Qualities of the successful sales person with particular
reference to consumer services.
- Selling as a career, advantages and difficulties. Measures
for making selling an attractive career.
- Distribution network-relationship.
- Reports and documents; sale manual, order desk, cash
memo, tour dairy, daily and preiodical reports.
- Other problems in selling.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 217
A. Tentative Suggested Readings :
1. Manning, G.L. & B.L. Reece, Setting Today Building Quality
Partnerships, PHI, 2002.
2. Still, Richard R., Edward N. Gndiff and Norman A.P. Govoni,
Sales Management : Decisions, Strategies & Cases, PHI
5th Ed., 2000.
218 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
BIOINFORMATICS (Vocational)
Paper-A
Basic Bioinformatics
Time : 2 Hrs. Max. Marks : 40
Note for the paper setters/examiners :
Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows:
Section A : 8 very short answer questions are to be set. Two from
each unit. The maximum length of answer can be about 1/3 of a
page. All questions are compulsory. Each question will carry one
mark, total weightage being 8 marks.
Section-B : This section will comprise of 8 questions. Five questions
to be attempted and maximum length of answer can be upto two
pages. Each question will carry four marks, total weightage being
20 marks.
Section-C : This section will comprise of four essay type questions.
Two questions to be attempted. Maximum length of answer can be
upto 5 pages. Each question will carry 6 marks, total weightage
being 12 marks.
Unit-I
Prokarayotic and Eukaryotic genome : Structre and
composition of DNA/RNA, types of DNA, organization of DNA in
chromosome in Pro/Eukaryotes, Heterochromatin/Euchromatin,
Unique and repetitive sequences.
Unit-II
Gene expression and regulation : Overview of gene
transcription, splicing of RNA, genetic code, translation, Level of
gene expression : Transcription control, RNA processing control,
mRNA transport control, mRNA translation control, mRNA and
protein degradation control, Gene regulation in development and
expression.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 219
Unit-III
Basic molecular biology, restriction digestion, PCR, cloning
etc. Evolution of genome and basic phycogenetics Genetic
engineering and transgenic organisms, Genome sequencing methods
and analysis. Human genome sequencing project. Functional
genomics.
Unit-IV
Proteomics; Basic concept and analysis, comparative
genomics: definition and applications, Pharmacogenomics and
population genomics : Principle and methods.
Unit-V
Introduction to Biological databases, Protein sequence
databases : Swiss prot, Singal peptide databank, EMBL nucelotide
sequence databank, AIDS virus sequence databank etc. Entry and
retrieval of data from public databases. Other bioinformatics
resoruces in the NET.
List of Books :
1. Brooker, R.J. Genetic Analysis and Principles. Addison
Wisely Longman, N.Y. (2001).
2. Pevzner, J. Introduction to Bioinformatics. John Wiley and
Sons, Y.N. (2003).
3. Baxevanis A.D. Bioinformatics: A practical guide to the
analysis of Gene and Proteins (2nd Edition) 2001.
4. Lodish H, Berk A, Zipursky, S.L., Baltimore, D. Darnel, J.
Molecular Cell Biology. W.H. Freemen and Company, USA
(2000).
220 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
BIOINFORMATICS (Vocational)
Paper-B
Fundamentals of Computers, Web Technology and
Networking
Time : 2 Hrs. Max. Marks : 40
Note for the paper setters/examiners :
Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows:
Section A : 8 very short answer questions are to be set. Two from
each unit. The maximum length of answer can be about 1/3 of a
page. All questions are compulsory. Each question will carry one
mark, total weightage being 8 marks.
Section-B : This section will comprise of 8 questions. Five questions
to be attempted and maximum length of answer can be upto two
pages. Each question will carry four marks, total weightage being
20 marks.
Section-C : This section will comprise of four essay type questions.
Two questions to be attempted. Maximum length of answer can be
upto 5 pages. Each question will carry 6 marks, total weightage
being 12 marks.
Unit-I
Introduction to computer, History of Computers: Evolution,
Generation of computers (I, II, III, IV, V), Classification of computers
(Notebook, Personal Computers, Workstation, Mainframes,
Minicomputers, Microcomputers Supercomputers)—comparison
with memory, power, cost, size-then and now.
Unit-II
Digital Circuits and Computer Architecture: Transistors—
and Integrated Circuits (LSI, VLSI), Operation of processor;
Number Systems and Digital Circuits; ALU; Memory Chips (ROM,
RAM, DRAM), Storage Devices, Memory Hierarchy; I/O Devices;
Bus Systems; Computer Organization and Architecture;
Microprocessor; Moore's Law.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 221
Unit-III
MS-Word : Introduction to word, Introduction to parts of
window (title bar, menu bar, tool bar, ruler, status bar), Creating,
opening, saving and printing a document, Editing a document, Copy
move and replace the text, text formatting, Page Setup, Margins,
Gutters, text alignment, Line spacing, Page break, header and footers,
spell checking. Creation and Manipulation of tables, Mail Merge.
MS-Powerpoint: Introduction, Power point Elements,
Exploring Power Point Menu: opening and closing menu, working
with dialog box, adding text, title. Moving and resizing text, starting
a slide show, opening, saving and printing a slide show.
Views: Slide view, sorter view, notes view, online view,
Formatting Text, Enhancing Text by using bullets, fonts style, font
size, effect and color, Displaying slide show and adding multimedia.
MS-Excel : Introduction, format of electronic worksheet,
adding data in worksheet, cell addressing, saving, opening and
printing a worksheet, Ranges and different type of ranges, applying
formula, copying formula, various, mathematical function, statistical
functional and date functions, charts.
Unit-IV
Network Architectures-Layered protocols-local area
networks, Repeaters, bridges, Routers and structured cabling.
Computer Networks: Network communication infrastructure;
Protocols; Wireless LAN and Mobile Computing.
Unit-V
Loading Linux on a PC, launching various services like web
server, email server and proxy server. Setting network on Linux
machine.
Web Technology : HTML and Web pages; The Internet and
Intranet; WWW; Java Script and Dynamic Web Pages; Multimedia
Application; Computer Network Security; e-Commerce and m-
Commerce.
222 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Recommended Books :
MS Office
* Kapila H. (2003). PC Computing Window Based
computer system. Dinesh Publishers, Jalandhar.
* Grauer B. (2005). Expolring Microsoft Office 2003
(Volume I). Prentice Hall, New Jersey.
Computing Fundamentals
* Norton's P. (2001). Introduction to Computing
Fundamental. McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi.
* Sinha P.K. (2001). Fundamental of Computers. BPB
Publication, New Delhi.
HTML and Visual Basic
* Harriger R. Alka (1999). Introduction to Computer
Programming with Visual Basic 6, Prentice Hall
Publications, New Jersey.
* Bayross I. (2002). Programming in Visual Basic 6.0.
BPB Publication, New Delhi.
* Deborah S. Ray, Eric J. Ray (2002) Mastering HTML
and XHTML, Sybex Inc.
* HTML Complete, 3rd Edition (2003), Sybex Inc.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 223
BIOINFORMATICS (Vocational)
Paper-C
Introduction to Database Management System
Time : 2 Hrs. Max. Marks : 40
Note for the paper setters/examiners :
Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows:
Section A : 8 very short answer questions are to be set. Two from
each unit. The maximum length of answer can be about 1/3 of a
page. All questions are compulsory. Each question will carry one
mark, total weightage being 8 marks.
Section-B : This section will comprise of 8 questions. Five questions
to be attempted and maximum length of answer can be upto two
pages. Each question will carry four marks, total weightage being
20 marks.
Section-C : This section will comprise of four essay type questions.
Two questions to be attempted. Maximum length of answer can be
upto 5 pages. Each question will carry 6 marks, total weightage
being 12 marks.
Unit-I
Introduction, Characteristics of Data base approach,
Database users, Intended uses of databases, Implication of database
approach.
Database System Concepts and Architecture, Data Models,
Schemes bad Instances, DBMS Architectrue and data indepen-
dence, database languages, Classification of DBMS.
Unit-II
Database Design: Informal Design guidelines for relation
Schemes, Functional Dependencies, Normal forms based on primary
keys, General Definition of 2nd and 3rd Normal Forms, BCNF,
Need of further Normalization.
224 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Unit-III
Data Modeling using ER diagram, ER Model Concepts,
Notation for ER Diagrams. The relational Model, Relational Model
Concepts, Relational Model Constraints, Introduction to Relational
Algebra.
Unit-IV
SQL: Introduction, Data Definition in SQL, Quries in SQL,
Update statement in SQL, Views SQL, Simple programs in PL/
SQL.
Unit-V
Data Mining, Definition, Data Mining and KDD, Data Mining
on relational databases, Data Warehouses, Transactional Databases
etc. Data Mining Functionalities, Pattern Minning. Association
Analysis, Classification and Prediction, Cluster Analysis, Evolution
Analysis, Data Mining on Biological data.
Recommended Books:
1. Fundamentals of Database Systems by Elmasari and
Navathe, Prentice Hall (India), 2001.
2. Data Mining Concepts and Techniques-Jiawei Han,
Micheline Kamber, Morgan Kaufmann Publisher, 2001.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 225
BIOINFORMATICS (Vocational)
Paper-D
Lab in Database Management System & Computer
Fundamentals, Web Technology
Time : 6 Hrs. Max. Marks : 80
Practical
MS-WORD
1. To create, open, close a document and toolbars operations.
2. Practical based on page setup, print a document.
3. To add headers, footer, pagebreak.
4. Table handling Mail Merge.
MS-POWERPOINT
1. Concept of slide, presentation, custom animation.
2. To insert pictures and sound file to slide.
Slide Transition.
MS-EXCEL
1. To create, open, close worksheet.
2. To add numeric as well as character data in a cell.
3. To develop formulas, modify charts.
* Installation of LINUX
* Basic Exercises on HTML.
* Exercises to understand RDBMS: Oracle, SQL etc.;
Usage of important Commands/instructions.
Paper-E
On Job Training
Time : 2 Hrs.
This should be taken up during summer vacations over a
period of one month in Bioinformatics/Computer.
226 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
BOTANY
Distribution of Marks and Time
Paper-A 75 Marks 3 Hrs.
Paper-B 75 Marks 3 Hrs.
Practical-A 25 Marks 3 Hrs.
Practical-B 25 Marks 3 Hrs.
Instructions for the paper setters:
There will be a total of nine questions. Question No. 1 will be
compulsory and will be of short answer-type (3-4 lines). No multiple
choice questions, answer of one-word answer type be set. The
remaining 8 questions will include two questions from each unit.
Candidates will be required to attempt 1 question from each of the
4 units. All question including Question No. 1 will have equal marks.
Paper-A
Diversity of Seed Plants and Their Systematics
Time : 3 Hrs. Max. Marks Theory : 75
Practical : 25
Total : 100
Unit I
1. Characteristics of seed plants; evolution of the seed habit;
Distinguishing features of angiosperms and gymnosperms.
2. Major contribution of cytology, phytochemistry and
taximetrics to taxonomy.
Unit II
3. General features of gymnosperms and their classification;
evolution and diversity of gymnosperms including fossil and
living gymnosperms; geological time scale and fossilization.
4. Morphology of vegetative and reproductive parts; anatomy
of root, stem and leaf; reproduction and life cycle of Pinus,
Cycas, Epherda and Ginkgo.
Unit III
5. Angiosperms : Origin and evolution. Some examples of
primitive angiosperms.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 227
6. Angiosperm taxonomy; brief history, aims and fundamental
components (alpha-taxonomy, omega-taxonomy,
holotaxonomy); identification, keys. Taxonomic literature.
7. Botanical nomenclature : taxonomic ranks; type concept;
principle of priority.
Unit IV
8. Classification of angiosperms; salient features of the systems
proposed by Bentham and Hooker, Engler and Prantl.
9. Diversity of flowering plants as illustrated by members of
the families Ranuculaceae, Brassicaceae, Rutaceae,
Fabaceae, Apiaceae, Acanthaceae, Apocynaceae,
Asclepiadaceae, Solanaceae, Lamiaceae. Chenopodiaceae,
Euphorbiaceae, Liliaceae and Poaceae.
Note for teachers
The students should be made familiar with the families listed
at Serial No. 9 only in the practical classes with representative
species or any other that may be available locally. See the list for
practical classes. However, questions pertaining to these may be
asked in the theory examination.
The teachers should prevent students from collecting plants
from the wild and submitting them for the practical examination.
Instead, the students should be asked to prepare field reports.
Suggested Readings
1. Bhatnagar, S.P. and Moitra, A. 1996. Gymnosperms, New
Age Internationl Limited, New Delhi.
2. Davis, P.H. and Heywood, V.H., 1963, Principles of
Angiosperm Taxonomy, Oliver and Boyd, London.
3. Gifford, E.M. and Foster, A.S., 1988, Morphology and
Evolution of Vascular Plants, W.H. Freeman & Company,
New York.
4. Jeffrey, C. 1982, An Introduction to Plant Taxonomy,
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, London.
228 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
5. Jones, S.B., Jr. and Luchsinger, A.E., 1986, Plant
Systematics (2nd edition), McGraw-Hill Book Co., New
York.
6. Radford, A.E., 1986, Fundamental of Plant Systematics,
Harper and Row, New York.
7. Singh, G. 1999, Plant Systematics : Theory and Practice,
Oxford and IBH Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
8. Sporne, K.R., 1965, The Morphology of Gymnosperms,
Hutchinson & Co. (Publishers) Ltd., London.
Suggested Laboratory Exercises
Angiosperms
The following species are suitable for study. This list is only
indicative. Teachers may select plants available in their locality.
1. Ranunculaceae : Ranunculus, Delphinium
2. Brassicaceae : Brassica, Alyssum, Iberis, Coronopus.
3. Malvaceae : Hibiscus, Abutilon.
4. Rutaceae : Murraya, Citrus.
5. Fabaceae : Faboideae : Lathyrus, Cajanus, Melilotus,
Trigonella, Caesalpinioideae : Cassia, Caeslpainia,
Mimosoideae : Prosopis, Mimosa, Aeacia.
6. Apiaceae : Coriandrum. Foeniculum, Anethum.
7. Acanthaceae : Adhatoda, Peristrophe.
8. Apocynaceae : Vinca, Thevetia, Nerium.
9. Asclepiadaceae : Calotropis.
10. Solanaceae : Solanum, Withania, Datura.
11. Euphorbiaceae : Euphorbia, Phyllanthus.
12. Lamiaceae : Ocimum, Salvia.
13. Chenopodiaceae : Chenopodium, Beta.
14. Liliaceae : Asphodelus, Asparagus.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 229
15. Poaceae : Avena, Triticum, Hordeum Poa, Sorghum. The
students should be made familiar with the use of identification
keys including use of computers in taxonomy.
Gymnosperms
Cycas
i) Habit, armour, of leaf bases on the stem (if specimen is not
available show photography), very young leaf (circinate
vernation) and old foliage leaves, sclae leaf, bulbils, male
cone (specimen); Microsporophyll, megasporophyll mature
seed.
ii) Study through permanent slides—normal root (T.S.), stem
(T.S.) (if sections are not available show photographs), ovule
(L.S.).
iii) Study through hand sections or dissections-coralloid root
(T.S.), rachis (T.S.), leaflet (V.S.), microsporophyll (V.S.)
pollen grains (W.M.).
Pinus
i) Habit, long and dwarf shoot showing cataphylls and scale
leaves, T.S. wood showing growth rings, male cone, 1st
year, 2nd year and 3rd year female cones, winged seeds.
ii) Study through permanent slides-root (T.S.), female cone
(L.S.) ovule (L.S.), embryo (W.M.) showing
polycotyledonous condition.
iii) Study through hand sections or dissections-young stem (T.S.),
old stem (wood) (T.L.S. and R.L.S.), needle (T.S. male
cone (L.S.), male cone (T.S.), Pollen grains (W.M.).
Ephedra
i) Habit and structure of whole and female cones.
ii) Permanent slides-female cone (L.S.).
iii) Hand sections/dissections-node (L.S.), internode (T.S.),
macerated stem to see vessel structure; epidermal peel
mount of vegetative parts to study stomata, male cone (T.S.
and L.S.), pollen grains.
230 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
BOTANY
Paper-B
Structure, Development and Reproduction in Flowering
Plants
Time : 3 Hrs.
Hours of Teaching : Theory : 60 Max.Marks Theory : 75
Practical : 100 Practical : 25
Total : 160 Total : 100
Instructions for Paper Setter :
There will be a total of nine questions. Question No. 1 will be
compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines). However
no multiple choice, one-word answer type questions shall be set.
The remaining 8 questions will include two questions from each
unit. Candidates will be required to attempt one question from each
of the four units. They will have to attempt five questions in all and
all questions will carry equal marks.
Unit-I
1. The basic body plan of a flowering plant-modular type of
growth.
2. The Shoot System : The shoort apical meristem and its
histological organization; meristematic and permanent tissue,
formation of internodes, branching pattern; monopodial and
sympodial growth; canopy architecture; cambium and its
functions; formation of secondary xylem; a general account
of wood structure in relation to conduction of water and
minerals; characteristics of growth rings, sapwood and heart
wood; role of woody skeleton; secondary phloem-structure-
function relationships; Periderm.
Unit-II
3. Diversity in plant form in annuals, biennials and perennials;
trees-largest and longest-lived.
4. Leaf : origin, development, arrangement and diversity in
size and shape; internal structure in relation to photosynthesis
and water loss; adaptations to water stress; senescence
and abscission.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 231
Unit-III
5. The Root System : The root apical meristem; differentiation
of primary and secondary tissues and their roles; structural
modification for storage, respiration, reproduction and for
interaction with microbes.
6. Vegetative Reproduction : Various methods of vegetative
propagation. Detailed study and types of grafting and
budding, economic aspects.
7. Flower : A modified shoot; structure, development and
varieties of flower; functions; structure of anther and pistil;
the male and female gametophytes; types of pollination;
attractions and rewars for pollinators; (sucking and foraging
types); pollen-pistu interaction self incompatiability; double
fertilization: formation of seed endosperm and embroy : fruit
development and maturation.
8. Significance of seed : Suspended animation; ecological
adaptation; unit of genetic recombination with reference to
reshuffling of genes and replenishment; dispersal strategies.
Note for teachers :
Wherever required, role of environment and hormones in plant
development and reproduction should be emphasized.
Suggested Readings
1. Bhojwani, S.S. and Bhatnagar, S.P. 2000. The Embryology
of Angiosperms, 4th revised and enlarged edition. Vikas
Publishing House, Delhi.
2. Hartmann, H.T. and Kestler, D.E., 1976, Plant Propagation:
Principles and Practices, 3rd edition, Prentice Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
3. Mauseth, J.D., 1988, Plant Anatomy, The Benjamin/
Cummings Publishing Company Inc., Menlo Park, California,
USA.
4. Peau, K., 1977, Anatomy of Seed Plants, 3rd edition. John
Wiley & Sons, New York.
232 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
5. Pegeri, K. and Vander Pijl 1979, The Principles of Pollination
Biology, Pergamon Press, Oxford.
6. Raven, P.H., Evert, R.F. and Eichhorn, S.E., 1999, Biology
of Plants, 5th edition. W.H. Freeman and Co., Worth
Publishers, New York.
7. Thomas, P., 2000, Trees : Their Natural History, Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge.
Suggested Laboratory Exercises
1. Study of any commonly occurring dicotyledonous plant (for
example Solanum nigrum or Kalanchoe) to the body plan,
organography and modular type of growth.
2. Life forms exhibited by flowering plants (by a visit to a
forest or a garden, Study of tree-like habit in cycads, bamboo,
banana, traveller's tree (Revenala madagascariensis) and
yucca and comparison with true trees as exemplified by
conifers and dicotyledons.
3. L.S. Shoot tip to study the cytohistological zonation and
origion of leaf primordia.
4. Monopodial and sympodial types of branching in stems
(especially rhizomes).
5. Anatomy of primary and secondary growth in monocots
and dicots using free hand razor technique (Solanum,
Boethaevi Helianthus, Mirabilis, Nyctanthus, Draceana,
Maize) hand sections (or prepared slides). Structure of
secondary phloem and xylem. Growth rings in wood,
Microscopic study of wood in T.S., T.L.S. and R.L.S.
6. Field study of diversity in leaf shape, size, thickness, surface
properties. Internal structure of leaf. Structure and
development of stomata (using epidermal peels of leaf.
7. Anatomy of the root. Primary and secondary structure.
8. Examination of a wide range of flowers available in the
locality and methods of their pollination.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 233
9. Structure of anther, microsperogenesis (using slides) and
pollen grains (using whole mounts). Pollen viability using in
vitro pollen germination.
10. Structure of ovule and embryo sac development using serial
sections) from permanent slides.
11. Nuclear and cellular endosperm. Embryo development in
monocots and dicots (using permanent slides/dissections).
12. Simple experiments to show vegetative propagation (leaf
cuttings in Bryophyllum. Sansevieria, Begonia; stem cuttings
in rose, salix, money plant, Sugarcane and Bougainvillea).
13. Germination of non-dormant and dormant seeds.
Suggested Readings (for laboratory exercises)
1. Bhojwani, S.S. and Bhatnagar, P., 2000, The Embryology
of Angiosperms (4th revised and enlarged edition), Vikas
Publishing House, New Delhi.
2. Mauseth, J.D., 1988, Plant Anatomy, The Benjamin/
Cumminas Publishing Co., Inc., Mehlo Park, California,
USA.
3. Raven, P.H., Evert, R.F. and Eichhorn, S.E., 1992, Biology
of Plants (5th Edition). Worth Publishers, New York.
4. Steeves, T.A. and Sussex, I.M., 1989, Patterns in Plant
Development (2nd Edition). Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge.
234 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
ZOOLOGY
Paper Maximum Hours or Examination
Marks Equivalent duration
periods hr.
per week
Paper A* 75 3 Hours 3 Hours
Paper B** 75 3 Hours 3 Hours
Practical-I 25 2¼ Hours 3 Hours
(related to Paper-A)
Practical-II 25 2¼ Hours 3 Hours
(related to Paper-B)
*Paper-A : Evolution & Biodiversity-III (Chordates)
Section-I Evolution
Section-II Biodiversity-III (Chordates)
**Paper-B : Biochemistry & Animal Physiology
Section-I Biochemistry
Section-II Animal Physiology
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 235
ZOOLOGY
Paper-A
Evolution & Biodiversity-III (Chordates)
Examination Time : 3 hrs. Maximum Marks : 75
Section-I
Evolution
— Concepts and evidences of organic evolution.
— Theories of organic evolution.
— Origin of life.
— Concepts of micro, macro and mega-evlution.
— Concepts and Species.
— Fossils and evolutionary rate.
— Evolution of man.
Section-II
Biodiversity-III (Chordates)
Chordates - Origin.
Prochordates - Urochordata-Type study-Herdmania,
Cephalochordata-Type study-Amphioxus.
Cyclostomata - External Characters of Petromyzon &
affinities of Cyclostomata
Pisces - Type study-Labeo,
Scales & fins. Migration & Parental Care.
Amphibia - Type study-Frog,
- Origin & Parental Care.
Reptilia - Type study-Uromastix,
Origin & Extinct reptiles,
Poisonous and non-Poisonous Snakes,
poison apparatus.
236 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Aves - Type study-Pigeon,
Flight adaptation & Bird migration.
Mammals - Type study-Rat
Adaptive radiation, Dentition.
Characteristics of vertebrata and its groups
Classification of the animals up to orders relating to the
following groups along with brief ecological notes of the following:
Prochordates : Herdmania, Molgula, Pyrosoma,
Doliolum, Salpa, Oikopleura &
Amphioxus
Cyclostomata : Myxine, Petromyzon & Ammocoetus larva.
Chondricthyes : Zygaena (hammer head shark), Pristis (saw
fish), Narcine (electric ray), Trygon,
Rhinobatus and Chimaera (rabbit fish).
Actinopterygii : Polypterus, Acipenser, Lepidosteus,
Muraena, Mystus, Catla, Hippocampus,
Syngathus, Exocoetus, Anabas, Diodon,
Tetradon, Echeneis and Solea.
Dipneusti (Dipnoi) : Protopterus (lung fish)
Amphibia : Uraeotyphlus, Necturus, Amphiuma,
Amblystoma its Axoloti Larva, Triton,
Salamandra, Hyla, Rhacophorus.
Reptilia : Chelone (turtle) and Testudo (tortoise),
Hemidactylus (wall lizared), Calotes,
Draco, Varanus, Phrynosoma,
Chamaeleon,Typhlops, Python, Eryx,
Bungarus, Naja, Hydrus, Vipera,
Crocodilus. Gavialis and Alligator.
Aves : Ardea, Milvus, Pavo, Tyto, Alcedo,
Eudynamis and Casuarius.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 237
Mammalia : Ornithorhynchus, Echidna, Didelphis,
Macropus (kangaroo), Loris, Macaca,
Mains (scaly ant eater) Hystrix (porcupine),
Funambulus (squirrel), Panthera, Canis,
Herpestes (mongoose), Capra, Pterous.
Note for the paper setters :
- Nine questions are to be set in all.
- Question No. 1 is compulsory consisting of short/multiple
answer type questions covering the whole syllabus. It will
have 10 parts of 1½ marks each.
- Three Questions from Section-I & Five questions/long
answers are to be set from section-II, the Questions can
have sub-parts.
Instructions for the students :
- Four questions/long answers are to be attempted, at least
one from section-I and two from section-II, the fourth can
be attempted from either of the section.
- In all, Five questions are to be attempted including
compulsory one.
238 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
ZOOLOGY
Paper-B
Biochemistry & Animal Physiology
Examination Time : 3 hrs. Maximum Marks : 75
Section-I
Biochemistry
- Biochemistry and its scope;
- Carbohydrates, proteins. Lipids and nucleic acids : their
classifications and functions.
- Enzymes : Nature, their classification and coenzymes.
- Carbohydrates metabolism : The Embden Meyerhoff, Parnas
Pathway (glycolysis) the tricarboxylic acid cycle, the hexose
monophosphate shunt, glycogensis and glycogenolysis.
- Lipid metabolism : β-Oxidation of fatty acids, rate of glycerol
and gluconeogenesis, interaction of carbohydrates and lipids,
lipogensis in tissues, ketosis.
- Protein metabolism : Protein metabolism of amino acids
(oxidative deamination, transamination and decarboxylation,
hydrolysis of proteins and ornithine cycle).
Section-II
Animal Physiology
Digestion : Digestion of dietary constituents, regulation of
digestive processes and absorption. Types of
nutrition, feeding mechanisms, extra and intra
cellular digestion, enzymatic digestion and symbiotic
digestion.
Blood : Composition and functions of blood and lymph.
Molecular structure and function of haemoglobin,
blood clotting. Blood groups including Rh factor,
haemopoiesis and haemostasis.
Heart : Origin and regulation of heart beat, cardiac cycle,
electrocardiogram, cardiac output, fluid pressure
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 239
and flow pressure in closed and open circulatory
systems, blood pressure and micro-circulation.
Respiration : Transport of O
2
and CO
2
, Oxygen dissociation
curve of haemoglobin, Bohr effect, chloride (-) shift,
Haldane effect and control of breathing.
Excretion : Urine formation and osmoregulation.
Muscles : Ultrastructure, chemical and physiological basis of
skeletal muscle contraction.
Neural : Structure of neuron, resting membrane potential,
integration origin and propagation of impulse along the axon,
synapse and myoneural function.
Physiology : Taxes and reflexes, instinctive and motivate learning
of Behavior and reasoning
Endocrine : Structure and physiology of thyroid, parathyroid,
adrenal, hypothalamus, pituitary, pancreas and
gonads.
Note for the paper setters :
- Nine questions are to be set in all.
- Question No. 1 is compulsory consisting of short/multiple
answer type questions covering the whole syllabus. It will
have 10 parts of 1½ marks each.
- Three questions from Section-I and Five Questions/long
answers are to be set from section-II, the Questions can
have sub-parts.
Instructions for the students :
- Four questions/long answers are to be attempted, at least
one from section I and two from section II, the fourth can
be attempted from either of the section.
- In all, Five questions are to be attempted including
compulsory one.
240 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Suggested Readings
1. Parker, T.J. and Haswell, W.A, Text Book of Zoology, Vol. II
(Vertebrates), ELBS and Macmillian Press Ltd., 1981.
2. Dobzhansky, Ayala, Stebbins & Valentine, Evolution W.H.
Freeman, 1952.
3. Colbert. E.H., Evolution of Vertebrates, II Edition, Wiley
Eastern Ltd., 1989.
4. Dhami, P.S. & Dhami J.K., Vertebrates, R. Chand & Co.,
New Delhi, 1998.
5. Taneja, S.K., Biochemistry & Animal Physiology, Trueman
Book Co., 1997.
6. Guyton, A.S., Text Book of Medical Physiology, 7th Edition,
W.B. Saunders Company, 1994.
7. Robert, K., Murray, Mayes Daryl, K. Granner, Victor, W.,
Woodwell, Harper's Biochemistry, 22nd Edition, Prentice Hall
International Inc., 1990.
8. Lehninger, A., Principles of Biochemistry, Worth Publishers,
Inc., USA, 2000.
9. Bhamarah, H.S., Juneka K., Cytogenetics & Evolution,
Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd., 1993.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 241
Practical-I (Related to Paper A)
Maximum Marks : 25
Examination Time : 3 hrs.
1. Classification up to order level, except in case of Pisces and
Aves where classification up to subclass level, habits, habitat, external
characters and economic importance (if any) of the following animals
is required :
Urochordata : Herdmania, Molgula, Pyrosoma,
Doliolum, Salpa & Oikopleura.
Cephalochordata : Amphioxus.
Cyclostomata : Myxine, Petromyzon & Ammocoetes
Larva.
Chondrinchthyes : Zygaena (hammer head shark), Pristis
(saw fish), Narcine (electric ray), Trygon,
Rhinobatus and Chimaera (rabbit fish).
Actinoptergii : Polypterus, Acipenser, Lepidosteus,
Muraena, Mystus, Catla, Hippocampus,
Syngnathus, Exocoetus, Anabas, Diodon,
Tetradon, Echeneis and Solea.
Dipneusti (Dipnoi) : Protopterus (african lung fish)
Amphibia : Uraeotyphlus, Necturus, Amphiuma,
Amblystoma and its Axolotl Larva, Triton,
Salamandra, Hyla, Rhycophorus
Reptila : Hemidactylus, Calotes, Draco, Varanus,
Phrynosoma, Chamaeleon, Typhlops,
Python, Eryx, Ptyas, Bungarus, Naja,
Hydrus, Vipera, Crocodilus, Gavialis,
Chelone (turtle) and Testudo (tortoise)
Aves : Casuarius, Ardea, Anas, Milvus, Pavo,
Eudynamics, Tyto and Alcedo.
Mammalia : Ornithorynchus, Echidna, Didelphis,
Macropus, Loris, Macaca, Manis,
Hystrix, Funambulus, Panthera, Canis,
Herpestes, Capra, Pteropus.
242 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
2. Examine and dissect the following animals :
Herdmania : - General anatomy
Labeo : - Digestive and reproductive systems, heart,
afferent and branchia arteries, cranial
nerves and internal ear.
Chick : - Digestive, arterial, venous and urino-genital
systems.
White Rat : - Digestive, arterial, venous and urino-genital
systems.
Make temporary preparations of the following :
Temporary preparation of Spicules of Herdmania.
Permanent preparation of whole amount of Pharynx of
Herdmania and Amphioxus.
Cycloid scales of Labeo, blood smear of mammal.
Guidelines for conduct of Practical-I Examination
1. Dissect the animal provides so as to expose its-------system.
Make labeled sketch of the dissection and demonstrate the
same to the Examiner. (6)
2. Make temporary mount of the material A. Identify and make
labeled sketch. Show the preparation to the Examiner. (4)
3. Identify and classify the specimens B to F upto orders. Write
short note on habitat, special features of G & H, feeding
habits and economic importance of speciman. (2x5=10)
4. Viva-Voce+Note Book (4+1=5)
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 243
ZOOLOGY
Practical-II
(Related to Paper-B)
Maximum Marks : 25 Examination Time : 3 hrs.
1. Study of the skeletal of Rana (frog), Scoliodon, Varanus,
Gallus and Oryctolagus (Rabbit).
2. Study of the following prepared slides :
T.S. Amphioxus through various regions.
Spicules & Pharynx of Herdmania & Pharynx of
Amphioxus.
Histology of rat/rabbit (compound tissues)
3. Identification of food stuffs: starch, glucose, proteins and
fats in solution.
4. Demonstration of osmosis and diffusion.
5. Demonstrate the presence of amylase in saliva, denaturation
by pH and temperature.
6. Determination coagulation and bleeding time of blood in man/
rat/rabbit.
7. Determination of blood groups of human blood sample.
8. Recording of blood pressure of man.
9. Analysis of urine for urea, chloride, glucose and uric acid.
10. Estimation of haemoglobin content.
Field study : Visit to a fossil Park/Lab.
Familiarity with the local vertebrate fauna.
Guidelines for conduct of Practical-II Examination
1. Identify the given bones A & B. Make labeled sketches of
their respective—views (6)
2. Minor experiment of Physiology such as blood groups
determination/identification of some food stuffs/presence
of chloride or glucose in urine etc. (5)
3. Perform the given physiology experiment, write the
procedure and show it to the examiner. (5)
4. Identify the slides C & D giving two reasons for each
identification. (4)
5. Viva-voce+Note Book (4+1)=5
244 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
MICROBIAL & FOOD TECHNOLOGY
Paper-A
Basic Food Mircobiology
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks : 75
Instructions for Paper Setter :
There will be a total of nine questions. Question No. 1
will be compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines).
However no multiple choice one-word answer type questions
shall be set. The remaining 8 questions will include two
questions from each unit. Candidates will be required to
attempt one question from each of the four units. They will
have to attempt five questions in all and all questions will
carry equal marks.
Unit-I
Food as a substrate for microorganisms, intrinsic and extrinsic
factors affecting the growth of various microorganisms in foods.
Microorganisms important in food microbiology-bacteria, yeasts and
molds, sources of contamination in Foods.
Unit-II
Fermented foods, origin of fermentation as a method of
preparing indigenous foods, bread, dahi, dosa, idli, dhokla, etc.
Unit-III
Principles of food preservation and spoilage, asepsis, anaerobic
conditions, aseptic packaging, preservation methods, high
temperature, low temperature, drying, chemical preservatives.
Unit-IV
Spoilage of various milk and milk products, cereal and cereal
products, vegetable and fruits, meat and meat products, canned
foods. Food poisoning and food infection, staphylococcal, Clostridium
and Salmonella intoxications.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 245
Books Recommended
* Frazier, W.C. and Westhoff, D.C. 1978. Food Microbiology,
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., Ltd., New Delhi.
* Banwart, G.J., 1987. Basic Food Microbiology. CBS
Publishers and Distributions, New Delhi.
* Power, C.B. and Dagniwals, H.F. 1992. General
Microbiology. Volume II. Himalaya Publishing House, New
Delhi.
246 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
MICROBIAL & FOOD TECHNOLOGY
Paper-B
Principles of Food Nutrition
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks : 75
Instructions for Paper Setter :
There will be a total of nine questions. Question No. 1
will be compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines).
However no multiple choice one-word answer type questions
shall be set. The remaining 8 questions will include two
questions from each unit. Candidates will be required to
attempt one question from each of the four units. They will
have to attempt five questions in all and all questions will
carry equal marks.
Uuit-I
Introduction to Nutrition
Food as a source of nutrients. functions of foods, Malnutrition.
Food guide—Basic five food groups, Concept or Blanced diet.
Energy requirement or the body.
Unit-II
Food Chemistry
Composition, metabolism & functions of carbohydrates, proteins
& fate.
Vitamins & Minerals : Sources, Bioavailability, Functions &
deficiency.
Water : Sources, Requirement, functions, water-balance, effects of
deficiency.
Unit-III
Meal Planning
Bais principles of meal planning objectives
Steps in meal planning food cost.
Planning normal diets for following age groups :
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 247
a) Adult male & female
b) Pregnancy & weaning
c) Infancy & school going
d) Adolescence
e) Old age
Unit-IV
Therapeutic diets
In following conditions :
a) Diarrhea
b) Hypertension
c) Constipation
d) Fever
Recommended Books
Swaminathan M. Essentials of Food & Nutrition. Vol. I, Bangalore
Printing & Publishing Ltd.
Swaminathan M. Essentials of Food & Nutrition. Vol.II, Bangalore
Printing & Publishing Ltd.
Meyer L.H. Food Chemistry. CBS Publishers & Distributors
248 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
MICROBIAL & FOOD TECHNOLOGY
Practical-II
Time: 4 Hours Max. Marks : 50
1. Determination of calorific value of a given food.
2. Preparation & Calculation of calories, proteins, carboydrates,
fats & fiber of the diets for the following age groups :
a) Adult male & female
b) Pregnancy & weaning
c) Infancy & school going
d) Adolescence
e) Old age
3. Preparation & calculation of calories, proteings, fats,
carbohydrates & fiber of therapeutic diets in the following
conditions.
a) Diarrhea
b) Hypertension
c) Constipation
d) Fever
4. To study microbiological quality of raw milk, pasteurized
milk & dry milk by methylene blue reduction test & standard
plate count.
5. To examine the micro flora of various foods like bread, raw
milk, cheese, fruits & cereals.
6. To prepare the fermented food sauerkraut & study its
microbiology & spoilage characteristics.
7. To isolate & recognize the microorganisms responsible for
the fermentation of yoghurt.
8. To determine & compare the effect of deep freezing &
refrigeration on the viability of microorganisms.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 249
MICROBIOLOGY (Vocational)
Paper-A
Microbial Nutrition and Metabolism
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 75
Instructions for Paper Setter :
There will be a total of nine questions. Question No. 1
will be compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines).
However no multiple choice one-word answer type questions
shall be set. The remaining 8 questions will include two
questions from each unit. Candidates will be required to
attempt one question from each of the four units. They will
have to attempt five questions in all and all questions will
carry equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Nutrition, requirements for growth of Microorganisms,
Nutrients and accessory constituents, medium designing.
Unit-II
2. Transport of nutrients across the cell membrane, active
transport, passive transport, diffusion and group translocation
for the transport of nutrients across the membrane.
Unit-III
3. Growth and metabolism, catabolism and energy, Pathways,
for breakdown of glucose (glycolysis, Kreb's cycle
fermentation, pentose phosphate pathways), gluconeogenesis,
assimilation of nitrogen energy metabolism in aerobic and
anaerobic microorganisms, metabolism of starch & cellulose
by bacteria.
Unit-IV
4. Laws of thermodynamics, entrophy, enthalpy and free energy
of reaction standard, oxidative phosphorylation, Electron
transport, respiratory chains of bacteria. Biosynthesis of
nucleic acids, for synthsis of purine and pyrimidine
250 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
nucleotides. Enzymes, kinetics, Michaelis Menten equation
and allosteric enzymes.
Books Recommended
1. Pleczar, M.J., Chan, E.C.S. Krieg. N.R., 1993, Microbiology,
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co, Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Stanier, R.Y., Ingraham, J.L., Wheelis, M.L. and Painter,
P.R.,1986, General Microbiology, MacMillan Education Ltd.,
Publishers.
3. Power, C.B. and Dangniwala, H.F.1992, General
Microbiology Volume I and II, Himalaya Publishing House,
New Delhi.
4. Sharma,P.D.1997, Microbiology, Rastogi Publications,
Meerut.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 251
MICROBIOLOGY (Vocational)
Paper-B
Microbial Ecology
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 75
Instructions for Paper Setter :
There will be a total of nine questions. Question No 1
will be compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines).
However no multiple choice one-word answer type questions
shall be set. The remaining 8 questions will include two
questions from each unit. Candidates will be required to
attempt one question from each of the four units. They will
have to attempt five questions in all and all questions will
carry equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Diversity of microbial habitats : Environmental selecting
factors, physical, chemical and biological types of microbial
habitats, atmospheric, aquatic and terrestrial environments.
Unit-II
2. Microbial interactions, Competition for survival in nature (for
nutrients, space, oxygen), antagonism, commensalism,
symbiosis, parasitism miscellaneous associations in nature.
Unit-III
3. Role of microorganisms in geochemicals cycles : Carbon
cycle, nitrogen cycle, phosphorus cycle. Sulphur cycle,
microbial toxins in the enviornment: Types of Microbial toxins,
ecological consequences of microbial toxins as insectical
agents, bioinsecticides.
Unit-IV
4. Microbiological aspects of pollution caused by domestic and
industrial sewages, water pollution, air pollution, potable and
non-potable water, concept of BOD and COD, effluent
treatment by primary, secondary and tertiary methods,
biofertilizers bioinsecticides.
252 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Books Recommended
1. Edmonds, P., 1978, Microbiology : An environmental
perspective, MacMillan Publishing Co., Inc., New York.
2. Powar C.B. and Danginwala, H.F., 1992, General
Microbiology, Volume II, Himalaya Publishing House, New
Delhi.
3. Sharma, P.D., 1997, Microbiology, Rastogi Publication,
Meerut.
4. Pleczar, M.J., Chan, E.C.S. and Krieg N.R., 1993,
Microbiology, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., Ltd., New
Delhi.
5. Patel, A.H., 1984, Industrial Microbiology, Macmillan India
Ltd., Delhi.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 253
MICROBIOLOGY (Vocational)
Practicals-II
Time : 4 Hours Max. Marks : 50
1. Isolation and enumeration of total bacteria from soil by pour
plating and spread plating.
2. Isolation of yeasts from fermented foods.
3. Isolation and enumeration of fungi from soil and air.
4. Isolation of symbiotic and non-symbiotic nitrogen fixing
bacteria.
5. Distinction between fermenting and non-fermenting
microorganisms.
6. Effects of various concentrations of carbon source on
microbial growth.
7. Effects of various concentrations of nitrogen source on
microbial growth.
8. Effect of temperature on microbial growth.
9. Effect of pH on microbial growth.
10. Determination of bacteriological quality of drinking water.
11. Determination of COD in water sample.
12. Determination of dissolved oxygen in water sample.
254 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY
(Vocational)
Paper-A
Microbial Physiology
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 75
Instructions for Paper Setter :
There will be a total of nine questions. Question No. 1
will be compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines).
However no multiple choice, one-word answer type questions
shall be set. The remaining 8 questions will include two
questions from each unit. Candidates will be required to
attempt one question from each of the four units. They will
have to attempt five questions in all and all questions will
carry equal marks.
Unit-I
Brief account of forms (viz.cell wall, cell membrane, nucleus
ribosome) and their function in microbes, salient properties of water
as biological solvent, pH homeostasis, buffers.
Unit-II
Structural properties of membranes. Transport across cell
membrane diffusion, gaseous, exchange, osmosis, plasmolysis,
passive and active transport, biochemical factors regulating the
transport, role of ionophores, group translocation across membrane.
Laws of thermodynamics, entropy, enthalpy and free energy of
reaction standard Redox potential, hydrolysis of energy rich
intermediates and ATP. Respiratory electron transport and proton-
pump chemiosmotic theory. Oxidative phosphorylation (ATP
synthesis).
Unit-III
Photosynthetic microbes, oxygenic/non oxygenic reaction
centres, electron transport, photophosphorylation, Calvin Cycle, (dark
reaction), phospheonol carboxylase photorespiration and it's
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 255
significance. Effect of light, temperature, pH, CO
2
concentration,
on photosynthesis, Measurement of net phosphosynthetic yield.
Respiratory pathway, breakdown of carbohydrates though glycolysis,
Kreb's cycle fermentation, pentose phosphate pathways, oxidative
and substrate level phosphorylation, significance of Kreb's cycle,
gluconeogenesis, regulation of glycogenesis and glycogenolysis.
Unit-IV
Nitrogen fixation in symbiotoc and free living system,
photosynthetic and non photosynthetic system, oxygen and hydrogen
regulation of nitrogen fixation, nitrification, denitrification and
ammonifying bacteria, pathway of nitrate assimilation in
photosynthetic and non photosynthetic system, transamination and
deamination reactions.
Books Recommended
1. Microbial Physiology (2004) by Moat, A.G.and Foster, J.W.,
John Wiley and Sons.
2. Comprehensive Biotechnology, 1984, Vol.I to IV, Ed., Moo
Young, Pergamon Press. Mocrobial Technology, 1977, Ed.,
H.J.Peppler, Reinhold Publishing Company, New York.
3. Pelezar, M.J.Reid, R.D.and Chan,E.C.S., 1993, Microbiology,
Vth Edition, McGraw Hills.
4. Lehninger, A (2002), Biochemistry, Worth Publication, U.S.A.
5. Peppler, H.J.and Periman, D., 1976, Microbial Technology,
Vol.I., Microbial Processes Academic Press.
256 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY
(Vocational)
Paper - B
Microbial Biochemistry
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 75
Instructions for Paper Setter :
There will be a total of nine questions. Question No. 1
will be compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines).
However no multiple choice one-word answer type questions
shall be set. The remaining 8 questions will include two
questions from each unit. Candidates will be required to
attempt one question from each of the four units. They will
have to attempt five questions in all and all questions will
carry equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Classification of carbohydrates, optical properties, chemical
properties of carbohydrates, chemical structure and properties
of starch, cellulose, glycogen. Saturated and unsaturated fatty
acids, biosynthesis of fatty acid, distribution and function of
lipids and microorganism. Degradation of lipids by alpha, beta
and omega oxidation, lipid peroxidation.
Unit-II
2. Properties of proteins (acids base property and solubility),
Primary, secondary, tertiary structures of proteins. Amino
acids classification of essential amino acids. Hendersen and
Hasselbalch equation for ionisation of amino acids and
Zwitterions property. Synthesis of peptides.
Unit-III
3. Enzymes Classification, coenzyme, cofactor, thermodynamics
Explanation of enzyme catalysis, reaction order, derivation
of Michaelis-Menten equation, transfomation of Michaelis-
Menten Kinetics to line weaver-Burke Plot, competitive,
uncompetitive and non competitive inhibition, kinetics of
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 257
allosteric regulation of enzyme. Isozymes, factors contributing
to catalytic efficiency of enzymes (Mode of catalysis).
Unit-IV
4. The general structure of DNA, RNA (mRNA,tRNA),
synthesis of RNA in Eukaryotes and prokaryotes, concept
of operon, promotors and repressor, post transcriptional
processing of RNA, regulation of gene expression, (positive
and negative control).
Books Recommended
1. Cohn E. E and Stumph P.K., (1988). Outline of Biochemistry,
John Wiley and Sons.
2. Lehninger, A., (1978), Biochemistry, Worth Publication,
U.S.A.
3. Peppler, H.J.and Periman, D., 1979, Microbial Technology,
Vol.I, Microbial Processes, Academic Press.
4. Microbial Physiology, (1981) by Moat, A.G. and Foster, J.W.,
John Wiley and Sons, Third Edition.
5. General Microbiology, Vol.I by Power and Daginawala,
Himalayan Publisher.
258 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY
(Vocational)
Practicals
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 50
1. Growth curve of Bacteria and fungi in shake flask using,
Optical density, Biomass and Cell numbers
2. Effect of pH on the growth of Bacteria and fungi.
3. Effect of temperature on the growth of fungi/bacteria.
4. Estimation of Extracellular Protein in cell culture.
5. Estimation of sugars in cell culture broth.
6. Extraction and identification of lipids by this layer
chromatography.
7. Isolation of micro organisms from air.
8. Isolation of micro organisms from soil.
9. Isolation of micro organisms from water.
10. Paper chromatographic separation of amino acid and
pigments by one way descending.
11. Measurement of Mutation frequency in bacteria.
12. Mutant isolation by gradient plate technique.
13. Effect of UV light on mutation frequency in Bacteria.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 259
BIOTECHNOLOGY (Vocational)
Scheme
Credit Hrs. Marks
Paper A Biophysics and Molecular Biology 3 60
Paper B Immunology and Animal Tissue Culture 3 60
Paper C Practicals
Immunological and Animal Tissue 6 60
Culture Techniques
On Job Training - 20
Total 200
Paper-A
Biophysics and Molecular Biology
Time : 3 Hrs. Periods-3
Marks-60
Note for the paper setters/examiners:
Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows:
Section A: 10 very short answer type questions are to be set, two
from each unit. The maximum length of answer can be about 1/3 of
a page. All questions are compulsory. Each question will carry 1½
marks, total weightage being 15 marks.
Section B: This section will comprise of 8 questions. Five questions
to be attempted and maximum length of answer can be upto two
pages. Each question will carry five marks, total weightage being
25 marks.
Section C: This section will comprise of four essay type questions.
Two questions are to be attempted. Maximum length of answer
can be upto 5 pages. Each question will carry 10 marks, total
weightage being 20 marks.
Biophysics
Unit-I
Energetics of a living body. Sources of heat limits to
temperature, Heat dissipation and conservation, Lambert-Beer
law, General spectroscopy-UV-vis, fluorescence, IR, Raman
spectra.
260 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Unit-II
Radioisotopic techniques : Base concepts of radioisotopy, theory
and applications of Geiger-Multer tube, solid and liquid scintillation
counters, primary and scondary flours. Safety rules for radioisotopic
studies.
Electrophoresis : Basic principles, theory and application of native,
SDS-Page and Agarose Gel electrophoresis. Introduction to IEF,
(Iso-electric focusing) 2-D gel. Applications in biology for isolation
of biomolecules based on charge and molecular weight.
Chromatography : Theory, principle and application of column,
paper, thin layer, ion-exchange affinity chromatography, GLC,
HPLC.
Unit-III
Molecular basis of life, Structure of DNA, DNA replication in
prokaryotes and eukaryotes, DNA recombination : molecular
mechanisms in prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Insertion elements and
transposons.
Unit-IV
Structure of prokaryotic genes, Prokaryotic transcription, Prokaryotic
translation,Prokaryotic gene expression (lac, his, trpoperons,
catabolic repression).
Unit-V
Structure of eukaryotic genes, Eukaryotic transcription, Eukaryotic
translation, Eukaryotic gene expression, transcription factors
etc.,Gene expression in yeast, Gene expression in protozoan
parasites,Gene organization and expression in - mitochondria,
chloroplasts, Post-translation regulation of gene expression,
Development and environmental regulation of gene expression.
Books Recommended:
1. Damal. J, Lodish, H., and Baltimore, D. (1990), Molecular
Cell Biology, 2nd, .. Scientific American Books, Distributed
by W. H. Freeman and Co., New York.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 261
2. Freifelder, D., (1982), Physical Biochemistry, Application to
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, 2nd ed., W. H. Freemen
and Company, San Fransisco.
3. Friefelder, D. 2nd ed. Jones & Bartlett Publishers, Inc.
Boston.
4. Lewin, B., (1997), Gene VI, Oxford University Press.
5. R. W. Old and S. B. Primerose (1989): Principles of Gene
Manipulation: An Introduction to Genetic Engineering, Black
Well Scientific Publications.
6. William, B.L. and Wilson, K., (1986), A Biologist Guide to
Principles and Techniques Practical Biochemistry, 3rd ed.,
Edward Arnold Publisher, Baltimore, Maryland (USA).
262 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
BIOTECHNOLOGY (Vocational)
Paper B
Immunology and Animal Tissue Culture
Time: 3 hrs. Periods-3
Marks : 60
Note for the paper setters/examiners:
Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows:
Section A: 10 very short answer questions are to be set. Two
from each unit.The maximum length of answer can be about 1/3 of
a page. All questions are compulsory. Each question will carry
1
/
2
marks, total weightage being 15 marks.
Section B: This section will comprise of 8 questions. Five questions
to be attempted and maximum length of answer can be upto two
pages. Each question will carry five marks, total weightage being
25 marks.
Section-C: This section will comprise of four essay type questions.
Two questions are to be attempted. Maximum length of answer
can be upto 5 pages. Each question will carry 10 marks, total
weightage being 20 marks.
Immunology
Unit-I
The Immune system and Immunity along with historical perspective,
Antigen-antibody and their structure. The organs and the cells of
the immune system and their function, Antigen-antibody interaction.
Unit-II
Humoral and cell mediated immunity (role of MHC and genetic
restriction), Origin of diversity in the immune system, Effector
mechanisms, Immunity to infectious diseases, vaccines.
Animal Tissue Culture
Unit-III
History of development of cell cultures, The natural surroundings
of animal cells, Metabolic capabilities of animal cells, Simulating
natural conditions for growing animal cells, Importance of growth
factors of the serum.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 263
Unit-IV
Primary cultures, Anchorage dependance of growth, Non-
anchorage dependent cells, Secondary cultures, Transformed animal
cells, Established/continuous cell lines, Commonly used animal cell
lines-their origin and characteristics, Growth kinetics of cells in
culture.
Unit-V
Applications of animal cell culture for studies on gene expression,
Organ culture,Transfection of animal cells : Selectable markers,
HAT selection, antibiotic resistance etc., Cell fusion, Transplantation
of cultured cells, Differentiation of cells.
Books Recommended:
1. Austyn, J. M. and Wood, K. J., (1993), Principles of Cellular
and molecular Immunology, Oxford University Press Inc.,
New York
2. Butler, M., (1987), Animal Cell Technology-Principles and
Practices, Oxford University Press.
3. Butler, M., (1991), Mammalian Cell Biotechnology—A
Practical Approach, IRL, Oxford University Press.
4. Buller, M., (1996), The Animal Cell Culture and Technology,
IRL, Oxford Uni. Press
5. Freshney R.T., (1994), Culture of Animal Cells, John Wiley
and Sons, New York.
6. Gareth, E. J., (1996), Human Cell Culture Protocols, Humana
Press.
7. Kuby, J., (1992), Immunology, W. H. Freeman and Company,
New York.
8. Paul, W.E., (1995), Fundamental Immunology, 3rd ed., Raven
Press, NewYork. Applications Wiley Liss
9. Roitt, I.M., Brostoff, J and Male, D. K. (1989), Immunology,
Grower Medical Publishing, New York.
10. Strites D. P., Terr. A.I. & Parslow T.G., (1997), Medical
Immunology, 9th ed.,PHI, Cambridge.
264 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
BIOTECHNOLOGY (Vocational)
Paper-C (Practicals)
Immunological and Animal Tissue Techniques
Time: 3 hrs. Periods- 6
Marks : 60
Cytological preparations :
-Fixation, dehydration and staining.
-Squash in stain.
-Embedding and sectioning.
Measurements with the help of light microscope :
-Calibration of ocular micrometer.
-Finding out average cell size.
-Choromosome length.
Methods for cells lysis: rupture Osmotic/Chemical/Enzymatic lysis,
of cell followed by centrifugation. Monitoring cells lysis by release
of cellular material and by change in light scattering etc.
Preparation of Hanks Balanced salt solution
Preparation minimal essential growth medium
Isolation of lymphocytes for culturing
Isolation of rat macrophages from peritoneum for culturing
Primary lymphoid culture
Isolation of monouclear cells from spleen and their culture
Separation of the constituent molecules of the extract in aqueous
buffer :
-Gel filteration.
-Ion exchange chromatography.
Immunological Methods
Cell counting methods :
-The haemaocytometer and other aides.
Separation of cell types (from blood)
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 265
Purification of Antibodies.
Hemaglutination assay
Raising polyclonal antibodies.
Conjugation and labelling of antibodies.
Enzyme-linked immunoassay .
Radial immunodiffusion analysis.
Separation of serum from the blood.
Books Recommended:
1. Birch, J.R., Lennox, E.S., (1995), Monoclonal Antibodies:
Principles and Applications, John Willey & Sons Inc., New
York.
2. Celis, J.E., (1998), Cell Biology: A laboratory handbook
Vol-I to IV, Academic Press, U.K.
3. Maniatis, T.,E.F. Fritch, and J.Sambrook, 1982, Molecular
cloning: A laboratory manual, Ist edition, Cold Spring
Harbour Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbour, New York.
4. Stevens, C,D., (1996), Clinical Immunology and Serology: A
laboratory perspective, F.A. Devis Company, Philadelphia.
Biotechnology (Vocational) -Part -II
Marks : 20
On Job Training
This should be taken up during summer over a period of one month
preferably in an immunology/veterinary/virology Institute or a
laboratory using recombinant DNA methods.
266 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Scheme of B.Sc. Human Genetics
Part-II
Fundamentals of Human Growth, 75 - 75 60
Physique and Body Composition
Human Evolution and Population 75 - 75 60
Genetics
Fundamentals of Human Growth, - 50 50 50
Physique and Body Composition
(Practical)
Total 150 50 200
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 267
B.Sc. Human Genetics
Paper-I
Fundamentals of Human Growth, Physique and Body
Composition
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 75
Total Hours : 60
Unit-I
Definition and scope of growth and development, Periods of
growth, Laws of growth, Methods of studying growth, growth curves,
Assessment of physical growth, Developmental milestones,
Behavioral and cognitive development, Factors affecting growth
and development.
Unit-II
Human foetal growth, Adolescent growth spurt, Precocious
puberty, Delayed puberty, Sex differences in rate of growth, Ageing
and morphological changes with age.
Unit-III
Definition and approach to the study of human physique and
body composition, Body composition changes with growth,
Dysplasia, Gynandromorphy.
Unit-IV
Disorders of growth like short stature, gigantism, and
chromosomal disorders. Obesity and growth patterns in chronic
diseases. Measures of maturity i.e. skeletal maturity, dental maturity,
sexual maturity, morphological maturity.
Books Recommended :
Ghai, O.P., Gupta, P. and Paul, V.K. (2005). Essential
Pediatrics. CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi.
McArdle, W.D., Katch, F.I. and Katch, V.L. (2006).
Essentials of Exercise Physiology, Lippincott Williams and Wilkins,
Baltimore.
268 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Singh, I.P. and Bhasin, M.K. (1998). Anthropometry. Kamla-
Raj Enterprises, New Delhi.
Singh, S.P. and Malhotra, P. (1989) Kinanthropometry. Lunar
Publications, Patiala.
Ulijaszek S.J., Johnston and Preece, M.A. (1998). Human
Growth and Development: The Cambridge Encyclopedia.
Cambridge University Press.
Wiener, J.S. and Lourie, J.A. (1981) Practical Human
Biology. Academic Press, London.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 269
B.Sc. Human Genetics
Paper-II
Human Evolution and Population Genetics
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 75
Total Hours : 60
Unit-I
Introduction and application of population genetics. Frequency
of genes and genotypes; Hardy-Weinberg Law. Application of
Hardy-Weinberg law for autosomal genes (one locus and two alleles
and one locus multiple alleles) and sex-linked loci (co-dominant sex-
linked alleles and dominant and recessive sex-linked alleles).
Unit-II
Systematic changes of gene frequency, Mutation (recurrent
and non-recurrent), Kinetics of mutation pressure, Estimation of
mutation rates. Selection, change of gene frequency against recessive
and dominant genes. Genetic load and selection coefficient. Balance
between mutation and selection. Kinetics of migration and genetic
drift.
Unit-III
Biological effects of mating systems, consanguineous mating.
Calculation of inbreeding coefficient of an individual and population.
Inbreeding and genetic load. Sampling, Effective population size.
Founder effect, Migration and population diversity.
Unit-IV
Modern synthetic theory and the neutral theory of molecular
evolution and its conflict. Stages of human evolution like
Australopithecine stage, Pithecanthropine stage, Neanderthal and
Moden stage. Characteristics of Modern man. Classification and
significant characteristics of living primates.
Books Recommended :
Brace, C.L. (1990). The Stages of Human Evolution. Prentice
Hall, New Jersey.
270 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Cavelli-Sforza, L.L. and Bodmer, W.F. (1970). The Genetics
of Human Population. W.H. Freeman and Co., San Francisco.
Hartl, D.L. and Clark, A.G. (1997). Principles of Population
Genetics, Sinaur Associates, Inc. Massachusetts.
Hedrick, P.W. (2000). Genetics of Population. Jones and
Bartlett Publishers, Massachusetts.
Strickberger, M.W. (2000). Evolution. Jones and Bartlett
Publication, USA.
Vogel, F. and Motulsky, A.G. (1997). Human Genetics:
Problems and Approaches. Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 3rd ed.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 271
Fundamentals of Human Growth, Physique
and Body Composition (Practical)
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 50
Definition and location of various landmarks on body,
technique of various anthropometric measurements, Growth curves
direction of growth curve assessment of growth status and growth
rate. Somatotyping by Sheldon's, Heath and Carter's method,
Anthropometric determination of body composition by various
predication equations (i.e. body density, percent body fat and lean
body mass).
272 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
MATHEMATICS
Paper-I
Calculus-II
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 65
Note : 1. Questions paper will be consist of two sections. Each
section will consist of five questions set from
corresponding section of the syllabus.
2. The students will attempt five questions in all selecting
at least two questions from each Section.
3. Teaching time for Mathematics would be five periods
per week for each paper.
Section-A
Definition of a sequence. Theorems on limits of sequences.
Bounded and monotonic sequences. Cauchy's convergence
criterion. Series of non-negative terms. Comparison tests. Cauchy's
integral tests. Ratio tests. Cauchy's root test. Raabe's test logarithmic
test. De'morgan's and Bertrand's tests. Kummer's test, Cauchy
Condensation test, Gauss test, alternative series. Leibnitz's test.
absolute and conditional convergence.
Section-B
Limit and Continuity of functions of two variables. Partial
differentiation. Change of variables. Partial derivation and
differentiability of real-valued functions of two variables. Schwartz's
and Young's theorem. Statements of Inverse and implicit function
theorems and applications.
Euler's theorem on homogeneous functions. Taylor's theorem
for functions of two variables. Jacobins.
Envelopes. Evolutes. Maxima, Minima and saddle points of
functions of two variables. Lagrange's undetermined multiplier
method.
Books Recommended :
1. Narayan, S.: A Course of Mathematical Analysis, Sultan
Chand & Sons, New Delhi (2000).
2. Narayan S.: Differential Calculus, Sultan Chand & Sons.
New Delhi (2005).
3. Malik, S.C.: Mathematical Analysis, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
(1991).
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 273
MATHEMATICS
Paper-II
Integral Calculus
Time : 3 Hours Max.Marks : 65
Note : 1. Questions paper will be consist of two sections. Each
section will consist of five questions set from
corresponding section of the syllabus.
2. The students will attempt five questions in all selecting
at least two questions from each Section.
3. Teaching time for Mathematics would be five periods
per week for each paper.
Section-A
Partitions, Upper and lower sums. Upper and lower integrals,
Riemann integrability. Conditions of existence of Riemann
integrability of continuous functions and of monotone functions.
Algebra of integrable functions. Inequalities involving integrals.
Improper integrals and statements of their conditions of existence.
Test of the convergence of improper integral. Standard improper
integrals of the first and second kinds. Beta and Gamma functions.
Section-B
Double and Triple Integrals, Change of Variables. Applications
to evaluation of areas, Volume, Centre of gravity, and moments of
inertia etc. Change of order of integration in double integrals.
Books Recommended :
1. Malik, S.C.: Mathematical Analysis, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
(1991).
2. Apostal, T.M. : Mathematical Analysis, Addison Wesley
Series in Mathematics (1974).
3. Narayan, S. : Integral Calculus, Sultan Chand & Sons.
4. Kreyszig, E. : Advanced Engineering Mathematics.
5. Shanti Narayan. : Course of Mathematics Analysis, Sultan
and Company, (2008).
274 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
MATHEMATICS
Paper-III
Vector Calculus and Solid Geometry
Time : 3 Hours Max.Marks : 70
Note : 1. Questions paper will consist of two sections. Each
section will consist of five questions set from
corresponding section of the syllabus.
2. The students will attempt five questions in all selecting
at least two questions from each Section.
3. Teaching time for Mathematics would be five periods
per week for each paper.
Section-A
Vector differentiation, Gradient, divergence and curl operators,
line integrals, Vector identity, Vector integration, Theorems of Gauss,
Green, Stokes and problems based on these.
Intersection of three planes : Condition for three planes to
intersect in a point or along a line or to form a prism. Change of
axes, Shift of origin, rotation of axes. Equation of surface of
revolution obtained by rotating the curve.
f(x,y)=0 about the Z-axis in the form of f(x
2
+y
2
, z)=0
Equation of ellipsoid, hyperboloid and paraboloid in standard
forms. Surfaces (represented by general equation of 2
nd
degree
S=0. Tangent lines tangent planes. Normal plane.
Section-B
Sphere, Section of a sphere by a plane, spheres of a given
circle. Intersection of a line and a sphere. Tangent line, tangent
plane, power of a point w.r.to a shpere, radical planes. Cylinder as
surface generated by a line moving parallel to a fixed line and through
fixed curve. Different kinds of cylinders such as right circular, elliptic,
hyperbolic and parabolic in standard forms, Cone with a vertex at
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 275
the origin as the graph of homogeneous equation of second degree
in x,y,z. cone as a surface generated by a line passing through a
fixed curve and fixed point outside the plane of the curve, right
circular and elliptic cones.
Books Recommended :
1. Narayan, S. : Analytical Solid Geometry, Sultan Chand &
Sons (2005).
2. Kreyszig, E. : Advanced Engineering Mathematics.
3. Thomos, G.B. and Finney, R.L. : Calculus and Analytic
Geometry.
4. Spiegal M.R. : Integration to Vector Calculus and Tensor.
276 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
STATISTICS
Paper A
Probability-II
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note : 1. The candidates are allowed to use Non-
Programmable calculators.
2. Question paper will consist of two sections. Each
section will consist of five questions set from
corresponding section of the syllabus.
3. The student will attempt five questions in all
selecting at least two questions from each section.
4. Teaching time for Satistics would be five periods
per week for each paper.
Note : The paper setters may be asked to send solutions for
the questions set in the question paper.
Section-A
Two dimensional random variables, their joint probability mass
function and joint probability density function, marginal and conditional
probability distributions, independent random variables, functions of
two random variables, distribution of addition, subtraction Product
and quotient of two independent random variables.
Expected value of real valued function of a two-dimentional
random vector and properties of the expected value. Chebyshev's
inequality and its applications.
The covariance, the correlation coefficient, conditional
expectation and regression of the means.
The Multinomial distribution, its expected value and variance.
The bivariate normal distribution, the marginal and conditional
probability distributions associated with the bivariate normal
distribution.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 277
Section B
Moment generating function of the sum of finite number of
independent random variables. Reproductive properties of the
Binomial, Poisson, Normal, and Gamma Distribution. Sequence of
random variables, the correspondence between the limiting moment
generating function of a sequence of random variables and the
limiting cumulative distribution function.
The law of large numbers, Bernoulli's form of the law of
large numbers, the difference between convergence in probability
and the ordinary convergence of calculus, normal approximation to
the Binomial distribution, the central limit theorem for independent
identically distributed random variables and the outline of its proof
using moment generating function. Applications of central limit
theorem.
Books Recommended
Meyer, P.L. Introductory Probability and Statistical Applications,
Addison—Wesley, (1970). Chapters : 6 (Excluding 6.6), 7
(7.3.,7.6, 7.8, 7.9, 7.10, 7.11 only). 8 (8.8 only), 9 (9.10 only)
10 (10.5, 10.6 only), 12 (excluding 12.5).
Books Suggested for Supplementary Reading
Biswal, P.C. Probability and Statistics, Prentice Hall of India, 2007.
Ross, S. A First Course in Probability, Pearson Education, 2007.
Miller, I and Miller, M. Mathematical Statistics with Applications,
Seventh Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
278 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
STATISTICS
Paper B
Estimation and Testing Hypothesis
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note : 1. The candidates are allowed to use Non-
Programmable calculators.
2. Question paper may consist of two sections. Each
section will consist of five questions set from
corresponding section of the syllabus.
3. The student will attempt five question in all
selecting at least two questions from each section.
4. Teaching time for Satistics would be five periods
per week for each paper.
Note : The paper setters may be asked to send solutions for
the questions set in the question paper.
Section-A
Point estimation, estimator and estimates, criteria for good
estimators- unbiasedness, consistency, efficiency and sufficiency
(only the definitions and examples), Minimum variance unbiased
estimator, Rao Blackwell Theorem, Scheffe's lemma Crammer, Rao
Inequality (only statements and their applications). Methods of
estimation: moments and maximum likelihood method of estimation,
interval estimation and interval estimate of the mean of a normal
distribution.
Neyman and Pearson's theory of testing hypothesis, the
concepts of statistical hypothesis, two types of errors, critical region,
significance level, power and power function. Most powerful test,
The Neyman Pearson theorem (only the statement) and its
applications for testing a simple hypothesis against a simple
alternative.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 279
Sampling distributions; Chi-square, t and F distributions;
sampling distribution of the mean of a set of independent random
observations from a normal population, sampling distribution of the
sample variance of independent random observations from a normal
population (derivation of sample variance distribution is excluded).
Expectation and variance of sampling mean and variance.
Section-B
Tests for the independence of two attributes, tests, about the
mean and variance of a univariate normal distribution, comparison
of two univariate normal distributions through their means and
variances. Testing the significance of the correlation coefficient.
Approximate tests for proportions and for Poisson
Parameters, Z-transformation of the sample correlation, tests
regarding the population correlation coefficient based on the Z-
transformation and confidence limits for the coefficient based on it.
Chi-square tests for goodness of fit, for homogeneity and for
independence of attributes, Simplified formula for Chi-square for
testing homogeneity and for independence in 2x2 tables and kxb
contingency tables. Yates correction for continuity in 2x2 tables.
Book Recommended :
Goon. A.M. Gupta. M.K. and Dasgupta B., Fundamentals of
Statistics, Vol.I, World Press, 2005.
Books Suggested for Supplementary Reading :
Hogg. R.V. and Mckean, J.W. and Craig. A.T., Introduction to
Mathematical Statistics, Pearson Education, 2007.
Miller, I and Miller, M. Mathematical Statistics with Applications,
Pearson Education, 2007.
280 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
APPLIED STATISTICS
Note :
1. This Course shall not be opted for alongwith courses in
B.A./B.Sc. Mathematics and for B.A./B.Sc. Statistics.
2. The candidate opting for this course will not be eligible for
admission to M.A/M.Sc. Statistics.
3. There are two papers code named, papers A and B in the
subject of Applied Statistics in B.A./B.Sc. each of one credit
and having a total of 100 marks. These are to be taught
simultaneously throughout the year.
Paper - A
Mathematical Methods-II
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note : 1. The candidates are allowed to use Non-
Programmable calculators.
2. Question paper may consist of two sections. Each
section will consist of five questions set from
corresponding section of the syllabus.
3. The student will attempt five question in all
selecting at least two questions from each section.
4. Teaching time for Satistics would be five periods
per week for each paper.
Note : The paper setters may be asked to send solutions for
the questions set in the question paper.
Section-A
Coordinate Geometry of 3 dimensions : Cartesian, Cylinderical
Spherical Coordinates, equations of line, plane, sphere, cone and
cylinder.
Matrices and Linear Algebra : Determinants, algebra of matrices
rank of a matrix, inverse of a matrix, symmetric skew symmetric,
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 281
hermitian and skew hermitian matrices (up to 4x4 matrices only),
Eigen value, Eigen vector, Caley Hamilton Theorem, Quadratic
form.
Section-B
Matrices and Linear Algebra : Systems of Linear equations and
their solutions. Calculus of several variables : Functions of two
variables, Partial derivatives, and double integrals, triple integral.
Applications to evaluation of area and volume.
Books Prescribed
Bindra, J.S. & Gill, K.S., Applied Mathematics, S.K. Katria & Sons.
2003.
Grewal, B.S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers,
2007.
Books Suggested for Supplementary Reading
Babu, A.C. Seshan, C.R., New Engineering Mathematics, Narosa
Publishers, 2006.
Strauss, M.J. Bradley, G.L. and Smith K.J., Calculus, third Edition,
Pearson Education, 2007
282 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
APPLIED STATISTICS
Paper B
Statistical Methods
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note : 1. The candidates are allowed to use Non-
Programmable calculators.
2. Question paper may consist of two sections. Each
section will consist of five questions set from
corresponding section of the syllabus.
3. The student will attempt five questions in all
selecting at least two questions from each section.
4. Teaching time for statistics would be five periods
per week for each paper.
Note : The paper setters may be asked to send solutions for
the questions set in the question paper.
Section-A
Scope and limitation of statistics, collection, classificaiton,
tabulation and diagrammatic representation of statistical data,
Concepts of statistical population random sample and frequency
curve. Central tendency, measures of central tendency, dispersion,
measures of dispersion, skewness and kurtosis and their
meaures.Two dimensional random variable, joint probability
distribution, marginal and conditional probability distributions,
conditional expectation, covariance and correlation coefficient.
Section-B
Measures of association and contingency, Bivariate data,
scatter diagram, covariance, correlation coefficient and its properties,
and line of regression involving two variables only. Bivariate normal
distribution, marginal and conditional distributions.
Statement of weak law of large numbers and central limit
theorem for independent and identical random variable and its
application.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 283
Sampling distributions, expectation and variance of mean, Chi-
square, t and F in sampling from normal populations (without proof).
Book Recommended
Goon, A.M., Gupta M.K., and Das Gupta, B., Fundamentals of
Statistics, Vol.I, World Press, 2005.
Books Suggested for Supplementry Reading :
Goon, A.M. Gupta, M.K. and Das Gupta B. Basic Statistics, World
Press, 2005.
Gupta,S.C. Statistical Methods. Himalayan Publishing House, 2003.
Gupta, S.C. and Kapoor, V.K. Fundamentals of Mathematical
Statistics, Sultan Chand and Company, 2007.
284 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
PHYSICS
Note :
1. There will be three papers of theory and one laboratory
(practical) course.
2. The number of lectures per week will be three for each
theory paper.
3. The number of lectures per week will be six for practical.
4. The examination time for each theory paper will be three
hours.
5. The examination time for practical will be four hours.
6. The use of nonprogrammable calculator will be allowed in
the examination centre but these will not be provided by the
university/college.
Paper A : Statistical Physics 50 marks Total teaching hours 60
and Thermodynamics
Paper B : Optics and Lasers 50 marks Total teaching hours 60
Paper C : Quantum Physics 50 marks Total teaching hours 60
Physics Practicals 50 marks Total teaching hours 90
Each theory paper will consist of Five Units.
Unit-I
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will
carry 10 marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-II
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will
carry 10 marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-III
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will
carry 10 marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-IV
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will
carry 10 marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-V
There will be Eight parts (each carrying 2 marks) of small
answer type covering the syllabi of all these four units (units I-IV)
out of these five parts are to be attempted.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 285
PHYSICS
Paper A
Statistical Physics and Thermodynamics
Max. Marks : 50 Total Teaching Hours : 60
Pass Marks : 35% Time Allowed : 3 hours
The Paper will consist of Five Units :
Unit-I There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-II There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-III There will be two question from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-IV There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-V There will be Eight questions from small answer type
covering the syllabi of all the four units (I-IV). Five
questions are to be attempted. Each question will carry
two marks.
Unit-I
Basic ideas of statistical physics. Scope of statistical physics,
Basic ideas about probability, distribution of four distinguishable
particles in two compartment of equal size. Concept of macro states,
microstates, thermodynamic probability. Effects of constraints on
the system. Distribution of n particles in two compartments.
Deviation from the state of maximum probability, equilibrium state
of dynamic system. Distribution of distinguishable n particles in k
compartments of unequal sizes.
Unit-II
Phase space and its division into elementary cells. Three kinds
of statistics. The basic approach in the three statistics. Maxwell
286 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Boltzman (MB) statistics applied to an ideal gas in equilibrium.
Experimental verification of Maxwell Boltzman law of distribution
of molecular speeds. Need for quantum statistics-Bose-Einstein
(B.E.) statistics. Derivation of Planck's law of radiation. Deduction
of Wien displacement law and Stefan's law from Planck's law,
Fermi-Dirac (E.D.) statistics, Comparison of M.B., B.E. and F.D.
statistics.
Unit-III
Statistical definition of entropy, Change of entropy of a
system, Additive nature of entropy, Law of increase of entropy.
Reversible and irreversible process and their examples. Work done
in a reversible process, Examples of increase of entropy in natural
processes, Entropy and disorder. Brief review of terms and laws of
thermodynamics. Carnot's cycle, Entropy changes in Carnot cycle.
Applications of thermodynamics to thermoelectric effect. Change
of entropy along a reversible path in a P.V. diagram. Entropy of a
perfect gas. Equation of state of an ideal gas from simple statistical
consideration, Heat death of the universe.
Unit-IV
Derivation of Maxwell's thermo dynamical relations, Cooling
produced by adiabatic stretching. Adiabatic compression, Change
of internal energy with volume, specific heat and constant pressure
and constant volume, Expression for Cr-Cy. Change of state and
Claypron equation. Thermo dynamical treatment of Joule-Thomson
effect. Use of Joule-Thomson effect, liquefaction of helium.
Production very low temperature by adiabatic demagnetization.
Text Reference Books
1. Statistical Physics and Thermodynamic, V.S. Bhatia (Sohan
Lal Nagin Chand, Jalandhar.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 287
2. A Treatise on Heat, M.N. Saha & B.N. Srivastava (The
Indian Press Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad), 1965.
3. Statistical Mechanics : An Introductory Text, Bhattacharjee,
J.K., (Allied Pub., Delhi), 2000.
4. Statistical Physics, Bhattacharjee, J.K., (Allied Pub., Delhi)
2000.
5. Statistical Mechanics, B.B. Laud, (Macmillan India Ltd.)
1981.
288 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
PHYSICS
Paper B
Optics and Lasers
Maximum Marks : 50 Total Teaching Hours : 60
Pass Marks : 35% Time Allowed : 3 hours
The Paper will consist of Five Units :
Unit-I There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-II There will be two question from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-III There will be two question from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-IV There will be two question from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-V There will be Eight questions of small answer type
covering the syllabi of all the four units(I-IV). Five
questions are to be attempted. Each question will carry
two marks.
Unit-I
Interference : Concept of coherence, Spatial and temporal
coherence, Coherence time, Coherence length, Area of coherence.
Conditions for observing interference fringes. Interfere length by
wave front division and amplitude division. Michelson' s
interferometer—working, Principle and nature of fringes.
Interference in thin films. Role of interference in anti-reflection
and high-reflection dielectric coatings, Multiple beam interference,
Fabry-Perot interferometer. Nature of fringes.
Unit-II
Diffraction : Huygens-Fresnel theory, half-period zones, Zone
plates. Distinction between Fresnel and Fraunhofer diffraction.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 289
Fraunhofer diffraction at rectangular and circular apartures. Effects
of diffraction in optical imaging, resolving power of telescope. The
diffraction grating, its use as a spectroscopic element and its resolving
power, Polarization : Concept and analytical treatment of un-
polarized, plane polarized and eliptically polarized light. Double
refraction, Nicol prism, Sheet polarizer, Retardation plates.
Production and analysis of polarized light (quarter and half wave
plates).
Unit-III
Laser Fundamentals : Derivation of Einstein's relations.
Concept of simulated emission and population inversion, Broadening
of spectral lines, natural, collision, and Doppler broadening Line
width, Line profile. Absorption and amplification of a parallel beam
of light passing through a medium. Threshold condition, three level
and four level laser schemes, elementary theory of optical cavity,
Longitudinal and transverse modes.
Unit-IV
Laser systems : types of lasers, Ruby and Nd:Yag lasers
He-Ne and CO lasers construction mode of creating population
inversion and output characteristics. Semiconductor lasers, Dye
lasers, Q-switching, Mode locking, Applications of lasers—a general
outline, Basics of holography.
Text and Reference Books
1. Fundamentals of Optics, F.A. Jenkins and Harvey E. White,
(McGraw Hill) 4th edition, 2001.
2. Optics, Ajoy Ghatak, (McMillan India) 2nd edition, 7th reprint,
1997.
3. Introduction to Atomic Spectra, H.E. White (McGraw Hill,
Book Co., inc., New York).
290 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
4. Laser Fundamentals, W.T. Silfvast (Foundation Books), New
Delhi, 1996.
5. Lasers and Non-linear Optics, B.B. Laud (New Age Pub.)
2002.
6. Optics, Born and Wolf, (Pergamon Press) 3rd edition, 1965.
7. Lasers, Svelto, (Plenum Press), 3rd Ed., New York.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 291
PHYSICS
Paper C
Quantum Physics
Maximum Marks : 50 Total Teaching Hours : 60
Pass Marks : 35% Time Allowed : 3 hours
The Paper will consist of Five Units:
Unit-I There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-II There will be two question from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-III There will be two question from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-IV There will be two question from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-V There will be Eight questions of small answer type
covering the syllabi of all the four units (I-IV). Five
questions are to be attempted. Each question will carry
two marks.
Unit-I
Formalism of Wave Mechanics : Brief introduction to
need and development of quantum mechanics, Wave-particle duality,
de-Broglie hypothesis. Complimentarity and uncertainty principle,
Gaussian wave packet, Schrodinger equation for a free particle.
Operator correspondence and equation for a particle subject to
forces. Normalization and probability interpretation of wave
function. Superposition principle, Expectation value, Probability
current and conservation of probability. Admissibility conditions on
the wave function. Ehrenfest theorem, Fundamental postulates of
wave mechanics. Eigen functions and eigen values. Operator
formalism, Orthogonal systems, Expansion in eigen functions.
Hermitian operators. Simultaneous eigen functions, Equation of
motion.
292 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Unit-II
Problems in one and three dimensions : Time dependent
Schrodinger equation. Application to stationary states for one
dimension. Potential sep. Potential barrier, Rectangular potential
well. Degeneracy, Orthogonality, Linear harmonic oscillator.
Schrodinger equation for spherically symmetric potential, Spherical
harmonics, Hydrogen atom energy levels and eigen functions,
Degeneracy, Angular momentum.
Unit-III
One Electron Atomic Spectra : Interaction of atom with
radiation, Transition probability, Spontaneous transition. Selection
rules and life times. Spectrum of hydrogen atom. Line structure,
Normal Zeeman effect, Electron spin, Stern Gerlach experiment,
Spin orbit coupling (election magnetic moment, total angular
momentum). Hyperfine structure, Examples of one electron systems,
Anomalous Zeeman effect Lande-g factor (sodium D-lines).
Unit-IV
Many Electron System Spectra : Exchange symmetry of
wave functions, exclusion principle, Shells, Sub shells in atoms, atomic
spectra (Helium). L.S. coupling, Selection rules, Regularities in
atomic spectra, Interaction energy ideas X-ray spectra. Mosley
law, Absorption spectra, Auger effect, Molecular bonding, Molecular
spectra, Selection rules, Symmetric structures. Rotational, vibrational
electronic level and spectra of molecules, Magnetic resonance
experiments. Raman spectra, Introduction to Raman spectra.
Text and Reference Books
1. A Text Book of Quantum Mechanics, P.M. Mathews and
K. Venkatesan, (Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co., Delhi) 2002.
2. Quantum Mechanics, J.L. Powell and B. Crasemann (Narosa
Pub. House, N. Delhi) 1997.
3. Concepts of Modern Physics, Arthur Beiser (McGraw Hill
Pub. Co., Delhi, 9th Ed.), 1995.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 293
4. Elements of Modern Physics, S.H. Patil (McGraw Hill), 1998.
5. Quantum Mechanics, E. Merzbacher (John Wiley, 2nd Ed.).
6. Fundamental of Molecular Spectroscopy, C.N. Banwell (Tata
McGraw Hill Pub. Co., Delhi), 2001.
7. Atomic Spectra, H.G. Kuhn (Longmans), 2nd Ed., 1969.
8. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, L. Pauling and E.B.
Wilson (Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co., Delhi), 2002.
9. Quantum Mechanics, W. Greiner (Springer Verlag), 1994.
294 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
PHYSICS
Practical
Total Teaching Hours : 90 Hrs. Maximum Marks : 50
Pass Marks : 35% Time Allowed : 4 Hours
Guidelines for Physics Practical examination
1. The distribution of marks is as follows :
(i) One full experiment out of Unit-I equiring 20 marks
the students to take some data, analyse
it and draw conclusions. (Candidates
are expected to state their results with
limits of error.
(ii) Brief theory 05 marks
(iii) One exercise based on experiment or 10 marks
computer programming (to be allotted
by the external examiner at the time of
examination)
(iv) Viva-voce 10 marks
(v) Record (Practical file) 05 marks
2. The examiner should take care that the experiment allotted
to an examinee from Unit-I and exercise allotted from
Unit-II are not directly related to each other.
3. Number of candidates in a group for practical examination
should not exceed 12.
4. In a single group, no experiment be allotted to more than
three examinees.
List of Experiments
I. Statistical Physics and thermodynamics
Activities
(i) Adiabatic expansion of a gas.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 295
(ii) Thermal expansion of crystal using interference fringes.
(iii) Thermal conduction in poor conductor (variation with
geometry) by Lee's method.
(iv) Thermo e.m.f. calibration comparison.
(v) Total steafan radiation law, temperature dependence of
radiation.
(vi) Probability distribution using coloured dice and coins.
II. Optics and Lasers
Activities
(vii) To determine the refractive index of liquid using
spectrometer.
(viii) To determine the Caushy's constants.
(ix) To study the referactive index of a doubly referacting prism.
(x) Study the rotation of plane of polarization with a polarimeter.
(xi) Set up Newton's rings to determine wavelength of a given
light using biprism.
(xiii) To determine the wavelength and dispersive power using
plane diffraction grating (use Hg source).
(xiv) To determine the resolving power of a telescope.
(xv) To determine the resolving power of a grating.
(xvi) To measure an inaccessible height using sextant.
(xvii) To determine the principal points of a lense system.
(xviii) To determine the divergence and wavelength of a given
laser source.
III. Quantum Physics
Activities
(xix) Study the Photoelectric effect and determine the value of
Plank's constant.
(xx) To study the gas discharge spectrum of hydrogen.
(xxi) To study the absorption spectra of iodine vapours.
(xxii) To determine the ionization potential of mercury.
296 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Exercises: Any exercise based on above given experiments.
OR
(i) To measure the angle of rotation of plane of plarization for
the given liquid.
(ii) To measure the diameterof Newton's rings.
(iii) To determine the least count and setup the spectrometer
for minimum deviation position of prism.
(iv) Study of variation of light intensity using photovoltiac cell/
inverse square law.
(v) To measure the thermo e.m.f.
(vi) To determine the heating efficiency of an electric kettle
with varying voltages.
(vii) To determine the angle of wedge using interference method.
(viii) To measure the angle of elevation of a tall building.
OR
Computer Based Exercises:
(i) Calculations of days between two dates of a year.
(ii) To check if triangle exists and the type of the triangle.
(iii) To find the sum of the sine and cosine series and print out
the curve.
(iv) To solve simultaneous equations by elimination method.
(v) Fitting a straight line or a simple curve of a given data.
(vi) Convert a given integer into binary and octal systems and
vice versa.
(vii) Inverse a matrix.
(viii) Spiral array.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 297
GEOGRAPHY
Paper A
Geophysics-I
Max. Marks : 70 Total Teaching Hours : 60
Pass Marks : 35% Time Allowed : 3 Hours
Paper will consist of Five Units :
Unit-I There will be two questions from this unit. Each
question will carry 14 marks. Only one question is
to be attemped.
Unit-II There will be two questions from this unit. Each
question will carry 14 marks. Only one question is
to be attemped.
Unit-III There will be two questions from this unit. Each
question will carry 14 marks. Only one question is
to be attemped.
Unit-IV There will be two questions from this unit. Each
question will carry 14 marks. Only one question is
to be attemped.
Unit-V There will be 10 questions of small answer type
covering the syllabi of all the four unit (1-4). Seven
questions are to be attempted. Each question will
carry two marks.
Unit—I
Disaster-Meaning, Factors, Types, Causes and effects.
Disaster scenario in the World and India, Typology of Disasters—
Earthquakes, Floods, Cyclones, Droghts, Famines, Landslides and
snow avalanche, Fire and forest fires, Industrial and technical
disasters, Epidemics. (Lectures 15)
Unit—II
Disaster Preparedness—Planning, Communication,
Leadership and Co-ordination, Warehousing and stock piling,
298 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Disaster management and awareness—Human behaviour and
response, Community participation and awareness, Public awareness
programmes, Role of various agencies—District administration,
Military and Para military, Ministries and Departments at centre
and state level, NGOs, International agencies, Media.
(Lectures 15)
Unit—III
Preparedness and Mitigation—Disaster mapping,
Predictability, Forecasting and warning, Disaster preparedness plan,
land use zoning for disaster management, Preparing community
through Information, Education and Communication (IEC),
Mitigation. Relief Measures—Search, Rescue, Evacuation, Shelter
for victim, Clearness of debris and disposal of dead, Control of
fires, Damage assessment. (Lectures 15)
Unit—IV
Community Health and Casualty Management—Community
health during disasters, Emergency health operations, Drinking water,
Food and nutrition, Hygiene and sanitation, Reconstruction and
rehabilitation—Social and economic aspect, Housing, Agriculture
and irrigation. (Lectures 15)
Text and Reference Books :
1. Carter, W. Nick, 1992, Disaster Management : A Disaster
Managers Handbook, Asian Development Bank, Manila.
2. Mishra, Girish K. and G.C. Mathur (Eds.), 1995, Natural
Disaster Reduction, Reliance Publishing House, New Delhi.
3. Parkash, Indu, 1995, Disaster Management, Rashtra Prahari
Prakashan, Ghaziabad.
4. Tuner Barry A. and Nick, F. Pidgeon, 1977, Manmade
Disaster, Butter Worth-Heineman: Oxford.
5. Ross, Simon, 1987, Hazard Geography : Logman, U.K.
6. Ashutosh Gautam, 1994, Earthquake—A Natural Disaster:
Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 299
7. Sharma Vinod K. 1994, Disaster Management: Indian
Institute of Public Administration, New Delhi.
8. Mandal, GS, 1993, "Natural Disaster Reduction". Reliance
Publishing House, New Delhi.
9. Pisharoty, PR, 1993, Tropical Cyclone, Bhartiya Vidya
Bhawan, Mumbai.
10. Smith Keith, 1996, Environmental Hazards, Assessing risk
and redcuing disaster: Routeledge, London.
11. Indu Prakash, 1994, Disaster Management: Rashtra Prahari
Prakashan, Ghaziabad.
12. Kumar, Jayant, 1995, Community based disaster
management—A case study from coastal Andhra Pradesh
(Monograph).
13. Sharma, S.C., 1987: Media Communication and
Development, Rawat Publication, Jaipur.
14. The Institution of Civil Engineers, 1995, Mega cities:
Reducing vulnerability to natural disaster, Thomas Telford,
London.
300 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
GEOGRAPHY
Paper B
Geophysics-II
Max. Marks : 70 Total Teaching Hours : 60
Pass Marks : 35% Time Allowed : 3 Hours
Paper will consist of Five Units
Unit-I There will be two questions from this unit. Each
question will carry 14 marks. Only one question is
to be attemped.
Unit-II There will be two questions from this unit. Each
question will carry 14 marks. Only one question is
to be attemped.
Unit-III There will be two questions from this unit. Each
question will carry 14 marks. Only one question is
to be attemped.
Unit-IV There will be two questions from this unit. Each
question will carry 14 marks. Only one question is
to be attemped.
Unit-V There will be 10 questions of small answer type
covering the syllabi of all the four unit (1-4) Seven
questions are to be attempted. Each question will
carry two marks.
Unit-I
Seismic waves, type and propagation inside the earth, the
variation of the velocity of P and S waves inside the earth. The
study of the interior of the earth through seismic waves, Reflection
and refraction of seismic waves inside the earth.
(Lecutres 15)
Unit—II
Earthquake, effects of earthquakes, types of earthquake—
tectonic, volcanic and man made, some important historical
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 301
earthquakes, mechanism, Elastic rebound theory, Microseismicity.
Magnitude and intensity scale.
(Lectures 15)
Unit—III
Focal parameter, Epicenter, Hypocenter, Origin time and their
determination by different methods, Global distribution of
earthquakes, Foreshock—Aftershock and their significance, Energy
release during earthquake, Microseism.
(Lecutres 15)
Unit—IV
Seismograph, Principle of mechanical and electromagnetic
type, Vertical and horizontal component seismometer, Ground motion
response curves displacements meter, Velocity meter and
Accelerometer, Concept of short period (SP), long period (LP) and
broad band (BB) recoding, Arrays and networks of seismic stations,
Travel time-table and curves.
(Lecutres 15)
Text and Reference Books :
1. Introduction to Seismology—M. Bath.
2. Elementary Seismology—Richer
3. Method of Geophysics—P.V. Sharma
4. Applied Geophysics—W.M. Telford, Geldart, Sherief, Keys
302 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
GEOGRAPHY
Paper C
Lab Practical and Field Training
Max. Marks : 60 Total Teaching Hours : 90
Pass Marks : 35% Time Allowed : 4 Hours
1. Lab Practicals related with the theory 50 Marks
2. Field Training 50 Marks
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 303
CHEMISTRY
Paper Course Teaching Hrs.
I Inorganic Chemistry 60 9 periods
II Organic Chemistry 60 per week
III Physical Chemistry 60
IV Laboratory Practical 6 periods per week
Total = 15 periods/week
(Common instructions for three papers)
Note : The question paper shall consist of three parts, as
detailed below :
Part-A
It shall consist of 10 very short answer type questions
(Q.Nos. 1 to 10) from the entire syllabus and the maximum
length of each question may not exceed ¼th of a page. Minimum of
3 questions are to be set from each section of the syllabus. Each
question will be of 1 mark and the candidate may be asked to attempt
all the 10 questions. Marks Allotted : 10
Part-B
It shall consist of 15 short answer type questions (Q.Nos.
11 to 25) from the entire syllabus and the maximum length of
each question may not exceed one-half of a page. Five questions
are to be set from each section of the syllabus.Each question
will be of 3 marks and the candidate may be asked to attempt any
10 questions. Marks Allotted : 30
Part-C
It shall consist of 3 descriptive type questions (Q. Nos. 26 to
28) from the entire syllabus and the maximum length of each question
may not exceed four pages. One question is to be set from each
section of the syllabus. Each question will be of 5 marks and the
candidate may be asked to attempt any 2 questions.
Marks Allotted : 10
304 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
CHEMISTRY
Paper I
Inorganic Chemistry
Time : 3 Hrs. 60 Hrs (2 Hrs/week)
M.Marks : 50 3 Periods/week
Section-1
I. Chemistry of Elements of First Transition Series
10 Hrs.
Characteristic properties of d-block elements. Properties of
the elements of the first transition series, their simple
compounds and complexes illustrating relative stability of their
oxidation states, coordination number and geometry.
II. Chemistry of Elements of Second and Third Transition
Series 10 Hrs.
General characteristics, comparative treatment with their 3d-
analogues in respect of ionic radii, oxidation states, magnetic
behaviour, spectral properties and stereochemistry.
Section-2
III. Coordination Compounds 10 Hrs.
Werner's coordination theory and its experimental verification,
effective atomic number concept, chelates, nomenclature of
coordination compounds, isomerism in coordination
compounds, valence bond theory of transition metal
complexes.
IV. Chemistry of Lanthanide Elements 6 Hrs.
Electronic structure, oxidation states and ionic radii and
lanthanide contraction, complex formation, occurrence and
isolation, lanthanide compounds.
V. Chemistry of Actinides 4 Hrs.
General features and chemistry of actinides, chemistry of
separation of Np, Pu and Am from U, similarities between
the later actinides and the later lanthanides.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 305
Section-3
VI. Oxidation and Reduction 8 Hrs.
Use of redox potential data-analysis of redox cycle, redox
stability in water-Frost, Latimer and Pourbaix diagrams.
Principles involved in the extraction of the elements.
VII. Acids and bases 6 Hrs.
Arrhenius, Bronsted-Lowry, the Lux-Flood, solvent system
and Lewis concepts of acids and bases.
VIII. Non-aqueous Solvents 6 Hrs.
Physical properties of a solvent, types of solvents and their
general characteristics, reactions in non-aqueous solvents
with reference to liquid NH
3
and liquid SO
2
.
306 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
CHEMISTRY
Paper-II
Organic Chemistry-II
Time : 3 Hrs. M.Marks : 50
60 Hrs (2 Hrs/week)
3 Periods/week
Section-I
I. Alcohols 6 Hrs.
Classification and nomenclature.
Monohydric alcohols—nomenclature, methods of formation
by reduction of aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids and
esters. hydrogen bonding. Acidic nature. Reactions of
alcohols.
Dihydric alcohols—nomenclature, methods of formation,
chemical reactions of vicinal glycols, oxidative cleavage
[Pb(OAC)
4
and HIO
4
] and pinacol-pinacolone
rearrangement. Trihydric alcohols—nomenclature and
methods of formation, chemical reactions of glycerol.
II. Phenols 6 Hrs.
Nomenclature, structure and bonding, Preparation of phenols,
physical properties and acidic character, Comparative acidic
strengths of alcohols and phenols, resonance stabilization of
phenoxide ion. Reactions of phenols—electrophilic aromatic
substitution, acylation and carboxylation. Mechanisms of Fries
rearrangement, Claisen rearrangement, Gatterman synthesis,
Hauben-Hoesch reaction, Lederer-Manass reaction and
Reimer Tiemann reaction.
III. Synthetic Dyes 8 Hrs.
Colour and constitution (electronic concept). Classification
of dyes. Chemistry and synthesis of Methyl orange, Congo
red, Malachite green, Crystal violet, Phenolphthalein,
Fluorescein, Alizarin and Indigo.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 307
Section-II
IV. Aldehydes and Ketones 14 Hrs.
Nomenclature and structure of the carbonyl group. Synthesis
of aldehydes and ketones with particular reference to the
synthesis of aldehydes from acid chlorides, synthesis of
aldehydes and ketones using 1,3-dithianes, synthesis of
ketones from nitriles and from carboxylic acids. Physical
properties.
Mechanism of nucleophilic additions to carbonyl group with
particular emphasis on benzoin, aldol, Perkin and Knoevenagel
condensations. Condensation with ammonia and its
derivatives. Witting reaction. Mannich reaction.
Use of acetals as protecting group. Oxidation of aldehydes,
Baeyer-Villiger oxidation of Ketones, Cannizzaro reaction.
MPV, Clemmensen, Wolff-Kishner, LIAIH
4
and NaBH
4
reductions. Halogenation of enolizable ketones, reductions.
Halogenation of enoliable ketones.
An introduction to α, β unsaturated aldehydes and ketones,
Michael addition.
V. Carboxylic Acids 6 Hrs.
Nomenclature, structure and bonding, physical properties,
acidity of carboxylic acids, effects of substituents on acid
strength. Preparation of carboxylic acids. Reactions of
carboxylic acids. Hell-Volhard-Zelinsky reaction. Synthesis
of acid chlorides, esters and amides. Reduction of carboxylic
acids. Mechanism of decarboxylation.
Methods of formation and chemical reactions of halo acids.
Hydroxy acids : malic, tartaric and citric acids. (Structural
features only).
Methods of formation and chemical reactions of unsaturated
monocarboxylic acids.
Dicarboxylic acids: methods of formation and effect of heat
and dehydrating agents.
308 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Section-III
VI. Carboxylic Acid Derivatives 3 Hrs.
Structure and nomenclature of acid chlorides, esters, amides
and acid anhydrides, Relative stability & reactivity of acyl
derivatives. Physical properties, interconversion of acid
derivatives by nucleophilic acyl substitution.
Preparation of carboxylic acid derivatives, chemical reactions.
Mechanisms of esterification and hydrolysis (acidic and basic).
VII. Ethers and Epoxides 3 Hrs.
Nomenclature of ethers and methods of their formation,
physical properties. Chemical reaction-cleavage and
autoxidation, Ziesel's method.
Synthesis of epoxides. Acid and base-catalyzed ring opening
of epoxides, orientation of apoxide ring opening, reactions of
Grignard and organolithium reagents with epoxiedes.
VIII. Fats, Oils and Detergents 2 Hrs.
Natural fats, edible and industrial oils of vegetable origin,
common fatty acids, glycerides, hydrogenation of unsaturated
oils, Saponification value, iodine value, acid value. soaps,
synthetic detergents, alkyl and aryl sulphonates.
IX. Organic Compounds of Nitrogen 12 Hrs.
Preparation of nitroalkanes and nitroarenes. Chemical
reactions of nitroalkanes, Mechanisms of nucleophilc
substitution in nitroarenes and their reduction in acidic, neutral
and alkaline media. Picric acid.
Halonitroarenes : reactivity
Structure and nomenclature of amines, physical properties.
Stereochemistry of amines. separation of a mixture of
primary, secondary and tertiary amines. Structural features
effecting basicity of amines. Amine salts as phase-transfer
catalysts. Preparation of alkyl and aryl amines (reduction of
nitro compounds nitriles), reductive amination of aldehydic
and ketonic compounds. Gabriel-phthalimide reaction,
Hofmann bromamide reaction.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 309
CHEMISTRY
Paper-III
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
Time : 3 Hrs. M. Marks : 50
60 Hrs (2 Hrs/week)
3 Periods/week
Section-I
1. Thermodynamics-I 12 Hrs.
Definition of thermodynamic terms: System, surroundings
etc. Types of systems, intensive and extensive properties.
State and path functions and their differentials.
Thermodynamic process. Concept of heat and work.
First Law of Thermodynamics : Statement, definition of
internal energy and enthalpy. Heat capacity, heat capacities
at constant volume and pressure and their relationship. Joule's
law-Joule-Thomson coefficient and inversion temperature,
Calculation of w,q,dU & dH for the expansion of ideal gases
under isothermal and adiabatic conditions for reversible
process.
Thermochemistry : Standard state, standard enthalpy of
formation-Hess's Law of heat summation and its applications.
Heat of reaction at constant pressure and at constant volume.
Enthalpy of neutralization. Bond dissociation energy and its
calculation from thermo-chemical data, temperature
dependence of enthalpy. Kirchhoff's equation.
II. Thermodynamics-II 8 Hrs.
Second law of thermodynamics: Need for the law, different
statements of the law, Carnot cycle and its efficiency, Carnot
theorem. Thermodynamic scale of temperature.
Concept of entropy : Entropy as a state function, entropy
as a function of V & T, entropy as a function of P & T,
entropy change in physical change, Clausius inequality,
entropy as a criteria of spontaneity and equilibrium. Entropy
change in ideal gases and mixing of gases.
310 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Section-II
III. Thermodynamics-III 5 Hrs.
Third law of thermodynamics: Nernst heat theorem,
statement and concept of residual entropy, evaluation of
absolute entropy from heat capacity data. Gibbs and
Helmholtz functions; Gibbs function (G) and Helmholtz
function (A) as thermodynamic quantities, A & G as criteria
for thermodynamic equilibrium and spontaneity, their
advantage over entropy change, Variation of G and A with
P,V and T.
IV. Chemical Equilibrium 5 Hrs.
Equilibrium constant and free energy. Thermodynamic
derivation of law of mass action. Le Chateller' principle.
Reaction isotherm and reaction isochore-Clapeyron equation
and Clausius-Clapeyron equation, applications.
V. Phase Equilibrium 10 Hrs.
Statement and meaning of the terms-phase, component and
degree of freedom, derivation of Gibbs phase rule, phase
equilibria of one component system-water, CO
2
and S
systems.
Phase equilibria of two component system-solid-liquid
equilibria, simple eutectic-Bi-Cd, Pb-Ag systems,
desilverisation of lead.
Solid solutions-compound formation with congruent melting
point (Mg-Zn) and incongruent melting point, (NaCI-H
2
O),
(FaCl
3
-H
2
O) and CuSO
4
-H
2
O) system. Freezing mixtures,
acetone-dry ice.
Liquid-liquid mixtures-Ideal liquid mixtures, Raoult's and
Henry's law. Non-ideal system-azeotropes-HCI-H
2
O and
ethanol-water systems.
Partially miscible liquids Phenol water trinse thylamin water
Nicotine water System.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 311
Lower and upper consolute temperature. Effect of impurity
on consolute temperature immiscible liquids, steam distillation.
Nernst distribution law-thermodynamic derivation, appli-
cations.
Section-III
VI. Electrochemistry-I 10 Hrs.
Electrical transport-conduction in metals and in electrolyte
solutions, specific conductance and equivalent conductance,
measurement of equivalent conductance, variation of
equivalent and specific conductance with dilution .
Migration of ions and Kohlrausch law, Arrhenius theory of
electrolyte dissociation and its limitations, weak and strong
electrolytes, Ostwald's dilution law its uses and limitations.
Debye-Huckel-Onsager's equation for strong electrolytes
(elementary treatment only). Transport number, definition and
dermination by Hittof method and moving boundary method.
Applications of conductivity measurements: determination
of degree of dissociation, determination of K
a
of acids,
determination of solubility product of a sparingly soluble salt,
conductometric titrations.
VII. Electrochemistry-II 10 Hrs.
Types of reversible electrodes-gas metal ion, metal ion, metal-
insolblue salt-anion and redox electrodes. Electrode reactions.
Nernst equation, derivation of cell E.M.F. and Single electrode
potential, standard hydrogen electrode-reference electrodes-
standard electrode potential, sign conventions, electrochemical
series and its significance.
Electrolytic and Galvanic cells-reversible and irreversible
cells, conventional representation of electrochemi cells.
EMF of a cell and its meaurements. Computation of cell
EMF. Calculation of thermodynamic quantities of cell
reactions (∆G ∆H and K), polarization, over potential and
hydrogen overvoltage.
312 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Concentration cell with and wihout transport, liquid junction
potential, application of concentration cells, valency of ions,
solubility product and activity coefficient, potentiometric
titrations.
Definition of pH and pK
a
determination of pH using hydrogen,
quinhydrone and glass electrodes, by potentiometric methods.
Buffers-mechanism of buffer action, Henderson-Hazel
equation, Hydrolysis of salts.
Corrosion-types, theories and methods of combating it.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 313
CHEMISTRY
(Practical)
M.Marks : 50
Duration 3.1/2 hrs.
6 Periods/week
Inorganic Chemistry
Quantitative Analysis
Volumetric Analysis
a. Determination of acetic acid in commercial vinegar using
NaOH.
b. Determination of alkali content-antacid tablet using HCI.
c. Estimation of calcium content in chalk as calcium oxalate by
permanganometry.
d. Estimation of hardness of water by EDTA.
e. Estimation of ferrous and ferric by dichromate method.
f. Estimation of copper using sodiumthiosulphate.
Gravimetric Analysis
Analysis of Cu as CuSCN and Ni as Ni (dimethylgloxime)
Organic Chemistry
Laboratory Techniques
A. Thin Layer Chromatography
Determination of R
f
values and identification of organic
compounds.
a. Separation of green leaf pigments (spinach leaves may
be used).
b. Preparation and separation of 2, 4. dinitrophenylhydra-
zones of acetone, 2-butone, 2-butanone, hexan-2and
3-one using toluene and light petroleum (40 : 60).
c. Separation of a mixture of dyes using cyclohexane and
ethyl acetate (8.5:1.5).
314 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Qualitative Analysis
Detection of elements (N,S and halogens) and functional
groups (phenolic, carboxylic, carbonyl, esters, carbohydrates,
amines, amides, nitro and anilide) in simple organic
compounds.
Thermochemistry
1. To determine the solubility of benzoic acid at different
temperatures and to determine ∆H of the dissolution process.
2. To determine the enthalpy of neutralisation of a weak acid/
weak base versus strong base/strong acid and determine the
enthalpy of ionisation of the weak acid/weak base.
3. To determine the enthalpy of dissolution of solid calcium
chloride and calculate the lattice energy of calcium chloride
from its enthalpy data using Born Haber cycle.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 315
Paper-A (Evening)
M.Marks : 20
Duration 3.1/2 Hrs.
1) Gravimetric/volumetric Analysis - 10
2) Organic Compound Analysis - 10
Paper-B (Morning)
M. Marks : 30
Duration 3.1/2 Hrs.
1) Physical Experiment - 10
2) Thin Layer Chromatography - 10
3) Viva Voce - 06
4) Note Book - 04
316 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
S
C
H
E
M
E

O
F

E
X
A
M
I
N
A
T
I
O
N

F
O
R

C
L
I
N
I
C
A
L

N
U
T
R
I
T
I
O
N

A
N
D

D
I
E
T
E
T
I
C
S

(
V
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
A
L
)
T
H
E
O
R
Y
P
R
A
C
T
I
C
A
L
S
P
a
p
e
r
s
































N
o
.

o
f


D
u
r
a
t
i
o
n




M
a
r
k
s










N
o
.
o
f


D
u
r
a
t
i
o
n



M
a
r
k
s









G
r
a
n
d

















P
a
p
e
r







































T
o
t
a
l
1
.
P
a
p
e
r
-
A
1



3

H
r
s
.
5
0
-
-






1
0

I
n
t
.
6
0

B
a
s
i
c

D
i
e
t
e
t
i
c
s

a
n
d






A
s
s
e
s
s
F
o
o
d

C
o
m
m
o
d
i
t
i
e
s
2
.
P
a
p
e
r
-
B
1



3

H
r
s
.
5
0
1
3

H
r
s
.
4
0
9
0
S
a
n
i
t
a
t
i
o
n

&

H
y
g
i
e
n
e
&

Q
u
a
n
t
i
t
y

f
o
o
d
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

s
e
r
v
i
c
e
3
.
P
a
p
e
r
-
C
B
o
o
k

K
e
e
p
i
n
g

C
o
s
t
-
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
a
n
c
y

a
n
d
P
e
r
s
o
n
n
e
l

M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
1




3

H
o
u
r
s
5
0
-
-
-
5
0
T
o
t
a
l
2
0
0
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 317
SCHEME OF STUDIES FOR CLINICAL
NUTRITION AND DIETETICS (VOCATIONAL)
S.No. Subject No.of the No. of Pract.
Periods Periods
1. Paper-A
Basic Dietetics and 4 6 period/per group/per
food Commodities weeks (10 practicals of
Basic Dietetic rest for
running of cafeteria)
2. Paper-B
Sanitation and 4 6 period/per group/per
Hygiene quantity weeks
Food production
and service
3. Paper-C
Book Keeping and 3 -
cost Accountancy
and Personnel
Management
Note : For "On the Job Training" the Students are required to run
a) Cafeteria in the institutions (each student will run one
cafeteria).
b) Undergo ten days (10) training in hotels.
318 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS
(VOCATIONAL)
Paper-A
Part-I (Basic Dietetics)
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 50
Instructions for the peper setters
As per the scheme of the examination for Clinical Nutrition
and Dietetics (Vocational) in part II papers A, B and C (Theory
are of 50 marks each for this , each question paper will consist of
three sections as follows :
Section A : It will consist of 10 very short answer type questions
with answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry I mark, total weightage
being 10 marks only.
Section B : It will consist of short answer type questions with
answer to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions
will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the
candidates. Each question will carry three marks. The total
weightage of the section shall be 24 marks.
Section C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry 8 marks. Total weightage of the section
will be 16 marks.
I. Role of Dietition in the hospital and Community.
II. Basic concepts of Diet Therapy.
III. Therapeutic Adaptation the normal diet.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 319
IV. Routine hospital Diets. Regular diet, light diet, soft diet,
full liquid diet, and tube feedings.
V. Modifications of Diet. Surgical conditions.
VI. Feeding infants and children-problems in feeding
children in the hospital.
VII. Feeding the patient-psychology feeding the patient,
assessment of patient needs.

320 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS
(Vocational)
Paper A
(Basic Dietetics) Internal Assessment
Marks : 10
I. Standardisation of common feed preparation.
II. Planning and preparation of full or normal diet.
III. Planning & preparation of soft diet.
IV. Planning and preparation of liquid diet.
V. Planning & preparation of High and low caloria diet with
modified fat carbohydrate level.
Part- II Food Commodities (Theory)
Description of the course :
It involves an understanding of the basic commodities, both
raw and processed generally used in food service institutions with
due emphasis on cost.
Objectives :
1. To understand the basic commodities both raw and processed,
used in catering and various aspects of their production and
distribution.
To discuss the qualities and standards of available commodities
and their suitability for different purposes.
I. Cereals & Pulses, Cereals and millets, breakfast cereals,
cereal products Fast foods - structure, processing, use in
variety of preparations, selection, variety storage, nutritional
aspects and cost. Pulses & Legumes-Production ( in brief)
selection and variety, storage, processing, use in variety of
preparations, nutritional aspects and cost.
II. Eggs : Production, grade, quality, selection, storage, spoilage,
uses, cost and nutritional aspects.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 321
III. Fish, Poultry and Meat : Selection, purchase, storage,
uses, cost and nutritional aspects.
IV. Vegetables and Fruits : Variety, Selection, Purchase,
storage, availability, cost, use and nutritional aspects of raw
and processed vegetables and fruits.
V. Sugar & Sugar Products : Different forms of sugar (sugar,
jaggery, honey syrup) manufacture, selection, storage &
use, pre-serves.
VII. Fats and Oils : Types and sources of fats and oils (animal
and vegetable) processing, use, storage, cost and nutritional
aspects.
VIII. Raising agents Types, consituents, bassin cookery and
bakery, preservation methods.
IX. Food Products : Spices, condiments, herbs, extracts
concentrates, essences & food colours, origin, classi-fication,
description, uses, specifications, procurement and storage.
X. Convenience Foods : Role, types, advantages, uses, cost
and contribution to diet.
XI. Salt : Types, uses in the diet.
XII. Tea, Coffee, Chocolate and Cocoa powder Growth,
cultivation, processing, cost and nutritional aspects.
Evaluation :
Assignment on collection of various food commodities
2 Unit tests : Topic 1 - 5 Ist Test
6 - 12 IInd Test
322 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS
(Vocational)
Paper-B
Sanitation and Hygiene (Theory)
Part-I
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 50
Instructions for the paper setters.
As per the scheme of the examination for Clinical Nutrition and
Dietetics (vocational) in Part II Paper A,B,C (Theory) are of 50
marks each. For this, each question paper will consist of three
sections as follows :
Section A : It will consist of 10 very short answer type questions
with answer to each question up to five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry I mark, total weightage
being 10 marks only.
Section B : It will consist of short answer type questions with
answer to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions
will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the
candidate. Each question will carry three marks. The total weightage
of the section shall be 24 marks.
Section C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidate will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry 8 marks. Total weightage of the section
will be 16 marks.
1. Importance of personal hygiene of food handler. Habits-
clothes, illness. Education of food handler in handling and
serving food.
2. Safety in food procurement, storage, handling and
preparation control of spoilage-safety of left off left over
foods.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 323
3. Cleaning methods-sterlisation and disinfection-products and
methods-use of detergents, heat chemicals, tests for
Samitiser strength.
Materials used :
4.(a) Sanitation-Kitchen design equipment and layout of food
premises maintaining clean environment.
(b) Selecting and installing equipment, cleaning equipment.
(c) Basic concept, safety consideration, electric parts &
wiring to suit installan & use of equipment.
(d) Basic materials used for finishes, insulation materials
for necessary parts, strength & limitations.
5. Waste product handling- Planning for waste disposal. Solid
wastes and liquid wastes.
6. Control of Infestation-rodent Control-Rats, Mice-Rodent,
profing, destruction, vector Control-Use of pesticides.
7.(a) Food sanitation, control and inspection, planning and
implementation of training programme for health
personnel.
(b) Municipal rules & legislatures.
References
1. Essentials of Food Safety & Sanilal3 edition M.C. Swane
Pearson Edv. Prentice Hall.
2. Food Safety Handbook by Schmidt John Willy.
3. Fundamental Food Microbiology by Ray 4th Ed. Routledge.
4. Managing Food Industry Waste: Common Sense Method
for food Processory by Robert R. Zall Wiley Backwe112004.
5. The HACCP Food Safety M;anual by Joan K Loken.
6. Quantity Food Sanitateon Sth Ed. by Kalra Longree Gerirude
Armbrusters 1996.
7. Quantity Food Sanitation 5th Ed. Springer Pub 2006 by
Marroitt.
324 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS
(Vocational)
Paper B
Quantity Food production and Service
Part-II
Code No.FSN 310 Credits-2
Objectives :
1. To understand the application of basic principles to bulk
production of the food.
2. To gain knowledge regarding selection and purchase of
food.
3. To develop skills in menu planning for quantity preparation.
4. To understand the different styles of food service in volume
feedings.
Course Content :
1. Aims and objectives of different food service outlets
a) industrial b) institutional c) hospitals
2. Different foods and beverage outlet
3. Menu planning-sequence of course
Indian (Regional i.e.North Indian, South Indian, West Indian
at Gujaratis), Western and others. Technique of writing
menus (give excercises for planning menus).
4. Types of meals-and styles of service breakfast, lunch, dinner,
afternoon tea, snacks (table d'hote and a'la cartemenu)
BF (1) ala carte (2) TDH (3)
5. Introduction to basic and special equipment for food
production and Service.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 325
a) indicate and list
b) bare and use of equipment-silver, cutlery, glass laying
up for number (Practicals, Use AV aids and handouts)
6. 5 types of services of food and beverage outlets
7. Staff organisation of different outlets (a La carte and table
d'hote)
Manager, Hostess, Supervisor, Steward, Waiter
8. Beverages, alcoholic and non alcoholic, hot and cold.
Classification of beverages, use and importance in meals
and snacks, suitable glassware for beverage service.
9. Use of bills and checks in control system outlet
10. 1 Unit Test
1 Project report on names of different organisations and
suppliers of crockery, cutlery etc. With manufacture's name
and prices and report on serviette folds.
References :
1. Foods and Beverage Service, D.R.Lillicrap, 7th edition,
2006.
2. Table Decoration, Dorothy Tompkins 2nd edition, Droke
Publishers.
3. Concepts of Food Service Operations & Management, 2nd
edition by Mahmood A Khan.
4. Design and Equipment for Resturants & Food Service-A
Management View Jrd edition by Costas Kesigers
Christhomus Mahmood A Khan.
5. Design & Layout of Food Service Faculties- 3rd edition by
John C. Birthfield, John Birchfiled, John Birchfield Jr. Dec.,
2007.
326 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
6. Dictionary of Nutrition & Dietetics by Karen Eich Drumond
Aug.1996.
7. Foods and Beverage Service Manual by Casuda Matt A.
8. Principals of Food, Beverage and Labour Cost Controls 9th
edition by Paul R. Dittimer, J. Desmond Keefe, III, 2008.
9. Profeesional Table Service by Sylvia Mayor, Edy Schmid
Chrustel Spuler, 1990.
10. Quality Resturant Service Guaranteed : A Training Outline
by Nancy Loman Scanlon 1998.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 327
CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS
(Vocational)
Paper B
Quantity Food production and Service
(Practicals)
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 40
Objectives :
1. Develop skills in quantity food production and service.
Course Contents :
1. Organizing, preparing and serving food for three different
meals for 50 members or more (list attached).
2. Setting up the restaurant-lying of table cloth changing, setting
up the silvers and other table appointments. Folding of
serviettes, correct Use of waiter's cloth. Preparing for
customers.
3. Serving and clearing practice, French and English service.
4. Service of beverages tea, coffee, juices and alcoholic
beverages.
5. Lying for breakfast.
6. Tray service
7. Order taking, making out checks, bills, presentation of bills.
8. Up keep and cleaning of cutlery, crockery & other equipment.
I. Rice Preparations : Plain & fried rice, pulao, masala rice,
tomato rice, vegetable biryani, mugalai biryani, mutton biryani,
chicken biryani, yakhani pulao. (any four)
II. Wheat Preparations : Chapati, parantha plain, parantha
stuffed, puris, bhaturas, nan.
III. Pulse Preparations : Punjabi dal, sambar, dalfry, sprouted
pulses, Alu-chhole, masala rajmah, Dhanshak (any four).
328 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
IV. Vegetable Preparations : Alu matar, alu palak, dum alu,
fried veg, palak paneer, vegetable kofta, vegetable korma
(any four)
V. Salads : Tossed Salad, Russian salad, moulded salad,
decorative salad.
VI. Meat Preparations : Kofta curry, roghan-josh, mutton chilli
fry, mutton palak, vindaloo, murg masala, brain masala, tanduri
chicken, chicken curry, prawns curry, fish curry. (any four)
VII. Snacks : Variety of sandwiches, vegetable puffs, fried
snacks, fermented and steamed snacks.
VIII. Sweets : Laddu, Gujiya, burfi, shrikhand, gulabjamun,
puranpoli, kheer, halwas. (any four)
IX. Western Cookery : Soups : Mixed Veg, tomato cream soup,
carrot cream soup, mulligatawny soup, minestrone soup,
chicken soup and corn soup.
Sauces : White sauce, cheese sauce, mayonnaise sauce,
curry sauce.
Entrees : Vegetables pie, hollandaise, vegetable and meat
loaf, chicken, casserol, hamburgers, vegetable burgers. (any
four).
Vegetables : Vegetables and gratin, Baked cauliflower,
savoury, vegetables, baked, stuffed capsicum.
Sweets : Bread pudding, sauffles, trifle, coffee mousse,
gateaux.
Bakery Products : Short crust pastries Different types of
tarts, pies and turn overs. Vegetables and mutton pattis.
Cakes and cookies : Plain cake, fruit cake, ba bread, date
and walnut cake and varieties of cookies.
Breads : breads, different kinds of rolls, daughnuts, : different
types of icings.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 329
Evaluation : Continuous assessment will be done.
Visit to different types of Foods service institutions to study-
Hospitals, Kitchen (jughi), Hotel, restaurant, Industrial
Canteen, College Canteen for
(a) Organization
(b) Physical plan & layout
(c) Food Service Equipment
(d) Sanitation and Hygiene
330 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS
(Vocational)
Paper-C
Personnel management
Part-I
Time : 3 Hours M. Marks : 50
3 Periods/week
Instructions for the paper setters.
As per the scheme of the examination for Clinical Nutrition and
Dietetics (Vocational) in Part II Paper A,B & C. (Theory) are of
50 marks each .For this, each question paper will consist of three
sections as follows:
Section-A It will consist of 10 very short answer type questions
with answers to each question up to five lines in length. All question
will be compulsory. Each question will carry I mark, total weightage
being 10 marks only.
Section-B : It will consist of short answer type questions with
answer to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions
will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the
candidate. Each question will carry three marks. The total weightage
of the section shall be 24 marks.
Section C: It will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidate will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry 8 marks. Total weightage of the section
will be 16 marks.
1. Management
- Definition, scope and functions
- Principles of Management
- Techniques of effective management
- Energy and time management and its application to food
preparation and service.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 331
2. Food material management
- Meaning, definition, importance
- Food selection, purchasing, receiving and storing
- Material identification, modification and standardization.
- Inventory control, meaning, objectives, order and reorder
level, minimum and maximum level, longer level, valuation
of inventory, EOQ
- Storekeeping, definition, objectives, functions, factors
underlying successful storekeeping, duties and
responsibilities of a storekeeper
- Quality Control
3. Personnel Management
- Recuritment, selection and training of personnel, work
standards, productivity, supervision, performance appraisal,
motivation, incentives for effective performance. Labour
policies and legislation. (personnel policies related to salaries,
other emoluments, allowances, leave, uniform and other prize
benefits, Labour laws and organization).
Books Recommended
1. Bora, P.M., Food Administration in India ; A Study of an
Indian State, 1982.
2. Kinton and Casarani, Theory of Catering Butter and Tanner
Ltd; 1981.
3. Boella, M.J. Personnel Management in the hotel and
Catering Industry, Ist. ed., Barrie and Jenhnins, London,
1974.
4. Mundel, M.E. Motion and Time Study Principles and
Practice, 5
th
ed., Prentice Hall, India 1981.
5. Kiesar, J., Controlling. Analysing Costs in Food Service
Operations, 2
nd
ed., Macmillan Publi. Co., 1986.
332 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
6. Kumar, H.L.Personnel Mgt. In the Hotel and Catering
Industry, 1st ed., Metropolitan Book Co., Delhi, 1986.
7. Monor, L.J. and R.F. Cichy, Food Service Systems
management, Avi. Public. Co., Connecticut, 1984.
8. West, B.B.L. Wood, U.F. Hayer and G.F. Shugart, Food
service in Institutions, John Wiley and Sons, 1977.
9. Publications by National Productivity council, Management
guide, New Delhi, Series.
10. Hitchcock M.J., Food Service Systems, Administration,
Macmillan publi. Co., New York, 1980.
11. Mohini Sethi and Surjeet Malhan, Catering Management,
An Integrated Approach, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1987.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 333
Paper-C
BOOK KEEPING & COST ACCOUNTANCY
Part-II
1. Introduction, objectives, principles and advantages of double
entry.
2. Introduction to Journal.
3. Preparation of cash book-Single column and double column.
4. Cost Accounting : Meaning of cost accounting and
preparation of cost sheet (cost accounting shall have
reference to food cost accountancy.
5. Budgets and Budgetary control : Definition, meaning,
purpose, advantages, key factor in budgeting. Budget-short
term and long term, fixed and flexible, various functional
budgets like sales, purchases, production, stores personnel,
expense and master budget.
6. Marginal Costing : Cost classification by behaviour,
definition, marginal costing features, assumptions,
applicability, advantages and limitations. Break-even
analysis; break even point, margin of safety, profit volume
ratio, opportunity cost.
References
Book Keeping & Accountancy
Prof. Baljinder Singh
Prof. J.S. Arora
Prof. A.K. Dhir
Cost Accounting
By Bhalla, Gupta & Sharma
By Jain & Narang
By Maheshwari & Mittal
Management Accounting
By Sharma & Gupta
By Vashisht & Pascriche
334 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
FASHION DESIGNING AND GARMENT
CONSTRUCTION
(Vocational)
Scheme of Studies
Instructions of Paper Setters :
The theory paper consist of eight questions, out of
which the student will be required to attempt any five. All
questions carry equal marks.
Name of Paper Perieds/Week
Th. Pr.
Paper-I 4 -
Paper-II - 6
Paper-III - 6
Training & Project Report
Reprint the student will be required to take 3 weeks training
an export or fashion house. They will be required to submit a
Comprehensive report - 25 marks.
Schemes of Examination
Name of Paper Theory Practical Time Marks Internal Total
1. Fundamentals of One - 3 Hrs. 50 - 50
Textiles Paper-I
2. Pattern Making - One 4 Hrs. 40 10 50
Paper-II
3. Designing & Garment - One 4 Hrs. 60 15 75
Construction paper-III
4. Job Training - - - - 25 25
Total : 200
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 335
FUNDAMENTALS OF TEXTILES
Paper-I
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 50
Instructions for paper setter :
1. Classification of textile fibres and Terminology.
2. Properties & manufacturing process of following:
a) Cotton
b) Linen
c) Wool
d) Silk
e) Nylon
f) Rayon-Vicose & acetate
g) Lycra
3. Brief study of the following yerns :
a) Simple
b) Novelty
c) Bulk/Textured
4. Fabric-construction-A study of :
a) Weaing
b) Knitting
c) Felting
d) Bonding
5. Finishes-Mercerising, Tentering. Calendering,
Moiering, Stain resistan finish.
6. Printing-Block printing, screen printing and roller
printing.
7. Seminar
336 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Fashion Designing & Garment Construction
Paper-II (Practical)
Time : 4 Hours Max. Marks : 50
Paper : 40
Int. Ass. :10
Pattern Making and Grading
A. Dart manipulation by flat pattern and pivot method
a) Shifting of darts
b) Combining darts
c) Converting darts into gathers
d) Converting darts into seamlines
B. Variation of tops
a) Variation of tops
b) Variation of Skirt-Flared, Gathered with yoke, peg Skirt,
Pleated Skirt.
c) Adaptation of Sleeves, Saddle, Cowl.
d) Adaptation of collars-Notched, Shawl, Coat Collar,
Convertible, Stand and fall.
C. Grading
a) Circumference, Length, Width grades
b) Upgrading
c) Downgrading
d) Grading of - 1. Skirt 2. Tops
Instructions for Paper Setter (Paper-II)
Paper : 40 Marks
Int. Ass. : 10 Marks
Q.1 from Part-A carrying 10 marks.
Q.2 from Part-B carrying 15 marks
Q.3 from Part-C carrying 10 marks
Q.4 Fil 5 marks
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 337
Paper-III (Practical)
Time : 4 Hours Max. Marks : 75
Paper : 60
Int. Ass. : 15
1. Drafting and Garments Construction :
a) Adults Bodice Block, sleeve block
b) Adults skirt Block
c) Sleeves : Dolman, Peasant
d) Collars: Shawl,Coat,Stand and fall,convertible,Chinese.
e) Necklines : Cowl, turtle
2. Designing, Drafting and Construction of :
a) Skirt
b) Tops
c) Ladies Blouse
d) Designer suit
3. Traditional Embroidery :
a) Phulkari
b) Kashmiri
c) Kantha
d) Chickankari
Instructions for Paper Setter (Practical-III)
Paper : 60 marks
Int. Ass. : 15 marks
Q.1 Design any one garment from syllabus on 5 Mark
paper bag—front and back
Q.2 Adaptation to be made from sloper 10 Marks
Q.3 Cutting and placement 10 Marks
Q.4 Construction and finishing of garments 25 Marks
Q.5 File and scheme work 10 Marks
Note : Please send the material list alongwith.
338 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING
(Vocational Subject)
Scheme of Examinations
Note : The theory paper is of 50 marks, the distribution of
the marks is as given below:
1. (a) Time allowed Theory : 3 hours
Practical : 3 hours
(b) Maximum Marks Theory :
Paper-A : 50
Paper-B : 50
Practical : 50
Practical Int. Asses. : 50
2. Hours for Teaching the Subject-Theory 6 Hours
Hours for Teaching the Subject-Practical 6 Hours
per week
Section A : This will consist of 10 very short answer type questions
with answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry 1 mark the total
weightage being 10 marks.
Section B : This will consist of short-answer type questions with
answer to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions
will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the
candidates. Each question will carry three marks. The total
weightage of the section shall be 24 marks.
Section C : This will consist of essay type questions with answer
to each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set
by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry eight marks; total weightage of the section
being 16 marks.
Note : Number of hours for theory & practical are five & Three
hours resp. Use of calculators is allowed in the examination centre
but it will not be provided by University/College.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 339
REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING
(Vocational)
Paper A
Refrigeration Hardware
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 50
(1) Compressors : Introduction, Types Hermetic, Semi
Hermatic open compressors. Centrifugal & Rotary
Compressors construction. Features volumeteric
Efficiencies Multicylinder Compression & Capacity control.
(2) Compressor lubrication : Methods of Lubrication & the
properties of a Lubricating oil Indentification of sources of
problem in operation Value failure, Shaft Seals 3- way
Values cylinder to head gascats.
(3) Condensers : Definition, Basic Principle, Types of
Condensers.
1. Air cooled Condenser 2. Water Cooled Condenser
3. Evaporative Condenser.
Their Constructional features, comparison between Waters
& Air cooled condenser & their Advantages &
disadvantages.
4. Cooling Towers ; Definition. Types natural & Mechanical
Draft, cooling pond, shell & tube shell of coil chillers. Fouling
& de scaling of condensers. Brine System.
5. Expansion Devices : Capillary Tube, Constant Pressure.
Thermo Static Exp. Values, Sizing of Cappillary. Standard
Sizes, Testing & adjustment of expansion devices. High &
Low side float value. Refrigerant receivers. Dryers Filters.
6. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning System Practice :
Piping layout Selection of pip material & size for various
Refrigerant, Methods of joining, flairing & brazing System,
euacuation, depyartation, charging balancing, leak testing,
Use of Selenoid values pressure equalizers.
340 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING
(Vocational)
Scheme of Examinations
Note : The theory paper is of 50 marks, the distribution of
the marks is as given below:
1. (a) Time Allowed Theory : 3 Hours
Practical : 3 Hours
(b) Maximum Marks Theory :
Paper-A : 50
Paper-B : 50
Practical : : 50
Practical Int. Asses. : 50
2. Hours for Teaching the Subject : Theory : 6 Hours
Hours for Teaching the Subject: Practical : 6 Hours
per week
Section A : This will consist of 10 very short answer questions
with answers to each question upto five lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry 1 marks the total
weightage being 10 marks.
Section B : This will consist of short-answer question with answer
to each question upto two pages in legth. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry three marks. The total weightage of the
section shall be 24 marks.
Section C : This will consist of essay type questions with answers
to each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set
by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry eight and half marks; total weightage of
the section being 16 marks.
Note : Number of hours for theory & practical are five & Three
hours respectively Use of calculators is allowed in the examination
centre but it will not be provided by University/College.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 341
REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING
(Vocational)
Paper B
Refrigeration Equiments
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 50
1. Domestic refrigerators : Introduction, Construction &
Operational features of domestic Refrigerators. Defrosting
Automatic Pressure & Electric Defrosting etc.
2. Cold storages : Introduction, Construction, Sealing &
Insulation of Cold Storages. Refrigeration, Requirements
for various food items. Water coolers. Storage & Pressure
Type Water Coolers Their filtering. Constructional features
& Insulation Bottle Coolers, Ice Creams.
3. Air Conditioning Machines & Components : Types of
cooling. Humidification & Dehumidification coils, Heating
coils. Fans & blowers eilters & dampers.
4. Duct Construction : Buelt systems. Loop perimeter, Radial
Perimeter & Exunded Pleanum Duct System. Water Pumps:
Vertical Types & Horizontal Type.
5. Evaporators : Introduction, Types of Evaporator Flooded
Type Evaporator. Dry Expansion Type Evaporator Baudelot
cooler Bare Tube, Plate Surface, Finned Evaporator, Their
construction & Operational features.
Note : A Job Training of one month in summer will be given to the
students carrying 40 marks.
342 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING
(Vocational)
List of Practical
Time : 3 hours Max. Marks : 50
1. To Study the various control devices e.g. Thermostat, Relays
& dryers etc.
2. To Study the vapour compression System.
3. To Study an electrolux Refrigerator.
4. To Study the (i) Window Type Air Conditioner, Split Type
air Conditioner.
5. To Study Ammonia-Water Plant.
6. To Study a cooling Tower.
7. To Study a desert cooler & Pump used for this type.
8. Gas charging in the Refrigerator System & Testing for
leakage.
9. To test chek the capacitors, Relays, automatic Value,
Solenoid value, high & low pressure cut off etc.
10. To assemble & Operate a small vapour compression system.
11. To find the C.O.P. of a water cooler.
12. To find the C.O.P. of an Ammonia Ice Plant.
List of Books Recommended
Name of Books Author Publisher
Refrigeration & Air S.C.Arora Dhanpat Rai
Conditioning
Refrigeration & Air Dowkundwar Katson
Conditioning Khurmi Publication
Refrigeration & Air Sarao, Gaabi Satya
Conditioning Singh Prakashan.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 343
EARLY CHILDHOOD CARE AND
EDUCATION
(Vocational)
Paper A (Theory) : 3 Hours Max.Marks : 100
Paper B (Practical) : 3 Hours Max.Marks : 100
Demonstration of indoor/outdoor age appropriate activities of
Children. Preparation of two educational/activity materials for
Cognitive/science experiences and creativity Marks : 20
Practical Note Book Marks : 15
Written Practical Test Marks : 15
Oral Examination Marks : 20
Internal Assessment Marks : 20
Assignment Marks : 10
Teaching Work Load
Theory -4 periods per week
Practical-6 periods per week
Note : The question paper may consist of three sections as
follows:-
Section A will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with
answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks, total weightage
being 20 marks.
Section B will consist of short answer type questions with answer
to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks, total weightage of the section
shall be 48 marks.
Section C will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates are required to attempt two. Each
question will carry sixteen marks, total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
344 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Scheme of Examination Time Marks Lectures/Week
Paper-A Theory 3 Hours 100 6
Paper-B Practical 3 Hours 100 4
1. Early Childhood stimulation at home and school. Quality of
Home Environment.
2. Essential of setting up early Childhood Education Centre-
need, importance, objectives and scope.
3. Historical perspectives of Early Childhood Education.
4. Early Childhood Education programmes in India and Abroad.
5. Curriculum Models.
6. Curriculum Management-programme planning : principles,
content, annual, monthly, weekly, daily programmes.
Execution and planning of activity plans : Indoor and outdoor
activities. Maintenance of equipment and record keeping.
7. Integration in Early Childhood Educaiton : identification of
children with special needs and integration with normal
children.
Practical
1. A visit to a "model' early Childhood Educational Centre to
observe curriculum implementation, indoor and outdoor
activities and equipment.
2. Preparation of curriculum, calendar (for one academic
session), daily time table and detailed activity plans (for each
day).
3. Collection of self composed age-appropriate stories and
Rhymes for pre-school children.
4. Demonstration of making ECE Centre Child-proof,
maintenance and care of equipment.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 345
Suggested Readings
1. Camp as an approach for parents : Education (1995), child
resource centre, centre for health education, Training and
Nutrition awareness (CHETNA), lilabatiber Lalbhai's
Bunglow, civil camp road, shahibaug, Ahmedabad-380004
(Gujarat).
2. Developmentally Appropriate practices in Early Childhood
programe. Serving children from Birth through Ages 8.
Expanded Edition. Sue Bredekamp, National Association
for the education of Young Children. 1884 connecticut
Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C.20009-5786.
3. Education's Manual, Child Centred Health Education
Approaches, (1995), CHETNA (Gujarat).
4. Getting Ready for school-The pre-School years- A manual
for care Givers of Children (1994), CHETNA (Gujarat).
5. Guide to Activities in Creative Drama and Puppetry, (1994),
CHETNA (Gujarat).
6. Planning effective preschool education (1995), CHETNA
(Gujarat).
7. Fine J. Marvin, Handbook on Parent Education (1980)
Department of educational Psychology and research, School
of Education, University of kansas, Lawrence, Kansas.
8. Amin Ranjan, (1997), Learning for Life from Birth to Five-
Nurturing the Growing Child, Books for Change, Mumbai.
9. Swaminathan Mina (1998), The First five years -A critical
perspective on Early Childhood Care and Education in india,
Sage Publications, New Delhi.
10. Jaswal, S., Nanda, P. & Roy's (1997), Toy Box-Guide to
Creative Toy Making, Asia Vision, Ludhiana.
346 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
FOOD SCIENCE AND QUALITY CONTROL
(Vocational)
FSQC-5 Food Processing and Packaging
(Theory)
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 75
Instructions for paper setters.
Question paper will cover both the main topics and divided
into two parts. Each part will contain four questions and students
will be asked to attempt five question in all with at least two from
each part.
PART-I
(1) Physical principles underlying food processing operations
including thermal processing, ionising rediation,
refrigerations, freezing, dehydration etc.
(2) Chemical principles in food processing, chemical changes
in food that affect the texture, colour flavour, odour, stability
and nutritive quality during processing and storage.
(3) Processing technology of cereals and legumes
(4) Processing technology of oilseeds.
(5) Processing technology of fruits and vegetables, fresh and
processed.
(6) Processing technology of milk and milk products.
(7) Processing technology of meat, fish, poultry and eggs.
(8) Fermentation technology, Enrichment and Fortification
Technology. High protein food technology.
(9) Quality control in food industry-methods of evaluation and
control of the various aspects of quailty of raw materials
manufacturing process, the testing of finished products.
(10) Waste disposal and sanitation.
(11) Preservatives and additives
(12) Extruded foods.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 347
Part-II
(13) Food Irradiation
(14) Packaging of Foods.
(15) Packaging function
(16) Approches to packaging development, Specification and
Quality Control, interaction of Food & Packaging.
1) Evaluation of Food Packages
2) Importance of Packages
3) Packaging criteria, appearance protection, function cost,
materials & forms of packaging.
4) Packaging methods & performances.
5) Packaging specification & control of packaging quailty.
6) Food & Food package interaction.
7) Food packaging & laws
8) Packaging evaluation-package life theory and testing
packaging materials.
9) Self life testing.
References
1. Technology of cereal, legumes and oil seeds-Chakrobrty
S. DeOr for IBH Pub.
2. Cereal Tech. - Kent.
3. Preservation of fruits & Veg.-Giridhari Lal.
4. Dairy Tech.-Surcumar De.
5. Waste treatment-
6. Food packaging Sacharow and Griffir Avi. Publising Co.
7. Packaging Mng. Briston & Neill. Gower Press
8. Food & Packaging Interaction. Hotchikess American
Chemical Society.
9. Packaging for Climatic Protection Cains, Oswin Paine.
348 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
FOOD SCIENCE AND QUALITY CONTROL
(Vocational)
FSQC-6 Quality Assurance
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 75
Question paper will cover both the main topics and
divided into two parts. Each part will contain four questions
and the students will be asked to attempt five questions
in all atleast two from each part.
Theory
Part-I
Objectives, importance and functions of quality control.
Methods of quality assessment of food materials fruits, vegetables,
cereals, dairy products, meat, egg and processed products.
Part-II
Sampling, specifications of raw materials and finished products,
Sensory evaluation.
Concept of HACCP & GMP.
Quality Attributes : Size, Shape, Colour, Aroma, Texture Food
Laws and Regulations. AGMARK, FPO, PFA, MFPO, BIS, ISO.
Recommend Books :
1. Quality Control for Food Industry by Kramer A, Twigg BA.
1970, AVI Publishers, USA.
2. Handbook of Analysis and Quality Control for Fruits & Veg.
Products by Ranganna S, 2nd ed. 2000, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi.
3. Food Science by Potter NN, 5th ed. 2006, CBS Publishers,
New Delhi.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 349
FSQC-7 Food Processing & Packaging
(Practical)
Max. Marks : 25
1. Determination of Physical characteristics of cereals.
2. Milling of wheat into flour.
3. Determination of wet & Dry gluten contents.
4. Determination of free fatty acids in flour and rice bran.
5. Milling of rice
6. Proboilling of rice
7. Identification of packaging materials.
8. To estimate the shelf life of packaged food.
9. To determine greasec resistance of packaging material.
10. Determination of water vapour transmission of rate of
various packaging materials.
11. To find out the porosity of tin plate.
12. To find out the tin coating weight
13. To find out the uniformity and amount of wax on wax paper.
14. To see the chemical resistance of packaging materials.
15. Visits to various industries dealing with food packaging
material like, paper board and metal.
350 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
FSQC-8 Quality Assurance (Practical)
Practicals : Max. Marks : 25
1. Quality evaluation of milk & milk products.
2. Quality evaluation of cereals.
3. Quality evaluation of fruits and vegetables
4. Quality evaluation of Oils & Fats.
5. Quality evaluation of Meat & Poultry.
6. Adulterants in milk, cereals, oils & Fats and their detection.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 351
ELECTRONICS
Paper—A
Digital Electronics
Time : 3 Hours Max Marks : 50
Note : For examiners/paper setters :
1. Equal weightage should be given to each unit of the
syllabus.
2. Question paper should be set strictly accroding to
the syllabus.
3. The distribution of marks is as given below :
Section A : This will consist of 10 (ten) very short answer type
questions. All questions will be compulsory. Each question will carry
ONE mark, total weightage of the section being 10 marks.
Section B : This will consist of short-answer questions. The
examiner will set twelve 12 questions and the candidates will attempt
eight (8) questions. Each question will carry Three marks; total
weightage of the section shall be 24 marks.
Section C : This will consist of essay type questions. The examiner
will set four (4) questions and the candidate will be required to
attempt two (2). Each question will carry 8 marks; total weightage
of the section being 16 marks.
Note for teacher/Student: Minimum number of hours
for theory are three (3)=4*45 minutes per week.
Unit-I
Transistor Oscillators :
Concept of feedback in amplifiers, type of feedback, principle
of feedback amplifier, effects of negative feedback, positive
feedback amplifier, LC oscillators (tuned-collector, tuned base,
Hartley, colpitte), RC oscillators (Phase-shift, Wien-Bridge), Crystal
oscillators, multivibrators. Monostable, Bistable, Astable & Schimmit
Trigger. Saw tooth wave generator.
352 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Unit-II
Digital/Electronics-I:
Introduction to sequential circuits; flip flops, RS flip-flop,
Clocked RS flip-flop, , D flip-flop, Latches, level triggered & edge
triggered flip-flops, positive and negative edge triggering limitations
of JK flip-flop- race-around condition, Master-Slave JK flip-flop,
T flip flops. Applications of flip flop, shift registers, shift-left
Registers, shift right registers. Serial in serial out shift registers
(SISO), serial in parallel out Shift Registers (SIPO), Parallel in serial
out shift registers (PISO) parallel in parallel out shift registers
(PIPO), Universal shift registers, Applications of shift registers
Unit-III
Counters; serial counters, parallel counters, up-down counters
and speed limitation of serial counters, designing of synchronous &
asynchronous counters, hybrid counters, shift register counters, ring
counters, twisted ring counters, cascading of synchronous counters.
Analog to digital and digitial to analog conbeters : Weighed resister
DAC, R-2R ladder DAC, parallel comparator ADC, successive
approximation ADC, counting ADC, Dual Dual slop ADC.
Books
(1) Fundamentals of Digital Circuits by A. Anand Kumar (PHI),
2004.
(2) Modern Digitial Electronics by R.P. Jain (Tata McGrew
HIll), 3rd Edition, 2003.
(3) Principals of Electronics by S.K. Bhattacharya & Dr. Renu
Vij (S.K. Kataria & Sons), 2004.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 353
ELECTRONICS
Paper—B
Analog Integrated Circuits
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 50
Note : For the examiners/paper setters :
1. Equal weightage should be given to each unit of the
syllabus.
2. Question paper should be set strictly according to
the syllabus.
3. The distribution of marks is as given below :
Section A : This will consist of 10 (ten) very short answer
type questions. All questions will be compulsory. Each question will
carry ONE marks total weightage of the section being 10 marks.
Section B : This will consist of short-answer type questions.
The examiner will set twelve 12 questions and the candidates will
attempt eight (8) questions. Each question will carry Three marks
, total weightage of the section shall be 24 marks.
Section C : This will consist of essay type questions. The
examiner will set four (4) questions and the candidate will be required
to attempt two (2). Each question will carry 8 marks; total weightage
of the section being 16 marks.
Note for teacher/Student: Minimum number of hours
for theory are three (3)=4*45 minutes per week.
Unit I
Linear Integrated Circuits - I :
Dual-input, Balanced output, Dual-input Unbalanced Output,
Single Input Balanced-Output, Single-input unbalanced output,
differential amplifier with AC and DC analysis, operational amplifier,
block diagram, schematic symbol, op-amp parameters Ideal op, amp,
Equivalent circuit, Ideal voltage transfer curve, Open loop op-amp
configurations, voltage-series feedback amplifier, voltage shunt,
feedback amplifier.
354 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Unit II
Linear Integrated Circuit -II :
Operational amplifier applications; Summing, Scaling
Averaging Amplifiers-Inverting configuration, Non-inverting
configuration, Differental configuration, Integrator, differentiator,
Square Wave, Generator, Triangular Wave Generator, Saw Tooth
Wave Generator.
Unit III
Linear Integrated Circuits -III :
The 555 timer; Pin configuration, Internal Structure. The 555
as a Monostable Multivibrator, Monostable Multivibrator
Applications, the 555 as a Astable Multivibrator, Astable
Multivibrator Applicaions, 78 XX & 79 XX series of Voltage
Regulators, Fixed Voltage Regulators, Adjustable Voltage
Regulators, Switching Regulators, Special Regulators.
Suggested Readings :
(1) Op-Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits by Ramakant
& Gayakwars (Prentice Hall India) 4th Edition Reprint 2002.
(2) Design with Operational Amplier & Analog Integrated
Circuits by Sergio & Franco (Tata McGraw Hill) 3rd Edition
2003.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 355
ELECTRONICS
Paper C
Electronics and Instrumentation
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 50
Note : For the examiners/paper setters :
1. Equal weightage should be given to each unit of the
syllabus.
2. Question paper should be set strictly accroding to
the syllabus.
3. The distribution of marks is as given below :
Section A : This will consist of 10 (ten) very short answer
type questions. All questions will be compulsory. Each question will
carry ONE mark, total weightage of the section being 10 marks.
Section B : This will consist of short-answer type questions.
The examiner will set twelve 12 questions and the candidates will
attempt eight (8) questions. Each questions will carry Three marks;
total weightage of the section shall be 24 marks.
Section C : This will consist of essay type questions. The
examiner will set four (4) questions and the candidate will be required
to attempt two (2). Each question will carry 8 marks each; total
weightage of the section being 16 marks.
Note for teacher/Student: Minimum number of hours
for theory are three (3)=4*45 minutes per week.
Unit-I
Measurements I: Unit, Absolute Units, Fundamental and
Derived Units, Dimensions, Dimensions of Machanical Units, CGS
System of Units—Electromagnetic Units, Electrostatic Units,
Practical Units, Dimensional equations—Dimensions in Electrostatic
Systems, Dimensions in Electromagnetic Systems, Relationship
between Electrostatic and Electromagnetic System of Units.
356 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Unit-II
Measurements II : Standards, construction and equivalent
circuit representation of Resistance, Capacitances and Inductances.
Operating Principles and construction of Galvanometer, Analog
Ammeters, Voltmeters and Ohmmeters, critical, under and over
damping of Galvanometers, Ballistic Galvanometer and their
calibration, Fluxmeter, Vibration Galvanometers, Duddell's
Oscilloscope, Multirange Voltmeters and ammeters, Series and Shunt
type Ohmmeters, Megger and Ducter Ohmmeter, Measurement
using multi-meters.
Unit-III
Measurements-III :Frequency meters, types of frequency
meters and synchrocopes. Measurement of medium, low and high
Resistances.
Potentiometers; DC potentiometers, Standard Reference
voltage source, principle of operation, construction and calibration,
phantom loading range extension and applications for DC
potentiometers, self balancing Potentiometers. AC Potentiometers,
types and applications. AC Bridges; Maxwell's Inductance Bridge,
Maxwell's Inductance Capacitance Bridge.
Unit-IV
Measurements-IV : Electronic Voltmeters, FET
Voltmeters, Cathode Ray Oscilloscope principle and working
measurements of Voltage, Frequency and Phase angle with CRO,
Multiple trace and storage type Oscilloscope, Audio Signal
Generators.
Books
1. Electrical and Electronic Measurements & Instrumentation
by A.K. Sawhney.
2. Electronic Instrumentation & Measurement Techniques by
W.D. Cooper.
3. Basic Electrical Measurement by B. Stont.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 357
ELECTRONICS
(Practicals)
Time : 3 Hours 30 Minutes Max. Marks : 50
Note : 1. Perform two experiments at least from each section.
2. Minimum Hours Per week for practical 6.
List of Practicals
Section-A
1. To examine design and operating characteristics of an
inverting Op-Amp.
2. To Examine design and operating characteristics of a non-
inverting Op-Amp.
3. Study the response of the RC circuit to square wave
(Integrator and differentiator).
4. To study the Op-Amp as differentiator.
5. To study the Op-Amp as integrator.
6. To study Op-Amp as summer.
7. Design a wein-Bridge oscillator using 741.
8. Design a delay circuit using 555 timer.
9. Verification of the truth tables of Multiplexer and
Demultiplexer.
10. Design , Fabrication and testing of differentiator and
integrator circuits using Op-Amp.
11. To study Clipping diode circuit.
12. Design, fabrication and testing of Clipper and Clamper
circuits using Op-Amp.
Section-B
13. Measurement of Inductance by Maxwell's Bridge.
14. Measurement of Small Resistance by Kelvin's Bridge.
15. Measurement of Capacitance by Schering Bridge.
16. Measurement of Frequency by Wein's Bridge.
17. Measurement of Displacement with help Potentiometer.
358 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
18. Determination of Frequency and phase angle using CRO.
19. Measurement of Medium Resistances with the help of
Wheatstone bridge.
20. To find the Q of a Coil by a series resonance method and
verify it.
21. Verification of truth table for Flip Flops RS, D, JK, T flip
flops.
22. Verification of truth table for Up Down Counters, Ring
Counters.
23. Study of Hartley, Colpitts and RC oscillator.
24. Study of Monostable, Bistable and astable multivirator.
Books Recommended:
1. Basic Electronics and Linear Circuits-By N.N.Bhargava,
D.C.Kulshreshtha, S.C.Gupta (TMH).
2. Basic Electronics Solid State By B.L.Theraja, (S.Chand &
Co.)
3. Digital Design By M.Morris Meno (PHI), (chapters : 4,5,10)
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 359
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Scheme of Examination
Paper-A : Computer Oriented Hours Max.Marks
Numerical and Statistical Methods 3 75
Paper-B : Data Structures and 3 75
Programming in C++
Theory : 4 hours per week in Paper A & B
Paper-C : (Practical) Practicals 3 25
based on Paper-A, Paper-B 3 25
Practical : 2 hours per week (each paper)
Note : 1. Eight questions are required to be set giving the weightage
to all the portions. The candidates will be required to
attempt any five questions. All questions will carry equal
marks.
2. The maximum marks for the paper will be 75.
3. As far as possible except in the computer language papers
no programme may be asked in theory papers. Emphasis
should be on alongwith development.
4. The students can use only Non Programmable and Non
storage type calculator in the subject/paper pertaining to
Computer.
360 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Paper-A
Computer Oriented Numerical and Statistical Methods
Numerical Methods
Time : 3 Hours Marks : Theory : 75
Practical : 25
Introduction
1. Numerical methods, Numerical methods versus numerical
analysis, Errors and Measures of Errors.
2. Non-linear Equations, Iterative Solutions, Multiple roots and
other difficulties, interpolation methods, Methods of bi-
section, False position method, Newton Raphson-method.
3. Simultaneous Solution of Equations, Gauss Elimination
Method Gauss Jordan method. Gauss Siedel Method, Matrix
Inversion Method.
4. Interpolation and Curve Fitting, Lagrangian Polynomials,
Newtons Methods : Forward Difference Method,
Backward Difference Method Divided Difference Method.
5. Numerical Integration and Different Tryaperzoidal Rule,
Simpson's 1/3 Rule Simpson's 3/8 Rule.
Numerical differentiation by Polynomial Fit
Statistical Techniques
1. Measure of Central Tendency, Preparing frequency
distribution table, Mean Arithmetic, mean geometric, Mean
harmonic, Mean median Mode.
2. Measure of dispersion, Skewness and Kurtosis Range,
Mean deviation. Standard deviation, co-efficient of variation,
Moments Skewness Kurtosis.
3. Correlation Bivariate Distribution Multivariate distribution.
4. Regression B.C., Linear Regression, Multiple Regression.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 361
5. Trend Analysis least square fit linear trend, Non-linear trend
Y=ax
b
Y=ab
x
Y=ac
x
Polynomial fit : Y=a+alX+ea^2x2+a^nxn+n
Note for paper setters
(i) That the program for numerical and statistical methods are
to be written in C/C++ Language.
(ii) Paper setter indicating thereby that the greater weightage
is to be given to exercises and Algorithms rather than
theoretical derivation of all numerical and statistical methods.
Books Recommended
1. B.S. Grewal : Numerical Methods for Engineering,
Sultanchand Publications.
2. V. Rajaraman : Computer Oriented Numerical Methods,
Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd., New Delhi.
362 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Paper-B
Data Structures & Programming Language Using C++
Time : 3 Hrs. Theory : 75
Practical : 25
Note: i) In theory eight questions are to be set in all. The
candidates are required to attempt five of them. All
questions are to be of equal marks.
ii) The maximum marks of the paper is 75.
iii) As far as possible except in the Computer language
papers no programme may be asked in theory
papers.Emphasis should be on algorithm development.
Practical marks will include the appropriate weightage for proper
maintenance of Lab record.
Data Structure : Introduction to elementary Data Organization,
Common Operation on Data Structures, Algorithm Complexity, Big
O Notation, Time-Space Trade off between Algorithm.
Arrays: Array Defined, Representing Arrays in memory, Various
operations on Linear arrays, Multi Dimensional arrays.
Linked lists : Types of Linked Lists, representing linked list in
memory, advantages of using linked lists over arrays, Various
operations of linked lists.
Stacks : Description of STACK structure, Implementation of stack,
using arryas and linked lists, application of stack-converting
Arithmetic expression from infix notational to polish and their
subsequent evaluation, quicksort technique to sort an array.
Queues : Description of queue structure, Implementation of queue
using arrays and linked lists, description or priorities of queues,
deques.
Sorting and Searching : Sorting Algorithms, bubble sort, selection
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 363
sort, insertion sort, quick sort, merge sort, heap sort, searching
Algorithms, linear search and binary search.
Object Oriented Programming : Objects & Classes, Constructor
& Destructor, Operator Overloading, Overloading uniary operators,
Overloading binary operators, Data conversion, Pitfalls of operator
overloading and conversion, Inheritance, Derived class and pase,
Derived class constructor. Overloading member functions,
Inheritance in the English distance class, class hierarchies, Public
& Private inheritance, Level of inheritance, Polymorphism, problems
with single inheritance, multiple inheritance
References:
Seymour Lischutz, Theory and Problems of Data
Structures.
Schaum’s Outline Series, McGraw Hill Company.
Tanenbaum, Data Structure Using C++
364 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
COMPUTER APPLICATION
(Vocational)
Paper - A
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : (Theory) : 75
Practical : 25
Scheme for Computer Applications
(1) Operating System
(2) Relational Data Base Management System & ORACL
Note for Paper-Setters
(i) Eight questions are required to be set giving the weightage
to all the portions. The cadidates will be required to attempt
any five questions. All questions will carry equal marks.
(ii) The maximum marks for the paper will be 75
(iii) As per as possible except in the computer language papers
no programme may be asked in the Theory papers.
Emphasis should be on algorithm development..
1. What is an Operating System - Evolution of OS Machine
Language, Assembly, Compiler, Interpreter.
2. Types of Operating Systems with Examples
a) Single User Systems - MS DOS
b) Multi User Systems : Unix, Xenix, Vax/VMS.
3. Functions of Operating System
a) Memory Management (Fixed Sized partition, Variavle Sized
Partition, Dynamic Memory Management with Reallocation
Technique, Paging Demand Paging Techniques)
b) CPU Management (For come First served, Shortest Job
First, Round Robin Policy)
c) File Management
d) I/O Device Management
e) Command Interpreter
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 365
f) Data Management
g) Programme Developing Tools
h) Time Sharing
i) Security
j) Communication
4. Brief History of MS-DOS
5. Terminology for MS-DOS
a) File
b) Types of File (Data, Programme)
c) Wild Cards (*,?)
d) Directory- (Root, Single, Multi, Current)
e) Relative and Absolute Path
f) Booting a System (ROM BIOS self test, Port, IO.SYS,
MSBIOS.SYS, Autoexec.bat, Config.Sys, Command.Com
6. Internal and External Commands with Syntax (Arguments
& Parameters)
a) Internal -cls, date, time, md, cd, copy con, dir, type,
ren, delete, rd, copy
b) External -chkdsk, scandisk, mem, attrib, xcopy,
diskcopy, diskcomp, backup, restore.
7. Features and Benefits of Unix.
8. Unix System (Multi-programming, time-sharing, multi-
tasking)
9. Components of Unix (Kernel, Shell)
10. UNIX file system (Data Block, list, super block, boot block)
11. Types of Files (Ordinary, Directory and Special Files)
12. Types of users in UNIX - levels of users (0-2)
13. Login and Logout from Unix Session
366 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
14. Types of Shells (Bourne, c-shell, r-shell)
15. Shell as a command inte, clear
16. Simple Directory and File Commands Cat, is, in, chmod,
mail, who, whoami, cal, pwd, date,ps, mkdir, cd, rmdir, rm,
tput, clear.
17. Piping, filters, batch processing, shell programming (echo,
read, case constructs)
18. Editors (vi) : Commands for opening, inserting, modifying,
deleting and saving files.
Practical : University Practical 25 Marks
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 367
COMPUTER APPLICATION
(Vocational)
Paper B
Relational Data Base Management Systems Oracle
Time :3 Hrs. Max. Marks : Theory :75
Practical : 25
Paper Setters Instructions :-
i) In theory eight questions are to be set giving the weightage
to all the portions. The candidates are required to attempt
five. All questions are to be of equal marks.
ii) The maximum marks of the paper is 75.
iii) As far as possible except in the Computer language papers
no programme may be asked in theory papers. Emphasis
should be on algorithm development.
Theory : 4 hours per week in paper A & B
Practical: 2 hours per week (each paper)
Relational Data Base Management System & ORACLE
1. Definition of 3 GL and 4 GL languages
2. Definition of CODD's Rules
3. Introduction to RDBMS and Oracle-Advantages and
Limitations over DBMS.
a) Normalization of Data : First, Second and Third Normal
form
b) Database Models - Hierarchical, Network, Relational
c) Features of SQL Compatibility, Portability
d) Important components (Database Manager, DDL., DML.,
DCL., query processor. (Data Dictionary) ;
e) Introduction to SQL Plus - Definition.
368 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
4. SQL Operators
=I=<>><>=<=[NOT]BETWEEN........AND........
[NOT]IN[Text ]NOT]l i ke, IS[NOT][NULL, NOT,
AND,OR
5. Data Types
Char, numbers, date long, raw, long raw
6. DDL Commands of SQL
- Create Tables
- Alter Table, view
- Drop Table
- Create View-As selected from, where
- Rename
- Create Index
7. Data Manipulation Language
1. Select
- Select distinct
- Select from where
- Select from where order by
- Select group by clause
- Select Group by having clause
2. Insert Into
3. Update Statement
4. Delete Statement
8. Data Control Language
- Roll back
- Revoke
- Grant
9. Sub Query Definition with 2 Levels
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 369
10. Aggregate Functions
Sum, Avg, max, min,count,stddev,variance
11. Character Functions
Lower, Upper, Length, Substr,RPAD,LPAS
12. Arithmatic Functions
Round, Trune, Sqrt, Mod, Abs, Sine
13. Date and Time Functions and Other Miscellaneous Functions
(Add-months, Month-between, NVL, Translate, field
concatenation, decode)
14. Conversion Functions (to-char,to-number, to-date)
15. Substitution Variables (&,&&)
16. Reporting Using SQL Plus
1. Specifying column heading
2. Formating columns
3. Char formats
4. Break
5. Inserting spaces when the break value changes
6. Inserting spaces after every row.
7. Break on multiple columns with different spacing
8. Compute
9. T Title
10. B Title
11. Page size line size, pause.
17. Introduction to PL/SQL
1. Relationship between SQL & PL/SQL
2. Advantages of PL/SQL
3. PL/SQL block structure
4. Valuable and Constant declaration
5. Declaration using attributes %type attribute If elsif ends
if statement
370 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Practical : 25 Marks
Books Reccomended :
- Introduction to Data base System by C.J. Date
- Data base Managemet System by B.C. Desai
- Data base concept by Korth
- Simplifield Approach to by DBMS Kalyani Publications
- Oracle :- Developer 2000 by Iven Bayross.
- Data base System Concepts & oracle (SQL/PIS Q) -
AP Publications.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 371
COMPUTER MAINTENANCE
(Vocational)
Paper A
Microprocessor & Assembly Language
Time : 3 Hours M.Marks : 100
Theory : 75 Marks
Practical : 25 Marks
Instructions for the Paper Setters :
i) Eight questions are required to be set giving the
weightage to all the portions. The candidates will be
required to attempt any five questions. All questions
will carry equal marks.
ii) The maximum marks for the paper will be 75.
iii) As for as possible except in the computer language
papers no programme may asked in the Theory
papers, emphasis should be on Algorithm
development.
* Introduction to Micro Computer System : Microprocessor
Definition, Evolution, Microprocessor as a CPU, Single chip
Micro Computers, Organization of a Micro Processor Based
System.
* 8- Bit Microprocessor : Introduction of 8085, ALU (Timing
& Control Unit, Registers, Data & Address Bus, Pin
Configuration, Intel 8085, Instruction), Instruction Cycles
(Fetch Operation, execute Operation, Machine Cycle &
State, Instruction & Data Flow), Timing Diagram (Timing
Diagram for OP Code, Fetch, Cycle, Memory Read, I/O
Road Memory and I/O write).
* Interfacing I/O Devices : Basic Interfacing Concepts,
Interfacing, Output Display Interfacing Output Devices,
Memory Mapped I/O.
* Instruction Set of Intel 8085 : Introduction Instruction &
Data Format, Addressing Modus, Statrs Flags, Intel 8085
Instruction.
372 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
* Peripheral Devices & Their Interfacing : Memory &
I/O Interfacing, Data Transfer Schemes, Interrupt of Intel
8085, Programmable DMA Controller, Programmable
Interrupt Controller, Intel 8529.
* 16-Bit Microprocessor : Intel 8086/8088 pin Diagram,
Architecture, Minimum & Maximum Modes, Bus Cycles,
Memory Bus Status Codes, Memory Control Signals, Read/
Write Cycle.
* I/O Interface of 8086/8088 Microprocessor :Introduction,
Types of I/O, Isolated I/O Interfaces, I/O Data Transfers,
I/O Instruction, I/O Bus Cycles, I/O Hand Shaking Memory
Mapped I/O. 8237A Programmable DMA Controller.
Assembly Language Programs Using 8085 Instructions
References :
B.Ram : Fundamental of Microprocessor & Micro Computers,
Dhanput Rai, 5th Edition, 2001.
R.S. Gaonkar : Microprocessor Architecture for 8085, 3rd
Edition,PRI, 1997.
Avtar Singh : 8088 & 8086 Microprocessor, Prentice Hall, 2002,
6th Edition.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 373
COMPUTER MAINTENANCE
(Vocational)
Paper-B
PC Maintenance & Troubleshooting
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 75
Practical : 25
Instructions for the Paper Setters :
i) Eight questions are required to be set giving the
weightage to all the portions. The candidate will be
required to attempt any five questions. All questions
will carry equal marks.
ii) The maximum marks for the paper will be 75.
iii) As for as possible except in the computer language
papers no programme may asked in the Theory paper,
emphasis should be on Algorithm development.
* Troubleshooting General PC Problems : Introduction,
General Troubleshooting rules, Common Problems &
Solutions, Preventive Maintenance.
* BIOS : Typical Motherboard BIOS, BIOS Features, BIOS
& Boot Sequences, BIOS Shortcoming & Compatible
Issues, BIOS Troubleshooting, BIOS Upgrades.
* Hard Disk : Introduction, Disk Basics, Disk Performance
& Characteristics, Drive Construction, Drive Testing &
troubleshooting.
* Mortherboard & Buses : Introduction, Motherboard
Components, Expansion Slots system, Bus Functions &
Features. Upgrading & Troubleshooting Motherboard,
General Bus Troubleshooting.
* Basic Memory Concepts : Introduction, Installing
Memories, Upgrade Options & Strategies, Replacing
Memories with Higher Capacity. Troubleshooting Memory.
374 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
* Printers : Printer Technology, How Printer Works,
Attaching Printer, Installing Printer Drivers, Preventive
Maintenance, Common Printer Problems & Solution.
* Error Code : Beep Code, Post Code, Post Reader Card.
References
Upgrading & Reparing PCs : Muller, Prentice Hall, 10th Edition,
2000.
Complete PC Upgrade & : Mark Minasi, BPB Publishers,
Maintenance Guide 15th Edition, 2004.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 375
COMPUTER MAINTENANCE
(Vocational)
List of Practicals Based on Paper-A
1. To study the architecture of 8088 microprocessor.
2. To study the addressing modes of 8086.
3. To add two binary numbers each of 16-bit long.
4. To add two binary numbers each of 8-bit long.
5. To find maximum number in the given string (16 bytes long)
and store it at location 0510.
6. To sort a string of a number of 8-bytes in descending order.
7. To multiply an ASCII string of 8 number by a single ASCII
digit.
8. To divide a string of unpacked ASCII digits.
List of Practicals Based on Paper-B
1. Introduction and knowledge of components of PC.
2. To study the troubleshooting Beep Codes.
3. Detection of display card & its replacement.
4. Delection of RAM failures and its replacement.
5. Detection of Motherboard failure and its repair.
6. Up gradation of PC.
7. Troubleshooting Keyboard and Mouse.
376 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Information Technology (Vocational)
Paper-A
OOPS Using C++
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 75
Practical : 25
Instructions for the paper setter
Note :(i) In theory eight questions are to be set giving the
weightage to all the portions. The candidates are
required to attempt any five. All questions are to
be of equal marks.
(ii) The maximum marks for the paper will be 75.
(iii) As for as possible except in the Computer language
papers no programme may be asked in theory
papers. Emphasis should be on algorithm
development.
SECTION-A
Evolution of OOP, OOP Paradigm, Advantage of OOP,
Characteristics of the object oriented language-objects,classes,
Inheritance, Reusability, User Defined data types, Polymorphism
and operator overloading. Identifiers and Keywords, Constants, c++
operators, type conversion, variable Declaration, Statements and
Expressions, Input and output, conditional expression, loop
statements, breaking control statements.
Defining a function, types of functions, storage class
specifiers, recusions.
SECTION-B
Arrays, structures, pointers and structures, unions, classes, member,
functions, objects, arrays of class objects, pointer and classes,
constructors, destructors, inline member functions, static class
member, friend function, dynamic memory allocation.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 377
Inheritance, single inheritance, types of base classes, type of
derivations, multiple inheritance, container classes, member access
control, Functions overloading , operator overloading, polymorphism,
virtual functions, pure virtual functions, opening and closing of files,
Stream State member functions.
References :
1. C++; A Beginner's Guide by "Schildt, Herbert", Edition 2002,
McGraw Hill.
2. Turbo C++ by "Lafore Robert", Edition Frist, 1991, Reprint,
2007, Galgotia Publication.
3. Bruce Eckel, "Thinking in C++", First Edition.
4. Let us C++, "Yeshwant Kanetkar", First Edition, 2006, BPB
Publication.
378 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Information Technology
(Vocational)
Paper-B
Data Base Management System
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 75
Practical : 25
Instructions for the paper setters
Note: (i) In theory eight questions are to be set giving the
weightage to all the portions. The candidates are
required to attempt any five. All questions are to
be of equal marks.
(ii) The maximum marks for the paper will be 75.
(iii) As for as possible except in the Computer language
papers no programme may be asked in theory
papers. Emphasis should be on algorithm
development.
SECTION-A
Indexing Techniques, Primary, Secondary, Clustering, B
Trees, B+Trees, Hashing (Extendible, Dynamic,and linear)
Database Architectures and Data Models, Network, Hierarchical,
and Relational, Object-Oriented, Relational Model; Relations,
Relational operators and integrity constraints. Relational Algebra
and SQL, Query Optimisation, DDL, DML, DCL.
SECTION-B
Database Design : ER Modeling, mapping to relational
scheme. Normalisation - Ist, 2nd,3rd, BCNF - Concurrancy Control
Lost Update, Temporary Update , Locking Mechanisms, Binary
Locks, Shared and Exclusive Locks, 2 Phase Locking protocol,
Timestamping approches. Recovery Mechanism Motivations,
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 379
Transactions , System Log, Commit Points , Checkpoints , immediate
& Deferred Update Protocols Shadow paging. Distributed
Databases Introduction, Fragmentation policies, Object Oriented
Databases.
References :
1. Database System Concepts by Abraham & Henry F. Korth,
McGraw Hill, Edition, 2006.
2. Introduction to Database Systems by Navathe, 2nd Edition,
Pearson Publication.
380 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
AUTOMOBILE MAINTENANCE
(Vocational)
Paper - A (Theory)
Time : 3 hours Maximum Marks : 100
Periods per week Theory 6
Instructions for the paper setter.
Question paper should be set strictly according to the syllabus and
preferably in Punjabi.
The language of the paper should be straight and simple Punjabi.
Paper A : Theory shall consists of three parts :
(a) Ten short compulsory questions requiring short replies of
five lines each. Each question carries two marks.
(b) Ten Questions of six marks each giving to the points replies.
Eight questions carrying forty eight marks will be attempted
by the candidates.
(c) Two questions of descriptive type to be attempted by the
candidates out of set of four questions. Total marks 32.
The question paper should cover the whole syllabus.
Part-I
Automatic Electrical Systems : -
Basic Automotive Circuits, Starting motor, Starting Devices, Bendix
starting Drive, Overrunning clutch drive, Solinoid shift systems,
Starting motor troubleshooting, Generator, Generator principles,
Generation of Alternating currents, Generation of direct current,
Generator construction, generator output control, Cut out relay,
Regulator, Alternator type generator, Generating Systems
troubleshooting.
Ignition Systems :-
Introduction, Qualities of a good ignition system, Battery ignition
system, Components of battery ignition system, Ignition coil,
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 381
Condenser, Contact breaker, Distributer, Ignition Advance, Methods
of ignition advance, Spark plug, Classification Sparking Plugs, Spark
Plug Gap, Magneto Ignition System, Rotating Armature Type,
Rotating magnet type, Low and high tension types, Special type of
magneto, Ignition System troubleshooting.
Part-II
Engines :
Introduction, Classification of automobile engines, Engine cycle,
Number of strokes, With respect to fuels use, Number and
arrangement of cylinders, Classification based on valve
arrangements, Classification based on type of cooling, Classification
based on type of valve, Special type engines, Square engines, Fuel
cell, Electric vehicles, Engine position.
Ignition systems :
No spark, Spark at some wires, Intermittent spark, Weak spark,
servicing ignition system.
Piston Assembly :-
Piston, Piston rings, Analysis of piston rings, piston pins, Materials
Engine Service Crank Shift and Cylinder Blocks :
Review of design, Analysis of Crank shift for strength, Surface
hardening of crank shaft and their materials.
Clutch Operation :
Clutch, Requirement of clutch, Types of Clutch, Friction clutches,
Clutch components, Friction materials, Clutch lining materials,
Bonding materials, Fluid coupling, Torque transmission,
Characteristics of the fluid flywheel, Advantages of fluid flywheel,
Clutch troubleshooting, Fluid flywheel troubleshooting.
Diesel Engine Service :
Fuel pump tests, Fuel Delivery, Pressure, Stroke, Carborator test
and adjustments, Fuel level, Float level, Adjustment.
382 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
AUTOMOBILE MAINTENANCE
Paper-B
(Practical)
Time : 3 Hours Max.Marks : 80
Periods per week : Practical 4 Internal Asses. : 20
Total : 100
Distribution of Marks
Three visits to Motor Workshop 15
Oral Examination 10
Written Test 10
Test of Workshop jobs 25
Identification of Workshop Tools 10
Scale Instrument readings 10
1. Self stater opening from the voh and Refitting
2. Dynmo/Alternator Dismentling and assembling.
3. Ignition Timing with the Engine
4. Engine fault Diagonising.
5. Engine Piston and Rings fitting
6. Clutch Dismentling and assembling
7. Clutch Fitting with Engine
8. Cut out opening and fitting with Engine
References :
1) Basic Automobile Engineering (Punjabi Edition) Written by
C.P.Nakra, Published by Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Jalandhar,
(Delhi).
2) Royal Basic Automobile Engineering Written by R.K.Kalia.
(Punjabi Edition).
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 383
Environmental Studies (Compulsory)
Theory Lectures : 50 Hours
Time for Theory examination M. Marks : 75+25=100
Regular students: 2½ Hours Regular students :75
Private students : 3 Hours Private students : 100
Instructions for paper setters : The question paper will consist
of two sections for regular students and three sections for private
students.
Unit-I
(Compulosry for all students)
Section A (30 Marks) : It will consist of ten short answer type
questions. Candidates will be required to attempt six questions, each
question carrying five marks. Answer to any of the questions should
not exceed two pages.
Section B (45 Marks) : It will consist of six essay type questions.
Candidates will be required to attempt three questions, each question
carrying fifteen marks. Answer to any of the questions should not
exceed four pages.
1. The multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies:
Definition, scope and importance, Need for public awareness.
2. Natural resources : Natural resources and associated
problems.
a) Forest resources: Use of over exploitation, deforestation,
case studies. Timber extraction, mining, dams and their
effects on forests and tribal people.
b) Water resources: Use and over-utilization of surface
and ground water, floods, drought, conflicts over water,
dams-benefits and problems.
c) Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental
effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case
studies.
d) Food resources : World food problems, change caused
by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern
384 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging,
salinity, case studies.
e) Energy resources : Growing energy needs, renewable
and non-renewable energy sources, use of alternate
energy sources. Case studies.
f) Land resources : Land as a resource, land degradation,
man induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification.
g) Role of an individual in conservation of natural
resources, Equitable use of resources for sustainable
lifestyles.
3. Ecosystem
Concept of an ecosystem, Structure and function of an
ecosystem, Producers, consumers and decomposers, Energy
flow in the ecosystem, Ecological succession, Food chains,
food webs and ecological pyramids.
Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and
function of the following ecosystems :
a. Forest ecosystem
b. Grassland ecosystem
c. Desert ecosystem
d. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers,
oceans, estuaries).
4. Biodiversity and its conservation
Definition : Genetic, species and ecosystem diversity,
Biogeographical classification of India.
Value of biodiversity : Consumptive use, productive use,
social, ethical, aesthetic and option values.
Biodiversity of global, National and local levels, India as
mega-diversity nation, Hot-spots of biodiversity.
Threats to biodiversity : Habitat loss, poaching of wildlife,
man wildlife conflicts Endangered and endemic species of
India.
Conservation of biodiversity : In situ and Ex-situ
conservation of biodiversity.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 385
5. Environmental pollution
Definition, Causes, effects and control measures of :
a) Air Pollution
b) Water Pollution
c) Soil Pollution
d) Marine Pollution
e) Noise Pollution
f) Thermal Pollution
g) Nuclear Hazards
Solid Waste Management : Causes effects and control
measures of urban and industrial wastes.
Role of an individual in prevention of pollution.
Pollution case studies
Disaster Management : Floods, Earthquake, Cyclone and
Landslides
6. Social Issues and Environment
* From unsustainable to sustainable development
* Urban problems related to energy
* Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed
management
* Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and
concerns. Case studies
* Environmental ethics : Issues and possible solutions.
* Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer
depletion, nuclear accidents and holocause. Case studies.
* Wasteland reclamation
* Consumerism and waste products
* Environmental Protection Act
* Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act
* Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act
* Wildlife Protection Act
* Forest Conservation Act
* Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation
* Public awareness
386 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
7. Human population and the environment
* Population growth, variation among nations
* Population explosion-Family welfare programme
* Environment and human health
* Human rights
* Value education
* HIV/AIDS
* Women and child welfare
* Role of information technology in environment and human
health
* Case studies
Unit-II
(Compulsory for Private Candidate only)
Section C ( 25 Marks)
I will consist of two questions. Candidate will be required to
attempt one question only. Answer to the question should not exceed
5 pages. In this section the students will be required to write on the
enviroment of an area/ecosystem/village/industry/disaster/mine/dam/
agriculture of an area/ecosystem/village/industry/disaster/mine/dam/
agriculture filed/waste management/hospital etc. with its salient
features, limitations, their implications and suggestion for
improvement.
Environmental Studies (Field Study)
(Practical for Regular Students Only)
The candidates will be required to undertake field study trips
to study animals and plants in their natural habitats, status of pollution
in the area and to undertake tree plantation drives. The candidates
will be required to submit the field study report of about 10 pages
listing their observation of the habitats studied and their contributions
for conservation of habitats. The reports will be evaluated by the
examiner appointed by the Principal of the concerned college.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 387
HOME SCIENCE
Scheme of Study
Paper Theory Practical
Period/week
Clothing 2 hrs. 4 hrs./week
Textiles 3 hrs. 2 hrs./week
Scheme of Examination
Name of Paper No. Time Marks Internal Total
Clothing 1 3 hrs. 40 100
Textiles & 1 3 hrs. 50 10
Laundry
Clothing practical 1 3 hrs. 45 15 60
Laundry practical 1 2 hrs. 30 10 40
200
Note : Internal assessment should be based on
1. i) Assignment/test/seminars and attendance for theory &
Practical.
ii) Practical exam. of clothing & Laundry should be held
separately.
(at different times on different day) clothing 3 hrs.
Laundry 2 hrs.
2. Practical examinations to be held before the final theory
exams.
388 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
HOME SCIENCE
Paper-A
Clothing (Theory)
Instructions for the paper setter
The question paper will consist of five sections: A,B,C,D
and E. Section A, B,C & D will have two questions from the
respective sections of the syllabus & will carry 8 marks each.
Section E will consist of 8 short answer type questions covering the
entire syllabus uniformly carrying one mark each.
Instructions for the Candidates
Candidates are required to attempt one question each from
the section A,B,C & D of the question paper and entire section E.
Time : 2 Hours/week Maximum Marks : 40
Section-A
1. Equipments & supplies in clothing :
Construction—their use & care
II. Sewing Machine :
(a) Parts of Sewing Machine & its accessories
(b) Common defects in sewing machine & their remedies
(c) Care of Sewing machines
Section-B
I. Recording of Body measurements. Care to be taken while
taking body measurement.
II. Different methods of developing a design-Drafting, Pattern
making, Draping (in brief) their advantages and
disadvantages.
Section-C
Aesthetics in clothing
I. Principles of design such as Harmony, Balance, Rhythm,
emphasis & proportion.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 389
II. Elements of design such as colour, lime, form and texture,
shape, line.
Section-D
III Selection of suitable clothes for the following groups :
a) Infants b) Toddlers
c) School going children d) Adolescents
e) Adults f) elderly
IV Care & storage of garments of cotton, wool and silk.
390 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
HOME SCIENCE
Paper-B
Textiles (Theory)
Instructions for the paper setter
The question paper will consist of five sections: A,B,C,D
and E. Section A, B,C & D will have two questions from the
respective sections of the syllabus & will carry 10 marks each.
Section E will consist of 10 short Type/objective type questions
covering the entire syllabus uniformly carrying one mark each.
Instructions for the Candidates
Candidates are required to attempt one question each from
the section A,B,C & D of the question paper and entire section E.
Time 3 Hours/week Maximum Marks : 50
Section-A
1. Classification of textile fibres
2. Manufacture (in Brief) & properties of different fibres.
a) Cotton b) Linen
c) Silk d) Wool
e) Nylon f) Polyester
g) Rayon viscose & Acetate
Section-B
1. Different types of yarns—simple, Novelty & Bulk yarn in
brief.
2. Fabric construction—A brief study of basic weaves
a) i) Simple weaves—basket, rib.
b) ii) Twill-broken twill, Stain, Sateen.
Knitting, Knotting, felting, bonding.
Section-C
1. Bleach—Oxidising, reducing bleaches & their suitability to
different fabrics.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 391
2. Finishing—Sizing, designing, calendaring, sanforising,
mercerisation, crease resistant, water proofing & water
repellenty, flame resistant & flame proofing.
Section-D
1. Application of colour on fabric
Dyeing—simple dying of cotton
Resist—Tie Dye and Batik
2. Printing a) Block Printing
b) Screen Printing
c) Roller Printing
3. Methods of Laundry/Washing.
4. Types and uses of starches and blues.
392 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
HOME SCIENCE
Clothing Practical
Time : 4 hours/week Marks : 60
Internal Ass. : 20
1. Make samples of the following :
a) Tacking, running stich, hemming, Back Stitch, Button
hole stitch, Fastners.
b) Seams—Flat seam, counter seam, Mantua, maker; Run
& Fell seam, French seam.
c) i) Processes—Continuous wrap, two piece placket
opening, pleats, gathering into a band, tucks.
ii) Embroidery—10 Fency embroidery stiches.
2. Drafting of the following :
i) child's bodice block
ii) sleeve— a) plain sleeve
b) Puff sleeve
iii) collers—flat—and raised peterpan, cape coller, baby
coller.
iv) Jangia, Bloomer, childs bodice block & plain sleeve
block.
v) Drafting of a) Adults bodice block
b) plain sleeve
vi) Petticot
vii) Salwar
viii) Kameez
3. Construction of following garments :
Children : Bloomer, Jangia, Child's gathered frock
with any sleeve & coller.
Ladies : Saree, Petticot, Blouse, Salwar Kameez
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 393
List of equipment required for the practical for a group of
12 students
Clothing
1. Simple Sewing Machines 12
2. Special purpose Machines 02
3. Over Locking Machine 01
4. Display Boards 02
5. Drafting Tables 04
6. Cutting Tables 04
7. Stools 12
8. Sewing Kits.
a) Ordinary shears 1 each
b) Pinking Shears 4
c) Drafting Scarles 12
d) Measuring tapes 12
c) Tailoring chalks 02 boxes
f) Irons 4
g) Ironing Boards 4
h) Sleeve Boards 4
Clothing
1. Singer Sewing Book.
Mary Brooks pichen
McGraw-Hill Book Company Inc.
New York Tronto London 1953
2. Basic processing & Clothing Construction
She-rie Doongaji & Raushni Deshpande.
Raaj Prakashan, New Delhi (Fourth Revised edition)
394 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
3. Pattern Drafting
Vol. III, Kamakura-Shobo Publishing Co. Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan, 1972 (fifty edition)
4. A Manual of Children Clothing.
Savitri Pandit, Orient Longmans Ltd., Bombay, 1967.
5. Pattern Cutting & Making up the professional approach.
Martin M. Shoben & Janet P. Ward. Pub., CBS
Publishers & Distributors (p) Ltd., New Delhi.
6. Mc Call's Sewing in Colour Pub. The Hamlyn Pub. group
Ltd., N.Y.
7. Encyclopedia of Dress Making Pub., Marshall Canvendish
Books Ltd., London
8. Creative clothing construction.
Allyne Bane, McGraw Hill Book Company.
New York, St. Louis San Francisco, Tronto, London,
Sydney, Second edition 1966.
9. Dress Pattern Designing.
The Basic Principles of Cut and Fit,
Natalie Bray,
Crosby Lock wood & sons Ltd., London, 1961
10. Practical Dress Design
Principals of Fitting and Pattern Making,
Mable D. Erwin,
The Macmillian Company, New York.
Ninth Printing, 1966.
11. Indian Embriodery
Its Veriegated Charms,
Savtri Pandit,
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 395
Savtri Pandit Faculty of Home Science,
Baroda, 1976, first edition.
Clothing
12. Singer Sewing Book, Gladys Cunigham Pub., Golden Press,
New York.
13. Clothing Construction-Evelyn A Mansfield, Pub., Houghton
Mifflin Co., Boston.
14. The Bishop Method of Clothing Construction, Bishop &
Arch, Pub., Sir Issac Pitman & Sons Ltd., London.
15. The Basic Book of Sewing, Eve Harlow Pub., Octopus
Books Ltd., London-I.
16. Better Homes & gardens sewing, casual clothes pub.,
Meredith Press & Pub Co., America.
17. Simple Dress making, Maureen Goldsworthy Pub: Mills 7
Boon Ltd., London.
396 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
HOME SCIENCE
Textiles & Laundry
Time : 2 hrs./Week Practicals Practical : 30
Internal Ass. : 10
Max.Marks : 40
1. Testing of cotton, wool & Silk, Nylon by microscope & by
Burning test.
2. Stain removal : Rust, Coffee, Tea, Paint, Nail Polish, Lipstick,
Perfume, Blood, Boot Polish, Ink (Ball Pen) & Curry, Juice.
3. Spot cleaning of wooden garments.
4. Simple house hold dyeing of cotton fabric 12"x12"
5. Preparation of an article of Tie and Dye.
6. Hand Printing
(a) Block
(b) Screen
(c) Stencil
Note :
1. University should appoint one internal examiner alongwith
the external.
2. Preparation of dye/starch/blue should be prepared by
students.
3. Practical group should not exceed 15 students.
Textiles
1. Sinks 6
2. Basins 12
3. Buckets 12
4. Mugs 12
5. Bhagonas 4
6. Gas burners 4
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 397
7. Enamel bowls 24
8. Scrubbing boards 6
9. Scrubbing brushes 12
10. Microscopes 4
11. Slides 2 boxes
12. Slips covers 2 boxes
13. Test tubes 1 box
14. Test tube holders 12
15. Spirit lamps 12
16. Bhagonas for dyeing 12 big
17. Iron Karachis used for was heating 6
18. Painting brushes 24
19. Dyeing gloves (rubber) 12 pairs
Books Recommended - Textiles
1. Textile Fabrics and their selection, Isabel N. Wingate,
Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N.J., 1970.
2. Fundamentals of Textiles and their care, Susheela, Dantyagi
Orient Longmans, Bombay, Calcutta, Madras, New Delhi,
Reprinted, 1968.
3. Household Textiles and Laundry Work, Durga Deulkar
Atma Ram & Sons, New Delhi 1973.
4. Indonesian Batic & Ikat, Former Bedrich, Butterworth,
London, 1982.
5. Ideas for Fabric Painting and dyeing Gooch, Peter H.,
Charles Cribner's, New York, 1974.
6. Encyclopedia of Textiles, Fibres and Nonwoolen Fabrics,
Grayson Martin, John Willey, New York, 1984.
7. Textile Identification conservation and Preservation, King
Resalic Resso, New Jersey, 1985.
398 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
8. Modern Textiles, Dorothy Siegert Lyle Pub., John Wiley &
Sons Inc., N.Y.
9. Textiles in the Home, W.Munn Rankin & E.M.Hildreth Pub.,
Allman & Sons, London.
10. Household Textiles & Laundry work, Durga Deulkar Pub.,
Orient Longman Ltd., N.D.
11. Fundamentals of Textiles & Their Care, Susheela Dantyogi
Pub., Orient Longman Ltd., N.D.
12. Batic Kala, Sarla Sudershan Pub., Pustak Mahal, Khaari
Baoli.
13. Watson's-Textiles Design & Colour, Z. Grosicki Pub.,
Universal Publishing Corp., Bombay.
14. Tie Dye Textiles of India, Veronica Murthy & Rosemary
Crill
Pub., Mapju publishing Pvt. Ltd., Ahamedabad.
15. Man made fibers, R.W. Moncrieff Pub., Nerunes
Butterworths, London.
16. Batic Unlimited, Joanifer Gibbs Pub., Pitman Publishing,
London.
17. Textiles, Normia Hellen & Jane Saddler Pub., The Macmillan
Co., N.Y.
18. Textiles Fabrics & their selection, Isabel B., Wingate &
June F., Monler Pub., Prentice Hall, Inc Engelwood Cliffs.
N.J.
19. Textiles Fibres and Their Use, Katharine, Paddock Hess.
Pub., Oxford & IBH pub. Co., New Delhi. 13.
20. Textiles Fibre to Fabrie, Bernard, P. Corbman Pub., Megraw
Hill Book Co., London.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 399
COSMETOLOGY (Theory Elective)
SCHEME OF STUDIES
Name of Paper periods/week Marks
Theory 4 50
Practical Paper-A 4 60
Practical Paper-B 4 60
Job Training - 30
200
Scheme of Examination
Name of Paper Paper Hours. Marks
Th. Pr.
Theory 1 - 3 Hrs. 50
Practical Paper-A - 1 3 Hrs 60
Practical Paper-B - 1 3 Hrs. 60
Job Training - - 30
200
Instructions for Theory Exam :
Note : Question paper will consist of three sections as
follows:
Section-A will consist of 6 very short answer type questions
with answer to each question up to 5 lines in length. All questions
will be compulsory. Each question will carry 2 marks; total
weightage being 12 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer type questions with
answer to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions
will be set by the examiner & eight will be attempted by the
candidates. Each question will carry 3 marks. The total weightage
of the section shall be 24 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer
to each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set
400 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
by the examiner & the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry 7 marks. Total weightage of the section
being 14 marks.
I. Basic knowledge of Skeltal System, Muscular, Respiratory,
Excretory, Endocrine.
II. Hair :
a) Structure and Division of Hair
b) Forms of Hair
c) Hair growth and regeneration.
d) Disorders of Hair and Scalp :
e) Contagious diseases.
III. Health and Diet
a) Balanced Diet.
b) Principles of Meal Planning.
c) Concept of energy requirement and BMR
d) Health Counselling.
e) Overweight and underweight.
IV. Colour:
a) Analysis of Client
b) Colour
c) Colour Key Programme and its relation to skin, eyes
and hair.
d) Selecting a colour key
e) Textures, lighting, cosmetics, Hair colouring and
wardrobe
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 401
COSMETOLOGY
(A) Hair Care
Practical
Max Marks :-60
Practical : 4 week
I. Hair Care:
a) Shampooing, Bleached hair and giving shampoo.
b) Types of shampoos and procedures.
c) Hair rinses.
d) Hair conditioners.
II. Scalp Treatments and Hair Conditioners
a. Introduction - Hair Brushing,Scientific Brushing.
b. Scalp manipulations - Benefits and Bave scalp manipulations
c. Corrective hair & Scalp treatments-Treatment for dry, oily,
dry dandruff, corrective hair conditioners, Hair treatments
using a thermal cap, listant conditioners.
III. Removing Unwanted Hair - Choosing a method, Tineeing,
Depilatouies, waxing, Bleaching, Basic concept of Electrolysis.
402 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
COSMETOLOGY
Practical : 4 week Max. Marks-60
Practical - B
Hair Shaping & Styling
1. Basic Hair Shaping
a. Hair shaping instruments and their using.
b. Sectioning for a Hair cut.
c. Hair Texture as it relates to hair Shaping
d. A medium and long length hair cut.
2. Wet Hairstyling
a. Techniques & Equipment used.
b. Principles of Design.
c. Shapings and Moulding.
d. Finger Waving, Pin Curls, Roller setting.
3. Hair styling-Buns-at least 5
Training Marks : 30
Students are required to undergo 3 weeks training in a reputed
saloon, students will gain experience on tasks related to practicals.
To be assessed by Internal Examiner.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 403
SCHEME OF STUDIES
TRAVEL AND TOURISM (Elective)
Paper A Management of Travel and 100
Tourism
Paper B Tourism Marketing and Travel 100
Agency Business
Paper-A
MANAGEMENT OF TRAVEL AND TOURISM
Time : 3 hrs. Max. Marks : 100
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER
The Theory Paper consists of two Parts A and B (short
questions and long questions).
Part A : The examiner will set 12 short questions, 3 questions
from each section of 02 marks. The candidate will have
to attempt 10 questions out of 12 questions.
(10x02=20 Marks)
Part B: The examiner will set 8 long questions, 2 questions from
each section of 20 marks. The candidate will have to
attempt 4 questions out of 8 question.
(04x20=80 Marks)
Unit-I
Chapter 1. Strategic Planning and Strategic Marketing
Business Environment.
Alliances - Market Sharing.
Takeovers and Mergers
Chapter 2. Operations Management
Booking
Reservation
Blocking
Reconfirmation.
404 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Unit-II
Chapter 3. Project Planning
Conceptualizing a Project
Project Cycle.
Techno-economic survey.
Chapter 4. Project Review
Need for a project review
Project appraisal and evaluation
Destination Development
Unit-III
Chapter 5. Financial Management
Financial statements.
Financial ratios and performance
Credit system.
Commission.
Direct sales.
Chapter 6. Banking and Forex
Banking Operations.
Forex Management.
Money Transfers.
Unit-IV
Chapter 7. New Trends in Tourism
Health tourism.
Ski resorts and Adventure sports.
Heritage tours and Eco-tourism
Rural tourism and Space tourism
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 405
Chapter 8. Event Management and MICE
Role of events for promotion of tourism
Ganga Mahotsava, Lucknow Mahotsava and
Taj Mahotsava
Concept of MICE
Conference/conventions and exhibitions.
Suggested Readings :
· Harris, P. (1995) Accounting and Finance for the
International Hospitality Industry, Butterworth
Heinemann: UK
· Harrison, D. (ed) (1992) Tourism and the Less Developed
Countries, Wiley: UK
· Goodall, B. and Ashworth, G. (eds.) (1988) Marketing in
the Tourism Industry: The Promotion of Destination
Region, UK
· O.Cornnor, P. (1996) Using Computers in Hospitality
Cassell: UK
· National Geographic and Discovery Channel Programs.
406 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
TRAVEL AND TOURISM (Elective)
Paper-B
TOURISM MARKETING AND TRAVEL AGENCY
BUSINESS
Time: 3 hrs. Max. Marks: 100
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER
The Theory Paper consists of two Parts A and B (short
questions and long questions).
Part A : The examiner will set 12 short questions, 3 questions
from each section of 02 marks. The candidate will have
to attempt 10 questions out of 12 questions.
(10x02=20 Marks)
Part B : The examiner will set 8 long questions, 2 questions from
each section of 20 marks. The candidate will have to
attempt 4 questions out of 8 question.
(04x20=80 Marks)
Unit-I
Chapter 1. Tourism Product
Principles and concepts of marketing.
Meaning and nature of tourism marketing.
How tourism marketing is different from the marketing
of other products.
Marketing mix.
Market research vs. Marketing research.
Chapter 2. Pricing
Marketing vs. Selling.
Consumer behavior.
Buyer decision making process.
Segmentation, targeting and positioning.
Pricing strategies.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 407
Unit-II
Chapter 3. Tour Packaging
Concept and characteristics
Methodology and pricing of tour packaging.
Designing and printing of tour brochure.
Chapter 4. Marketing of packaged tours
Marketing in different sectors of tourism
Leisure and hospitality.
Unit-III
Chapter 5. Travel Agency Business
Linkages in tourism and other sectors - travel agency,
transportation, accommodation, food, nutrition and
catering.
Travel agency and its role in the tourism development.
Functions and organizational structure of a travel
agency and the tour operators.
Chapter 6. Travel Agents
Types of travel agents and their responsibilities.
Procedures for becoming a travel agent and tour
operator in India.
Method of getting IATA recognition and the
advantages enjoyed by an
IATA recognized travel agent.
Unit-IV
Chapter 7. Transportation
Transportation and tourism development.
Role of transportation in the growth of travel agency
and tour operator business in India.
408 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
Chapter 8. Accommodation
Accommodation and tourism.
Types of accommodation and their organization.
Suggested Readings :
· Kotler, Philip. Marketing Management: Analysis,
Planning Implementation and Control, Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi.
· Brigs, Susan. Successful Tourism Marketing: A Practical
Handbook, Kogan Page, London, 1997.
· Middleton, Victor T.C. Marketing in Travel and Tourism,
Butterwort Heinemaun, Oxford, 1994.
· Brunt, Paul. Market Research in Travel and Tourism,
Butterworth Heinemaun, 1997.
· Foster, Dennis L. Sales and Marketing for the Travel
Professional, McGraw-Hill, 1993.
· Witt, Stephen R. & Moutinoh, Luiz. Tourism Marketing
and Management Handbook Prentice Hall. London. 1994.
· Baker, M.J. Marketing: An Introductory Text, Macmillan,
1985.
· Veal, A.J. Research Methods for Leisure and Tourism: A
Practical Guide, Longman,l992
· Mohamed. H. Peeru. Marketing: A Financial Approach,
Kaveri, New Delhi, 1997.
· Aaker, David A. & Co. Advertising Management, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 1995.
· Agarwal, Surinder. Travel Agency Management,
Communication India, 1993
· Negi, Jagmohan Travel Agency and Tour Operation:
Concepts and Principles, Kanishka, New Delhi, 1998.
· Foster, Dennis L. An Introduction to Travel and Tourism,
McGraw-Hill, 1994.
· Bhatia, A.K. Tourism Development - Principles and
Practices, Sterling, 1992.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 409
FACULTY OF ARTS & SOCIAL SCIENCES AND SCIENCES
S Y L L A B U S
For
B.A./B.Sc.Part-II
(12+3 SYSTEM OF EDUCATION)
EXAMINATIONS - 2010-11
GURU NANAK DEV UNIVERSITY
AMRITSAR
410 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
GURU NANAK DEV UNIVERSITY
AMRITSAR
B.A./B.Sc. Pass Course Examination
(12+3 System of Education)
PART-II
i) The Part-II examination shall be open to a candidate who
has passed, not less than one academic year previously,
Part-I (under 10+-2+3 System of Education) examination of
the B.A./B.Sc. of this University.
ii) Any other examination recognised by this University as
equivalent to any of the corresponding examinations
mentioned above.
Note : Detailed ordinances relating to examination
for this class are contained in the Guru Nanak
Dev University Calendar, Vol. II, Read with
Syndicate Decisions/Amendments made from
time to time.
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 411
CONTENTS
1. English (Compulsory) 1
2. English (Elective) 3
3. Functional English (Vocational) 7
4. pMj `bI l `zmI 11
5. Punjabi (Elective) 12
6. k`r j I pMj `bI 14
7. Punjab History & Culture 17
8. Sanskrit (Elective) 19
9. Sanskrit (Vocational) 23
10. Hindi 25
11. Functional Hindi 28
12. Russian 34
13. French 36
14. Urdu (Elective) 38
15. Persian (Elective) 42
16. History 46
17. Political Science 50
18. Defence and Strategic Studies 59
19. Public Administration 69
20. Sociology 73
21. Psychology 76
22. Geography 81
23. Journalism & Mass Communication 90
24. Mass Communication & Video 92
Production (Vocational)
25. Education 96
26. Physical Education 100
412 B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)
27. Philosophy 105
28. Dr mEi DEYn 111
29. Music (Instrumental) 116
30. Music (Vocal) 121
31. Indian Classical Dance 125
32. Tabla 129
33. Fine Art (Drawing & Painting) 133
34. History of Art 139
35. Commercial Art 141
36. Sculpture 143
37. Still Photography & Audio 145
Production (Vocational)
38. Dramatic Art 152
39. Gemology & Jewellery Design 154
40. Commerce 157
41. Economics 161
42. Quantitative Techniques 165
43. Industrial Economics 169
44. Agricultural Economics & Marketing 173
45. Rural Development 177
46. Dairy Farming (Vocational) 181
47. Office Management & Secretarial 184
Practice (Vocational)
48. Tourism and Travel Management 196
49. Tourism and Hotel Management (Vocational) 201
50. Income Tax Procedure and Practice 206
51. Advertising, Sales Promotions & Sales Management 213
52. Bioinformatics (Vocational) 218
53. Botony 226
54. Zoology 234
55. Microbial and Food Technology 244
56. Microbiology (Vocational) 249
57. Industrial Microbiology (Vocational) 254
58. Biotechnology (Vocational) 259
59. B.Sc. Human Genetics 266
60. Mathematics 272
61. Statistics 276
B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 413

2

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

prescribed text. The questions from literary texts will be answered in about 15 lines each. The next three (3) questions (IX-XI) will be set on vocabulary and composition as given below. All the questions will be compulsory. Question IX will be set on the vocabulary introduced in the two prescribed texts. The question should test meaning and usage of items glossed in the text. Question X will be Translation of a short passage from Hindi/ Punjabi to English OR Paraphrase of a short poem (only for foreign students who do not know Punjabi or Hindi). Question XI will be Comprehension of an unseen prose passage. Three short questions of 2 marks each shall be asked on the given passage. Section-C : It will consist of four questions, each carrying eight marks. Total marks for this section will be 32. Question I-III will be set from the two literary texts, atleast one from each. Each question will have internal choice and has to be answered in not more than 300 words (two to three pages). The students will be required to attempt all the three questions. Question IV will be writing an essay of about 35050 words on a given topic (with internal choice).

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

3

ENGLISH (ELECTIVE)
Paper-A
Time: 3 Hours Instructions for Paper Setters : Section-A 1. Five questions, each to be answered in not more than 60 words, will be set from the play, The Merchant of Venice. Each question will carry 2 marks. The examinees will be required to answer all the questions. (2x5=10 marks) 2. Five questions, each to be answered in not more than 60 words, will be set from the book, Fresh Showers. Each question will carry 2 marks. The examinees will be required to answer all the questions. (2x5=10 marks) Section-B 1. The examinees will be required to answer 2 questions on reference to the context out of the three set from the play, The Merchant of Venice and two questions on reference to the context out of the three set from the text book, Fresh Showers. (6x4=24 marks) 2. The examinees will be required to write notes on any four out of the six literary terms given from those prescribed in the syllabus. (6x4=24 marks) Section-C 1. The examinees will be required to answer in 500-600 words, one essay-type question out of the two set from the play, The Merchant of Venice. (16 marks) 2. The examinees will be required to answer in 500-600 words, one essay-type question out of the two set from the textbook Fresh Showers. (16 marks) Prescribed Books : 1. The Merchant of Venice by William Shakespeare. CENGAGE Learning Indian Edition, 2008. Max. Marks: 100

4

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

2. Fresh Showers, G.N.D.U. Publication The Following poems are deleted : (i) Alexander's Feast (ii) Evelyn Hope (iii) Adam's Curse (iv) Lay your Sleeping Head (v) A Hub for the Universe (vi) Birches (vii) Tithonus. 3. Glossary of Literary Terms (eighth edition) by M.H. Abrams, Wadsworth CENGAGE Learning Publishers. The following literary terms are prescribed for study: Biography, Discourse analysis, Dissociation of sensibility, Dramatic monologue, Expressionism, Formalism, Genres, Melodrama, Persona, Poetic diction, Realism, Satire, Setting, Sonnet, Style, Tone and voice, Tragedy, Three unities, Tragicomedy, Wit and humour.

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

5

ENGLISH (ELECTIVE)
Paper-B
Time: 3 Hrs. Max. Marks : 100 Instructions for Paper Setting : Section-A will comprise 10 queations. Each question carrying 2 marks, the total weightage of this section will be 20 marks. The examinees will be required to answer all the questions. The division of marks and the nature of questions to be set from each text will be as follows : 1. Five questions, each to be answered in not more than five sentences, will be set from Modern English Prose. 2. Five questions, each to be answered in a word, a phase, or anot more than three sentences, will be set from the textbook. Study Writing. The questions should relate to the task like identifying a sentence as formal/informal or creating a definition/developing a statement from a single word/phrase or giving classification/comparison etc. as suggested in the tasks given in the textbook, Study Writing. Section-B will comprise eight questions. Each question carrying 6 marks, the total weightage of this section will be 48 marks. 1. Six questions will be set from Modern English Prose. The examinees will be required to answer any 4 questions. 2. Six questions based on the tasks given in the textbook, Study Writing will be set. The examinees will be required to answer any 4 questions. These questions will be related to the tasks such as rewriting a short passage in formal/ academic/objective style by making changes in its grammar and vocabulary or creating a paragraph from a statement in the form of definition or classification or identifying and completing text structure/identifying words, phrases, sentences that signal evaluation or recommendation etc., exploring cohesion and coherence in a given prose passage.

6

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

Section-C will comprise 2 questions, each carrying 16 marks. The total weightage of this section will be 32 marks. 1. Two essay type questions will be set from Modern English Prose. The examinees will be required to answer any of the two in 400-600 words. 2. Three topics or statements will be given for writing an essay in 400-600 words on any one of the topics/statements. The examinees will be instructed to use academic style, and appropriate method of development i.e. definition, comparison and contrast, argument etc. The evaluation of the essay will be based on the use of appropriate style, method, strategies etc. as suggested in the textbook, Study Writing.

Books Prescribed
Modern Prose : English and Indian, G.N.D.U. Publication Study Writing : A Course in Writing Skills for Academic Purposes by Liz Hamp-Lyons and Ben Heasley, Cambridge University Press, 2008, (South Asia)

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

7

FUNCTIONAL ENGLISH (Vocational)
Paper-A Writing-Skills
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100 Theory : 75 Practical : 25

The paper shall consist of 3 Sections. Section-A carries 16 marks. 2 questions will be set of 8 marks each testing learner's ability to identify formal, informal response, and to provide contextual responses to given expressions. Section-B carries 35 marks. 7 questions carrying 7 marks each will be set. Students will be required to attempt any 5 questions. Questions should evaluate the student's ability to use language according to the given situation/context and present it in the written mode. Section-C carries 24 marks. Two questions of 12 marks each will be set. First question shall be on comprehension of a given conversation. Second question shall consist of short notes with internal choice on key concepts like oral or written communication, difference between dialect and idiolect, difference between register and style etc.

Course Contents :
Imaginative use of parts of speech. How to plan paragraph writing. How to change direct into indirect speech and vice versa. Sentence connector and cohension. Substitution and ellipsis. Sentence Variations and the rewriting of sentences. Imaginative features of language. Idioms and phrases.

8

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

The objective is to teach the students the technique of writing and develop their power of expression through composition. Exercises and Letter-writing, precis and comprehension; paragraphrising and expansion; descriptive writing; report writing; script writing for announcement, comparing should be administered.

Books Recommended :
a) Writing with a Purpose by Tickoo, Champa and Sasikumar (OUP). b) Essentials of Grammar and Composition by Legget et. al., Prentice Hall.

Second question shall consist of short notes with internal choice on key concepts like oral or written communication. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 9 Paper-B CONVERSATIONAL ENGLISH Time : 3 Hours Max. (d) Buying a dress. Course Contents : Language and Society. Section-C carries 24 marks. Section-A carries 16 marks. Language and Communication English in situations :.A. Marks 100 Theory : 75 Practical : 25 The paper shall consist of 3 Sections. First question shall be on comprehension of a given conversation. difference between register and style etc. (e) At the travel agency.Sc. Section-B carries 35 marks. difference between dialect and idialect. 2 questions will be set of 8 marks each testing learner's ability to identify formal. and to provide contextual responses to given expressions.B. 7 questions carrying 7 marks each will be set. informal response. Note : There will be a practical examination of 25 marks. Two questions of 12 marks each will be set. .(a) Greetings. (b) In the post office. (c) At the bank. An external examiner will test communication skills in specific with the help of an interview or oral test. Questions should evaluate the student's ability to use language according to the given situation/context and present it in the written mode. Students will be required to attempt any 5 questions. Objective : To introduce different social situations and develop Conversational Skills./B.

A. asking the time making an apology. At the hospital (m) Buying a Theatre Ticket. (j) At the Chemist. (h) Booking a room at a Hotel. At the Restaurant. Hotels. Air Lines Offices etc. (ii) A Course in Listening and Speaking-I by Sasikumar et./B.10 B. (l) Making an appointment. (g) At the International Airport. Computer Centres. At the ladies' hairdresser. (k) At a Dinner Party.al. Field Work : Visit to various places offering different situations and practising conversation in actual situations. At the doctor.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) (f) At the customs.) . Students should be able to relate the situations in dialogues. (Students can work in Bank. On The Job Training : To get apprenticeship training in conversational English for one month. (i) Making a telephone call. at the coffee bar. receiving-seeing of a guest. Books Recommended: (i) Spoken English with Cassette by Sasikumar and Dhanuja.

A. EMimRqsr. rOSn l`l EhUj` Eqy mnjIqp`l kOr). E`Duink iek~gI (sMp`. iksy ie@k ie@k~gI d` ivSY vsqU/s`r (do iv@coN ie@k) j~ c`r iv@coN do p`qr~ dI p`qr-aus`rI 3. nMbr 5 auqy inrD`rq ivE`krx iv@coN vrxn`qimk pRSn 20 EMk 10 EMk 10 EMk 20 EMk 6./B. gurU n`nk dyv wUnIvristI. k`iv kIrqI-hirBjn isMG. gurU n`nk dyv wUnIvristI. d&qrI ic@TI-p@qr 5. 2007. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 11 pµj`bI (l`zmI) sm~ : 3 GMty k@ul EMk : 100 1. EMimRqsr. ivE`krx : (a) mUL ivE`krx iek`eIE~ dI pC`x Eqy sQ`pqI (E) v`k bxqr Eqy v`k rcn` (e) aupv`k bxqr : pC`x Eqy k`rj (s) Sbd joV~ dy inwm (h) gurmu@KI il@pI dIE` ivSySq`v~ EMk vMf qy pypr sYtr~ leI hd`ieq~ 1. 2007. sMKyp rcn` (pRYsI) 4. iksy ie@k kivq` d` ivSY vsqU/s`r (do iv@coN ie@k) 20 EMk 2. 3.B. 2. auprokq lVI nMbr 1 Eqy 2 dIE~ pusqk~ ivcoN sMKyp au u#qr~ v`ly 10 pRSn pu@Cy j`xgy| hryk d` au#qr 50 Sbd~ qoN v@D n` hovy| 10x2=20 EMk . sMKyp rcn` (pRYsI) 4.Sc. d&qrI ic@TI-p@qr (do iv@coN ie@k) 5.

pitE`l`| 3. siBE`c`r Eqy pMj`bI siBE`c`r (inbMD sMgRih) iksy iek lyK d` ivSY/s`r/SYlI (do ivcoN iek) 20 EMk 4.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) pµj`bI (ieLYkitv) prc`-ey sm~: 3 GMty k@ul EMk : 100 1. 2007. m@Dk`lI pMj`bI k`iv (1701 qoN 1900) 40 EMk (sMp`. gurU n`nk dyv wUnIvristI. m@Dk`lI pMj`bI k`iv (1701 qoN 1900) 10+10=20 EMk (a) pRsMg sihq ivE`iKE` (c`r iv@coN do) (E) iksy kivq` d` ivSY vsqU/kvI b`ry j`xk`rI Eqy ausd` wogd`n (do iv@coN ie@k) 10 EMk (e) mltIpl cox pRSn 5x2=10 EMk 2. kQ` kh`xI iksy iek kh`xI d` ivSY-vsqU/kl`.) f`. 2007. EMimRqsr. 2. siBE`c`r Eqy pMj`bI siBE`c`r (inbMD sMgih) R 30 EMk (sMp`./B. drb`r` isMG.12 B.) f`. kQ` kh`xI Eqy siBE`c`r Eqy pMj`bI siBE`c`r pusqk~ iv@coN p`T E`D`irq sMKyp auu#qr~ v`ly pRSn (Cy iv@coN c`r) 4x5=20 EMk . EMimRqsr. rGbIr isMG Eqy pRo. 30 EMk pMj`bI wUnIvristI. kQ` kh`xI (sMp`. kh`xIk`r b`ry j`xk`rI Eqy ausd` wogd`n (do iv@coN ie@k) 20 EMk 3.A.) hrijMdr isMG iF@loN Eqy nrjIq isMG Kihr`. rxjIq isMG b`jv` Eqy ipRMsIpl vIr isMG rMD`v`. wUint Eqy QIm 1. gurU n`nk dyv wUnIvristI.

ik@s`.rqn isMG j@gI. kQ`nk. ivrycx (c`r iv@coN do) 5+5=10 EMk 3. p`qr-aus`rI. k`&I. pMj`bI s`ihq d` ieiqh`s (1701 qoN 1900) (sMp`. s`ihq rUp : v`r. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 13 pM j `bI (ielY k itv) prc`-bI sm~: 3 GMty k@ul EMk : 100 1. SYLI. pMj`bI B`S` Eqy gurmuKI il@pI : mu@FlI j`xk`rI (do iv@coN ie@k) 20 EMk . jMgn`m`. ElMk`r. id@qy pYrHy ivcoN Sbd-joV~ dI suD`eI 5 EMk 2. id@qy pYrHy nUM ivSr`m icMnH l`auxy| 5 EMk (E) E`locn`-pRx`lI n`l sMbMiDq 10 mUl sMklp : ibMb. pRqIk. in@kI kh`xI : pirB`S`. pµj`bI wUnIvristI. jnms`KI. (a) s`ihqk rUp. pitE`l`. ijnH~ iv@@coN prIiKE`rQIE~ ny ie@k-ie@k pRSn h@l krn` hovyg`| 20+20=40 EMk 2. imQ. Enukrx. (a) 1. rUp qy vsqU.Sc.B. pRikrqI Eqy q@q (iqMn iv@coN do) 10+10=20 EMk 4.A. D`r`v~ Eqy pRivrqIE~ E) s`ihqk rUp~ dy smu@cy ivk`s b`ry pRSn pu@Cy j`xgy| (ivEkqIgq s`ihqk`r sMbMDI pRSn nhIN pu@iCE` j`vyg`) auprokq doh~ B`g~ ivcoN do-do pRSn pu@Cy j`xgy. 1992./B.) f`.

Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) k`rjI pM j `bI prc`-ey = ilKx SY l IE~ prc`-bI =rsmI ilKq~ pR w o j n : 1. pMj`bI B`S` dy rijstr~ sbMDI j`x-pC`x : s`ihqk B`S`. ipijn qy kirAl. aupB`S`.A. pMj`bI B`S` dy rijstr~ sMbMDI j`x-pC`x 3. sMKyp krn` qy ivE`iKE` krnI| 15 EMk . irporitMg krn` : sm`c`r ilKx dI ivDI Eqy q@q. pMj`bI B`S` dI ivE`krnk bxqr n`l j`x-pC`x 2. ivEkqI B`S`. sm`c`r~ dy pRk`r. s`D`rx v`k~ nUM sMwukq Eqy imSrq v`k~ ivc bdlx` : isD~q Eqy EmlI vrqoN (G@to-G@t 50 EiBE`s kr`auxy) 15 EMk 3./B. pR`pq ilKx SYlIE~ n`l j`x pC`x kr`aux` Eqy rsmI p@Dr 'qy ilKx d` EiBE`s kr`aux`| ku@l EMk=100 50 EM k 50 EM k sm~ : 3 GMty k@ul EMk : 50 1. bx`vtI B`S`| 20 EMk 2.14 B.

EYkspRYs p@qr./B. d&qrI E`dyS. k`rjI B`S`--d&qrI B`S`.A. pirv`rk Eqy sm`jI| 20 EMk 3.B. pRYs not E`id| 20 Eµk . q`r. d&qrI sUcn`.Sc. ieSiqh`rI B`S` | 10 EMk 2. ic@TI p@qr ilKx dy pRk`r : d&qrI. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 15 k`rjI pµ j `bI prc` ey : pR Y k tIkl sm~ : 2 GMty ku l EM k : 50 (pRYktIkl prcy iv@c ividE`rQIE~ dI suxn-smJx-ilKx wogq` dI pRIiKE` leI j`vygI) B`S` pRwogS`l` ivc EiBE`s krn` : a) pMj`bI dy aup-B`S`eI auc`rn nUM sux ky irport iqE`r krnI| E) suxy gey Sbd~ dy E`D`r 'qy s`D`rx qy sMwukq v`k isrjxy| e) B`Sx nUM sux ky sMKyp rUp iqE`r krn`| s) irk`rf kIqIE~ ^br~ nUM sux ky ilKx`| k`rjI pM j `bI prc` bI : iQaU r I sm~ : 3 GMty ku @ l EM k : 50 1. rsmI p@qr ivh`r. P`eIl~ qy noitMg dyx dI ivDI.

A./B. noitMg Eqy notIiPkySn ilKx dI smrQ` dI pRIiKE` leI j`vygI) a) ivigE`pn isrjx` : in@q vrqoN dIE~ 50 vsq~ dy ky aunH~ dy ivigE`pn ilKx Eqy bolx d` EiBE`s B`S`-pRwogS`l` iv@c krv`aux`| E) d&qr~ nUM ilKy p@qr nUM sm@grI bx` ky noitMg dyx d` EiBE`s krv`aux` (30 p@qr) e) &`eIl~ dy E`D`r 'qy E`rfr/notIi&kySn ilKx d` EiBE`s krv`aux`| EmlI is@ i KE` iksy srk`rI/ErD srk`rI/ZYr srk`rI Ed`ry ivc EmlI qOr 'qy iqMn h&qy dI isKl`eI pR`pq krnI hovygI Eqy ies dI pRojYkt irport iqE`r krnI zrUrI hovygI| .Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) k`rjI pM j `bI prc` bI : pR Y k tIkl sm~ : 2 GMty k@ u l EM k : 50 (pRYktIkl prcy ivc ividE`rQIE~ dI ivigE`pn.16 B.

Marks: 100 Note:. The Punjab under the Great Mughals. The Punjab under Turko-Afghan Sultans. 2.Sc.B./B.Each question paper shall consist of two sections viz A and B as under:Section A: The examiner shall set 10 questions and the candidates will attempt any 7 questions carrying 4 marks each. Guru Nanak Dev's teachings and impact on society. . 3. The total weightage of this section shall be 28 marks. Compilation of Adi Granth and Martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev. 4. 5.) (Special Paper in lieu of Punjabi) (Compulsory) (Common-for B. 1.D.Sc. The candidates shall attempt any 4 questions in atleast 5 pages. Development of Sikhism (1539-1606) with special reference to Sangat. Part II) Time: 3 Hours Total Teaching Periods: 75 Max. Answer to each question shall be in 10 to 15 sentences. Martyrdom of Guru Teg Bahadur: Foundation of Khalsa by Guru Gobind Singh. Each question shall carry 18 marks. 6./B.A. Masand System.A. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 17 PUNJAB HISTORY AND CULTURE (1000 to 1849 A. Section B: The examiner shall set 8 questions which will cover the entire syllabus. Salient features of the Bhakti Movement and Sufism in the Punjab. The total weightage of this section shall be 72 marks.

Development of Punjabi Language and Literature. Part-II.Grewal : The Sikhs of the Punjab. Suggested Readings : 1.S. Patiala. The Anglo-Sikh Wars and Annexation of the Punjab. folk music. Banda Bahadur and his achievements. dances and games in the Punjab. Vol. 4. fairs. Sikh struggle for sovereignty in the Punjab. Fauja Singh (ed.) History and Culture of the Punjab.1990 (3rd edition). 2.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 7. 11. Vol. 10. . Social life with special reference to position of women. classical writings and famous legends of the Punjab. Ranjit Singh's Rise to power.18 B. Chabra: The Advanced History of the Punjab. 8. 3. Cambridge. 12. III. 1./B. Patiala. Kirpal Singh (ed.A. his civil and military administrations and relations with the British.) History of the Punjab. festivals. 1972. S. 1716 to 1799. The New Cambridge History of India. G. J. 1991. 9.

Øe % 1.dqekj lEHko ¼dkfynkl½&iape lxZ 35 vad II.izFke Hkkx % 'kqduklksins'k ls 5 iz'u rFkk dqekj lEHko ds iapelxZ ls 5 iz'u vFkkrZ dqy 10 iz'u vfrlaf{kIr mÙkjksa ds fy.k[. Hkkx&30 vad 1.sd iz'u ds 2 vad gksaxsA 10x2¾20 2. 100 iz'u&iz=k dk ek/. Hkkx&50 vad r`rh.A.Mr½ % lq â n~ H ks n pkS [ kEck lq j Hkkjrh izdk'ku]okjk. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 19 Sanskrit (Elective) Paper—A ¼x| dkO.aA izR./B.Sc.k funsZ'k% iz'u&i=k ds 3 Hkkx gksaxs& izFke Hkkx&20 vad f}rh. iz'ui=k fuekZ.s iwNs tk. fu/kkZfjr ikB~.sd ds 10 vad gksaxsA 2x10¾20 ¼[k½ dqekj lEHko ds iape lxZ ls 4 i| nsdj 2 dh lizlax O.dknEcjh ¼ck.fgrks i ns ' k ¼ukjk.k iwNh tk.xkA blds 5 vad gksaxsA 1x5¾5 .e fgUnh gksxkA mÙkj laLÑr@fgUnh@iatkch@vaxth esa sz + gks ldrs gSA a I.f}rh.½ (Teaching—Six Periods per week) Time : 3 Hours M.sd ds 7 vad gSaA 2x7½+¾15 ¼x½ (i) lqân~Hksn ls 2 x|ka'k nsdj . fo|k izdk'ku] fnYyh] 200340 vad 3.saxsA izR.kif.axsA izR.M.d dk lizlax ljykFkZ iwNk tk.. rFkk egkdkO. Hkkx % ¼d½ 'kqduklksins'k ls 4 x|ka'k nsdj 2 ds ljykFkZ iwNs tk.B.k½ % 'kqduklksins'k Hkkjrh.klh] 199025 vad 2.

k ¼x½ izÑfrfp=k.d dk mÙkj iwNk tk.k ¼?k½ 'kSyh ¼³½ czãpkjh&laokn oSf'k"V~.20 B. ¼N½ x| dkO. dh fo'ks"krk.xkA blds 10 vad gksaxsA 1x10=10 ¼[k½ lqân~Hksn ls 2 dFkkvksa dk uke nsdj .Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) (ii) lqân~Hksn ls 2 x|ka'k i| nsdj . Hkkx % ¼d½ 'kqduklksins'k ds fu/kkZfjr va'k ls lEcfU/kr 2 iz'u nsdj .sa -----bR.d dh lizlax O.d dk mÙkj iwNk tk.xhA blds 10 vad gksaxsA 1x10=10 3.kfnA 2dqekj lEHko ¼iape lxZ½ ¼d½ dFkk lkjA ¼[k½ ik=k fp=k.A. Hkkx ds fy. uksV %&r`rh.kfnA SANSKRIT (Elective) .k[. ----bR.k ¼x½ x| 'kSyh ¼?k½ y{eh dk Lo:i ¼³½ 'kqduklksins'k dk egRo ¼p½ xzUFkdkj dk laf{kIr ifjp.xkA blds 10 vad gkssaxsA 1x10=10 III.xhA blds 10 vad gksaxsA 1x10=10 ¼x½ dqekjlEHko ¼iape lxZ½ ls lEc) 2 iz'u nsdj . lEHkkfor fcUnq % 1'kqduklksins'k ¼d½ 'kqduklksins'k dk lkj ¼[k½ ik=k fp=k.k iwNh tk.oa f'k{kk iwNh tk.d dk lkj ./B.r`rh.

¼d½ rf)r izR.laLÑr esa vuqokn 10 vad II.k&j{k~] yHk~A ¼[k½ vknkfnx.okP.k~] erqi~] Ro] ry~] befup~] e.k&rqn~] flp~] izP{k~] eqp~] fey~A ¼?k½ #/kkfnx.A. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 21 Paper—B ¼O.'kCn :i 20 vad ¼d½ nso] eqfu] unh] jek] xq#] /ksuq] dr`~Z] L=kh] okp] txr] Hkor~] _fRot~] nf/k] eul~] iqal~] egr~] lqân~] .×tu lfU/k 10 vad 2..kh] eUnkØkUrk] ekfyuh] fo|qUekyk] 'kknwZy foØhfMr] olUr frydkA 9. fu/kkZfjr ikB~.kfnx.M.O./B.B.k&pqj~] dFk~] Hk{k~] r`y~] fpUr~] jp~A 5. 5 vad 8.k&vl~A ¼x½ rqnkfnx.L=kh izR. ifjorZu ¼yV~ ydkj esa½ 5 vad 7. 100 iz'u&iz=k dk ek/.k funsZ'k% .NUn 10 vad vuq"Vqi~] oa'kLFk] bUnzotzk] misUnzotzk] mitkfr] f'k[kfj.qou~] pUnzel~] fo}l~A ¼[k½ . 10 vad v.lekl ¼}U}] rRiq#"k½ 10 vad 3.k&fHkn~] fNn~A ¼³½ rukfnx.n~] fde~ ¼rhuksa fyaxksa esa½A 4.fr] dfr] . iz'u fuekZ.k rFkk vuqokn½ (Teaching—Six Periods per week) Time : 3 Hours M.e fgUnh gksxkA mÙkj laLÑr@fgUnh@iatkch@vaxzst+h esa gks ldrs gSaA I.Sc.kdj./kkrq:i ¼yV~] yksV] y`V~] y³~] fof/kfy³~ ydkjksa esa½ 20 vad ¼d½ Hokfnx.V~ ]rji~] rei~A 6.q"en~] vLen~A ¼x½ bne~] vnl~] rn~] ..Øe % 1.k&ru~] d`A ¼p½ Ø~.k&Øh] xzg~] KkA ¼N½ pqjkfnx.rn~] .

Hkkx % ¼d½ 8 'kCn nsdj 4 ds :i iwNs tk.saxsA izR..s tk.k iwNk tk.d dk laLÑr esa vuqokn iwNk tk../B.axsA izR.xkA izR. 5 vad gSaA 4x5=20 ¼x½ 10 'kCnksa ds lkFk fu/kkZfjr rf)r izR.sd /kkrq ds :ik ds fy. nsdj 2 dk okP.axsA izR. nsdj 5 ds rf)rkUr :i fy[kok.sd ds 2 vad gksaxsA vFkok fu/kkZfjr fHkUu fHkUu NUnksa okys 4 'yksdka'k nsdj 2 ds NUnksa dk Li"Vhdj. nsdj 5 dk L=kh izR.sd ds 5 vad gksaxsA 4x5=20 ¼[k½ 8 /kkrq nsdj 4 ds :i fy[kus ds fy. ifjorZu iwNk tk..ksa okys 2 x|ka'k nsdj .A. :i fy[kok.22 B.sd dk 1 vad gksxkA 5x1=5 3r`rh.sd ds 5 vad gksaxsA 2x5=10 ¼[k½ fgUnh esa ljy o y?kq okD. Hkkx&60 vad r`rh.sd rf)rkUr 'kCn ds 2 vad gksaxsA 5x2x10 ¼?k½ 4 okD.xkA izR. dgk tk.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) iz'u iz=k ds 3 Hkkx gksaxs& izFke Hkkx&20 vad f}rh.sd ds 2½ vad gksaxsA 2½ +2½=5 ³½ 10 'kCnksa ds lkFk L=kh izR.aA izR.k tk.saxsA izR.×tu lfU/k ls lfU/k@lfU/k foPNsn ij vk/kkfjr 5 iz'u rFkk leklksa ls leLrin dk foxzg o lekl&uke ij vk/kkfjr 5 iz'u vFkkZr~ dqy 10 iz'u iwNs tk. Hkkx&20 vad 1izFke Hkkx % blesa O. Hkkx % ¼d½ 4 NUn nsdj 2 iwNs tk.xkA blds 10 vad gksaxsA 1x10=10 SANSKRIT (Vocational) .sd ds 2 vad gSaA 10x2=20 2.xkA izR.f}rh.

.A. Marks : 32 Note:The question Paper will be set in Hindi. Marks : 48 Part-C In this part 4 questions carrying 16 marks each will be set. The candidates will have to attempt only 8 questions out of these 12 questions.Sc. Marks : 20 Part-B In this part 12 Questions carrying 6 marks each will be set. Marks : 100 Part-A In this part 10 Objective type/Short Answer questions carrying 2 marks each will be set. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 23 Paper .I Time : 3 Hours Max.B. The candidates will have to attempt only 2 questions out of these 4 questions./B. All questions will be compulsory.

oLrq 'kkL=k ifjp.ue~s lekorZues fookg vijdekZf. 123456789101113- iz'u i=k&izFke vuoyh ute~ vuoyksHkue~ lhÙkksu.C. There will be a practical examination of 16 marks to fulfil the U.ue~ tkrdeZ uked~j. 'kolkajfo/k. Marks :Total : 100 (Theory) : 84 (Practical) : 16 Part-A In this part 10 Objective type/Short Answer questions carrying 2 marks each will be set.% x`gfuekZ. requirement.% Jn`Hksn% Jn`dky lfi. The candidates will have to attempt only 8 questions out of these 12 questions.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) SANSKRIT (Vocational) Paper .k 1234567891012- iz'u iz=k&f}rh. Max.ke~% Jn`fodkfj. All questions will be compulsory. Marks : 48 Part-C In this part 4 questions carrying 16 marks each will be set.MhIdj.kfof/k% x`gizos'k okLrq 'kkfUr% x`gLFk/kekZ vUR. The question paper will be set in Hindi. Marks : 32 16 (Written) + 16 (Practical) = 32 Note: 1.k% Hkkjrh.kZos/k vUuizk'kue~ pqMkdeZ fo/kkjEe~ miu. 2./B.sf"kV% .ke~ d.A.24 B. The candidates will have to attempt only 2 questions out of these 4 questions.II Time : 3 Hours Max.G. Part-B Marks : 20 In this part 12 Questions carrying 6 marks each will be set.

k] dky foHkktukfnA HkfDrdky&ukedj.u visf{kr gSaA rRlEcU/kh izeq[k ifj{ks=k&vkfndky ifjfLFkfr.d bl Hkkx esa ls 10 iz'u iwNs tk. dk bfrgkl] izdk'kd% xq# ukud nso .g iz'u&iz=k rhu Hkkxksa esa foHkDr gSA [k.sd iz'u lksyg vadksa dk gksxkA dqy vad 32 fu/kkZfjr ikB~.M&nks bl Hkkx esa 12 iz'u iwNs tk. .fgUnh lkfgR.Z gSA izR.Sc.sd iz'u dk mÙkj nks i`"Bksa rd lhfer gksxkA izR.oa bfrgkl rFkk dkO.&xfjek] lEiknd MkWŒ gjegsUnz flag csnh] izdk'kd % xq# ukud nso .qxhu dkO.k] dky foHkktu] ifjfLFkfr.wfuoflZVh] ve`rljA 2.B.a] ukedj.sd iz'u dk mÙkj ikap i`"Bksa dk gksxkA izR.M&.s e/.kax le..&iqLrdsa % 1.A.ksa esa mÙrj nsuk gksxkA bl Hkkx ds lHkh iz'u vfuok.Z gksxkA izR.% rhu ?k. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 25 fgUnh isij % .Øe ikB~.M&rhu bl Hkkx esa pkj iz'u iwNs tk.aA .ka] fo'ks"krk.sd iz'u nks vadksa dk gSA dqy vad 20 [k.axs ftuesa ls 8 iz'uksa dk mÙkj nsuk vfuok.dkO. ds vkfndky vkSj HkfDr dky dk v/.sd iz'u ds N% vad gSA dqy vad 48 [k.ka] fo'ks"krk..axsA bl dk ikap iafDr.Z gSA izR.wfuoflZVh] ve`rljA & fgUnh lkfgR./B.Vs dqy vad % 100 uksV % .axs ftuesa ls nks iz'uksa dk mÙkj nsuk vfuok.

M esa nks iz'u dfo] .A.k[. [k.kadu rFkk lkfgR.sfrgkl ls gksaxsA 2.ksxA fc". iqLrd rFkk vk/ks iz'u lkfgR.M esa pkj iz'u lizlax O.26 B.k rFkk eqgkojs] yksdksfDr.sfrgkl ls gksaxsA 3- .kvksa ds gksaxs ftuesa ls nks iz'u vfuok. iz.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) vyadkj&fu#i.izFke [k.ksa dk vFkZ vkSj okD.sfrgkl ls rFkk rhu dfo rFkk dforkvksa ls lEcf)r gksaxsA 3.ksa ls djus gksasxsA 'ks"k esa vk/ks iz'u ikB~.r`rh.Z gSaA nks iz'u vyadkj vkfn ls rFkk 'ks"k iz'uksa esa ls rhu iz'u lkfgR.kaA & vuqizkl].kuqdwy foHkktu % 1./B.nqljs [k.ed] miek] :id] izrhd] fojks/kkHkkl ¼N% vyadkj½ dk lksnkgj.M esa pkj izFke iz'u vyadkjksa rFkk eqgkojksa] yksdksfDr.ao dforkvksa ds ewY.A & fdUgh 2 eqgkojksa rFkk 2 yksdksfDr.k ifjp.

g iz'u&iz=k rhu Hkkxksa esa foHkDr gksxkA [k. iqLrdksa ls gksaxsA 2.rk laca/kh gksaxsA izR.sd iz'u ds N% vad gSA dqy vad 48 [k.] f'kYi] ik=kksa jaxeap rFkk vfHkus./B.axsA bl dk ikap iafDr. iqLrdksa ls gksxA buesa ys[kdksa ds lkfgR.izFke [k.Z gSA a s 3.kadu] egRo] ifrik|] rFkk ukVd vkSj miU.M&rhu bl Hkkx esa pkj iz'u iwNs tk.kl] rFkk ukVd dh ifjHkk"kk] Lo#i% rRo] izdkj vad foHkktu%& 1.Øe vferk µ¼.k lEcU/kh rFkk 'ks"k pkj iz'u ikB~.nwljs [k.d bl Hkkx esa ls 10 iz'u iwNs tk.kl½ % .Z gksxkA izR. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 27 fgUnh isij % ch miU.sd [k.sd iz'u dk mÙkj ikap i`"Bksa dk gksxkA izR.axs ftuesa ls 8 iz'uksa dk mÙkj nsuk vfuok.Sc.sfrgkfld miU.sd dk mÙkj nks i`"Bksa rd lhfer gksxkA izR.sd iz'u nks vad dk gSA dqy vad 20 [k. ds ewY.rhljs [k.kkdZ ¼ukVd½ % txnh'kpanz lS)kafrdh miU.M&nks bl Hkkx esa 12 iz'u iwNs tk.k[.M esa ls pkj iz'u lS)kfUrdh lEcU/kh( pkj O.Z gSA izR.M esa ls nks nks iz'u djus vfuok.M esa vk/ks iz'u lS)kfUrdh ls vkSj vk/ks iz'u ikB~.Vs dqy % 100 uksV % .Z gSA izR.B.M&. iqLrdksa ds lanHkZ es½ iwNs tk.kl fo/kkvksa ds rRo vkfn ij iz'u ¼ikB~.sd iz'u lksyg vadksa dk gksxkA dqy vad 32 fu/kkZfjr ikB~.A.Øe esa fu/kkZfjr iqLrdksa ls gksaxsA iqlrdksa ls laca/kh iz'u dF.'kiky dks.axA a s .axs ftuesa ls nks iz'uksa dk mÙkj nsuk vfuok.kl] ukVd rFkk lS)kfUrdh le.% rhu ?k.M esa nks iz'u lS)kfUrdh rFkk nks ikB~.ksa esa mÙrj nsuk gksxkA bl Hkkx ds lHkh iz'u vfuok.

ka ¼Vafdr½ fo'ofo|ky.Vs iw.d i=kpkj vkSj HkfDrdkyhu fgUnh lkfgR.sd iz'u dk mÙkj ikap i`"Bksa vFkok .axsA bl Hkkx ds lHkh iz'u vfuok.% rhu ?k.axs ftuesa ls nks iz'uksa dk mÙkj nsuk vfuok.Z gSA izR.kolkf.Z gSA izR.axs ftuesa ls vkB iz'uksa dk mÙkj nsus gaS izR.A. ds fgUnh foHkkx ds v/.28 B.kh % fVIi.vk{kfjd iphZ (Flagging of reference) .izdj. dh LohÑfr xq# ukud nso fo'ofo|ky. dk bfrgkl le.{k@v/.d gtkj 'kCnksa rd lhfer gksxkA izR./B.{k dh rjQ ls uketn izksQslj rFkk dkyst dk foHkkxk?.sd iz'u ds ikap vad gksxsA dqy vad 40 bl Hkkx esa pkj iz'u iwNs tk.sd iz'u 100 'kCnksa rd dh lhek dk gksxkA izR.kkZad % 100 ¼80$20½ uksV % d½ . ifjp.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) QaD'kuy fgUnh isij&.{k gksaxsA x½ dqy vad 10 fl)kUr% & ¼d½ fVIi.qDr Hkk"kk vkSj 'kSyhA 2.kh] izk:i ys[ku] O.kSjk ¼fgLVjh½ 3.k ¼dsl½ O. 1.d fVIi.kh izk#i ys[ku lkekU.{k ls fyf[kr :i esa ysuh gksxhA izkstSDV dh jiV dh rhu izfr.g iz'uiz=k rhu Hkkxksa esa caVk gqvk gSA igys Hkkx esa ls nl iz'u iwNs tk.sd iz'u ds 10 vad gksaxsA dqy vad 20 ?k½ izkstSDV&izkstSDV ds fo"k.fVIi.kh esa iz.sd iz'u nks vadksa dk gSA dqy vad 20 [k½ bl Hkkx esa ckjg iz'u iwNs tk. dk v/. ds fgUnh foHkkx esa okf"kZd dqy vad 10 ijh{kk ls nks lIrkg iwoZ Hkstuh gksaxhA ekSf[kdh&ekSf[kd ijh{kk dh lfefr esa fo'ofo|ky.

okf. vkSj O./B.d vkSikpkfjdrkA ¼[k½ okf.kolkf.qDr dh tkus okyh vko'.] okf.lQy izdk'kukf/kdkjh ds xq. fo"k.fgUnh lkfgR.A.dk.cSad esa ysu&nsu lEcU/kh i=k (Letters regarding Banking Transactions) 10.jlhnsa (Receipts) 7.k ¼x½ fgUnh lkfgR. vkSj O.kolkf.kh dh fo'ks"krk.kT. ds HkfDrdky dh fo'ks"krk.kolkf.kolkf.kT.d (Business) dk i=kpkjksa dk Lo:i 2.ksa ij mPp vf/kdkfj.d i=kpkj 1.B.izLrko&i=k (Letters of Offer) 4.klA 456- .ksx %& 1.kT.fn. vkSj izdk'kukf/kdkj] {ks=k] laHkkouk] Hkk"kk vkSj egRo 12.Sc.k vkSj blesa iz.foKkiu esa okD.kj djuk ifj. (Commercial) vkSj O.s x.d i=kksa dh 'kCnkoyh 11.kZy.kke rd igqapuk vkSj dk.ctd@fo/ks.kT.okf.d i=kksa esa vUrj 3.Hkko&nj&lwph (Quotations) 5. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 29 dsl rS. dk bfrgkl% 1.d (Invoice/Bills) 6.Hkqxrku&lwpuk (Advice of Payments) 9.vkns'k&i=k (Letters of Placing Orders) 8.a iz.ksa ds lkeus fofHkUu izdkj ds dsl izLrqr djus dk vH.Zokgh dh izLrkouk fVIi. vkSj O.ka'k@in dk izHkko vkSj egRo 13.a@y{k.foKkiu% ifjp.

30 B.axsA 3.d i=kpkj Øekad 1] 2 rFkk fgUnh lkfgR.kd vkys[ku o fVIi.M lat] dk'ehjh xsV] fnYyh&1100065.Z /keZ fcfYMax] fcykZ ykbUl] fnYyh&1100074..O.kT.fVIi.axsA 2./B.kj djuk gksxkA 10 vad ekSf[kdh 10 vad lUnHkZ iqLrdsa % 1.kogkfjd fgUnh] MkŒ egsUnz feÙky] 'kkcjh laLFkku] 12@180 vk.kolkf. [k.kolk. ds Øekad 3 ls 10 rd esa iz'u iwNs tk.kh fcjkt .e-.fgUnh lkfgR..Z izdk'ku] ubZ lM+d] fnYyhA . dk bfrgkl] oklqnso 'kekZ vxzoky lw.O.M esa fVIi.f}rh. vkSj O.izFke [k.kT. rFkk O.M esa okf.df=kr djuk vkSj mudk vuqokn foHkktu % 1. [k.jktiky .M esa okf.kh] izk:iys[ku vkSj foKkiu {ks=kksa esa ls iz'u iwNs tk.r`rh.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 2.kh rFkk izwQiBu vkse izdk'k flagy] ihrkacj ifCyf'kax] 888&bZLV ikdzZ jksM] ubZ fnYyh] 1100052.izkxkf.kstuk %& 10 ls 12 i`"Bksa dk izkstSDV rS.kogkfjd fgUnh Hkkx&2] vkseizdk'k flagy] ihrkacj ifCyf'kax] 888&bZLV ikdzZ jksM] ubZ fnYyh] 1100053.A.axsA ifj.miyC?k foKkiuksa dks . dk bfrgkl ij iz'u iwNs tk.

axsA bl Hkkx ds lHkh iz'u vfuok. ds fgUnh foHkkx esa okf"kZd ijh{kk ls nks lIrkg iwoZ Hkstuh gksaxhA dqy vad 10 ekSf[kdh&ekSf[kd ijh{kk dh lfefr esa fo'ofo|ky.A. dh LohÑfr xq# ukud nso fo'ofo|ky.Vs uksV % d½ .kk±d % 100 ¼80$20½ [k½ .sd iz'u ikap vad dk gSA dqy vad 40 x½ bl Hkkx esa pkj iz'u iwNs tk./B.B.{k gksaxsA ?k½ dqy vad 10 iw. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 31 QaD'kuy fgUnh isij&nks] fuoZpu vkSj izSl foKfIr (Interpretation and Press Communiques) le.{k ls fyf[kr :i esa ysuh gksxhA izkstSDV dh jiV dh rhu izfr.sd iz'u 10 vad dk gksxkA dqy vad 20 izkstSDV&izkstSDV ds fo"k. dk v/.% rhu ?k. ds fgUnh foHkkx ds v/.ka ¼Vafdr½ fo'ofo|ky.axs ftuesa ls vkB iz'uksa dk mÙkj nsuk gSA bu iz'uksa dk mÙkj nks i`"Bksa esa nsuk gksxkA vFkok nks lkS 'kCnksa rd dh lhek dk gksxkA izR.g iz'uiz=k rhu Hkkxksa esa caVk gqvk gSA igys Hkkx esa ls nl iz'u iwNs tk.d gtkj 'kCnksa rd lhfer gksxkA izR.{k@v/.{k dh rjQ ls uketn izksQslj rFkk dkyst dk foHkkxk?.Z gSA izR.Sc.axs ftuesa ls nks iz'uksa dk mÙkj nsuk vfuok.sd iz'u nks vadksa dk gSA dqy vad 20 bl Hkkx esa ckjg iz'u iwNs tk.Z gSA ftuesa ls nks iz'uksa dk mÙkj ikap i`"Bksa vFkok .

fuoZpu D.izwQ jhfMax .dojst (Coverage) 9.izSl foKfIr% Hkk"kk 'kSyh 5. Hkk"kk.lkjka'k 4. vkSj vuqoknd esa vUrj 7.a½ 6.k½ 8.izSl fjiksZV&Hkk"kk vkSj 'kSyh 10.iqufoZyksdu (Review) vkSj laiknu (Editing) 7.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) fl)kUr %& ¼d½ fuoZpu (Interpretation) 1.k[.Hkk"k.k dk lans'k vkSj O.k 10.k[./B.izSl izdk'kuh (Press release) dh eq[.A.fuoZpu% {ks=k laHkkouk] Hkwfedk 3.Hkk"kk ij vf?kdkj ¼vaxzsth&fgUnh vkSj {ks=kh.laiknu 9.vk'kq&Hkk"kkarj.32 B.k% xq.k gS\ 2.] vo/kkj.k vkSj mÙkjnkf.fuoZpu% lkjka'k vkSj Li"Vhdj.k vuqokn ¼vuqO. oLrq 3.kk Lo:i vkSj {ks=k 2.izSl izdk'kuh tkjh djus dk vf/kdkjh 8.Ro 4. fo"k.k 5.nqHkkf"k.kuksa dk lkj ¼[k½ izSl foKfIr (Press Communiques) 1.izSl foKfIr% 'kCnkoyh 6.k[.izSl foKfIr% ifjp.cSBdksa ¼lHkkvksa½ vkSj okn&fookn ds fu"d"kZ dh O.izSl&fjiksVZ djuk (Draft Report) 11.nqHkkf"k.

axsA iatkc ds lekpkj i=k%& ifjp.k fo"k.axsA ifj. vkSj bfrgkl laca/kh iz'u iwNs tk. lekpkj i=k% ifjp.axsA izSl foKfIr ls 1 ls 2 rd iz'u iwNs tk.nqfu.axsA ¼[k½ fuoZpu 1 ls 4 rd esa iz'u iwNs tk.k 2. vkSj bfrgkl iz.izns'k] fgUnh xzaFk vdkneh] HkksikyA .ksa ij lewgokj cgl vkSj mudh O.ksx% 1.B.vk'kq&Hkk"kkarj.k (Extempore) vuqokn dk vH.kuksa vkSj izksxzkeksa dk lans'k igqapus dk vH.kj djuk gkssxkA dqy vad 10 ekSf[kdh dqy vad 10 lUnHkZ iqLrdsa %& 1.k[.Sc.if=kdk laiknu dyk] jkepUnz frokjh] vkys[k izdk'ku] ubZ fnYyhA 2.kj djukA foHkktu % ¼d½ fuoZpu rFkk izSl foKfIr esa ls iz'u iwNs tk.k[.ksa ds funsZ'ku rS.A.kl 3./B.kj djuk] lekpkj en vkfn ¼vaxzsth lekpkj i=kksa esa izdkf'kr½ 5.izSl dk fgUnh&dFku@ikB (Version) rS.Hkk"kkvksa] O.lekpkj i=k O.izSl&izdk'ku fo"k. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 33 ¼x½ eq[.oLFkkiu] vuar xksiys 'ksoMs] e/.kstuk% 10 ls 12 i`"Bksa dk izkstSDV rS.kl 4.

& Ovsienko Y. 1991. (Lessons 26 t0 40) PPH. N.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) RUSSIAN Paper ./B. Comprehension (Texts with questions) 3.34 B. Note : Dictionaries are allowed.D.Marks : 100 30 Marks 2. Translation from English to Russian 30 Marks 40 Marks 1.A (Written) Time: 3 Hours M.A. .. Translation from Russian into English/Hindi/Punjabi Course of Reading & Prescribed Text-Book : "RUSSIAN" by Wagner V.G.N.

"RUSSIAN" by Ovsienko Y. 2. An Off Day.Verbs of motion with & without prefixes . (Lessons 26 to 40) . & Ovsienko Y. City.G.Declension of Nouns & Adjectives in all Cases & Numbers. (A) 1.Sc. Courses of Reading & Prescribed Text-Book : .Use of ./B. (Written) Grammer Composition (one out of five topics) M. My University. My family.Marks : 100 50 35 15 Topics : My friend. Our Library.B. .Reading of a text .Conversation 50 15 15 20 .A."RUSSIAN" by Wagner V. & Skopina (Part-I & II) (B) Oral/Practical . Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 35 RUSSIAN Paper-B Time : 3 Hrs. My work.N.G.Dictation .

2004.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) FRENCH Paper-A (Written) Time: 3 Hours Composition and Grammar : 1. . An informal letter in French (to friend & family) 3. Published by Didier.36 B. 15 2. Marks: 100 The general questions are based on the vocabulary of the text book.A. Courses of Reading & Prescribed Text-Book : "CONNEXIONS-2" by Regine Merieux & Yves Loiseau. Conjugations of verbs used in the text) 5. A Dialogue in French of about one page on the topic covered in the Text Book. (Eight out of the tweleve to be attempted). Questions on Applied Grammar pertaining to the text (Exercises from the textbook) 4. Short answer questions from the textbook./B. 15 20 10 40 Max.

/B. Conte De Fee-Le Petit Chaperon Rouge Course of Reading & Prescribed Text-Book : . 2004. (From the textbook) 3.B.Conte De Fee-Le Petit Chaperon Rouge . Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 37 FRENCH Paper-B M. . Translation from French to English (From the textbook) 2.Reading of a text .Dictation . 2004. Summery of one of the poems studied.A.Conversation 40 10 10 20 Course of Reading & Prescribed Text-Book : .Sc. M."CONNEXIONS-2" by Regine Merieux & Yves Loiseau. 4."CONNEXIONS-2" by Regine Merieux & Yves Loiseau. Marks : 60 15 15 15 15 1. Translation from English to French.Marks : 100 A : Written : 60 B : Viva : 40 A. Published by Didier. Published by Didier. . : Written (Translation & Literature) Time : 3 Hrs.Poetry-Dejeunei Matin (Prevert) (B) Oral/Practical .

A. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Marks: 100 Note : .38 B. Munshi Prem Chand. Poets Mir Taqi Mir./B. Hussain Azad. Asad-ulla-Khan Ghalib.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) URDU (ELECTIVE) Paper-A Time: 3 Hours Max. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates. The total weightage of the section shall be 48 marks. All questions will be compulsory. Each question will carry sixteen marks. Each question will carry two marks. Rashid Ahmad Siddiqui) . Mohd. Prose & Poetry i) Explanation of Verses ii) Explanation of Prose iii) Introduction to Literary contribution of the following Poets and Prose writers. Brij Narain Chakbast & Jigar Muradabadi) Prose Writers Sir Syed Ahmad Khan.Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners: Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows: Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with answer to each question up to five lines in length. Nazir Akbarabadi. Altaf Husain Hali. Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length. total weightage of the section being 32 marks. total weightage of the section being 20 marks. Each question will carry six marks.

110025. by Aijaz Husain.M. Urdu Zaban-o-Adab ka Khaka by Khushhal Zaidi.Sc.U. .M. A. 2001. 2003. 2003. Market. Books Recommended 1./B. Market. 80-Ghaffar Manzil Jamianagar. A. Education Book House.U. New Delhi. Edara Bazme Khizre Rah. Mukhtasar Tarikh-Adab-e-Urdu.B. Aligarh. Aligarh. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 39 Book Prescribed Naqoosh-e-Adab published by Education Book House.A. 2.

Each question will carry sixteen marks.Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners : Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows: Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with answer to each question up to five lines in length. characterisation. total weightage of the section being 20 marks. total weightage of the section being 32 marks./B. Education Book House. a) Novel : Plot. Market.U. b) Explanation of a paragraph from the novel. Marks : 100 Note :. Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length.A.M. The total weightage of the section being be 48 marks. language and style & treatment of situation/social condition.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) URDU (ELECTIVE) Paper-B Time: 3 Hours Max. Media and Information : (Qualities and Duties with reference to Urdu) Book Prescribed : Ek Chadar Maili Si by Rajinder Singh Bedi. Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to each question upto 5 pages in length. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.40 B. Novel and Precis Writing 1. Aligarh. All questions will be compulsory. A. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. 2. . Each question will carry six marks. Each question will carry two marks. 2003.

B. 37-Johri Mohalla. Patiala. Sir Syed Book Depot. Television Ki Sahafat by Shakeel Hasan Shamsi.A./B. Aligarh-202002 (UP). 3. 2003. Sahafat Kaya Hai edited by Department of Persian and Urdu. . Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 41 Books Recommended 1. 2001.Sc. Medical College Road. 2001. Urdu Sahafat by Saqib Siddiqui. 2. Lucknow. Jamia Urdu. Punjabi University.

total weightage of the section being 32 marks. Each question will carry six marks. Each question will carry two marks. (Page-171) Khana-e-Pidari by Saeed Nafisi. Hijazi.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) PERSIAN (ELECTIVE) Paper .42 B. (Page-199) Eidi by Mohd. (Page-205) Poetry : a) Ghazaliyat-e-Hafiz Agar An Turk Shirazi Badasat Arad Dile Mara Dil Miravad z Dastam Sahib Dilan Khudara Saqi Banoor-e-Bade Bar Afroz Jam-e-Ma. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. total weightage of the section being 20 marks. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates. (Page-178) Khud-Kushi by Mohd. Prose and Poetry Prose : Azan-e-Maghrib by Saeed Nafisi. Hijazi.A. Each question will carry sixteen marks./B. The total weightage of the section being 48 marks. (Pages 4-8) .A Time: 3 Hours Max.Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners: Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows: Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with answer to each question up to five lines in length. All questions will be compulsory. Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to each question upto 5 pages in length. Marks: 100 Note : .

U. 6. Jadid Farsi Shai'ri by Dr. Syed Ahsan-uz-Zafar. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 43 b) Ghazaliyat-e-Khusrau Jaan z tan Burdi-o-Dar Jani Hanuz Madeh Pindam Keh Man Dar Sene Sauda-e-Digar Daram Janan Shabi Bakoo-e-Ghariban Maqam Kun. Jadid Farsi Shai'ri by Dr. University Press. (1990) Books Recommended : 1. Mohd. A. Masnavi-Maulana Room Bishno Az Nai Choon Hikayat Mee Kunad Hikayat Ashiq Shudan-e-Badshah Bar Kaneezak Zahir Shudan-e-Ijz-e-Hakiman Az Mo' alija-e-Kaneezak Badshah b Dargah-e-Khuda-o-Khwab Didan Shah Wali Ra (Pages 117-133) Book Prescribed : Nisab-e-Jadeed-e-Farsi. Aligarh. 1995. 5. Urdu Bazaar. (Pages 2425) Qasida Mlik-ush-Sho'ara Bahar (Jughad-e-Jang) 1. Fughan z Jughad-e-Jang-o-Marghwai-o. Jama Masjid. Edara Musannifin. 2. Delhi-6. Masnaviyat-e-fani Kashmiri by Iraq Raza Zaidi. 4. Lucknow. . 3. 1995.M./B. Lucknow. (Pages 54-59). Taqi Ali Abidi. 1996. Uttar Pradesh Urdu Academy.Sc. Published by Jyed Press Ballimaran Delhi-6 and available from Maktaba Jamia. Uttar Pradesh Urdu Academy. Tarikh-e-Adabiyat-e-Iran by Raza Zada Shafaq. Hyderabad. Munib-ur-Rehman. 1980. Asari Farsi Shai'ri by Dr.B. Lucknow.M. 2006. 1990. Uttar Pradesh Urdu Academy. Sho'ra-e-Namwar by M. 2003 (2nd Edition). Jalali.A.

Fail.44 B. total weightage of the section being 20 marks. Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the section being 48 marks. Each question will carry sixteen marks. Sifat. All questions will be compulsory. Zameer. Mafool & Jumla Mutazad Alfaz b) Persian Genres: Ghazal Qasida Masnavi Rubai Dastan Dastan-e-Kotah Zindgi Nameh . Grammar and Persian Genres : a) Grammar : Definitions and kinds of the following : Ism. total weightage of the section being 32 marks./B.B Time: 3 Hours Max. Each question will carry two marks. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Marks: 100 Note:.Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners: Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows: Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with answer to each question up to five lines in length. Fa'il. Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to each question upto 5 pages in length.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) PERSIAN (ELECTIVE) Paper .A.

5./B. 2000. 7.A.Sc.K.K. R. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 45 Media : Its Qualities and Duties Books Recommended: 1.B.K. Rehbar-e-Akhbar Navisi by Iqbal Qadri. 1999. Urdu Sahafat by Anwar Dehlvi. Delhi. 2001. Farsi-o-Dastur. Puram. 2001. Part-II by Zohra Khanlari. Urdu Academy. Puram. 2003. R. New Delhi. New Delhi. Miftah-ul-Qawaid by Mohiuddin Jafri. Qaumi Council. New Delhi. Urdu : Radio aur Television Mein by Kamal Ahmad Siddiqui. 4. Qaumi Council. Qaumi Council. 2003. 2001 (2nd reprint). R. . Naseem-e-Balaghat by Jalal-ud-din Jafri. 6. 3. Awami Zra'i Iblagh : Tarsil aur Tamir-o-Tarraqi by Shahid Parvej. Puram. 2.

the growth of modern industry. 6.46 B. Doctrine of Lapse. Rama Krishana Mission. The total weightage of this section will 72 marks. Arya Samaj. Revolutionary Terrorism in Bengal. Economic Changes : Agriculture. Each question will carry 18 marks. Destruction of indigenous industries. Impact on the national movement. Nature and aftermath. 4. Rise of the middle classes. The Revolutionary Terrorism : Partition of Bengal and its impact. Subsidiary Alliance Policy. Clive and Warren Hastings. Aligarh Movement. 2. Section B :The examiner will set 8 questions which will cover the entire syllabus.D. The total weightage of the section will be 28 marks.A. Political institutions. Answer to each question will be in 10 to 15 sentences. Growth of Education and Political Organisation : New education.) Time : 3 Hours Max. 3. British commercial policies and the impact on the trade balance. Foundation of British Rule : Advent of the British. Prarthna Samaj. and questions in Section-B should cover at least 50 percent of the theme. The candidates will attempt any 4 questions in at least 5 pages each. Marks : 100 Note : The question paper shall consist of two sections as follows : Section A : The examiner will set 10 questions and the candidates will attempt 7 questions carrying 4 marks each. The drain theory./B. Theosophical Society. Spread of the Uprisings. . 1. Maharashtra and the Punjab. Battles of Plassey and Buxar. The Uprising of 1857 : Causes.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) HISTORY Paper-A History of India (1707-1964 A. Important Note : Paper Setter must ensure that questions in Section-A do not cover more than one point. 5. Socio Religious Movements : Brahmo Samaj.

Cripps proposals. 1935 and Provincial Autonomy. the Swarajists.B. Poona-pact. the INA Trials. Communal Award. Government of India Act. Khilafat agitation. The Simon Commission. the Round Table Conferences. The Phase of Non-Co-operation : Emergence of Gandhi. the Minto-Morley Reforms of 1909. the Non-cooperation Movement. Withdrawal and impact. The Act of 1919 and Dyarchy. Interim Government and Elections. . Towards Partition and Independence : Growth of communal politics. The Phase of Civil Disobedience : The programme and the course of the Civil Disobedience movement. Withdrawal of Civil Disobedience Movement. 8. Constitutional Development : The Acts of 1861 and 1892.A. The Jallianwala Bagh Massacre and its impact. 'Quit India' Movement. Lahore resolution. 10./B. 9. Cabinet Mission towards Independence. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 47 7.Sc.

Answer to each question will be in 10 to 15 sentences. the Jogis. Socio-Religious condition of the Punjab around 1500 A. Conception of God. Each question will carry 18 marks. Insistance on right conduct and earnest profession. Historical literature in Persian and Punjabi. Section B : The examiner will set 8 questions which will cover the entire syllabus. Important Note : Paper Setter must ensure that questions in Section-A do not cover more than one point./B. Foundation of Sikh Panth : Guru Nanak Dev and his Teachings : Early life. The candidates will attempt any 4 questions in at least 5 pages each. Institution of community kitchen (Langer) and Congregational worship (sangat). Importance of the Guru. Development of the Sikh Panth : Guru Angad Dev to Guru Arjan Dev : Increasing number of sangats : Sikh ceremonies. Sources : Geographical and Physical features. European travellers' accounts. Non-literary sources : numismatics and paintings. Religious literature. 1. 2. and questions in Section-B should cover atleast 50 percent of the theme. 3. the Brahmans. the Shias.A. the Manji and Masand system. Succession to Guruship. the Sufis.48 B. The total weightage of this section will be 28 marks. the Vaishnava bhakti and the saints. Marks : 100 Note : Each question paper shall consist of two sections as follows : Section A : The examiner will set 10 questions and the candidates will attempt any 7 questions carrying 4 marks each. 4.D.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) HISTORY Paper-B History of the Punjab (1469-1799) Time : 3 Hours Max. : The Sunnis. The total weightage of this section will be 72 marks. Administrative records and documents. The founding .

Occupation of Lahore.A. Leading Sardars and Territories : Nawab Kapur Singh. Jai Singh Kanhaya. 9. Ala Singh. Establishment of an independent rule. Administrative of Justice. Political Struggle (1716-48) : Position of the Sikhs. Causes of Sikh success against the Mughals and Afghans. Administrative arrangements. Compilation of the Adi Granth. Conflict with the Hill chiefs and Mughal administrators. 10. Emergence of new rulers and their military resources. Banda Bahadur : Early life of Banda Bahadur and his meeting with Guru Gobind Singh. 6. 8. His political activities upto the conquest of Sarhind.Sc. 7. The Harimandir. 5. Creation of Khalsa : Meaning. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 49 of the sacred places. Circumstances leading to the creation of the Khalsa (1699). Legacy. Jassa Singh Ahluwalia. Jassa Singh Ramgarhia. New Social order. Ghallughara. the striking of the coin. . Sikh-Afghan struggle (1752-65)./B. Armed conflict with the state. Abdus Samad Khan and Zakaria Khan (1716-1745). Gurmata.B. Circumstances leading to the accession and martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur. Bhangis. Political Organisations of the Sikhs in the 18th Century: Rakhi. Misl. Land revenue. Transformation of the Sikh Panth : Guru Hargobind to Guru Tegh Bahadur : Martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev and Guru Hargobind's response. Repression and conciliation by the Mughal governors. Dal Khalsa. Charat Singh and Mahan Singh. Imperial compaign against Banda.

B. such short answer type questions carry 2 marks. features. Powers.50 B. 2.e sections A. 1./B. Section — B Fundamental Rights. Marks: 100 20x4 = 80 10x2 =20 Instructions for the Paper Setter: The question paper will consist of five Sections: A. 3. Directive Principles of the State Policy. Section A. Instructions for the candidates: Candidates are required to attempt one question each from sections A. 3.C and D will have two questions from the respective portion of the syllabus and will carry 20 marks each.C and D of the question paper and the entire section E. Powers and Role.B. 1. 2. The candidates are required to answer the short questions in not less than 50 words.C. kinds and evaluation. Section — C Parliament: Composition. Powers and Role. Nature of Indian Federalism and Centre-State Relations. . Section — A Constitution Assembly and making of India’s Constitution. Basic features of the Indian Constitution.A. 3. 4. Indian Cabinet and Prime Minister: Election. Preamble and its importance. Position and Changing Role. Fundamental Duties.B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Political Science Paper – A (Indian Constitution) Time : 3 Hours Max. 4. 2.B.D and E. President: Election. Powers and Position. Supreme Court and High Court: Composition. 1. C & D and will carry 20 marks in all. Section E will consist of 10 short answer type questions to be set form entire syllabus i.

Delhi. Kothari. II. Chanakya Publications 1984-1985. Ethnic Groups and the State. An Introduction to the Constitution of India. 1984. 6. Faction and Parties in Indian Politics. 10. B.R. R. Oxford. Caste. New Delhi. Oxford University Press. The Gradual Revolution. The Indian Constitution : Corner Stone of a Nation.P. Politics in India. 5. Orient Longman. Religion and Politics in North Indian. Orient Longman. Party System and Election Studies.L.Sc. Meerut. 12. London. Oxford University Press./B.). Bambhri. 1. Narain (ed. Bombay. 3. II. Powers and Role. Helm. New Delhi. 1974. 1988.B. Vol. 8. Austin. Oxford University Press. 2008. New Delhi. 7. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 51 Section — D Governor: Appointment. 4. Fadia. Asia Publishing House. 3. Vol. 2000. P. Cambridge University Press. Oxford. Kothari. 2.D. 1967. Powers and Role. Frankel. 1990. Hyderabad. Delhi. P. C. State against Democracy : In Search of Human Governance. Delhi. R. Basu. Croom. Brass. 14. 1967. Kothari. Working of a Democratic Constitution : The Indian Experience. 1966. Prentice Hall. London. I. The Indian State Fifty Years. Council of Ministers and Chief Minister: Election. 9. Powers. R. Brass. New Delhi. Radiant Publishers. 2. Austin. G. State Legislature: Composition. . Politics of India Since Independence. Position and Role. State Politics in India. Brass. G. D.A. Brass. 11. F. 1997. Meenakshi Parkashan. Ajanta. 1970. India’s Political Economy 1947-1977. 13. Language. P. Books Recommended: 1. Shipra. P. 1978. State Politics in India. 1995.

Indian Government and Politics. Gitanjali. 1998. Verma and C. Rudolph and Susanne Hoeba Rudolph.V. Vol. Francine Frankel. B. S. Narang. Pylee. OUP. 1977. New Delhi. Fadia. Asia Publishing House. Explaining Indian Democracy: A Fifty-Year Perspective. Meenakshi Parkashan.A. I.52 B. 1999. A. Indian Government and Politics. 2008. 24.P. Election and Political Consciousness in India. II. Sahitya Bhavan Publications. An Introduction to the Consutitution of India. Indian Journal of Political Sciences Punjab Journal of Politics Seminar Lloyd I.P. 16. 23. Constitutional Government in India. Agra./B. India’s Political Economy: 1947-2004. 1967. OUP. III.S. Bhambari (ed. New Delhi. GAP PAGE NO.: 53-55 . New Delhi. Pylee. Meerut.V. Vikas. 2008. M. 22.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 15. 18. 1956-2006.). 19 20.L. 17. Bombay. New Delhi. 2006. M. 21.

A.B. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 53 .Sc./B.

A.54 B./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) .

A.B. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 55 .Sc./B.

NC. Caste and Religion in Indian Politics.C. Section A. Nature of Party System in India: A Critical Evaluation. Ideologies and electoral performance. CPI. The candidates are required to answer the short questions in not less than 50 words Section — A 1. such short answer type questions carry 2 marks.and D of the question paper and the entire section E.s sections A. Section — C 1. Liberalisation and Indian Politics.C and D will have two questions from the respective portion of the syllabus and will carry 20 marks each. Political Participation: Determinants and levels of Political Participation. 2. National Political Parties (National Congress – BJP. 3.B. 2. DMK.B. 4. . BSP. The Election Commission: Powers. C & D and will carry 20 marks in all.56 B. 3. B.B (Indian Political System) Time : 3 Hours Max.A. Section — B 1. Section E will consist of 10 short answer type questions to be set from the entire syllabus i. Marks: 100 20x4 = 80 10x2 = 20 Instructions for the Paper Setter: The question paper will consist of five Sections:A. Emerging trends in Indian Politics. 2.B.D and E. from sections A. Pressure groups in Indian Politics. functions.C. CPI(M).Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Political Scienc Paper . Regionalism and Indian politics. Voting Behaviour./B. Ideologies and Electoral Performance. Telugu Desam): Their Organisation. Instructions for the candidates: Candidates are required to attempt one question each. Their organisation. and Electoral reforms. 4. Regional Political Parties (SAD. 3.

Bambhari.B. 1974.P. Religion and Politics in North Indian. Delhi. Politics in India. P. G. B. 14. The Indian Constitution : Corner Stone of a Nation.D. Vol. D. Politics of India Since Independence. G. Narain (ed. 2. 13. 1967.Sc. 1967. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 57 Section — D 1. Meenakshi Parkashan. Brass. 2008. Delhi. State Politics in India. Prentice Hall. 4. State Politics in India. Oxford. Kothari. C. 1970. 1990. Bombay. Ethnic Groups and the State. Vol. Frankel. II. 11. 1978. London. R. Brass. New Delhi. Chanakya Publications 1984-1985. Oxford. Austin.R. Sipra. 1984. 12. 1997. . India’s Political Economy 1947-1977. R. F. London. Ajanta. Brass. 6. 8. The Gradual Revolution. Helm. Working of a Democratic Constitution : The Indian Experience. 2000. 3. I. Cambridge University Press. An Introduction to the Constitution of India. Hyderabad. State against Democracy : In Search of Human Governance. Party System and Election Studies./B.A. New Delhi. 1988. 1995. The Indian State Fifty Years. 2. II. Kothari. Orient Longman. Language. New Delhi. Oxford University Press.L. Books Recommended: 1. 9. Austin. Radiant Publishers. P. Faction and Parties in Indian Politics.). Orient Longman. Basic principles and determinants of Indian Foreign Policy. R. Basu. 10. New Delhi. Fadia. Kothari. Asia Publishing House. 5. Caste. P. Oxford University Press. Delhi. 7. Meerut. Oxford University Press. Brass. Policy of Non-alignment and its relevance in contemporary world. Croom. 1966. P.

S. 24. Meerut. Sahitya Bhavan Publications. Constitutional Government in India. 23.P.58 B. Vol. India’s Political Economy: 19472004. Agra. New Delhi. 2006. 18. 16. Indian Government and Politics. A. III.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 15. Meenakshi Parkashan. New Delhi. 1956-2006. Indian Government and Politics. Vikas. Fadia. 20. Narang. OUP.A. II. 2008. Indian Journal of Political Sciences Punjab Journal of Politics Seminar Lloyd I. 17.S. An Introduction to the Consutitution of India. Verma and C. . 1967.L.P. Bhambari (ed. Bombay. Pylee. 1999. B. 1977. 22. Rudolph and Susanne Hoeba Rudolph. 1998. Election and Political Consciousness in India. Asia Publishing House.New Delhi./B. M.). Francine Frankel.V. M. New Delhi. 21. Pylee. Gitanjali. 2008. OUP. 19. Explaining Indian Democracy: A Fifty-Year Perspective.V. I.

Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 59 Defence and Strategic Studies Paper-A Evolution of Warfare in Europe Marks : 160 Marks : 40 Total : 200 Time : 3 Hrs. (iii) Description of the battle. Answer to each question shall not exceed half of the page./B. Each question shall carry 13 marks. Max. The total weightage of this section shall be 28 marks. Section-A 1. . 331 B.C.A. (vi) Analysis (strategy. The candidates shall attempt any 4 questions in atleast 5 pages each. application of principles of war and causes of defeat and victory). (a) Military organisations of Macedonians and Persians. Note : Practicals only meant for the regular students.Sc. The total weightage of this section shall be 52 marks. (b) Battle of Arbela (i) Introduction (ii) Opposing forces and their deployment. For the private students the two papers shall be of 100 marks each. Military Organisations and techniques of fighting of Macedonians and Persians with particular reference to the Battle of Arbela.B. tactics. For the private students the each question in section B will be 18 marks. Marks : 80 Note : Question paper shall consist of two sections as follows: Section A : The examiner shall set 10 questions and the candidates will attempt 7 questions carrying 4 marks each. Section B : The examiner shall set 8 questions which will cover the entire syllabus.

tactics. : a) b) Military organisation of the English and Romans.C. (b) Batttle of Cannae (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) Introduction Opposing forces and their deployment. Analysis (strategy. A. Military organizations and techniques of fighting of the English and Romans with particular reference to the Battle of Hastings 1066 AD. (iv) Analysis (strategy. (a) Military organisations of Romans and Barbarians. (iii) Description of the battle. (b) Battle of Adrianople (i) Introduction (ii) Opposing forces and their deployment. application of principles of war and causes of defeat and victory).Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 2. application of principles of war and causes of defeat and victory). .A.60 B. Battle of Hastings i. : (a) Military organisations of Romans and Carthaginians. Section-B 4. tactics. ii. Description of the battle./B. Military organizations and techniques of fighting of Romans and Barbarians with particular reference to the Battle of Adrianople 378. : Military organizations and techniques of fighting of Romans and Barbarians. 3. Military organizations and techniques of fighting of Romans and Carthaginians with particular reference to the Battle of Cannae 216 B.D. Introduction Opposing forces and their deployment.

A. 9. Section-C 6. b) Battle of Trafalgar. iv./B. Naval Warfare with particular reference to the Battle of Trafalgar 1805 A. application of principles of war and causes of defeat and victory). Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 61 Description of the battle. III. I. tactics.Sc.D. Section-D 8. 5. II. The Mongol art of war under Changez Khan and Taimur a) b) Organisation of Mongol Army.B. 7. Opposing forces and their deployment. application of principles of War and causes of defeat and victory). tactics. Analysis (strategy. Napoleonic Warfare a) b) Elements of Napoleonic Warfare. Description of the battle. Analysis (strategy. iii. Principles of Napoleonic Warfare. : a) Background of the English and Franco-Spanish rivalry for naval supremacy. Industrial Revolution and its impact a) Impact on Society b) Impact on weapons for land and naval warfare c) Impact on means of communications d) Impact on tactics for land and naval warfare. Mongol Art of War. American Civil War (1861-65) i) ii) iii) Introduction Causes Events in brief .

17. Montogmery. J. : Conduct of War. 16. Translation).S. E. Barrie and Rockliff : The Ancient Art of War. Hauerslty. .N. Creasy.C. 4. Encyclopedia Britannica. Fuller.F. Weapons of War. Peter : The Oxford Companion to Ships and Sea. Theodore : War in the Modern World. Das.C.62 B. Fuller. Fuller. 9. : Armies of the Great Mughals. J. Phul. 7.F. 20. 19. I. 12. E.F. 22. II. Duniya De Nirnehjanak Jang (Pbi. 10.T. : The Decisive Battles of the Western World. Vol. Kemp. 11.E.C.C. II. Vol. 5. The Generalship of Alexander The Great. S./B.C. 2. 6. 8. : The Study of Military History.A. Cleaton. 14. J. Ropp. Fuller. 24. Vol. Sheppard. P. 13. Fuller. Alfred H : The Art of War on Land. Burne.F. : Pachhmi. : The Fifteen Decisive Battles of the World.W. : The American Civil War. 18.D. J.F. : Genghis Kha-ti-Conqueor of the World. Sarkar. Fuller. J. Encyclopedia America.C. : Armament and History. Depuy. Vol. J. 3. Cyril : A Hundred Years of War.F. Hortog. 23. Barrie and Rockliff : The Ancient Art of War. 15.K. J. : Military History of India.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) iv) v) The Character of the Civil War Tactical development Text Books and Supplementary Readings : 1. J. : An Introduction to the Art of War. Earnest : The Encyclopedia of Military History. R.F. Viscount : A History of Warefare. Falls.C. Fuller. Roy : The Great Commander-Nelson. 21. : The Decisive Battles of the Western World. I. I.

Marks : 80 Total Teaching Periods : 75 (This paper deals with salient features of Indian Warfare from 326 BC to 1850 AD) Note : Question paper shall consist of two sections as follows: Section A : The examiner shall set 10 questions and the candidates will attempt 7 questions carrying 4 marks each. Analysis (strategy.Sc. For the private students each question in section B will be of 18 marks.B. The candidates shall attempt any 4 questions in atleast 5 pages each. Description of the battle. For the private students the two papers shall be of 100 marks each. i) ii) iii) iv) Introduction Opposing forces and their deployment. 326 B. Answer to each question shall not exceed half of the page. The total weightage of this section shall be 52 marks./B. . Section B : The examiner shall set 8 questions which will cover the entire syllabus. The total weightage of this section shall be 28 marks. : (a) Macedonian and Indian Military organisations. Note : Practicals only meant for the regular students. application of Principles of war and causes of defeat and victory). tactics.A. Macedonian and Indian Military Organisation and techniques of fighting with particular reference to the Battle of Hydaspes. (b) Battle of Hydaspes.C. Section-A 1. Each question shall carry 13 marks. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 63 Defence and Strategic Studies Paper-B Evolution of Warfare in India Time : 3 Hours Max.

Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 2. Military organizations and techniques of fighting of Mughals and Afghans with particular reference to the First Battle of Panipat 1526 AD. i) ii) iii) iv) Introduction Opposing forces and their deployment Description of the battle Analysis (strategy. Army Organisation. Mode of Warfare.A. : (a) Military organisations of Mughals and Afghans. i) ii) iii) iv) Introduction Opposing forces and their deployment Description of the battle Analysis (strategy. application of principles of war and causes of defeat and victory). The Institution of Spices. Forts-type & role. Section-B 3. tactics. Diplomacy and Strategy. tactics. Kautilya's Philosophy of War i. Military organizations and techniques of fighting of Rajputs and Turks with particular reference to the Battle of Terrain 1192 A. iii. v. : (a) Military organisations of Rajputs and Turks.D. iv. 4. (b) First Battle of Panipat. ii. application of principles of war and causes of defeat and victory) . (b) Battle of Terrain.64 B./B.

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

65

Section-C 5. Fighting techniques of Southern Muslim Sultana with particular reference to the Battle of Talikota, 1568 A.D. i) ii) iii) iv) Introduction Opposing forces and their deployment Description of the battle Analysis (strategy, tactics, application of principles of War and causes of defeat and victory)

6. Military Organisations of Marathas under Shivaji and his techniques of fighting : i) ii) iii) iv) Shivaji as a military leader. Higher Defence Organisation. Military Organisation. Techniques of Fighting.

Section-D 7. Military organisation of Sikh Army and its fighting techniques under Maharaja Ranjit Singh : i) ii) iii) iv) Maharaja Ranjit Singh as a Military leader. Growth and development of the Sikh Army from 17991849). Organisation of the Army. Fighting techniques of the Sikh Army strategies and tactics.

8. Anglo-Maratha and Anglo-Sikh Warfare with particular reference to the Battles of Assaye, 1803 A.D. and Chillianwala, 1849 A.D. : (a) Battle of Assaye i) ii) Introduction Opposing forces and their deployment.

66

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

iii) iv)

Description of the battle. Analysis (strategy, tactics application of principles of War and causes of defeat and victory). Introduction Opposing forces and their deployment. Description of the battle.

(b) Battle of Chillianwala i) ii) iii) iv)

Analysis (strategy, tactics application of principles of War and causes of defeat and victory). Books Recommended Text Books 1. Alfred, David : Indian Art of War. 2. Bajwa, F.S. : Military System of the Sikhs. 3. Bruce, George : Six Battles of India. 4. Das, S.T. : Indian Military—Its History and Development. 5. Fuller, J.F.C. Generalship of Alexander the Great. 6. Gill, K.S. Yudh Niti Pakhon Bharat De Parmukh Yudh (Punjabi). 7. Carr, E.H. Military History of India. 8. Majumdar, B.K. : Military System in Ancient India. 9. Majumdar, B.K. : Military System of the Sikhs. 10. Malleson G.B. : Decisive Battles of India. 11. Sarkar, J.N. : Military History of India. 12. Sen S.N. : Military System of the Marathas. 13. Sharma, Gautam : Indian Army Through the Ages. 14. Singh Gurcharan : Battles of Panipat. 15. Thind, Sukhbir, S. : Bharat Yudh Kala Da Vikas (Punjabi).

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

67

Supplementary Readings : 16. Cook, H.C.B. : The Sikh Wars 1845 to 1849. 17. Dupuy, Earnest : The Encyclopaedia of Military History. 18. Habibullah, A.B.M. : The Foundation of Muslim Rule in India. 19. Jaffar, S.M. : Medieval India under Muslim Kings. 20. Kangle, B.P. : Kautilaya's Arth Shastra. 21. Majumdar, B.K. : Study of Indian Military History. 22. Shastri, Sharma : Artha Shastra. 23. Singh Nagendra : The Theory of Force and Organisation Defence in India. 24. Subramanyam T.G. : Famous Battles in Indian History.

68

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

Practical
Total Teaching Hours : 3 Periods per week Time for Practical Examination : 3 Hrs. Section-A Written Test : 1½ Hours 1. Map : Definition, features, classification : Topo Sheets and its utility for Military : Enlargement and reduction of Maps. 2. Conventional Signs. 3. GRID System : Four Figure and Six Figure Map References. 4. Scale : Definition methods of presenting scale Interconvention of statement into Representative fraction : construction of simple scale line and the comparative scale lines. 5. North : Types of north and finding out true north direction by equal altitude methods : Watch method & Compass method. Max. Marks : 40

Discussion (Topics)
Section-B (i) Punjab Problems (ii) J & K Problems (iii) Assam Problems (iv) Human Rights (Meaning and Concept) Section-C : Viva-Voce Section-D : Record Instructions for the Examiners Written test would be given on the spot by the external examiner. Internal examiner is to be appointed to assist the external examiner.

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

69

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
Paper - A

Personnel Administration in India
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 100 Note:- Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners: Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows: Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage being 20 marks. Section-B will consist of short answer type questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates. Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the section shall be 48 marks. Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Each question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section being 32 marks.

Introduction:
Meaning, Nature and Scope of Personnel Administration. Functions and Significance of Personnel Administration. Public Services and their role in Administrative System. Characteristics of Public Personnel Administration in India.

Civil Services in India:
Recruitment : Meaning, Methods Promotion : Meaning, Principles. Training : Meaning, Objectives and Types, Training System in India.

70

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

Personnel Agencies:
Functions and Role of Department of Personnel and Public Grievances, Union Public Service Commission, State Public Service Commissions & Staff Selection Commissions.

Employer — Employee Relations and Working Conditions:
Employees participation in Management. Employee's Unions. Joint Consultative Machinery. Rights of Public Servant, Conduct and Discipline. Motivation and Morale. Integrity in Public Services - Problem of Corruption. Relationshi9p between permanent and political executive. Lok Pal and Lok Ayukta. Central Vigilance Commission. Organization and working of Central of Bureau Investigation (CBI) Sugessted Readings : 1. Government of India, Report on Personnel Administration, New Delhi, 1970. 2. Glenn O. Stahl : Public Personnel Administration, 7th Ed., Oxford IBH Publication Compo, New Delhi, 1977. 3. Goel S.L. and Shalini Rajneesh, Public Personnel Administration : Theory and Practice, Deep and Deep Publications, New Delhi, 2002. 4. Indian Institute of Public Administration, Personnel Administration, New Delhi, 1970. 5. Sahib Singh and Sawinder Singh, Public Personnel and Financial Administration, New Academic Publisher, 2002. 6. Sinha V.M., Personnel Administration, R.B.S.A., Publisher, Jaipur, 1985.

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

71

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
Paper - B

Financial Administration
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 100

Note: Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners: Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows: Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with answer to each question up to five lines in length. All questions will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage being 20 marks. Section-B will consist of short answer type questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates. Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the section shall be 48 marks. Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Each question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section being 32 marks. Introduction Nature and scope of Financial Administration Objectives and Principles of Financial Administration. Union-State Financial Relations, Finance Commission, Planning Commision, Organization of Ministry of Finance. Department of Finance in Punjab Budgetary System Meaning, purpose and principles of Budget—Budget as a tool of Administration.

72

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

Preparation of Budget. Enactment of Budget. Execution of Budget. Performance Budgeting. Zero-Base Budgeting. Control over Finance. Legislative Control. Public Accounts Committee. Estimates Committee. Committee on Public Undertakings, Comptroller and Auditor General, Accounting and Audit. Suggested Readings 1. Goel S.L., Financial Administration, Deep and Deep Publication, New Delhi, 2002. 2. Government of India, Administrative Reforms Commission, Report of Financial Account and Audit, New Delhi, 1967. 3. Government of India, Administrative Reforms Commission, Report of Central State Relations, New Delhi, 1967. 4. Lall G.S., Financial Administration in India, H.P.J. Kapoor Delhi, 1969. 5. Puri K.K. and G.S. Barara, Personnel and Financial Administration, Bharat Prakashan, Jalandhar, 2003. 6. Sahib Singh and Swinder Singh, Public Personnel and Financial Administration, New Academic Publisher, 2002. 7. Thavaraj M.J.K., Financial Administration in India, S.Chand & Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1997.

Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 73 SOCIOLOGY Paper .A. (b) Family—Meaning. Difference between caste and class. The examiner will set fifteen questions (at least 7 from each unit) and the candidates will attempt eight (four from each unit). Rules and Changes. Functions. (c) Kinship Systems in India: North and South India. Caste and Politics. (b) Caste : Features. Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to each question upto 3 pages in length or in 500 words.A Society in India Time: 3 Hours Max.B. . Changing pattern.Sc. Unit—II (a) Marriage—Meaning. Unit —I (a) Indian Society : Features and Unity in Diversity. Types. total weightage being 20 marks. All questions will be compulsory. (c) Social Issues : Regionalism and Communalism. Each question will carry ten marks./B. Functions and Changes. Each question will carry two marks.Question paper may consist of two sections as follows: Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions to each question upto five lines in length. Functions. Total weightage of the section being 80 marks. Types. Marks: 100 Note:.

New Delhi. M. Total weightage of the section being 80 marks. Progress and Development. Abraham. 2006. Rawat Publishers. Each question will carry ten marks. Each question will carry two marks. Marks : 100 Note:. Francis : Contemporary Sociology. 1992.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) SOCIOLOGY Paper-B Social Change in India Time : 3 Hours Max. Unit —I a) Social charge : Meaning and Forms : Evolution. b) Factors of Social Change : Demographic. Education. Problems of elderly. Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to each question upto three pages in length or in 500 words. Industrialization and Legislation. Ahuja. Modernization and Secularization. Unit —II a) Processes of Change : Sanskritization.74 B.A.Question paper may consist of two sections as follows: Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with answers to each question upto five lines in length. b) Problems of Social Change : Dowry. total weightage of the section being 20 marks. Revolution. Divorce./B. All questions will be compulsory. 2. The examiner will set fifteen questions (at least 7 from each unit) and the candidate will attempt eight (four from each unit). Ram : Social Problems. Books Recommended for Paper A and B 1. . Domestic Violence. Female foeticide. New Delhi. Oxford University. Westernization.

1998. B. 7. 1962.P. Gill. : Caste & Race in India. An Introductory Analysis. : Marriage and Family in India. Mandelbaum : David G. London. 16. Calcutta. . Functions and Origin. Harper Collin Publishers.S. 15. 1974. Delhi. Bombay. Delhi. Manak./B. Punjabi Translations by N. 1990-91. Dynamics of Inequality in Indian Society. : Diversities : Essays in Economics. 2008. 10.S. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 75 3. Maclver. : The Pathology of Corruption. Sociology and Social Problems. Dhaliwal et al: Fundamentals of Environmental Science. Bomaby. 11. 14. R. Delhi 1980. Kapadia. 4. Kapila. 12. Vikas. Panjabi University. New Academic House. : Caste in India—Its Nature.M. Sodhi. 1981. Oxford University Press. Charles H. Popular Prakashan.H. Kothari. : Society. Popular. 9. Part-I & II.: Society in India. G. Oxford University Press. 1972. 5. : Fundamentals of Sociology.: Social Change in Modern India. 1996. Kalyani Publishing.N. 8. II Panchkula. & Page. 13. 1975. 6. 1972. New Delhi. J. New Delhi. Mukerji. Jayaraman. Macmillan.Sc.B. Bombay. 1996. New Delhi. Raja : Caste & Class.S. Orient Longman. Kapila Publishers. Vol. S. Ghurye. K.: Social Change in India. Orient Longman.M. Srinivas. Jalandhar. 1973. S. 2002. Kuppuswamy. Patiala. Rajni (ed): Caste in Indian Politics. Hindustan Publishing Corporation.A. D. Kapila. Hutton. S : A Textbook of Sociology. M.

76 B. Only one numerical question is to be set either of nine marks (from section-B) or of twelve marks (from Section-C). Each question being 24 marks. total weightage of the section being 15 marks. Four questions will be set by the examiner and candidates will be required to attempt two. Theories of colour vision (Young-Helmholtz. The use of Non-Programmable calculators and Statistical Tables are allowed in the examination./B. The question paper may consist of three sections as follows: Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with answers to each question upto five lines in length.A. total weightage of the section being 36 marks. Each question will carry 1½ marks. Each question will carry 9 marks. Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. Name. 2. Six questions will be set by the examiner and four will be attempted by the candidates. Stimulus. Variables:-Types of Variables. 3. Process of experimentation-manipulation and control of variables. Organismic and Response Variables. Visual sensation. Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto five pages in length. Marks : 75 Note : 1. structure and functions of the eye. . Advantage and Dis-advantage. Concept of within and between Experimental Designs. Sensation: Types of sensations. All questions will be compulsory.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) PSYCHOLOGY Paper-A Experimental Psychology Time : 3 Hours Max.) Experimental Psychology : Introduction and Nature Experimental Methed : Experimental of Method. (The questions are to be set to judge the candidates basic understanding of the concepts.

Perception of Movement : Image-Retina and Eye-Head movement system./B. Kerlinger. Principles of perception (organisation). New Delhi.Sc. Auditory sensation : Structure and functions of the Ear-Theories of hearing. Cognitive Psychology.R. Inc.: Sensation and Perceptions. Statistics in Psychology and Education. 1969. 2. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 77 Opponent-Process & Evolutionary). H..: Experimental Psychology. and Woodworth. 2007. brightness. 2001.A. Postman. R. L. Rank order and product moment methods (Numericals for Individual data). Schiffman. figure-ground differentiation.B. New York. Auto Kinetic movement. Experimental Psychology: A Case Approach Pearson Education. 2007. New Delhi. M. 5. Brief introduction to cutaneous sensation.S. perception of form. Garrett. Harper and Row. Induced movement. 3. Surjeet Publications.E. and Schlosberg.N. Perceptual Processes: Selective Attention-Nature and factors affecting perception. References : 1. Holt. John Willey and Sons. J. Feffer and Simons Pvt. Its nature and characteristics (Numericals of Areas under NPG only) Correlations : Types.H. Sternberg. causes and theories Statistics : Normal Probability Curve. Thomson Wads Worth.J. of Correlation. R. Perceptual constancies lightness. 1954.S. olfactory sensation and gustatory sensation. Amato.P.: Experimental Psychology. 7. and Egan.R. 8. : Foundation of Behavioural Research. Ltd. D. 4. P. Apparent movement. H. Tata McGraw Hill. Perception of Space : Monocular and Binocular cues for space perception. Nature and characteristics. size and shape. 1982. H. New Delhi. Rinehart and Winston. 1998. Solso. Experimental Psychology. contour and contrast. . R. Vikils. perceptual set. 6. Illusions : Types. Woodworth.

Only one numrical question is to be set either of nine marks (from Section-B) or of twelve marks (from Section-C). Psychological continua. Total weightage of the section being 36 marks. Each question being 24 marks. Weber Fechner law Concept of Absolute and Differential Thresholds. Six questions will be set by the examiner and four will be attempted by the candidates.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) PSYCHOLOGY Paper-B (Theory) Experimental Psychology Time : 3 Hours Max.Physical V/S. . All questions will be compulsory. The use of Non-Programmable calculators and Statistical Tables are allowed in the examination.78 B. total weightage of the section being 15 marks. 3.A.) Psychophysics : Concept of Psychophysics. Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. Each question will carry 9 marks. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Each question will carry 1½ marks. Method of Constant Stimuli & Method of Average Error. Marks 75 Note : 1./B. The question paper may consist of three sections as follows: Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer question with answers to each question up to five lines in length. (The questions are to be set to judge the candidates basic understanding of the concepts. Determination of AL and DL by Methods of limits. 2. Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto five pages in length.

Types of Thinking and Nature of Problem Solving. Rinehart and Winston Inc. Types of reinforcement and Reinforcement Schedules. Harper and Row. Stages of Problem solving.R. Constructive memory. Holt. Basic Processes. Decay. D'Amato.M. . Cognitive Psychology in and Out of the Laboratory. 1954. Generalization and Discrimination. 2. New York. H. Transfer of Training and skill learning. Implicit memory & Eyewitness memory. New Delhi./B. Reasoning : Nature and types of reasoning. Thinking and Problem Solving : Nature. 3.1970. Minumonics.: Experimental. Galotti. New York. Factors. effecting Problem Solving role of set in problem solving. J.M. Postman. K. Types and Processes. McGraw Hill Company. Methods of Retention. Affecting forgetting. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 79 Learning: Classical and operant conditioning. Theories of for-getting. Forgetting : Nature. Factors influencing classical and instrumental conditioning. Thomson Wads Worth.: An Introduction to the concept of Mnemonics.P. 4. Factors.S. L and Egan. and Schlosberg. Interference retrieval failure. Concept of Reinforcement.. Concept : Nature of concept formation.B. References : 1. : Experimental Psychology. Psychology. spontaneous recovery.Sc. Woodworth. R. 2007. : Experimental Psychology : Methodology Psychophysics and Learning. Extinction.A.

80

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

PSYCHOLOGY Practical
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 50

Note: Any Ten Practicals out of Twelve are to be conducted.
1. Measurement of Differential Threshold. 2. Span of Attention/Division of Attention 3. Muller-Luyer Illusion 4. Role of set in perception. 5. Retroactive inhibition 6. Recall Vs Recognition Method 7. Bilateral transfer of learning. 8. Reaction Time (Simple vs choice RT or Auditory vs Visual RT) 9. Retinal Colour zones. 10. Problem-Solving 11. Paired Associate learning. 12. Concept formation.

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

81

GEOGRAPHY
Paper-A
RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENT : WORLD PATTERNS Time: 3 Hours Max Marks: 70 Objective : 1. To understand concept of resources and their interface with environment; 2. To examine use and misuse of various resources, and analyse future prospects; 3. To study various methods and approaches of conservation and management of natural resources; 4. To understand the quantitative and qualitative aspects of human resources in spatial perspectives and the associated environmental problems. Course Content :

Unit - I
Meaning, nature and components of environment. Nature and definition of Resources. Resources environment interface. Classification of Resources : Renewable and Nonrenewable : Biotic (forests, wild-life; live-stock, fisheries, agricultre crops) and abiotic (land, water, mineral).

Unit - II
Distribution availability, utilization and conservation of water, minerals and energy resoruces; their economic and environmental significance and sustainability. Types and distribution of forests—their economic and environmental significance and conservation. Types and distribution of fisheries—their economic and environmental significance and conservation.

82

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

Major soil types and their distribution; problems of soil erosion and soil conservation.

Unit-III
Human Resources : Quantitative and qualitative aspects of population : number, distribution, density, growth, literacy and urbanization. Population Resources Relationship : Population-Resource Regions of the world.

Unit-IV
Environment : Natural and Human, Man-environment relationship—determinism, Possibilism, ecology. Biodiversity Environmental Issues : Pollution; population explosion; food security; deforestation; conservation of wild life. Note : 1. A compulsory question containing 20 short answer type questions will be set covering the whole syllabus. The students will attempt any 15 parts in about 25-30 words each. Each part will carry 2 marks (Total 30 marks). 2. The whole syllabus will be divided into 4 units. Eight questions will be out of the whole syllabus, 2 from each unit. The students will be required to attempt one question from each unit. These will be in addition to the compulsory question at serial number 1. Each question will carry 10 marks (40 marks) . 3. Special credit will be given to suitable use of maps and diagrams. 4. In Unit—II question will focus on general aspects of the topic instead of on any individual resources.

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

83

Books Recommended
1. Agarwal, A. et.al. : The Citizen's Fifth Report, Centre for Science and Environment, New Delhi, 1999. : A Geography of Population, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana, 1996. : Geography of Resources, Bharat Prakashan, Jalandhar, latest edition. : Economic Geography, Prentice Hall, 1988, 3rd John Edition. : Geography, Resources and Environment, Vol. I & II, University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1986. : A Geography of Pupulation— World Patterns. John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1969. : A Prologue to Population Geography, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1966. : World Resources and Industries, Harpar New York. : Environmental Awareness Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana. : Resources & Environmental Bharat Publishers, Jalandhar.

2. Chandna, R.C.

3. Chawla, I.N.

4. Hartshorne Truman A, and W. Alexander: 5. Kates, R.W. & Burton, I (Eds.)

6. Trewartha, G.T.

7. Zelinsky, Wilbur

8. Zimmerman E.W. 9. Chandna, R.C. 10. Chawla. I.N.,

84

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

GEOGRAPHY
Paper-B

Geography of Punjab
Time : 3 Hours Objective : Max Marks: 70

1. To understand the regional setting of Punjab State in detail through physical and political maps. 2. To examine the pattern of select population characteristics. 3. To study the distribution of major crops, industries and transport links in the state. 4. To understand the intra regional variations in the select aspects. Unit—I Location, evolution of the state, administrative divisions. Relief, drainage, climate, soils, vegetation, mineral and power resources. Unit—II Population : Numbers, distribution, density, growth (birth rate, death rate and migration), religious composition, urbanization. Agriculture : Main characteristics including green revolution, irrigation, main crops (wheat, rice, cotton, sugarcane) and their distribution, agricultural marketing, livestock and dairying, problems of agriculture.

Unit—III
Industries : Main characteristics, distribution pattern of major industries (cotton textile, sugar, hosiery, engineering) industrial concentration, problems of industrialization. Transport and Trade : Road, rail and their transport; inter-state trade. Unit—IV Regional Geography of Majha, Doaba, Malwa and major characteristics of each region.

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

85

Note : 1. A compulsory question containing 20 short answer type questions will be set covering the whole syllabus. The students will attempt any 15 parts in about 25-30 words each. Each part will carry 2 marks (Total 30 marks). 2. The whole syllabus will be divided into 4 units. Eight questions will be set out of the whole syllabus, 2 from each unit. The students will be required to attempt one question from each unit. These will be in addition to the compulsory question at serial number 1. Each question will carry 10 marks. (Total 40 Marks). 3. Special credit will be given to appropriate use of maps and diagrams.

Books Recommended :
Essential Readings : 1. Mankoo, Darshan S. 2. Mavi, H.S. & Tiwana, D.S. 3. Singh, Malkit Further Readings : 1. Census of India 2. Deshpande, C.D. : Punjab: Census Atlas, Vol. XIII, No.IX, 1996. : India : A Regional Interpretation, Northern Book Centre, New Delhi, 1992. : Regional Disparities in Levels of Socio-Economic Development in Punjab,Vishal Publications, Kurukshetra, 1984. : Geography of Punjab, Kalyani Publication, Ludhiana, 1977. : Geography of Punjab, National Book Trust, Delhi, 1993. : Geography of Punjab, Reshmeet, Publications, Jalandhar.

3. Gosal G.S. & Gopal Krishan

86

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

4. Gupta, S.P.

: The Punjab : An Overview, Ess Pee Publications, Chandigarh, 2005. : Punjab Economy : The Emerging Pattern, Enkay Publishers, New Delhi, 1995. : India : A Regional Geography, National Geographical Society of India, 1990, reprint. : India and Pakistan : A General and Regional Geography. Metheun, London, Latest Edition.

5. Singh, Pritam

6. Singh, R.L., (Ed.)

7. Spate O.H.K. & Learmonth, A.T.A.

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

87

GEOGRAPHY
Paper-C Cartography
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 60 Written Paper of 3 Hours : 35 Marks : 25 Marks

Distribution of Terminal Exam.
Viva and Practical Record (10+15) Objective : 1. To apprise the students with symbolization of different types of geographical data and depiction of various spatial data. 2. To provide training in application of various graphical methods of depicting geographic data. 3. To train the students to interpret the topographical sheets at different scales course Content.

Unit—I Symbolization of Geographical Data :
a) b) c) Point symbols : Dot, circle, sphere. Line symbols : Isopleths and flow lines. Areas symbols : Choropleth.

Unit—II
Construction and Significance of the following: a) Columnar diagrams : Simple, percentage, superimposed, composite. b) Graphs : Line graphs, climograph, hythergraph, erograph, wind rose.

Unit—III
a) Cartographic Representation of : Population data (distribution, density, growth, migration and literacy)

Eight questions will be set out of the whole syllabus i. Profiles : Definition. .Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) b) Agriculture data (land utilization. Projected. the number of students in one group shall not exceed fifteen. A minimum of 25 sheet are to be prepared by each student. Types : Serial. (Total 28 Marks) 3. Evaluation of Practical Record will be done at the time of viva-voice examination. A compulsory question containing 10 short answer type questions will be set covering the whole syllabus.e. Composite. distribution of crops. Each question will carry 7 marks. Each part will carry one mark (Total 7 marks). These will be in addition to the compulsory question at serial number 1. he/she should be required to make a fresh practical note book. percentage of cropped area and irrigated areas). For practical classes. 5./B. c) Industrial data (distribution. In case. the candidate has applied for improvement.A. Note : 1. 4.88 B. The students will be required to attempt one question from each unit. There will be no laboratory exercise at that time. Longitudinal and Transverse Profiles. The students will attempt any 7 parts in about 25-30 words each. Unit—IV Topographical Maps : Significance of topographical maps in geographical studies. Super-imposed. employment and production) d) Transport data (traffic flow). Study and Interpretation of topographical Maps of India (two sheets : one representing a hilly/mountainous tract and the other a plain tract). The whole syllabus be divided into 4 units. 2 from each unit. 2.

H. & Singh : Mapwork and Practical Geography. Singh. Monkhosue. New Academic Publishing Co. : Maps Topographical & Statistical. : Geographical Interpretation of Topographical Maps. Khullar. R. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 89 Books Recommended : Essential Readings : 1. Mai Hiran Gate. Robinson.L. : Elements of Cartography. John Wiley. 1993. : Mapwork & Practical Geography. Central Book Depot. Raghunandan Further Readings: 1. New York. George Harrap & Co. Vikas Publishing House Pvt. London. Methuen & Co. New Delhi. 1953.J. 1949. . Birch. T. Singh. Allahabad. : Maps and Diagrams. F. 2./B. A.Sc.A. 2. Gopal 4. Clarendon Press. Jalandhar.. 3. 2000.R. London. 3. Ltd. 1995..B. Oxford. Garnett. 1995. 1994 (reprint). D...W. A. : Essentials of Practical Geography.

Types of leads. a sub-editor and news editor. Newspaper Editing : K.90 B. total weightage being 20 marks. 2. Sources of News. Headlines : Types of headlines. Ltd. How to produce a news paper How to get a news paper registered Qualities of a journalist Functions of the Press Printing Process New Technology in Print Media Practicals :25 Marks Books Recommended 1. . Each question will carry 2 marks. Elements of News./B. total weightage of the section being 20 marks. Role of editor. Each question will carry 7 marks. Each question will carry 10 marks. The total weightage of the section shall be 35 marks. (1987). Section-B will consist of short-answer type questions with answer to each question one and half pages in length (250 words). Seven to eight questions will be set by the examiner and five will be attempted by the candidates. Srivastava. News : Writing a news story. Organisational setup of a news paper office. logical and inverted pyramid styles. Marks : 75 Note : Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners : Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows: Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will be compulsory.A.M. Sterling Publishers Pvt. Leads. Intercultural Open University (1995). Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question up to four pages in length (800 words). Newspaper Management : Golab Kothari. chronological.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Journalism and Mass Communication Paper-A Writing for Print Media Time : 3 Hours Max.

Role in the age of Electronic Media.. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 91 Journalism and Mass Communication Paper-B Mass Media and Photography Time : 3 Hours Max. Each question will carry 7 marks. Each question will carry 2 marks. Objectives of the medium. Boston. Lens. Popular Radio Genres. Seven to eight questions will be set by the examiner and five will be attempted by the candidates. Aperture setting. Satellite Invasion and Cable Television. Radio : Characteristics & Principles of Broadcasting. 2004.Sc. Internet. Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question up to four pages in length (800 words). Traditional and Folk Media : Characteristics. The total weightage of the section shall be 35 marks. Qualities of a good photograph. Television : Characteristics. 1981.B. Handbook of Journalism & Mass Communication : Virbala Aggarwal. Section-B will consist of short-answer type questions with answer to each question one and half pages in length (250 words). How to take good picture. total weightage of the section being 20 marks. Photojournalism. Shutter speed. All questions will be compulsory. total weightage being 20 marks. Little Borwn & Co. Photography : Barbara Upton. Code of Broadcasting. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Each question will carry 10 marks. Practicals :25 Marks Books Recommended : 1. . Marks : 75 Note : Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners : Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows: Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with answer to each question upto five lines in length./B. New Delhi. Concept Publishing Co. 2. Types of Cameras. Educational TV. Photography : Introduction to Photography.A..

Part B consists of eight questions. 6x4=24 Marks .Part A consists of 10 questions carrying 2 mark for each question 10x2=20 Marks .Part C consists of four questions and candidates have to do any two questions which will carry 8 marks for each question. 8x2=16 Marks Question paper will be set in English only but the medium of examination will be English.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Mass Communications & Video Production (Vocational) Paper .A. . B & C in each.e./B. Punjabi and Hindi. A.92 B.I Sound & Script Writing for Media Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 60 Instructions to the Paper Setters There shall be three parts i. Candidtes have to do any six questions which will carry 4 marks for each questions. Sound * Meaning * Characteristics * Propagation * Acoustic Reverberation Microphones * Selection of Microphones * Types of Microphones .

Marks : 40 Books Recommended 1. Basics of Video Sound Willis.B.Sc. . Radio and Film 2. Halt and Rinchart. 1981 Focal Press Note : Practicals to be conducted by external examiner./B. Visualisation & Script Sources of Information) Formats of Script Writing Story Board Practicals Writing script for various radio formats Practical acquaintance with sound equipment Visit to sound recording studios Max. Writing scripts for TV. Edgor Das Lyver Chicago. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 93 Magnetic Recording Principles Audio Cables & Connectors (Types & Uses) Noise & Distortion Dope Sheet/Exposure Sheet Sound Recordist's role in production crew Audio console Script Writing * * * * Basics Elements of Good Script Writing Role of Writer Structure of Script Subject Research (Idea.A.

Role & Impact of Media in Different Socio-Economic & Political Systems/Freedom of Press Press Laws in India * * * * * * * * Defamation Official Secrets Act. A.94 B.A. 1971 Press & Registration of Books Act. Candidates have to do any six questions which will carry 4 marks for each question. Marks : 60 Instructions for Paper Setters There shall be three parts i.Part-B consists of eight questions.Part-A consists of 10 questions carrying 2 mark for each question. Punjabi and Hindi. Max. . 6x4=24 Marks .e. 10x2=20 Marks .Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Mass Communications & Video Production Paper-B Introduction to Media (Vocational) Time : 3 hrs. 1867 Public Libraries Act Meaning & Concept Role & Importance Types of Ads Advertising ./B. 8x2=16 Marks Question paper will be set in English only but the medium of examination will be English. Punjabi and Hindi. 1923 Concept of Court Act. Question paper will be set in English only but the medium of examination will be English.Part C consists of four questions and candidates have to do any two questions which will carry 8 marks for each question. B and C in each.

B. Marking of an advertisement (Print and Audio-visual) Making of Press note/press releases. . Basu. Advertising. 1998. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 95 * * * * * * * * Advertising Agency Advertising Budget Advertising Designing & Layout Meaning & Concept Role & Importance Qualities to Good PRO Tools/Technique of PR PR in Government. Books Recommended : 1. Public & Private Sector Public Relations Difference between PR & Advertising Propaganda. Press laws. Santokki. D. 1996. Marks : 40 Handling Cameras. Prentice-Hall of India Pvt.A.D.Sc. Visit to Ad. Handbook of Public Relation. Kalyani Publishers./B. Agency. Allied Publishers Limited.. Note : Practicals to be conducted by external examiner. Ltd. 2. 3. I and B organs and other media organization. 1994. Publicity & Public Opinion Practicals Max.S. Mehta. D.

A.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) EDUCATION Paper-A Philosophical. relationship between education and sociology. Unit-VII Need and importance of population education. Max. 2. nature and scope of educational sociology. Marks : 100 There will be two papers of 100 marks each. Sociological and Psychological Foundations of Education Time : 3 Hours Total Teaching Periods : 150 Note : 1. Unit-II Meaning of sociology. ./B. imparting value education Unit-V Education and international understanding. The candidates are required to attempt atleast two questions from each section and five in all. Unit-VI Moral and religious education. Section-I Unit-I Philosophical. Section-II Unit-IV Meaning and importance of value education. four quesitons from each section. Unit-III Social change-Meaning factors and role of education.96 B. sociological and psychological foundations of education. There will be eight questions in all.

A. V.. 10.R.K. Jalandhar Dhanpat Rai and Sons. 8. . Sodhi. New Delhi. Patiala. 4. 1980. 2005.S. Publication. . . 9.Educational : Psychology./B. Parkash Brothers. Patiala : R. Delhi : Atlantic Publishers. T. 7. Agra Pustik Mandir. Sociological Approach to Indian Eduction. T. Meerut.B. Ludhiana. J. Ludhiana : Lahore Book Shop. . Sharma. Patiala : Punjabi University. 1985. and Chaturvedi Sikha R. 6. 2. 3.Sikhya Manovigyan : Punjabi Kaur Amrio University.Sc. Sandhu. Ayra Book Depot.R. . Saxena Swaroop. Dhaliwal.Vidyak Manovigyan.Principles and Techiques of Education. Bhatia and Safaya .Bharti Sikhya. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 97 Books Recommended : 1. Bhatia and Narang . . 5. I.Sikhya Manovigyan. Aggarwal.R.Theory and Principles of Education.Education in Emerging Indian Society.C.Socio-Philosophical Approach to Education. 1986. Lall Book Depot.A. 1989. and .K. 1983. N. Taneja.S.

Section-II Unit-IV Meaning types and Measurement of aptitudes. Max. The candidates are required to attempt atleast two questions from each section and five in all. Unit-II Meaning of memory. retention. examination reforms. Nature and theories of learning.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) EDUCATION Paper-B Time : 3 Hours Total Teaching Periods : 150 Note : 1. There will be eight questions in all. concept of I. four questions from each section. Unit-VI Types and importance of co-curricular activities. Unit-VII Characteristics and problems of exceptional children. recall. Gifted. Unit-I Meaning. Marks : 100 There will be two papers of 100 marks each. 2. and its measurement. Slow learner & Problem Children./B. .98 B. recognition and measures of improving memory.A. Unit-V Meaning and importance of evaluation.O. Section-I Unit-III Concept of intelligence.

Patiala : Punjabi University. Sodhi. 2007. . Delhi. Dayakar. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 99 Books Recommended 1.B. . Parkash Brothers.S. A./B.Philosophical and Sociological Foundations of Education. 4. New Delhi. Ahim Paul Publisher. . Mahindra. 2007. 2005. Deepak 6.Capital Punjab. .S. T. 1985.Value Oriented Education. .S. Taneja.Education in Emerging Indian Society. Walia. 8. Govt. Chandigarh. 3. Lall Book Depot.Philosophical and Sociological Basis of Education. J. Patiala.Sc. 2. Educational Psychology.Vidhyak Manovigyan. Prasad and Chandra. . R. V. Reddy. 2007.Sociological Foundation of Education KSK Publisher. Paul Publishers.Report of Secondary Education Comission (1952-53).Theory and Principles of Education. 1985. Ludhiana. Meerut. Bawa Publication. D. . Ministry of Education 5. Jalandhar.Foundations of Education.A. Jalandhar. . Bhatia and Narang . 2006. . of India. Saxena Swaroop and Chaturvedi Sikha 7.R. Dhaliwal. 9. 1996.

Play meaning and theories. 6.Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners. Part-B 1. Psychological characteristics of the adolescent in sports situations. Each question carrying ten marks. its application in sports situations. Each question carrying two marks. Psychological factors effecting sports performance i. aggression. Growth and development during childhood. Each question carrying four marks. 2. 5. anxiety. Motivation in Physical Education. 6x2=12 Marks Section B : The candidates are required to attempt seven out of twelve questions. 4. i) ii) iii) iv) Physical Mental Emotional Inter-personal social development. Transfer of training. 10x2=20 Marks Part-A 1. Meaning of Learning. . Marks: 60 Note : . Nature of Skill Learning and laws of Learning.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) PHYSICAL EDUCATION Paper-A Time: 3 Hours Max. stress tension. 3. 7x4=28 Marks Section C : The candidates are required to attempt two out of four questions.A. 2. Learning Curve. Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows: Section A : The candidates are required to attempt all the six questions.100 B./B.e.

External . Volleyball.B. Sports and Economy. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 101 3.A. . Hockey. 5. Politics and their relationship. Tennis.40 (Internal . Games : Fooball. Causes of poor performance of Sports in India. Sports and Socialization-integration through sports (National & International) 6. Practical .Sc.10.30) 7./B. Sports. 4.

aims and types of Yoga. 2. 4. Structure and functions of kidney and skin. Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows: Section A : The candidates are required to attempt all the six questions. Chakarasana. Dhanurasana. Sukh Asanas. 10x2=20 Marks Part-A 1.A. Cultural poses. Endocrine system. Part-B 1. Halasan.102 B. 3. Organs of respiratory. Bhujangasna. Each question carrying two marks. Meaning of endocrine glands. Excretory system. objectives and Physiological values. Each question carrying ten marks. its types. its types. Sarvangasana. Sudhi kirya. Padma. Respiratory system. Mechanism of respiration.Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners. 5. 6x2=12 Marks Section B : The candidates are required to attempt seven out of twelve questions./B. 3. functions .Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) PHYSICAL EDUCATION Paper-B Time: 3 Hours Max. meditative poses. Salbhasana. Pranayam. Marks: 60 Note : . 7x4=28 Marks Section C : The candidates are required to attempt two out of four questions. Effect of Yogic and Physical exercises on various systems of the body. Meaning. 2. objectives and Physiological values. The practice of Asans and their importance. Vajra. Each question carrying four marks.

HTA 6. thyroid and adrenal glands. Patiala.A. and Simpson 2. . London. 1980. R. 1972. Practicals Athletics --40 Marks (Internal 10. contusion. Sandhu.T.. Readings in Sports Psychology. Suin. 6. Jones. L.B. 4. Psychology in Sports. & Crow. Lindgren. Educational Psychology in the Class Room. 1962. Blair. Crow. S. A 5.E. various types of blood vessels. New Delhi. Mechanism of circulation of Blood. John Wiley and Sons.I. 5. Harper & Row Publishers. A. Educational Psychology.S. Nervous system : its organs and functions. Circulatory system: Heart and its structure.D. New York. N.S.. Henry Kimpton Publishers. One Jump One Race References: 1. Surjeet Publications. Puni./B. 1982. 7. Whiting. Biggeh & Hunt 4. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 103 and location of pituitary..M. Chand and Co. New York. New Delhi. prevention of causes and cure of sports injuries (sprain. Care. 3. 1979. H. The Macmillan Co.Sc. Methods and Applications. Pyschological Foundations of Education. Educational Psychology. 1962. Externa1 . Littlefield Adams & Co. (An Abridged) translation by G. 1962. Sports Psychology. dislocation and fractures).30) One Throw.

et.K. New Delhi. Singh.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Books Recommended : 1. 5. Physiology and Health Education.S. Publication Bureau. Kanwaljeet and Singh Inderjeet : Sports Sociology. N. Singh. 2000. . 2001.A. 2008.104 B./B. Ajmer and Gill Jagtar : Essentials of Physical Education and Olympic movement.al. Patiala. 3. 2004. 2. 21st Century.S. G. Punjabi University. 2000. 4. Kang. : Scienctific basis of Physical Education and Sports. New Delhi. Kang. G. Frends Publication.S. Ludhiana. Patiala. : Anatomy. Tandan. : An Introduction to Health and Physical Education. Friends Publication. D. Kalyani Publishers. and Deol.

5./B. C and D of the question paper and the entire Section E. Denotation and Relation between Connotation and Denotation. sub-altration.D and E. Section-A 1. 2. Proposition : Classification of Propositions. Law of Sufficient Reason and their Characteristics. Instructions for the candidates Candidates are required to attempt one question each from the sections A.B. Marks : 100 Instructions for the Paper-setters The question paper will consist of five sections : A. B. Mediate Inference : Structure and Rules of Validity of Categorical Syllogism. Definition. Contradiction.B.C and D will have two questions from the respective sections of the syllabus and will carry 15 marks each.B. . Connotation. 6. contrary. Laws of Thought : Identity. 3. Section-B 4.C. Immediate Inference : Square of Opposition-contradiction.A. Excluded Middle. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 105 PHILOSOPHY Paper-A Logic : Western and Indian Time Allowed : 3 Hours Lectures to be delivered : 75 Pass Marks : 35 Max. each short answer type question carrying 4 marks. Section A. Section E will consist of 10 short answer type questions which will cover the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 40 marks in all.Sc. Nature and Utility of Western Logic. Terms : Kinds. Four-fold division of Propositions.

6. Definition.Mk. McGraw Hill. Wazir Singh & Harnam Singh. Uchera Tarak Shastra (Punjabi). Wazir Singh & A. New York 1978. Cohen and Negal. Nyaya Syllogism. Difference between Nyaya Syllogism and Aristotelian Syllogism. 1976. 4. Wazir Singh & Harnam Singh. A Modern Introduction to Indian Logic. S. Punjabi University.A.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Section-C 7.iqjA . R. Tarak Gian De Mudhle Niyam : (Part-I) (Nigman).lqjsUnz] Hkkjrh. Tarak Gian Di Jan-Pahichan.D. 7. 1965. 3. Introduction to Logic and Scientific Methods. 2. Nature and Conditions of a Valid Hypothesis. a modular approach. Patiala. Patiala. 8.106 B. 8. Section-D 10. Section-E Ten Short answer type questions. Tarak Gian De Mudhle Niyam : (Part-II) (Nigman). Plurality of Causes (Mill) 9. Recommended Readings 1. Barlingay. Peter A Facione. rdZ 'kkL=k dh :i js[kk] jktLFkku xazFk vkdneh] t. 5. Delhi. Logical and Logic thinking. Definition of Deduction and Induction. Allied Publishers. National Publishing House. Causation : Nature of Cause. Nirakari. Sharma. Distinction between Deduction and Induction.S. Punjabi University.P. 12. Bombay. Scope and Utility of Indian Logic. 11./B.

They will have to prepare a project report of atleast of 15 pages and will have to appear in viva-voce. De-ontological and Teleological Approaches to Moral Action.B.D & E. Section-A Introduction 1. Section E will consist of 10 short answer type questions which will cover the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 20 marks. A candidate will have to prepare a project report at least of 15 pages.B. The project report and viva voce will be of 20 marks each. Instructions for the Candidates : Candidates are required to attempt one question each from the sections A. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 107 PHILOSOPHY Paper-B Applied Ethics (Opt. Sections A.B. A teacher from the affiliated colleges will conduct the viva-voce before the theory examination and will award the marks on the basis of project report and viva voce separately. For it there will be four lectures in a week besides the theory lectures. Each short answer type question will be of 2 marks. Marks : 100 Time : 3 Hours Theory Marks : 60 Pass Marks : 35% Project Work & Practical : 40 Note : Instructions for the Paper-Setter : The question paper will consist of five Sections : A. . The focus of these lectures would be on the applied aspect of the course.C & D of the question paper and the entire section E.B.A. i) Lectures to be delivered : 75+50=125 (Only for Regular Students) Max.C and D will have two questions from the respective sections of the syllabus and will carry 10 marks each./B. 20 marks are each for the project report and viva-voce. Out of the 40 marks. 2.Sc. There will be a separate paper for the project and practical related to the subject. Applied Ethics : Nature and Scope.C.

Oxford. Recommended Readings : 1. Oxford University Press. Childress. Nuclear Threats Section-D Professional Ethics 8. Harold H. Surjit Kaur Chahal. Ecology : Definition. (Jr. Man-Nature Relationship (Indian Tradition). 1989. Avebury. Eurasia Publishing House. New Delhi.. 4. Environmental Philosophy : Principles and Prospects. Beauchamp & J. Educational Ethics and Moral Principles 10.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Section-B 3. Towards a New Paradigm. Ethics for Today. Ashish Publishing House. New Delhi./B. Population 6. Pollution 7. 1966. Ajanta Publications. Medical Ethics 9. Delhi. Environment and the Moral Life. Section-C Ecological Problems 5. R. Oleg Dreyer. Scope and its relation to Ethics. Ecological Problems of developing Countries. Legal Ethics Section-E Ten short answer type questions. Principles of Biomedical Ethics.A. T. 1994. Attield. Titus. .L.E. Aldershot. 2nd Ed.108 B.). 4. 1994. 2. 2001. 5. 3.

Social Contract Theory and Idealistic Theory 6. C.Sc. D & E. Sections A. B. D and E will have two questions from the respective sections of the syllabus and will carry 15 marks each./B. Social Philosophy and Ethics. Section-B 4. Social Philosophy : Nature and Importance of Social Philosophy. B. Gandhism : Swaraj and Sarvodaya 9. Section-A 1. ii) (Social Philosophy) Time : 3 Hours Max. each short answer type question carrying 4 marks. Major Social Theories : Socialism and Democracy 8. Social Progress : Meaning and Factors Section-C 7. Section E will consist of 10 short answer type questions which will cover the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 40 marks in all. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 109 PHILOSOPHY Paper-B (Opt. C. C and D of the question paper and the entire section E. 3.A. Plato's Theory of State 5. Marks : 100 Lecture to be delivered : 75 Pass Marks : 35% Instructions for the paper-setter The Question paper will consist of five Sections : A. Social Philosophy and Political Science. Social Philosophy of Sikhism : Justice and Equality . Instructions for the Candidates Candidates are required to attempt one question each from the sections A. Theories about origin of Society : Organic Theory. 2. B.B.

Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Section-D 10. Sinha. Social Problems : Dowry. Shimla. gurU n`nk b`xI ivclI nYiqkq` d` Ejok` pRsMg| . Oxford. Overview of Philosophy. Anthony Quinton (Ed. Social Philosophy.K. Social Philosophy : Past and Future. 3. 1973. Krishna. gurSrnjIq isMG. Ram Nath Sharma. Indian Institute of Advanced Study. Amritsar. Lucky Star. Divorce and Corruption 11.). Punishment : Theories of Punishment and Capital Punishment Section-E Ten short answer type questions Recommended Readings : 1./B. Political Philosophy. A. Bech. Delhi. 1969. Crime : Meaning and Nature of Crime 12. 4. Robert N. 5. 1983. London. f`. Daya Krishan. Handbook of Social Philosophy. 6.110 B. 2. Dr.d.A. n.

ipCokV. E. ijhVy s`ry slybs iv@coN hoxgy Eqy aunH~ dy 40 Eµk hoxgy| hryk pRSn dy 4-4 Eµk hoxgy| pRIiKE`rQI leI hd`ieq~ : B`g a. s ivcoN kyvl ie@k-ie@k pRSn krn` hY Eqy B`g 'h' dy s`ry pRSn zrUrI hn| B`g (a) whUdI Drm 1. iesl`m qoN pihl~ Erb dI D`rimk Eqy sm`ijk siQqI| . 2.A. e Eqy s ivcoN 2-2 pRSn pu@Cy j`xgy| ividE`rQIE~ ny iek-iek pRSn krn` ho vyg` Eqy hr iek pRSn dy 15 Eµk hoxgy| kul Eµk 60 hoxgy| B`g h ivcoN sMKyp au#qr~ v`ly 10 pRSn hoxgy. E.B. m@qI dI EµjIl sMiKpq j`xk`rI 21 p@qr (Epistles) sMq p`l Eqy dUjy sMq~ dy pRk`S dI poQI (Apocalypes) b`ry sMKyp j`xk`rI B`g (e) : iesl`m 1. ikq`b~ (The Writings) b`ry sMKyp j`xk`rI| B`g (E) eIs`eI m@q 1. eIs`eI crc d` E`rMB Eqy p`s`r (nvyN nym dI pµjvIN pusqk 'rsUl~ dy krqb' dI pusqk 'qy E`D`irq)| 2./B. whUdI Drm-gRMQ qor`h (The Law). wsU msIh d` jIvn qy is@iKE`v~ 3. mu@FlI j`x pC`x--whUdI Drm d` ieiqh`s 2. E`rMB Eqy ivk`s. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 111 Drm EiDEYn pypr-ey (s`mI Drm) sm~ : 3 Gµty lYkcr~ dI igxqI : 75 pypr sYtr leI hd`ieq~ : ku@l Eµk : 100 p`s hox leI Eµk : 35% pypr dy pµj B`g hoxgy : a. nbI (The Prophets). 3. e. nv~ nym (New Testament) iqMn mu@K B`g: 1. pYgMbr mUs` d` jIvn qy is@iKE`v~ 3. s Eqy h| B`g a. e.Sc. E.

A Study of Islamic History.E`r. The First Advance Church History. isMG Eqy sI. gurbcn isMG q`ilb. pµ j `bI wU n IvristI. jl`vqnI Eqy B`rq ivc E`gmn| 2. 10. msIhIEq : iek pircw. roz`. zk`q) 3. 8. . jhUdI Drm pRisMqIw Drm. h@j. pitE`l`| 6. ISPCK. jYmz mYsI. EµimRqsr| 2.) sMs`r dy kuJ pRmu@K Drm. lKnaU pbiliSMg h`aUs. pµj`bI wUnIvristI.A. sl`q. pitE`l`| 5. Islam. pivqr kur`n b`ry sMKyp j`x-pC`x : sMp`dn` Eqy bxqr B`g (s) : p`rsI m@ q 1.112 B. Hindson. Ehur m`zd`. Delhi. Punjabi University. pirv`irk Eqy sm`ijk B`eIc`ry dI bxqr| 3. lKnaU| 4. fyivf. Kashmiri Gate. ISPCK. Idarah-i-Adaboiyat./B. iesl`m dy pµj QMm (Five pillars) eIm`n. Lucknow Publishing House. jurquSq d` jIvn qy is@iKE`v~ : nykI-bdI d` isD~q. b`eIbl (pµj`bI Enuv`d). Lucknow. sMKyp j`x-pC`x: aus smyN dyS dI sm`ijk Eqy D`rimk EvsQ`. Delhi. John Foster. 9. Christianity. New Delhi. jI. Ali. Panjabi University. History of Israel. 11. gu l vM q isM G : iesl`m Eqy sU & Iv`d. 7. Ehrmn Eqy jMd-Evysq` dI sMKyp j`xk`rI| B`g (h) sM K y p au # qr~ v`ly 10 pR S n su J `eIE~ pu s qk~ dI sU c I : 1. John Bright. bMglOr| 3. Patiala. fblaU. pYgMbr muhMmd d` jIvn qy is@iKE`v~. David F. (sMp`. Patiala. K. PkIr isMG EYNf sMnz.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 2. History of Israel. b`eIbl sus`ietI E`& ieMfIE`.

R. Delhi. 16. Delhi. History of Zoroastrianism. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 113 12. 15. M. 1654. 14. Macmillan Education Ltd. Orient. Islam. History of Ardas. Dhalla. Madarsa Road. N. The Meaning of the Glorious Koran. London. 17.B.K.A. Hitti. Cama.M. Alfred Guillaume. . New York./B. Denmise E. Pickthal. Lion Square. K. 13. Kashmiri Gate. Longman.Sc. P. The Gospel of Zorathustra. Clark. Mentor Classics. Duncan Greenless. Madras. Adyar Publication. Jesus Christ—His Life & Teachings.

e Eqy s ivcoN 2-2 pRSn pu@Cy j`xgy| ividE`rQIEE~ ny iek-iek pRSn krn` hovyg` Eqy hr iek pRSn dy 15 Eµk hoxgy| kul Eµk 60 hoxgy| B`g 'h' ivcoN sMKyp au#qr~ v`ly 10 pRSn hoxgy. ivk`s Eqy iesl`imk ipCokV 2. bRhmo sm`j 3. rivd`s B`g (E) : sUPI m@q 1. E. e. BgqI lihr : auqpqI qy ivk`s 2. E. E. cYqMnw mh`pRBU : jIvn qy is@iKE`v~ 2. SMkr dyv : jIvn dy is@iKE`v~ 3.A. mIr~ b`eI : jIvn qy is@iKE`v~ B`g (s) : aunIvIN sdI dIE~ pRmu@K D`rimk lihr~ 1. e. E`rIE` sm`j . sUPI m@q dIE~ ivSySq`v~. E`rMB. icSqI islisl` qy b`b` PrId-jIvn qy is@iKE`v~ B`g (e) : pRmu@K Drm pRvrqk 1. r`m` ikRSn imSn 2. h`l Eqy muk`m dy hv`ly sihq| 3.114 B. ijhVy s`ry islybs iv@coN hoxgy Eqy aunH~ dy 40 Eµk hoxgy| hryk pRSn dy 4-4 Eµk hoxgy| Drm EiDEYn pRIiKE`rQI leI hd`ieq~ : B`g a. BgqI lihr dy pRmuK Bgq~ dy jIvn n`mdyv.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) pypr-bI (mDk`lIn Eqy E`Duink D`rimk lihr~) sm~ : 3 Gµty ku@l Eµk : 100 lYkcr~ dI igxqI : 75 p`s hox leI Eµk : 35% pypr sYtr leI hd`ieq~ pypr dy pµj B`g hoxgy : a. au#qrI B`rq dI inrgux Eqy srgux BgqI prMpr` 3. s ivcoN kyvl ie@k-ie@k pRSn krn` hY Eqy B`g 'h' dy s`ry pRSn zrUrI hn| B`g (a) : BgqI lihr 1. kbIr./B. s Eqy h| B`g a.

1967. l`l isMG. Delhi. SyK &rId-jIvn qy rcn` . 13. Bahadur Mal. 2007. 7. El`h`b`d| 2. 9.N.M. prsUr`m cqurvydI. mnmohn isMG. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 115 B`g (h) : sMKyp au#qr~ v`ly 10 pRSn suJ`eIE~ pusqk~ dI sUcI : 1. Oriented Publishers.P. 10. pµj`bI wUinvristI pitE`l`.B. pitE`l`| 5. Ganda Singh (Ed). 11.A. pitE`l`. BgqI k`iv. J. BgqI isD~q dy E`D`r sRoq. gulvMq isMG. Munshi Ram. (Singh Sabha Issue) Punjabi University. B`eI cqr isMG jIvn isMG. 6. Ten Saints of India. Ludhiana. Dayanand and Study in Hinduism. Mahadevan. pµj`bI wUnIvristI. B`rqIw (pusqk BMf`r) lihr pRYs. Indian Bhakti Tradition and Sikh Gurus.izk. nvIN id@lI| 4./B. BgqI Eµdoln Eqy gurU n`nk. mnmohn isMG. mndIp pRk`Sn. au#qrI B`rq kI sMq prMpr`. pitE`l`| 3. 1962. Lyall Book Depot. Bharti Vidya Bhawan. 1991. (ihMdI). Patiala.. 1970.M dEiuh] ubZ fnYyh] 200114.Sc. B`S` ivB`g pµj`b. q`rn isMG. Sadhu Ashram. Darshan Singh. Hoshiarpur. 8.kukFk iadt] vfcuklh fxj/kj dh ehjk¡] :ik .Lokeh izHkqikn] Hkxoku Jh pSrU. Farquhar. egkizHkq] HkfDrosnkar cqd VªLV] eqacbZ] 2002- .) gurU n`nk b`xI ivclI nYiqkq` d` Ejok` pRsMg. EµimRqsr. T. 12. Punajb Past and Present. iesl`m qy sU&Iv`d. pµj`bI wUnIvristI. Bombay. Manohar Lal. gurSrnjIq isMG (f`. Modern Religious Movements in India. blbIr kOr.

3 to 5 pages) using computers. The practical paper will be of 100 marks for the private & regular candidates. 7). Separate practical paper should be set for each class from practical paper-B prescribed syllabus. 5. (MS-Office) .Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) MUSIC (INSTRUMENTAL) Paper . four in unit-II & two in unit-III./B. While sending the syllabus to paper setter in theory the syllabus prescribed for the practical paper should also be sent. 20 marks for the computer aided project report in the form of presentation relating to any field of music (approx.A. 2. There should not be more than ten students in a batch for practical examination. The candidate may be asked to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from each part. 6. Candidate can take both subjects i.116 B.B Practical : 20 Minutes Project Work Marks : 80 Marks : 100 Marks : 20 Total Marks : 200 Teaching work load : Theory : 3 Periods per week Practical : 9 Periods per week Note : There should not be more then ten students in one group of practical class. Three in unit-I.A Theory : 3 Hours Durations Paper . 3. Instructions given to the examiners are as under : 1. The paper setter would set nine questions in all. Vocal & Instrumental Music as an elective subjects. 4. Candidate can take Tabla subject along with Instrumental Music (mentioned below in Seriol No.e. 7.

B. In Instrumental Music the candidates have the option to take any one of the following instruments :Sitar. Santoor and other Ins.Sc. 8. Bansuri. Saranda. . Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 117 which will be evaluated by the external examiner at the time of examination. Sarod. Played on the basis of Indian Classical Music. Separate marks sheet should be used for project report. Sarangi. Taus. Veena. Dilruba. Rabab.A. Violin./B. Shahnai. Guitar.

Talas : Ada-Chautal. Importance of Instrumental Music in Gurmat Sangeet. Puriya.II 1. Descriptions and Notation of prescribed Ragas (Gats and Talas) Ragas :.Malkauns. Palar etc. Knowledge of the following :a) Youth & Classical Music ii) Tuning of your instrument iii) The contribution of stage music to the growth of popular music. Assawari. Sultal. Rupaktal 5.A. Sohani. 2. Computer & Music 3. Bhairvi. Chanderkauns. from 12th to 15th century with special reference to Granths Gharanas & Shallies. Jaunpuri. Historical developments of Indian Music during the medieval period i.III 1. Marks : 80 Unit . Contribution of Guru Teg Bahadur Ji towards Indian Music. Bhimpalasi. Purvi. Unit . 4. The Life sketch and Contributions of the followings :a) Ustad Villyat Khan b) Ali Akar Khan c) Abdul Halim Zafar Khan d) Shiv Kumar Sharma Unit .Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) MUSIC (INSTRUMENTAL) Paper-A (Theory) Time : 3 Hours Max.118 B. Brief knowledge of the following Ragas : (Aaroh./B.e. 3. 2. 2. Avroh. Importance of Gharana System in Indian music with its merits and demerits.I 1.) Marwa. .

(e) Ability to recite Ada-Chautal. by hand in ekgun and dugun layakaries. Shrivastava (published by Sangeet Sadan Prakashan Allahabad) 2004. Assawari. Rag Parichaya H. Sangeet Visharad .B. Jaunpuri. (i) Ability to play four Alankars based on Thats of prescribed Ragas in the course. Pakar etc. Purvi. Sangeet Karayalaya. Books Recommended 1. Sa Re Ga. Puriya. 2. Bhimpalasi. (c) One Gat in Chautal (Dhrupad Style) in Single and double layakaries in any of the prescribed Ragas.C. Re Ga Ma etc.. Marks 100 Project work : Marks 20 Total : 120 (a) One Drut Gat with Alap. Avroh.) Marwa. (h) Ability to play Rupak Jhap Tal on Tabla. Bhairvi.B (Practical) Time : 30 Minutes Practical : Max. Sultal and Rupak Tal.Sc.e. 2004. (j) Brief knowledge of Ragas (Aaroh. (g) Tuning of your instrument. (d) One Gat in Rupak Tal in Madhya laya with toras. (b) One Vilambit Gat with Alaps and Toras in any of the prescribed Ragas./B. Hathras.A. Jor. Tora and Jhalas in each of the prescribed Ragas : Malkauns. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 119 MUSIC (INSTRUMENTAL) Paper . (f) Use of the two Swaras Meend i.

120 B. Dr. : 20 *It will be Based on computer aided Programme in the form of presentation relating to any field of Music (Approx. Project Work M. Gurnam Singh. Hathras./B. Patiala. 1989. Nibandh Sangeet Rattan Sangeet Karayalaya. Hamare Sangeet 4.M. Separate mark sheet should be used for projcet report. Sangeet Karayalaya. 3 to 5 pages) using computers (MS-Office) which will be evaluated by the external examiner at the time of examination.A. 1978.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 3. Published by Panjabi Uni. . Hathras.. Gurmat Sangeet Prabandh Ate Parsar 5.

There should not be more than ten students in a batch for practical examination. 3 to 5 pages) using computers. 20 marks for the computer aided project report in the form of presentation relating to any filed of music approx. Separate marks sheet should be used for project report. Vocal & Instrumental Music as an elective subject. (MS-Office) which will be evaluated by the external examiner at the time of examination.A. Separate practical paper should be set for each class from practical paper-B prescribed syllabus. . The paper setter will set nine questions in all. The practical paper will be of 100 marks for the private & regular candidates. 4. Candidate can take both subjects i. Three in unit-i. While sending the syllabus to paper setter in theory the syllabus prescribed for practical paper should also be sent.Sc. Instructions given to the examiners are as under : 1. The candidate may be asked to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from each unit. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 121 MUSIC (VOCAL) Paper ./B. 6. four in unit-ii & two in unit-iii.e. 3. 2. Harmonium will be allowed as an acompaniment in vocal music. Candidate can take Tabla subject alongwithMusic Vocal. 5.B.A Theory : 3 Hours Durations Paper .B Practical : 20 Minutes Project Work Marks : 80 Marks : 100 Marks : 20 Total Marks : 200 Teaching work load : Theory : 3 Periods per week Practical : 9 Periods per week Note : There should not be more then ten students in one group of practical class. 8. 7.

Historical Development of Indian Music during the period i. Teaching & Learning Methods of Music./B. Definition of the following :Bol-Alaap. Upaj.e. Dhammar and Khayal Styles of Singing. Knowledge of the following :i) ii) iii) Laya and Tal in Folk Music Methods of tuning your instrument (Tanpura) The place of Harmonium in Vocal Music in present period. Gamak. 3. Bhim Sen Joshi Kishori Amolker Unit-II 1. Max. Mukhra.122 B. Bol-Bant. Description and notation of the prescribed ragas (Khayals) & Talas.A. Contributions in detail and life sketches in brief of the following great master :i) ii) iii) iv) Rajan Sajan Mishra Reshid Khan Pt.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) MUSIC (VOCAL) Paper . 3. Varieties of Tan. 2. . Murki. from 14th to 17th century with special reference to Musicians. Katka.Marks : 80 2. Granths & Changing Traditions of Music. Detailed knowledge of Dhrupad.A (Theory) Time : 3 Hours Unit-I 1.

Sorath. Chautal. 4.III 1. Chanderkaus. Talas :. Salient features of keertan chowki.Sc.Miyan ki Sarang. . Asawari Unit . Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 123 Ragas :.Tilwara. Poorvi.A. Bhairvi. 2. Jaunpuri Malkuns./B. Deepchandi. Non detailed ragas :Dhanasari. Folk Gayan Shallies in Gurmat Sangeet. 5.B.

Marks : 100 Marks : 20 Total Marks : 120 1. Poorvi. Description of the ragas and talas prescribed in the syllabi.C. One drut Khayal in each of the following ragas :. 3. One Vilambit Khayal in any ragas prescribed in the course with alap and tanas. 5. 2. Hamare Sangeet Rattan 4. Rag Parichaya Part-II 3. Chautal by hand. Hathras. Miyan ki Sarang. Nibandh Sangeet Dr. 2000 Sangeet Karayalaya. 8. Ability to recite Tilwara. 4. One Dhrupad with Duggen. Gurnam singh Punjabi University.124 B. Ability to Sing in meed. Sangeet Vishard 2. Patiala. Sangeet Karyalaya Hathras 2004 G.Srivastava 2004 (Sangeet Sadan Parkashan. Books Recommended 1. Tigun and Chougun layakaries in any of the prescribed ragas. 9.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) MUSIC (VOCAL) Paper-B (Practical) Time : 20 Minutes Practical Project work Max. Deepchandi. One Shabad in Nirdhaat Raga with proper Gurmat Gayaki. Allahabad) Sangeet Karyalaya Hathras 1978 . 1989 Basant. Gurmat Sangeet Prabandh te Pasar 5.A. 6. Notation of the khayals and talas prescribed in the syllabus.Bhairavi. 7. Jaunpuri Malkons./B. Ability to demonstrate Teevra and Kehrva on Tabla.

4. The candidate may be asked to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from each part./B. Instructions given to the examiners are as under :1. Note : There should not be more than ten students in a group of practical class.B. four in unit-ii & two in unit-iii.A. .B Practical : 20 Minutes 100 Marks Project Work 20 Marks Total 200 Marks Teaching work load Theory 3 Periods per week.Sc. Three in unit-i.9 periods per week. Separate mark sheet should be used for project report. Separate practical paper should be set for each class from practical paper-'B' of prescribed syllabus. 6.Marks : 80 Paper . Harmonium will be allowed as accompaniment to perform Nagma. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 125 INDIAN CLASSICAL DANCE Paper . While sending the syllabus to paper setter in theory the syllabus prescribed for the practical paper should also be sent. The paper setter will set nine questions in all. 5. 3 to 5 pages) using computers. 20 marks for the computer aided project report in the form of presentation relating to any filed of musicand dance approx. The practical paper will be of the 100 marks for the private & regular candidates.A Theory : 3 Hours Durations Max. 3. Practical . 2. (MS-Office) which will be evaluated by the external examiner at the time of examination. There should not more than ten students in a ten batch for practical examination.

Notation & Discription of follwing Talas in Dugan. Knowledge of the Folk Dance of Punjab & Uttar Pradesh. Notation of Nagama in Dhamar and Jhaptal . Unit-II 1. 3. Study of the following styles of Indian Classical Dance. i) ii) i) ii) iii) iv) Uday Shankar Shambhu Maharaj Nayak Nayika Bheda in Dance Importance of Gayan & Vadan in Dance Dancing : A door to devine The role of dances in Indian films 4./B. Knowledge of Solo Dance and Group Dance and their Comparison. Rupak Tal 2.(Theory) Unit-I Time : 3 Hours Max. Biography and contribution of the following dancer in their respective field of specialization. Ek-Tal. Dhamar. Describe the historical development of Group Dance. 3.A. 2. Historical development of dance in Indian theater.126 B.Marks : 80 1. Tigun and Chaugan layakaries Teen Tal. Essay on : Unit-III 1. 2. Jhap Tal.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) INDIAN CLASSICAL DANCE Paper A : . Study of the Natya Shastra with special reference to Indian Dance. a) Manipuri Tradition in modern period b) Kathkali on the modern stage 4.

Dhamar. i) ii) iii) 5.Marks : 100 Project Work 1. Tora. Single. .B. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 127 INDIAN CLASSICAL DANCE Paper . Dhamar Keherva on Tabla. i) ii) iii) iv) v) 3. Chutal (Matra-2) Simple Tatker with Dugun and Chaugan layakaries i) ii) iii) iv) v) 2. i) ii) iii) iv) 4./B.Sc. Dugun. Ek-Tal Rupak Tal. Theka of Teen Tal Jhap Tal.A. Paran.B Practical Time : 20 Minutes Practical Max. Tora Amad Salami Paran Chakardar puran Amad Tora Paran Chakardar-Paran Kavit Tatkar Tukra Amad Tora Holi Makhan Chori Goverdhan Lila 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 Marks : 20 Total Marks : 120 Ek-Tal (Matra-12) Roopak (Matra-7) Practical knowledge of any two Gat Bhawa : Paranth of all the Tukra. and Chaugun layakaries by hand & ability to demonstrate Rupak. Chakardar Paran by hand. 6.

New Delhi. New Delhi./B. 2004 9. . Books Recommended : 1. Kathak Sundaryatmak Shashtriya Nritya 3. Subbashni Kapoor. 2006 Maya Talk Knishka Publishers. Nibandh Sangeet Project Work Marks : 20 *It will be Based on computer aided Programme in the form of presentation relating to any field of Music and dance (Approx.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 7. One Trana or Chutrang Ability to play Nagma on Harmonium of the following Talas:i) Jhaptal ii) Dhamar iii) Ek-Tal Practical demonstration any one farm of Uttar Pradesh Folk Dances. 1997 Shikhakharey Knishka Publishers. Kathak Nritya Ka Prichey 2. Atihasik Pripekesh Mein Kathak Naritya 4. 2005 Laxmi Naryan Garg Sangeet Karyalaya Hathras. 3 to 5 pages) using computers (MS-Office) which will be evaluated by the external examiner at the time of examination.128 B. 8. Radha Publications New Delhi.A. Separate mark sheet should be used for projcet report.

Marks : 80 Practical Project Work Total marks : 200 Teaching work load Theory : 3 periods per week. 6. 5./B. 3. Three question in each unit. The candidate may be asked to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from each part. Harmonium will allowed as accompaniment to perform the Nagma. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 129 TABLA Paper-A Paper-B Theory : 3 Hours Durations Max. While sending the syllabus to paper setter in theory the syllabus prescribed for practical paper should also be sent. (MSOffice) which will be evaluated by the external examiner at Marks : 100 Marks : 20 . The practical paper will be of the 100 marks for the private & regular candidates. 20 marks for the computer aided project report in the form of presentation relating to any filed of music (approx. 4. There should not be more than tewelve students in a batch for practical examination.B. The paper setter will set nine questions in all. 2. Separate practical paper should be set for each class from practical paper-B prescribed syllabus. Instructions given to the examiners are as under : 1. 3 to 5 pages) using computers.Sc. Practical : 9 period per week. Note : There should not be more then ten students in one group of practical class.A.

Separate marks sheet should be used for project report. . Violin. Dilruba. Candidate can take Tabla subjects with Vocal & Instrumental music (Sitar. Taus./B. Rabab. Guitar. Santoor and any other Swar Vadhya to be played on the basis of Indian Classical Music). Bansuri. Sarod. Saranda.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) the time of examination. Sarangi. 7.A.130 B. Shahnai. Veena.

Define and explain the following terms : Uthan. Vadan i. Paran and Chakardar Paran iii) Choutal : Saath.Marks : 80 . 3./B. Trigun and Chaugun Layakaries Tokaras. Sath. 3. Chakradar.Sc.e. The place of Tabla in different musical compositions. one peshkar. Santa Parsad. gat. Tabla Vadak.B. Lagi in Dadra Tal i) Max. Lucknow. Punjab and Ajara. Writing Method of Dvigun. Rela laggi. Unit-III 1. Shri Anokhe Lal and Pt. Ten Parans of Tala. 4. Chukari 2. Sangatkar. Notation and description of the following :Jhaptal : One quaida. 2. Makao. Life sketch of Shri Kanthe Maharaj. Popular Gharanas of Tabla and Pakahawaj. Define the following terms in context of Gurmat Sangeet : Jori. Peshkzra. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 131 TABLA Paper . 2. Two qaida. Unit-II 1. one gat and rela.A. Delhi.A (Theory) Time : 3 Hours Unit-I 1. Notation of the above mentioned Talas with dugun and Chugan layakaries 3. paran ii) Rupak: Peshkar. Paran. Parans and Tihaies.

Rupak : Peshkar. Sangeet Karyalaya Hathras. Tehai. New Delhi. Paran Bedam. Paran and Chakardar Paran Project Work a) b) c) d) e) f) g) Books Recommended : Sangeet Visharad Basant. 1994 Project Work Marks : 20 *It will be Based on computer aided Programme in the form of presentation relating to any field of Music (Approx. gat. paran. 1973 Hamare Sangeet Rattan Sangeet Karyalaya Hathras. Jhaptal. 2006 Bharti Sangeet Vadhya Lal Muni Misher. Jhaptal./B. Separate mark sheet should be used for project report. Tivra.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) TABLA Paper . Sultal. 3 to 5 pages) using computers (MS-Office) which will be evaluated by the external examiner at the time of examination. Two qaida. one peshkar. Sultal-Tukras. Bhartiya Gayan Peeth Parkashan. Chhote Lal Misher. Sultal.132 B. 2004 Tal Prabandh Pt. Two laggies in Dadra and two in Kehrva. Deep Chandi and Jhumra.B (Practical) Time : 20 Minutes Practical Max. 1978 Tal Martand Sataya Narayan Vishesht. Damdar Tehai Chakradar Paran and Relas. . Theka of Jhumra Tal Vilambit Laya. Jhaptal : One quaida. Sangeet Karyalaya Hathras.Marks : 100 Marks : 20 Total Marks : 120 Tala Prescribed : Rupak. Tivra. Knishka Publisher. one gat and rela.A. Proper Barhat of the following Talas by hand on Tabla or Pakhawaj-Rupak.

Each question carries 2 marks.Sc. Section A. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 133 FINE ART (Drawing and Painting) Note : (a) 60 marks for the theory paper and 40 marks per practical papers and 20 marks for internal assessment on the basis of session work submitted by the student shall be assessed by the teacher concerned. Compartment candidates in the subject of Fine Arts will appear only in theory paper during the supplementary examinations. B and C. Section C—20 marks for essay type questions.B. The examiner will be set 4 questions.A. . (c) Questions should be based on world famous paintings and sculptures whose slides are easily available. (b) The question paper will cover the entire syllabus. The examiner will be set 6 questions. Previous Marks of Practical papers will be considered for the aggregate. the candidate will attempt 4 questions of 5 marks each. (e) The paper setter should set the paper in three sections. (f) The division of the marks will be as under :Section A—20 marks for 10 short answer questions./B. Section B—20 marks 4 questions. the candidate will attempt 2 questions of 10 marks each. (d) Question paper should cover the syllabus uniformly.

Elephanta. Publication Division. The Heritage of Indian Art : Vasudeva Agarwala. Marks : 60 Part-A Sculpture Classical Sculpture—The Guptas—Mathura and Sarnath. A Survey of Indian Sculpture.K. MacMillion. Rowland and Benjamin. 1997. New Delhi. 3. Saraswati S. 1978. 2. 1964. 7. London. Indian Art A Concise story : Roy C. Vishnu and Kali Suggested Readings 1. The Art and Architecture of India. Bhartiya Murti Kala : Dr. 1978.. . 5. Rama Nath Mishra.134 B. 4. 6.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) FINE ART Paper-A (Theory) Time : 3 Hours Max. Mahabalipuram Chola Bronzes—Parvati./B. Shiva Natraja. Delhi. Craven. Abninash Bahadur Verma.. Publication Divison. New Delhi. Post-Classical Sculpture—Ellora. Bharti Murti Kala : Rama Nath Mishra.A. Thomas & Hudson. Bhartya Chitrakala Ka Itihas.

D. Bhartitya Chitra kala ka Ithas. Sculpture and Painting Section only.C. Indian Painting. Bareli Parkash Book Dept. .A. 2002. M./B. Indian Painting under the Great Mughals Mewar Painting Pahari Miniature Painting.B. B.& Gray. Merut : Geol Publication. Bhartya Vidya Mandir Series : The History and Culture of Indian People. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 135 FINE ART Part—B Painting Early Indian Miniature Painting—Eastern School and Western School.C. B. Indian Painting. Mughal School of Art—Akbar. Indian Painting Brief History of Indian Painting. Kishangarh. Sharma. Rajasthani School of Art-—Mewar. Chandra. Kangra Paintings.S. (Editor) Painting of India. Moti L. Moti Karl Khandalwala Majumdar. A. Vol. Bundi and Kota.Brown Percy Chandra. Randhawa. R.C. Verma Chandra Moti Sharma L. Jahangir and Aurangzeb. Pahari School of Art—Kangra and Basohli.V. Suggested Readings Barret.Sc. 1996.

Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) FINE ART Paper-B (Practical) Poster/Book Cover Time : 5 Hours Max. author's name etc. and free hand brush lettering. At least six works (04 posters & 02 book covers) will be prepared for internal assessment. Medium—Poster colors Size—½ Imperial . Medium —Poster Colors Size—½ Imperial Book Cover Design Block lettering. To design book cover with illustration title. Marks : 40 Prepare creative posters for advertisement study of letter writing in number of colors. Roman lettering.136 B.A. in any colors number of colors./B.

Emphasis should be given on structure. light shade and texture. Medium—Oil.B. volume. . Size—½ Imperial Five selected works will be assessed by the teacher concerned.A. proportion. Pastel Colors and Watercolors. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 137 FINE ART Paper-C Head Study Time: 5 Hours. Max./B.Sc. Marks : 40 Rendering of human headfromk life/caste in monochrome colors.

Medium—Oil. Marks : 40 Arrangement of shape based on subjects like human forms and animal froms in landscape settings. 50 sketches of the size ¼th imperial based on paper B./B. color its application in harmony. C and D in any medium will be submitted.A. Postel Colors.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) FINE ART Paper-D Landscape Painting (on the spot) Time: 5 Hours Max. and Watercolors Size—½ Imperial At lested least six works will be prepared for internal assessment (3 realistic landscapes and 3 stylized landscapes based on any traditional Indian style of painting). . emphasis should be given on perspective.138 B.

History of Indian Painting from C. Mughals.D.Mewar. iii) The question can be repeated from the previous question papers. to C. Bundi. Guler. Kishangarh. Deogarh./B. 1800 A. Kangra. Development of miniature painting : Eastern India. Pahari-Basohali. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 139 HISTORY OF ART Paper-A Time: 3 Hours Max. It may contain very specific short-answer questions. Part-B History of Indian Sculpture under the Sunga Gandhara and Guptas—Mathura.A. Marks : 100 Part-A Note: i) The question paper. Somnath. D. should cover the entire syllabus.B. Ajanta. Gandharas. Western India. Rajasthan . ii) The paper-setter should set 30 questions in all and students shall attempt 20 questions.Sc. . 9th century A.

Tumer Painters.140 B. Part-B Theory and Principle of Art Appreciation.Calude Lorrain. .D. Michelangelo. Titian. Donatello.A. Raphael. Baroque Caravaggio. Leonardo-Da-Vinci. Rembrandt. Rubens. Part-A History of European Painting and Sculpture from C. Marks : 100 Note: i) The question paper should cover the entire syllabus.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) HISTORY OF ART Paper . Definition of the term miniature. ii) The paper-setter should set 30 questions in all and the students shall attempt 20 questions. Raphael. 1300 A. Landscape . W.D. six limbs of Indian Painting and their manifestations in actual works : Indian concept of primary colours and their symbolic meaning. Renaissance-Masccio Michelangelo. bhava and beauty. Titian. to 1850 A. Indian theory of rasa.B Time : 3 Hours Max./B. John Constable. It may contain very specific short-answer questions. iii) The question can be repeated from the previous question papers.

Commercial Art and Society. Half tone photos and line drawing. Blocks. (iii) The question can be repeated from the previous question papers. Different Medias of Advertising. Printing Process.B. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 141 COMMERCIAL ART Paper-A Theory (Art appreciation & Advertising) Paper : Layout Paper C: Poster Internal Assessment Paper-A : Theory Time : 3 Hours Note: 60 Marks 60 Marks 60 Marks 20 Marks Max. Meaning of Advertisement./B. Advertising Agency. Calliography.Sc. Students will attempt 20 questions. It may contain very specific short answer type questions. Art and Commercial Art. TV and Newspaper advertisement.A. (ii) The paper-setter should set 30 questions in all. Marks : 60 (i) The question paper should cover the entire syllabus. .

colours. Packaging subjects : Cosmetics.B Layout (Practical) Time : 5 Hours Medium : Size : Magazine Max. Prepare commercial and educational posters for advertisement.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) COMMERCIAL ART Paper . toys etc. Use of Screens and Transfer letters are allowed. Purpose with creative approach. Marks : 60 Layout & Illustrations (Coloured) Newspaper 4 columns x 25cms. COMMERCIAL ART Paper . birds and animals. human beings in groups. Marks : 60 Poster and Pastol Colours 1/2 imperial Poster : or Packing (Practical) Maximum 4 colours (Tones can be used for each colour). 81/2 " x 11" Illustration 1/4 imperial Prepare commercial and educational layouts for newspaper in Black and White and for Magazine coloured Layouts.A. Atleast 5 works will be prepared for internal assessment./B. . Limited references while preparing rough visual are also allowed.C Time : 5 Hours Medium : Size : Max. different scenes etc. Prepare illustrations based on stories.142 B.

Amaravati and Nagar Junikonea sculptures. It may contain very specific short-answer type questions. iii) The question can be repeated from the previous question paper. Gupta Period. Marks : 60 Marks : 20 Total Marks : 200 Syllabus and Courses of Reading Paper .B.A. ii) The paper-setter should set 30 questions in all and students shall attempt 20 questions. Paper-III (Practical) Time : 8 Hours. A brief History of Sculpture.A (Theory) Time : 3 Hours Max. Internal Assessment Max. Sanchi. Mathura and Gandhara under Kushan period. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 143 SCULPTURE Outlines of Test Paper-I (Theory) Time : 3 Hours./B. .Sc. Marks : 60 Max. Mauryan period. Bharhut. Bodhgaya. Paper-II (Practical) Time : 10 Hours. Marks : 60 Max. Marks : 60 Note: i) The question paper should cover the entire syllabus. Indus Valley.

modelling from life in life size. 6. Gyacharu Tripathi A Survey of Indian Sculpture Indian Sculptures Bharhut Moorti Kala Ka Itihas The Pelican History of Art Prachin Bharat Ki Kala . will submit two portraits done in the class as a sessional work. Sarswati 2. Sessional work will be assessed by the teacher concerned and will be submitted to the University through the Principal of the college.A. Stella Krmisch 3. S. Marks : 60 Note : Every student.M. Barua 4. Books Recommended : 1.M. B. Dr. Asgar Ali Kadvi 5.K./B. Head study in clay. S. these works should be produced in Plastic cast. Benjamin Rowland.144 B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) SCULPTURE Paper-B (Practical) Time : 10 Hours Max.

..A.. ./B. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 145 STILL PHOTOGRAPHY & AUDIO PRODUCTION (Vocational) Scheme of Study Paper-I : Photo Journalism Paper-II : Still Photography & Camera Accessories Theory 50 marks Practical 60 marks (Including Viva of 10 marks & Internal Assessment of 10 marks) Practical 60 marks (Internal 30 marks on the job training) Paper-III : Photo Lab Techniques Paper-IV : Project Work Total ..Sc..B. 200 marks Instructions : i) Paper II & III above are Practical Papers & on the spot subject will be given by the external examiner..

Marks: 50 Note : Instructions for the paper setter :Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows: Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with answer to each question up to five lines in length.A.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) STILL PHOTOGRAPHY & AUDIO PRODUCTION Paper-I Photo Journalism Theory & Technique Time : 3 Hours Max./B. Each question will carry eight marks. The total weightage of the section shall be 24 marks. total weightage of the section being 16 marks. 3. 2. Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length. development stories. 4.146 B. needs and newsfall. Camera. flash raw stock for a particular assignment). lens. features and interviewing etc).e. total weightage being 10 marks. Equipment for Photo-Journalism (Choice of right equipment i. Each question will carry one mark. Reporting through photos. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates. Section-B will consist of short answer type questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. Photo-Visualisation of audience tastes. All questions will be compulsory. Each question will carry three marks. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. . Scope of Photo Journalism Importance of Picture & Magazine in news Program. 1. (news of parliament sports.

. Photographing the right moment (rapid focussing technique: auto focussing of camera (a) lenses (b) range finding (c) Hyper focal distance. size. Computer C. Photo-Print technology. 10. Printing techniques. Photo editing—continuity.B. access system.A. 9./B.Sc. Cropping. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 147 5. Retrieval methods: Photo C. Digital Imaging. 7. quality control. Captions. drying. colour. 8. placement. photo Catalogue. 6.D..D. half tones. Introduction and practice of rapid development finishing.

plastics/glass./B. Basic reprography. 5. micro. wide. Marks : 60 . 9. depth of field. 7. 10. 6. Techniques of photographing action.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) STILL PHOTOGRAPHY & AUDIO PRODUCTION Paper-II Still Photography and Camera Accessories (Practical) (30 periods) Time : 4 Hours 1. Circle of confusion its effect on sharpness/blue. working. depth of focus. laws governing depths of field. Supplementary lenses.Their limitations. macro lens. Aperture and its effect. types of exposure meters & their comparison. Max. optical limitation. use. zoom. 4. Types of films & their characteristics filters: types. 2.A. abberation. Flash-type. 8. Shutter types . exposure. filter factor. 3. lens coating. Exposure: method of estimations.148 B. tele lens. reciprocity failure. resolution. normal standard. Lenses/optical materials.

Computerised Photo finishing. . Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 149 STILL PHOTOGRAPHY & AUDIO PRODUCTION Paper-III Photo lab techniques. grades. v) Effect of agitation on development.lenses for enlarger. . 5. iii) Effect of over/under development. Colour photography and Lighting (Practical) Processing and Printing Time: 4 Hours Processing and Printing Max. .types of light sources for enlarger.condens lens vs diffuser enlarger. 5 Periods 2. vii) Mono bath development. .Sc.types of enlarger. viii) Instant Photography.B./B. 4.A. Textures/weights colour/ surfaces. 5 Periods. Marks : 60 1. Photolab techniques .working of an enlarger . Computerised Photo finishing Constituents of developers i) Techniques of development ii) Types of developers. 3. Special Effects in Printing Special Effects in Processing 5 Periods. iv) Effect of temperature on development. 5 Periods 10 Periods vi) Types of printing papers.

Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Colour Photography and Lighting 30 Periods 1.deniteineteur etc.U.their correction. Advance printing techniques .optical density. . 3.removal of residue .characteristic curves. Flash techniques. . ./B.Toning. . 5. . Colour temperature (Mired & Kelvin Scale) . 2.Sky lighting . Quality of light. Light source. filter.Colour conversation filter. . Meters .Basic sensitometry.A. Filter for colour .Tripac film . 4.150 B.V.Colour compensation filter . Lighting .use of Water/chemical etc.Polarising . . .Colour additive process.Colour subtractive process. Lighting the subject.Shortcoming of single flash unit.

5) Effects of filters on colour films. . like 1) Photo essay. 2) Social Landscape. Marks will be given by the internal examiner (Project Incharge).B./B. On the job training is totally based on Internal Assessment. Marks: 30 On the job training: Project work based on Social and Educational topics.Sc.A. 3) Advertising. 4) Dance & Stage Photography. 6) Shooting on different lighting conditions. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 151 STILL PHOTOGRAPHY & AUDIO PRODUCTION Paper-IV Project Work Max.

Paper Setter will set 10 questions. Tamasha./B.. Yoga in relation to theatre -10 postures. Introduction to Indian & Asian Theatre 2.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) DRAMATIC ART Subject : Theatre Art Time : 3 Hours Theory Practical Internal Assessment External Assessment Max. 2. Exercises pertaining to eye. Theory Paper-A Marks:100 1. Marks : 200 Marks :100 Marks : 100 Practical : 20 Theory : 100 Practical : 80 Instructions for the Paper Setters : 1. Make up in different Media -Stage. The candidate may be asked to attempt 5 questions. All questions carry equal marks.both professional and Amateur:3.A. Drama as an integrated and inter disciplinary art form Practical 2. Films.152 B.V. Definition of Acting. . Regional Dramatic History . T. Abhinaya Mime and improvisations. 4. 4. 3. Nautanki. Ramlila and Bhavai. Paper-B Marks :100 1. Body Exercises. Introduction to Folk Theatre forms of India Jatra. Make-up Straight and Character make-up. 3.

coughing. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 153 5.B. poetry recitation. . Speech . shouting./B.A. Dialogue Delivery .Sc. 7. story telling.Narration. Tongue twisting exercises and breathing exercises 10. addressing audience. Designing costumes for one mythological and social play.rising and falling inflections 9. Voice modulation -weeping. Colour symbolism 6. 11. Pitch and volume 8.Commentary. yelling etc. News reading. Principles of Colour Design.

pearl. coral. Introduction. ruby. Out of the 12 questions the candidates will attempt 8 questions of 4 marks each. 60 Marks Section-B : 12 questions will set by the examiner. 32 Marks Section-C : 4 questions will be given to candidates to attempt 2 out of the 4. 2. Marks : 100 Theory : Paper-A Practical : Paper-B Marks : 60 Internal Assesment : 40 Total : 100 Theory Paper-A Time: 3 Hrs Max Marks : 60 1. Out of 12 questions the candidate will attempt 10 questions of 1 mark each. section A. 18 Marks 1. 2. The question paper will cover all the seven topics of the syllabus. channel etc.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) GEMOLOGY AND JEWELLERY DESIGN (Vocational) Max. 5.B & C Section-A : 12 questions will be set by the examiner.e. cat’s eye. Different styles of stone setting like prong. Inroduction of Indian Jewellery (i) Tribal Jewellery (ii) Symbolic Jewellery of South India. bezel.A.154 B. The paper-setter should set the paper in three section i. Physical properties of gemstones :(i) Cleavage Definition Description Importance of gemology + Lapidary work ./B. topaz sapphire 4. zirrcon. Introduction to stone setting. emerald. Each question will carry 9 marks. 3.

fire-effect in Gemstones (iii) Specific Gravity 6./B.B. Cuts of Gemstone Designing a cut Catachon-cut Step-cut Scissors-cut Rose-cut Faceted-beads . Gemology (i) Nature of Light (ii) Reflection of Light (iii) Reflection of Light (iv) Color of gemstone (v) Absorption (vi) Dichrosim (vii) Absorption Spectrum (viii) Play of color 7. Lusture. star a Effect Reflection Index.A. double Refraction and briefringence. cat’s eye effect. Screen.Sc. reflection. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 155 (ii) Hardness Definition Moh’s scale of hardness Application in Gemology + Lapidary work Definition Determination of specific gravity by heavy liquid method Its optical properties Laws of reflection. total internal.

bezel. pendent. bracelet. bracelets. sawing. ring. Pendants. twisting. channel etc. ./B. tubemaking. stone-setting techniques. soldering. using above Techniques. (x) Identification of gems. Exercises on (i) Mark-Making (ii) Filing (iii) Sawing (iv) Soldering (v) Puzzles-work (vi) Tube-making (vii) Bead-making (viii) Twisting (ix) Different styles of stone-setting like prong. broaches. using mark-making. broache.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) GEMOLOGY AND JEWELLERY DESIGN Paper-B Practical Internal Assessment : 40 Time : 6 Hrs. armlets etc. bead-making.A. armlet etc. Marks : 100 Annual work : 20 Project Work : 20 Development of a design of a bangle. Development of Designs of bangles. rings.156 B.

Each question will carry six marks. ./B. It is required that the candidate passes each paper separately. Paper A Banking & Insurance Time : 3 Hours Max.A. Section B : It will consist of short answer type question with answer to each question upto two pages in length. Types of deposits. Trends in deposit mobilisation in india. Types of account holders. total weightage being 20 marks. Section C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.Sc. Teaching hours : 80 periods of 45 minutes each. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 157 COMMERCE Paper: A Banking and Insurance Paper: B Salesmanship Each paper carries 100 Marks.B. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates. The question paper covering the entire course shall be divided into three sections as follows : Section A : It will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with answers to each question upto five lines in length. Introduction to Banking Definition. The total weightage of the section shall be 48 marks. types and functions of Banks. Marks : 100 Note : 1. Brief outlines of the history of Indian Banking. 2. Deposit mobilisation. Banker customer relations. Each question will carry two marks. total weightage of the section being 32 marks. All questions will be compulsory. Each question will carry sixteen marks. The candidates are allowed to use simple (Nonscientific) calculators. Procedure of opening a bank account.

Principles of sound lending. "Banking Theory and Practice". Demand Draft. 2007. Books Recommended 1. Credit creation system by commercial bank. Gupta P. advantages of insurance. "Principles of Risk Management and Insurance". Pledge. Prenices Hall of India.C. Hire purchase advances.158 B. Guarantees and indemnities. 8th Edition. simple and equitable mortgages.K. kinds of insurance and forms of insurance organisation. Paul Justin and Suresh Padamalatha. Collection of cheques. 4. Trends in bank lending in India. 5. proximate cause. payments of cheques. mail transfers. role of clearing house. Introduction. "Insurance and Risk Management". "Management of Banking and Financial Services". standard form policy. Definition of insurance. Himalaya Publishing House. overdraft./B. Introduction to general insurance-growth of general insurance. Negotiable instruments. "Insurance and Risk Management". Pearson Education. 6. insurable interest. indemnity subrogantion. 2007. security and margin requirements. Telegraphic transfers etc. 2. Analysis of credity worthiness of borrower. "Introduction to Risk Management and Insurance". functions of insurance and contracts of insurance. 2007. contribution. cash credit. Vikas Publications. Fire insurance. Dishonour of cheques. . Shekhar K. Basic principles. joint financing. hypothecation. Inland Remittances. and Sekhar Lakshmy. Tripathy and Pal. scope of cover. Essentials of insurance contract. 2007. Rejda. Dorfman. Utmost good faith.A. stop payment instruction. basic principles of insurance. Prentice Hall of Inhdia. 2007. 3. 2007. Pearson Eduacation.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Loans and advances : Forms of loans. cheques-crossing and endorsements. Bills of Exchange-Discounting of Bills. Bills purchased/discounted. Modes of creating charges. Application for a bank loan.

role of society.Sc. Each question will carry six marks. types of sales people Salesmanship-Definition. All questions will be compulsory. Manufacturers salesman. qualities and work performed by counter salesman travelling salesman. salesman's duties and responsibilities. characteristics of sales careers. staple salesman.B. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Features. Each question will carry two marks. nature and scope. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates. Marks : 100 The candidates are allowed to use simple (Nonscientific) calculators. wholesaler's salesman. The total weightage of the section shall be 48 marks. total weightage being 20 marks.A. The question paper covering the entire course shall be divided into three sections as follows : Section A : It will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with answer to each question upto five lines in length. Selling. Section B : It will consist of short answer type questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. Exporters . salesmanship a science or an art.The concept. types of selling jobs. total weightage of the section being 32 marks. Theory : Teaching Hours : 60 periods of 45 minutes each. careers in selling. speciality of salesman./B. Section C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length. Each question will carry sixteen marks. role in the organisation. origin and development. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 159 COMMERCE Paper B Salesmanship Time : 3 Hours Note: i) ii) Max. Salesman-qualities-physical and mental.

ethical problems in selling. "Marketing Channels". Significant aspects of human behaviours. Recruitment and selection of salesman. "Sales and Distribution Management". methods of approaching prospect making approach effective. 5. Prentice Hall of India. methods of handling objections. Prentice Hall of India.K. 2007. the art of persuation. Vikas Publications. the approach-importance and objectives gaining the interview. 2007. Kapoor Ramneek. some prospecting system.A. Sales-presentation-objective and strategies of presentation. Person Education. Appraisal of salesman. "Customer Relationship Management". sizing up the prospect. Mac Millan of Indian Ltd. 2007. coordination of selling efforts. "Fundamentals of Sales Management". Salesforce information system.160 B. 3. objective. 2. compensation. essentials of good demonstration. and Raut Kishore C. "Sales Management : In the Indian Perspective"./B. Determining selling objectives. Salesman and his territory. difference between prospects and customer. Prospecting-definition. Coughlan. nature and methods. training. A brief introduction to selling theories. Strengths and limitation of personal selling. Closing the sales call tactics and methods. 2007.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Salesman. performance. Suggested Readings : 1. Gosney and Bolhm. 4.. 2007. . Planning the sale. Dasgupta.. sources of information. buying motives. Sahu P. importance and timing. selling process. service salesman and Missionary Salesman. Handling objection-types of objections. Demonstration nature.

Section-C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length. Distinction between-Micro and Macro Economics. Accelerator and multiplier-accelerator interaction. total weightage being 20 marks. Classical and Keynesian models. (ii) Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows : Section-A : It will consist of 10 very short questions with answer to each question upto five lines in length. static and dynamic multipliers. Say's Law of Market and aggregate demand and supply.B. Each question will carry six marks. Demand schedules and factors affecting investment decision. Consumption functions. Marks : 100 Note : (i) The Candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculators. Section-B : It will consist of short answer questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. Investment : Meaning. . The total weightage of the section shall be 48 marks. Samuelson and Hicks Models. average (short-run and long run). Marginal Efficiency of Capital. Each question will carry two marks. Each question will carry sixteen marks. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 161 ECONOMICS Paper-A Macroeconomics Time : 3 Hours Max. total weightage of the section being 32 marks.A. Trade cycles-meaning.Sc. Determination of Income and Employment. characterisitics and phases. All questions will be compulsory. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. average and marginal propersity to consume./B.

Brach and World. 2.. S. Inflation : Concept.162 B. 1972. Tokyo. Fisher's and Cambridge's equations. Macroeconomic Analysis. Inflation-unemployment Trade-off (only Phillips' contribution).M. Credit creation and credit control. Analysis and Control of Aggregate Economic Activity. causes and cures. Banking : Definitions of banks. New York. Quantity Theory of Money. New Delhi. Gupta. Harcourt. S. Shapiro. T.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Money : Its functions and role. Chand. Money and Capital Markets (Introductory). Monetary Economics : Institutions. ./B. Recommended Texts : 1. Theory and Policy. Dernaburg. McGraw-Hill. and MC Dougall D. Liquidity preference theory. Macroeconomics : the Measurement. 2000. Kogakusha. Monetary and Fiscal Policies for stabilisation.B. 1978.A. E. 3.F.

Each question will carry six marks. Gains from Trade. Ohlin Theories. (ii) Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows : Section-A : It will consist of 10 very short answer questions with answer to each question upto five lines in length. Each question will carry two marks.Sc. Each question will carry sixteen marks. Section-B : It will consist of short answer questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. International Trade : Internal and External Trade. rationale of a protectionist policy in less developed area. Trade and economic development. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate. protection. Classical and Heckscher. The total weightage of the section being 32 marks. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 163 ECONOMICS Paper-B International Economics and Public Finance Time : 3 Hours Max. total weightage being 20 marks. . GATT & WTO (Introductory). Commercial Policy : Free trade vs. (gross. net and income terms of trade).B. Terms of Trade. The total weightage of the section shall be 48 marks. Section-C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length./B. All questions will be compulsory.A. Marks : 100 Note : (i) The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculators. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidate will be required to attempt two.

/B. 1975. classification. Deep & Deep Publications.R. Aggarwal. Salvatore. Fixed and flexible exchange rates. Maclean and Snowdown 4.164 B. Macmillan. effect of public expenditure on production and distribution. 2001. 3.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Balance of Payments : Meaning and components of balance of payments.O. Macmillan Publishing Company. Rate of exchange : Meaning and determination. scope importance. Recommended Texts 1. canons of taxation. : International Economics. Sodersten. and World Bank— their working and achievements. . New York. London. principles. importance. importance. incidence and impact of taxation. Methods for correcting adverse balance of payments. New Delhi. Public Finance : Nature. Public Expenditure : Meaning. B. features of a good taxation system. Taxes : Meaning. 1980. objectives. International Economic Institution—IMF. M.A. : International Institutions in Trade and Finance (1981). devaluation and direct control. B. its burden. 2. : International Institutions and Development in Developing Countries. : International Economics (1990). Public Debt : Meaning.

Application of Integration in consumer surplus and producer surplus. . definite integrals.A. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate. Integration by parts. transposition. Integration by partial fractions. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 165 QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES Paper A Time : 3 Hours Max. Integration : Indefinite integrals. Use of artificial variables.Sc. simplex method. assumptions. The total weightage of the section shall be 48 marks. scaler multiplication. Section C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto five pages in length. Linear programming : Formulation of problem. Differentiation : Maxima and minima of functions. ii) Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows : Section A : It will consist of 10 very short answer questions with answer to each question upto five lines in length. Section B : It will consist of short answer questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length./B. Crammer's rule for solution of simultaneous system of equations. types. The total weightage of the section being 32 marks. minors and co-factors. total weightage being 20 marks. determinants and their properties. Integration by substitution. higher order partial derivatives. subtraction and multiplication of matrices. Each question will carry six marks. Inverse of matrix. Matrices : Definition.B. Marks : 100 Note :i) The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculator. addition. partial derivatives. Dual Simplex Method. Graphical solution. All questions will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks. Four questions will be set by the examiner and candidate will be required to attempt two. Each question will carry sixteen marks.

. : Mathematical Analysis for Economists. applications of Input-Output analysis.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Input-Output Analysis : Basic concepts. A. New Delhi. Note : Economic Applications of the above techniques may also be asked. Yamane Taro : Mathematics for Economics. Allen R. ELBS and Macmillan Press.D.G. : Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics. 3. Input-output tables for closed and open economies. Leontief basic input-output model. Recommended Texts 1./B. Chaing. 1971.166 B. 1995. Prentice Hall of India. 2.A.

Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidate will be required to attempt two. (modified exponential. Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length. total weightage being 20 marks. total weightage of the section being 32 marks. Random variables: Concept. Multiple regression. probability density and mass functions. moments. type./B. Each question will carry sixteen marks. estimation. Marks: 100 The Candidates are allowed to use Simple (Nonscientific) Calculators.A. logistic). The total weightage of the section shall be 48 marks. concepts derivations. analysis of variance in one-way and two way classification. . Instructions for the paper setter :Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows: Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with answer to each question up to five lines in length. moment generating function and characteristic function. All questions will be compulsory. Non-Linear regressions. Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. Gempertz. assumptions techniques of analyzing variance. Each question will carry six marks. Analysis of variance: Introduction.Sc. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate. Each question will carry two marks. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 167 QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES Paper-B Time: 3 Hours Note :i) ii) Max. expectation (meaning and properties).B. various growth curves. concepts. Partial and multiple correlation.

Kapur and Gupta 5. fitting of these distributions to given data. Poisson and normal distribution. Properties.168 B. Mood Graybill and Boes 2. Books Recommended 1. Croxton Cowden and Klein 4./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Probability Distributions : Introduction to Binomial. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics Theory and Problems Statistics (1972). Murray R. . applications. Snedecor and Cochran 3. Spiegel Introduction to the Theory of Statistics (1974) Statistical Methods Applied General Statistics (I 973).A.

Theory of the firm.B./B. innovation. Marks : 100 Note : (i) The candidates are allowed to use Simple (Nonscientific) Calculators. Constraints on growth. full cost pricing. Growth of the firm. Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. under collusive and non-collusive oligopoly. Organisational forms of the firm. Pricing in theory-pricing. merger. Each question will carry two marks. Acquisition. Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 169 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS Paper-A Theory of Firm and Market Structure Time: 3 Hours Max. control and alternative objectives of the firm. All questions will be compulsory. Each question will carry six marks.Sc. diversification. The total weightage of the section shall be 48 marks. Each question will carry sixteen marks. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates. Pricing in practice.A. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. total weightage being 20 marks. managerial and financial. (ii) Instructions for the paper setter :- Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows: Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with answer to each question up to five lines in length. ownership. total weightage of the section being 32 marks. Marginal cost pricing and limit pricing. .

2.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Market Structure: sellers concentration. Modern Microeconomics. product differentiation entry conditions and economies of scale. al.170 B. et. 3. A. An Introductory text Book. Barthwal R. Devine.A.A. Recommended Texts 1. P. . An Introduction to Industrial Economics. Koutosoyianinis. Industrial Economics./B.R.

The total weightage of the section shall be 48 marks.Sc. control of capital issue. Each question will carry six marks. total weightage being 20 marks. licensing. Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length. Theories of Industrial Location : Contribution of Weber Sargent Florence and Plander. Industrial concentration and dispersal in India. Centralised versus Balanced regional development. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 171 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS Paper-B INDUSTRIAL PATTERNS.B. Marks : 100 The Candidates are allowed to use Simple (Non-scientific) Calculators. Section-B will consist of short answer type questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates. . Location policy in India since independence. Measures to control industrial concentration. POLICY AND CONTROLS Time: 3 Hours Note :(i) Max. controlling monoplies and restrictive trade practices. Factors affecting industrial location. Patterns of industrialization.A. All questions will be compulsory. (ii) Instructions for the paper setter :- Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows: Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with answer to each question up to five lines in length./B. Each question will carry two marks. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Each question will carry sixteen marks. total weightage of the section being 32 marks.

/B. Recommended Books: 1.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Foreign exchange regulation Act. Chemilam.A. S. Industrial Economics: Indian Perspective. price controls. 3. Nationalization. 2. The Industrial Economy of India. F. R.172 B. Industrial Economics—An Introductory Text Book.R. . Kuchhal. Barthwal.C. incentives and disincentives.

Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate. New Agricultural Technology. ceiling on land-holdings-need. Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length./B. function objectives. nature and evaluation with special reference to India. instruments. total weightage being 20 marks. land reforms. price .A. The total weightage of the section shall be 48 marks. Institutional Changes.B. (ii) Instructions for the paper setter :Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows : Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with answer to each question up to five lines in length. consolidation of holdings abolition of intermediaries. Section-B will consist of short answer type questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. employment and income distribution. total weightage of the section being 32 marks. Each question will carry sixteen marks. output and employment. Agricultural Price-Policy demand and supply of Agricultural products. impact on income. Each question will carry six marks. evolution of price policy. determination. Marks : 100 Note : (i) The Candidates are allowed to use Simple (Nonscientific) Calculators.A Time : 3 Hours Max. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 173 AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING Paper . its nature. role adoption and impact on out-put. All questions will be compulsory. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidate will be required to attempt two.Sc. Each question will carry two marks.

. Principals of credit worthiness. Kalyani Publishers. 3. Agricultural Price Policy in Economic Development. Repayment performance. role of NABARD.A. Growth in Agricultural credit. 4. Bombay (1976). effect of agricultural taxation on economic development agricultural taxation in India./B. role of co-operative commercial banks RRBS. Self help groups. Allied Publishers. Private Sector. Rajbans Kaur Agricultural Price Policy in India.S.Trends and Perspectives. Service Area Approach Lead Bank scheme. joint liability groups. New Delhi (1975). Kisan Credit Card. role of finance in developing agriculture.174 B.C. Josh Land Reforms in India . P. Agricultural taxation case for agriculture taxation. Readings : 1. Kitab Mahal (1985). Memoria Agricultural Problems of India. case for special treatment.B. A.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) agriculture and non-agricultural price policy in India. Agricultural Finance-Need for agricultural credit agencies. Tyagi 2. Allied Publishers. Institution and Policy in Agriculture. Kahlon and D.S. C. New Delhi (1983). Public Sector.

/B. MARKFED. marketing. PUNSUP. Marketing margin spread and various channels of markets of different food grains supply chain.A. State Deptt. intervention in food grains. Section C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto five pages in length. (ii) Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows : Section A : It will consist of 10 very short answer questions with answer to each question upto five lines in length. Each question will carry sixteen marks. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 175 AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING Paper-B Time : 3 Hours Max. role of different agencies (FCI. total weightage being 20 marks. Concept of Marketing.) and the impact on market efficiency. All questions will be compulsory. structure conduct and performance of agricultural marketing. marketed and marketable surplus. The total weightage of the section shall be 48 marks. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate. Each question will carry six marks. Title Agri. Four questions will be set by the examiner and candidate will be required to attempt two. The total weightage of the section being 32 marks. supply chain. Food grains marketing system in India with special reference to Punjab. Stage. .Efficiency and Institutions. Section B : It will consist of short answer questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length.B./Marketing . Marks : 100 Note :(i) The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculator. Each question will carry two marks.Sc.

A. S.S.B. Associated Publishing House.. 1982. : Indian Foodgrains Marketing. Kainth.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Financing of agricultural markets. : Principles and Practice of Marketing in India. Jain.L. J. N. Johl. Acharya. : Foodgrains Marketing System in India.S. : Marketing of Farm Product in India. Role of Directorate of Marketing and inspection. 3. and Khusro. 5. Structure and Conduct.M. C.176 B. Moore. Memoria. . 2. and Aggarwal. Oxford & IBM Publication. Recommended Texts 1. Role of State Marketing Board.S. S. G. S.C.R. : Principles and Practice of Agricultural Marketing in India./B. Public Private Partnership in Marketing. 1973.A. 1979. 4.

/B.B. The candidates are required to answer each question in/upto two pages. Co-operative Marketing. Each question will carry four marks with a total weightage of 32 marks. Trends and causes of Rise and Fluctuations. Marks : 70 Instructions for the paper setter :Note : i) The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculators. Section B shall consist of 12 questions and the candidates will be required to attempt any eight.Sc. The candidates are required to answer each question in/upto five pages. . Agriculture Prices : Market forces and Government intervention. Indebtedness & Banking Time : 3 Hours Max. Problems and Policy. magnitude and consequences. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 177 RURAL DEVELOPMENT Paper A Rural Marketing. causes and remedial measure. Sales Promotion. Agricultural Exports : Agro Processing. Present Position. Defects and consequences. ii) Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows : Section A is compulsory and shall consist of 10 short answer type questions of 1½ marks each with a total weightage of 15 marks. Exports. Stabilisation and policy . Magnitude of help. assessment of performance. Section C shall consist of four questions and the candidates will be required to attempt any two. Regional Rural Banks. Government and Marketing. The candidates are required to answer each question in/upto five lines.A.Buffer-Stocks and Imports. importance and features. Each question shall carry 11½ marks with a total weightage of 23 marks. Commercial Banks. Rural Indebtedness : Nature. Marketing concept and types.

2002. Aggarwal . : Agricultural Marketing in India. Sadhu and Singh 4. 6. Weaknesses and Improvements. Suggested Readings : 1. Acharya & N. A.B. Oxford and ivh publishers.A. : Rural Economy of India : Fundamentals of Agricultural Economics. New Delhi. 1999. A. S.N. Richard L. Students would be given an elementary exposure to the subject. Aggarwal & Kundan Lal 3. Kohl./B. Progress and Prospects. Mukherjee 5. 2.178 B. 227 to 251 pages on Agricultural Marketing : Agricultural Marketing in India : Marketing of Agricultural Products.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Cooperative Credit : Importance and Growth.S.N. Aggarwal : Problems.D. Indian Agriculture 419 to 465 pages on marketing. K. Prentice Hall of India. Third Edition.

The Candidates are required to answer each question in/upto five lines. weed control. Agronomy . Role of water in crop production for irrigation requirement of important crops. The candidates are required to answer each question in/upto two pages. method of sowing. rice. Scientific production of food crops. maize. Marks : 70 The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculators.B. Each question will carry four marks with a total weightage of 32 marks. . seed bed preparation. Each question shall carry 11½ marks with a total weightage of 23 marks.Definition and its scope. ii) Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows : Section A is compulsory and shall consist of 10 short answer type questions of 1½ marks each with a total weightage of 15 marks. Crops rotations/essential nutrients for plant growth inorganic and organic measures including green manuring./B. irrigation and fertilizer requirement.A. wheat and gram with special reference to their varieties. Weeds and losses caused by the Common Kharif and Rabi. The candidates are required to answer each question in/upto five pages. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 179 Rural Development Paper-B Crop Husbandry and Principle Practices Time : 3 Hours Instructions for paper setter : Note :i) Max. Section C shall consist of four questions and the candidates will be required to attempt any two. Section B shall consist of 12 questions and the candidates will be required to attempt any eight. Classification of field crops.Sc. seed rate. Weeds and methods of their control.

A. sugarcane. I. Vol. seed rate. & Bokde. method of sowing. raja and barseem harstem with special reference to their varieties. cotton. Indian Council of : Hand Book of Agriculture Agricultural Research 3. K. Suggested Readings 1. Each period will be at least of 45 minutes duration. Oxford .S. : Scientific Crop Production.B.180 B. Yawlker. 2. fertilizers. Note : 6 period per week will be devoted each to theory and practicals. Demonstration of rural operations in different crops. C.D.. Familiarisation with common weeds.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Scientific production of other crops. S.P./B. Marks : 60 Identification of crops and their seeds. weed control. groundnut. 4. Acharya & N. J. seed bed preparation. Thakur. Aggarwal. S. irrigation and fertilizer requirement. Practicals Total Teaching Periods : 75 Max. Aggarwal : Manures and Fertilizers : Agricultural Marketing in India. farm hand tools and implements.

grazing. casting of animal. Sources of contamination of milk. Essentials of clean milk production. 3. The candidate has the choice to attempt eight questions (Total marks 8x6=48) (c) Four questions of descriptive type requiring five pages for each answer shall be asked. dry period./B. loose and stall feeding. Marks: 100 Periods per week : Theory : 6 Instructions for the paper setters : 1.Sc. Estimation of age and body weight of animals.B. castration of male calves. 2. Importance of milk chilling. Theory paper shall consist of three parts :(a) Ten short compulsory questions of two marks each requiring short replies up to five line each.A. The quesiton paper should cover the whole syllabus General Factors affecting quality and quantity of milk production. control and restraining of animals. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 181 DAIRY FARMING (Vocational) Paper-A Theory Time : 3 Hours Max. methods and advantages of castration. use of water in . The Language of questions should be straight and simple. methods of milking. Question paper should be set strictly according to the syllabus and in Punjabi Language.The candidate has the choice to attempt two questions (Total marks 16x3=32) 4. (Total marks 10x2=20 marks) (b) Ten questions of six marks each requiring short replies shall be asked. Management Breeding cycle. Milking machine.

causes of sterility in male and female. feed. i. advantages of proper housing. Factors affecting nutritive value of feeds. Energy value of feeds. Routine dairy farm operations. Detection of heat in cows and buffaloes. housing requirements of dairy animals. season and pregnancy. labour requirement for various farm operations. Housing The main objectives of housing.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) dairy farming. Sterility and infertility. pellets. Infections caused by natural service and artificial insemination. production. hay and wheat bhusa enrichment. Requirements of nutrients in different steges of age. Breeding Importance of sire and dam. Formulation of rations.182 B. Feeding Food nutrients. Availability of forages in different seasons. factors affecting water intake. Schedule of feeding dairy animals. Transportation and storage of cattle feed. . Pedigree selection. Various systems of breeding. heredity. functions of various nutrients in animal body. outbreeding. Economic value of age at first calving and calving interval. inbreeding. water requirements of dairy animals.e. methods of housing dairy animals. Principles of upgrading of cattle./B.A. factors affecting infertility. twins and free. Merits and demerits of artificial insemination. factors affecting construction of dairy farm building. advantages and disadvantages of various methods of housing. Factors affecting success in artificial insemination.

Marks : 100 Practical : 80 Internal Ass. 1.. casting. body weight. 20 Marks 20 Marks 20 Marks 10 Marks 10 Marks 20 Marks 100 marks . chemicals. Milk collection centre and milk plant. disbudding. estimation of milk sample. feed mixing etc. Revision of work done during previous session. use of lactometer. Identification of various feedstuffs.Sc. cream separation. : 20 Distribution of Marks Assignment Practical Note Book Four Visits to Dairy Farm Oral Examination Written test Internal Assessment Total : Syllabus : Note: Preparation of practical notebook on the basis of work done in the laboratory practical. 2. Weekly write-up of daily job assignments is compulsory. Visits to Dairy farms having machine milking. Veterinary hospitals. instruments. medicines./B. photographs related to dairy farming. Fat and S.B. equipment.F. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 183 DAIRY FARMING (Vocational) Paper-B Practical Time : 3 Hours Periods per week :4 Max. Practice in age determination. 4. 3.N. fodder harvesting.A.

II. actual conduct of practical performance etc. Each question will carry 2 marks.A. In part-I.IV & VI : The question paper will be divided into two parts. The Internal Assessment in respect of theory papers shall be based on tests. . In part-I. Each question will carry 5 marks.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND SECRETARIAL PRACTICE (Vocational) __________________________________________________ Year Paper Th.184 B. 12 short questions will be set and candidates will be expected to attempt 10 questions. 8 essay type questions will be set and candidates will be expected to attempt 4 questions. Ass 20 20 ________________________________________________ On the Job Training of 4 weeks 1. In case of practical papers it will be based on maintainance of records. In Part-II 8 questions will be set and the candidates will be expected to attempt 4 questions. 40 40 Int./B. assignment and quizzes. The following pattern of setting of question paper shall be observed : (a) For Papers-I. (b) 2. 10 very short answer type questions will set and the candidates will be expected to attempt 10 questions. Each question will carry 2 marks. In Part-II. Each question will carry 5 marks. 2nd Year III (Office Practice) IV (Type writing & Shorthand in English only) 40 40 Marks Pract. For Papers : III & V : The question paper will be divided into two parts.

A. The consolidated report will be evaluated by the external examiner and shall be given the grades as follows : O A B C D Outstanding Very good Good Average Unsatisfactory In case.B. the candidate shall have to submit it again in corporating the changes suggested by the examiner within one month from the date of intimation to the candidate by the concerned college. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 185 3./B. the Training Report is rated as unsatisfactory. A consolidated report "On the Job Training" after Ist year and II Year shall be prepared by every student and must be submitted in the college concerned upto Sep. 30. .Sc.

/B. Word Processor-Concept of word processing. cash register. typing and duplicating. Office Applications and Machines : A study of various types of commonly used appliances and machines-duplicator. mailing. filing. accounting machanism calculator addressing machines. Scanner-Introduction of Scanner.A. time recorder and such other machines. decentralised filing system. methods of filing equipments. general office. essentials of a good filing system. creating and editing documents. : 20 Note : The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculators. coin sorter. hardware and software. Filing and Indexing : Filing—meaning and importance. Marks (Theory) : 40 (Pract) : 40 Int. sealing machine. Principal departments of a modern office-correspondence. Scanner their operation and use in the office set up. function. Part-I Office-meaning.Ass. importance. computer operation. history and types of computers. weighing and folding machines.186 B. Computer Word Processor. concept of an organisation Centralisation Vs. taking print out DO'S and DON'T'S in details from application point of view. franking machines. its importance and use in offices. dictaphone cheque protector. decentralisation of office services. Modern Office Machines : Photocopier.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Paper . punch card machines. Introduction of computer-importance.III Offiece Practice Time : 3 Hours Max. . centralised Vs.

weighing. sorting. official letters. addressing machine. mail room equipment. follow up letters. handling of work-its advantages./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 187 Part-II Mailing Department : Meaning and importance of mail. preparation of envelopes. instructing co-workers. order. Office Correspondence : Essentials of a good letter. distributing. advice. stamping. circular letters.A. complaints. marking. trade reference. Handling Mail : Inward Mail-Receiving. letter openers. scaling. centralisation of mail. courier service. recording. preparation of appointment schedules and maintaining visitors' diary furnishing desired information.B. . Outward Mail : Folding of letters. Assisting Visitors : Office etiquetes. semi officials. letter sent book or peon book. Despatching rail parcel service. quotation. sorting table and racks. opening. effective use of language. postal franking machine. time and date stamps. Enquiry. drafting of business letter. entering. mailing scales. sorting. making payment. air mail service. post offices guide.

Filing and Indexing : Practice in filing and indexing-alphabeticals numerically.. 4.. . transforming of old files for future references.... be obliqued with typewriter e-mail for practical on Recording of Inward outward mail. weeding out of records..188 B... Computer Software as MS Office.. Windows-98 etc.A.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Practical Office Practice 1......... 2. Or Windows-98/Electric Typewriter.. Recording of inward/outward mail—e-mail. 3.. Recording of inward/outward mail. developing card indexing system for the college library. 5. searching a particular file./B. Drafting of the following (on the basis of actual information) Application for a job Interview letter Appointment letter Letter of enquiry Office notes Office order Issue of tenders 6.. arranging files subjectwise.

eraser. squeezing and spreading. correction of errors on stencil papers use of correcting fluid. duplicating ink. Correspondence -Bux Business -Official .B./B. carbon economy. white correcting fluid etc.Sc. Electric and electronic typewriters Importance and use of electric typewriters. graft methods and use of gumcoated paper method signatures and lining on stencil paper with the help of stylus pen and backing sheet. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 189 OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND SECRETARIAL PRACTICE Paper-IV Typing & Shorthand in English Only Time : 3 Hours Max.Assmt) : 20 Part-I Carbon Manifolding Carbon papers and their kinds. Marks : (Theory) : 40 (Pract) : 40 (Int. Advantages of electric typewriters. Duplicator-kinds of duplicators taking out copies on duplicators. carrying out corrections on carbon copies : use of eraser. Salient features of Electronic typewriters. Stencil Cutting and duplicating Techniques of stencil cutting.A. erasing shield.

Part-II Paper : Shorthand Extended use of certain consonant : The Aspirate. Carrying out corrections on carbon copies. writing of figures in shorthand. Suffixes. Typewriting of official letters. Prefixes. use of halvingprinciple in phraseography. Correspondence Typewriting of business letters. tick and dot' H' Downward and upward' R' upward 'sh' Compound consonants. Contractions and Intersections : Prefixes and Suffixes—meaning and uses. . Cyclostyling.190 B. carrying out corrections on stencil papers with different methods. principle in phraseography. use of doubling. list of prefixes and suffixes. list of intersections. Stencil Cutting and Duplicating Stencil cutting. Medical Semi-circles. Practice on above typewriters. contractions : general rules and list of contractions. carrying out corrections with squeezing and spreading methods. Halving and doubling principle : Halving-general principles and their exception. correction of drafts. Intersections-meaning and uses./B.A. doubling-general principles and their exception.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Practical Carbon Manifolding Taking out copies with the help of carbon papers. Electric and electronics typewriters.

Principal may be given the complete freedom in selecting any organisation. Industrial Establishments Hospitals. Airlines and other Transport undertakings Banking and Insurance Organisation. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 191 Note : Taking techniques and transcription on typewriter.B.A.m. Taking dictation from different voices. Practising the use of halving and doubling principles.Sc. Educational-Institutions.p. Recording class lectures. 4. Repeated practice of contraction and intersection. Taking dictation from tape-recorder. 6. 3./B. . While selecting the institution care should be taken to select such institution who show willingness to accept the trainees and have the scope for providing variety of experiences in Office Practice and stenography area. Parliament and State Assemblies. However. Business/Commercial Organisation. 2. Taking dictation of passages for five minutes at a speed of 60 w. This is tentative list. suffixes from text book. Probable work-sites where On-the-job Training may be organised Government Department Offices. Railways. Job-work Centres. Practicals Paper : Short Hand 1. prefixes. and transcription of the same on typewriter. 5.

4. Typing Pool/Advertising/Publicity. Stenography work and typing with various executives and sections. ./B. Share Department 1 3. 1 1 4 weeks Note : The purpose of the on-the-job training is to expose the student to the world of work and provide professional experience in real situation. the teacher will also supervise the on-the-job training programme. Secretary.192 B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Suggested Department/Section for On-the Job training at the end of first year : Department/Section 1.A. Office establishment/filing/office equipment and production 3. Department/Section No. stores and accounts 1 4 weeks Suggested Department/Section for on-the-job training at the end of Second Year. Office establishment/company. of weeks No. Private Secretaries of various executives in different departments of the organisation. However. 1 2. Sales. of weeks 1 1 1. The student shall have to maintain a diary and submit a detailed report of his activities which shall be certified by a responsible officer of the establishment. Advertising and Publicity. Reception/inward and out ward mail 2. Accounts Department/Time Office/Reception. 1 4.

A. Basant Mahal.P.P. Mehta Typewriting Office Practice set Publisher Mehta Publishing Corporation. A. Basant Mahal. Layouts and Forms in Typewriting . Pitman Shorthand Reading and Dictation Exercises 3. Mehta Typewriting complete course Wadala (East) 2.P. State Board of Technical Education.Wheeler & Company. Shorthand made easy for beginners with key 4. Mehta Business Letter typing sets 4. Wadala (East) Bombay–4000037 Chittoor Publishing House. Chittoor. Hyderabad – 500022 3. Khan Dictation Exercises 5.A. O. Pitman Shorthand Dictionary 2.H. Basant Mahal. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 193 Suggested Reading Materials (a) Shorthand/Books Title 1. H.A. Wadala (East) Bombay–4000037 Mehta Publishing Corporation.Sc. H.B. Kuthall (b) Type Writing : Title 1. Hoo to start shorthand Speed building 5. Typewriting by Md. A comprehensive List of Granalongues & contractions Publisher A. Kathiall -do.& Edger Thrope -do-O. Bombay–4000037 Mehta Publishing Corporation./B. Pitman Shorthand School New Delhi.A. How to avoid confusion in outline in pitman shorthand 6. H.

Publishing. Khan Dictation Exercises House.A. Wadala (East). Hyderabad 500022 17. Bhatia.A. Bombay . 20th Century Typewriting South-Western Publishing Company. Business letter typing sets Mehta Publishing by H./B.. Typewriting speed & accuracy 10. A.Mehta Corpn. and Accuracy Corporation.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 6. USA. Sangal O.. Typewriting Chittoor Publishing Md.P.Typewriting Drills for Speed Gregg. Kuthials & Thorpe R. 18. Ohio.State 16.A. Wadala (East). Typewriting Theory Practicle 11.S. O. Type writing speed & Accuracy-I 12.A.400037. Gregg. Principle of Typewriting 9. Bombay . 15. Bhatia O.P.U. U. S. Chitoor. .194 B. Gincinati.Chittoor. Ohio. USA.Basant Mahal. . Typewriting Drills for speed and accuracy 8.P. Publishing Corporation. Typewriting Office Practice South-Western Publishing Company. 20th Century Typewriting 7.Basant Mahal.C. -do13. Lay outs and forms in State Board of Technical Typewriting Education. Cinicinati.400037.Mehta Corpn.S.P.S. Kuthiall B-II -doMehta Publishing set by H.A. 14.

H. by Balraj Duggal 1998. Drafing & Office Procedure.Delhi by V. Secretarial Practice by A.. Sharma. O. GuptaKalayni Publishers L.. Pune. 10. Vikas Publications. Allen Publishers. 8.P. Business Communication by Doctor and Doctor Seth Publication. Pritam Publications. 9.K. Comprete Office Handbook : Third Edition by Suson Jaderstrom./B. Gyan Publishers House. Choopra. 7.K. Office Management R. 2003).Singh 4. Modern Commercial Correspondence by Chandgadkar & Tele. Published by Kitab Mahal.S. Office Practice Made Simple W. Business Correspondence and Office Practice by Thakkar Publication. by Balraj Duggal 1998. Office Management by Marityen Juled Manning Crisp Publications.H. 14. Published by Kitab Mahal.Whitehead 1974. Nagamia and Bhal 5. 2001. Office Management and Secretarial Practice. 12.Sharma.B. 2002. 3. Commercial Correspondence by Majumdar. Sharma K. Sush (Nayar. Kuthiala. 2000.Mehta & others. 11. Bombay. 13. Office Management and Commercial Correspondence. Modern Commercial Correspondence by R. Office Procedure & Secretarial Practice. Himalaya Publishing House. Edgar Thrope. 1998. Office Management and Commercial Correspondence.A. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 195 (b) Office Practice 1. 2.Sc. Bombay-4 6. By G. . Office Management R.P.

. 1. 3 3 3 3 50 50 50 50 2nd Year III./B. 3. written assignment and class-participation. the training report is rated as unsatisfactory. (Tourism & Marketing) IV. A consolidated report on'on the Filled Trip' after Ist year and IInd year shall be prepared by every student and must be submitted in the college concerned upto September 30. 2.196 B. Tour Agency & Accommodation ) On the Filled Trip of 3 weeks.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) TOURISM AND TRAVEL MANAGEMENT Year Paper Periods per week Marks L T Ext. (Travel Agency.A. Each question will carry 10 marks. In each paper 10 questions will be set and the candidates will be expected to attempt 5 questions. The Internal Assessment shall be based on periodical tests. Int. The consolidated Report will be evaluated by the external examiner and shall be given the grades as follows : O A B C D Outstanding Very Good Good Average Unsatisfactory In case. the candidate shall have to submit it again incorporating the changes suggested by the examiner within one month from the date of intimation to the candidate by the concerned college.

Negi. Linkages in tourism and other sectors (Travel. Douglas Foster Travel and Tourism Management.Sc. pricing policies and their publicity and advertising in the Media-print and Electronic. 2. A study of the marketing and publicity aids like Books. The concept marketing.Tourism and Hotellering. Part-II 2. D. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 197 TOURISM MARKETING Time : 3 Hours Paper-III Max. Universal Publications. Kotler. Maccarthy. designing and printing of tour brouchure. M. Introduction This course covers analysis of the Markets and their possible developments. nature. The paper would also include Promotional and public relations methods employed in Tourism Marketing. Tour Packaging : Concept. New Delhi. Agency. 2005. Accommodation. 2006. .B. Marks : (External) : 50 (Internal) : 50 Note : The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculators. Suggested Readings 1.Basic Marketing-A Management Approach. hand cut press release.K. Catering). Audio visuals.J. classification and characteristics of services and their marketing implications developing marketing strategies for services firms. 3. Food. Nutrition.S. periodicals. 1997. methodology consideration and pricing of tour packing. Backing of the products./B. 1985. brouchures. posters.A. Part-I 1. 4. characteristics. Philip Marketing Management.

Hunter Mountaining Monument (Tourism in Your Business). .) Van Nostrend Reinhold.Moutinch Prentice Hall./B.Grampter. Canadian Hotel and Restaurant Ltd.S. Renal. 6.1984. L Tourism Marketing : Tourism International Press & Roth Fibbs. Nykiel Marketing in Hospitality Industry (2nd Ed. New York 1985. 1976. 7.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 5.. Witt & Louis Tourism Marketing and Management Handbook. 8. Stephan F. A.A.London. 1986. Wahab.198 B.

Definition. differentiation regulations organisations.Sc. Suggested Readings 1. Air Taxies. Tour Operators and Excursion Agents. Ticketing. David H. Main functions. 2.IV Max. Role of Indian Airlines. Air India and Vayudoot in the growth of travel agency and tour operators business. Indian Railways. their organisations and management. Different types of travel agents and (their responsibilities. The role in details of sectors like airline-International. Marks (External) : 50 (Internal) : 50 Note : The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculators. Accommodation-types organisation and management. recognition of Travel Agents. domestic. Railway-Transport operations the allied business of Travel Agencies has been included in the course. organisational structure of a Travel Agency and the Tour operators. Part-II 2. Part-I 1. . procedures for becoming a travel)agent and tour operator in India.B./B. Cargo. 3.A.Howel Travel Agents and Tourism Principles and Methods of Scheduling Observations (National Publishers) 1987. Merrissean Jame. W. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 199 TRAVEL AGENCY & TOUR OPERATIVE BUSINESS Time : 3 Hours Paper . Introduction The study includes the functions. A study of types of accommodations.

A. Delhi. 1991.1979. 6. Prentice Hall. New Delhi The world of Travel.K. Sterling Publishers. National Publishers . Chack Travel Agency Management (Communication India 1983) Professional Travel Agency Management.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 3.200 B. A. Bhatia./B. 5. Surinder 4. Tourism Development principles and Policies. London 1990. National Publishers. Geo. Agarwal.

Airlines and hospitality Industry and for the basic understanding of Hotel Management. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eigth will be attempted by the candidate. . Relationship between Tourism. Section B will consist of short answer type quesitons with answer to each question upto two pages in length. The total weightage of the section shall being 32 marks. All quesitons will be compulsory. Each question will carry four marks. : 20 Instructions for the paper setters: Section A will consist of 8 very short answer questions with answers to each question upto 5 lines in length. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 201 TOURISM AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT (Vocational) Paper-A Time : 3 Hours Max./B. Each question will carry 16 marks. Ass. total weightage of the section being 32 marks.Marks : 100 Theory : 80 Int. Section C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length. Introduction : This paper is for the basic understanding of Tourism and Hospitality Industry and Hotel Management.Sc.A. total weightage to this section being 16 marks.B. Each question will carry two marks.

3. (b) 1. Room checklist. Sectors of Food & Beverage. Front Office procedures for Emergencies. (c) Food and Beverage Service 1. 2.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) TOURISM AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT (Vocational) (a) Front Office 1. 6. Post registration activities. 6. 3. Storage facilities and conditions. Classification of Equipments. 7. Inspection. Types of Hotels Pre-registration activities. 8. 4. Job description of Front Office Cashier. Front Office Salesmanship. 2. Cleaning procedures—Cleaning of occupied room. 4. typical areas usually neglected where special attention is required. Night Auditor and its duties Role of Housekeeping in hospitality industry. Cleaning Agents and Types. Replenishment of supplies and lines. House Keeping 5. 5. 9.202 B. Checklist. . Registration. Calculation of Room position. Second Service. Job description of Front Office Assistant Foreign Currency. House Keeping Surpervision—Importance.A. 2. French Classical Menu. Cleaning of just vacated room./B.

6. Restaurants and their subdivisions—Coffee Shop. Uses. types and Recipies. 4. Kitchen Stewarding. 5.Sc. Fats. Wash Up. Minerals and Vitamins. Classification of Raw Materials. . Stocks—Meaning. 6. Glassware. Action of Heat on Carbohydrates. 3. Room Service. Maintenance of Equipments. Foundation ingredients—Meaning. (d) 1. Flatware. Staff Arrangement in Kitchen. Hollowware. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 203 3. Bars. Types. Cultery. Food and Beverage Production Industrial Training for one month. Plate Room. 4.A. Food and their Accompaniments. Snack Bar. 7. 5. Back area of Food and Beverage service—Still Room. Sauces—Meaning. Night Club. Classification of Equipments. Points to be observed while preparing stocks. Discotheques. 2.B. Preparation of Ingredients. Classification of Crockery. Grill Room. Protiens./B. Banquets. 7.

Role of Various agencies in growth of Tourism like Central and State Government and Private Players. : 20 Instructions for the paper setters: Section A will consist of 8 very short answer questions with answers to each question upto 5 lines in length. 3. Rail./B. Four questions will be set by the examiners and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Positive and Negative impact of Tourism. Tourism Products—Meaning or concept. All quesitons will be compulsory. The total weightage of the section shall being 32 marks. 2. having tourist value from heritage or historical points of view or sports and recreational point of view. Transport—Air. total weightage to this section being 16 marks. Max. fair festivals.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) TOURISM AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT (Vocational) Paper-B Time : 3 Hrs. Each question will carry two marks.204 B.Marks : 100 Theory : 80 Int. 1. Road and Water.A. dance. Technical Terminology of Tourism. how they are different from other consumer products. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eigth will be attempted by the candidate. conferences and exhibitions. Ass. 6. Section C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length. 5. Tourist attractions—Tourist destinations or places and tourist spots having tourist value from heritage spots. Each question will carry 16 marks total weightage of the section being 32 marks. . Facilities—Hostels. Each question will carry four marks. etc. Section B will consist of short answer type quesitons with answer to each question upto two pagess in length. trade fair. 4.

Tourist Markets. The Demand for Travel. . Tourism Marketing in India.A. Classification of Travellers. Tourist Transport. Tourist Destinations. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 205 7. Domestic Tourism—Benefits of Domestic Tourism. 8. Hotels and Domestic Tourism. Obstacles of Travel Trade. Difficulties of Domestic Tourism boosting Domestic Tourism. Domestic Tourism in India. Hotel Marketing. Travel Trade./B.B. Characteristics of the Travel Market.Sc. Tourism Promotions—The Price of the Product.

total weightage of this section being 30 marks. IV . Nine questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be expected to attempt six questions.A. total weightage to the section being 36 marks. The question paper covering the entire course shall be devided into three sections as follows : Section A : This section will consist of 7 very short answer type questions with answers to each question upto 5 lines. Each question will carry 15 marks./B. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be expected to attempt two questions. Section B : This section will consist of short answer type quesitons with answer to each question upto two pages. Each question will carry two marks. Each question will carry six marks. The following pattern of setting of question paper shall be observed. Section C : This section will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages. 80 Int. 20 (Wealth Tax 3 3 80 20 & Gift Tax Procedure & Practice) 1.206 B. All quesitons will be compulsory. total weightage to this section being 14 marks.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) INCOME TAX PROCEDURE AND PRACTICE Year 2nd Year III Paper (Income Tax Procedure & Practice) Periods per week L 3 T 3 Marks Ext.

A consolidated Report on 'On the Job Training' after Ist year and IInd year shall be prepared by every student and must be submitted in the college concerned upto September 30th. 3./B. written assignments and class-participation. The consolidated Report will be evaluated by the external examiner and shall be given the grades as follows : O A B C D Outstanding Very Good Good Average Unsatisfactory In case. . The Internal assessment shall be based on periodical tests. the training report is rated as unsatisfactory.A. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 207 2.B. within one month from the date of intimation to the candidate by the concerned college.Sc. the candidate shall have to submit it again incorporating the changes suggested by the examiner.

Hindu Undivided Family. 3. Payment of Tax : Tax deducted at source. Income Tax Authorities. Companies.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) INCOME TAX-PROCEDURE & PRACTICE Paper .208 B.49A. Important Definitions.A./B. Procedure and rate of Tax deducted at source on various payments. 1962. firm.49Bobligation of the person making payment. Computation of Tax in case of individual. Regulatory framework-An overview of Income Tax Act. Self Assessment Tax. 1961 and Income Tax Rules. Permanent Account No. 5. . Computation of total income Heads of Income. 2.III Time : 3 Hours Max. Advance Tax. Detailed contents : Section-A 1. (A) Tax deducted at source : Filling and filing of applications from for obtaining TDS number under Form No. 6. Procedure for obtaining Permanent account No. Deductions under Chapter VIA. 4. who and when the person is liable to deduct tax at source.(PAN)-Filling and filing of application under Form No. Basis of charge and Incidence of Tax.Marks : (External) : 80 (Internal) : 20 Total : 100 Note : The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculators.

(B) Advance Tax-Who is liable to pay advance tax. B.15. Stage II : Deposit of tax deducted at source-filling and filing of the challan and deposit of tax. Return by whom to be signed. return of loss. Section-B Return of income : Who is liable to file return of income.26B.16A and 16B).26D.26. Recipient's Obligations : To obtain TDS certificate from payer. Time limit for Notice.15G. Best Judgement assessment. time limit. interest on refunds. issue of notice where income has escaped assessment.151). Rectification of mistake (s).30 for Refund. Form No. Revised Return. Form No. Time Limit for claiming refund.B.15F. income escaping Assessment. Assessment under Section 143 (1).15AA.15H. Self-assesment Tax.13C.26E./B. computation of advance tax.Sc.14. instalment and due date of Advance Tax. filling and filing of Return of Income Tax under : Assessment Procedures : Inquiring before assessment. Belated Return. Interest payable by the assessee.15E. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 209 Employers Obligations : Stage I : Certificate to be issued to the recipient's-filing and issue of the various TDS Forms (16.15A. . Refund : Who can claim refund. Stage III : Submission of returns of TDS under Form No.15D.24. Refund of appeal.A.14B.26C. filling and filing of relevant certificates for lower or no deduction of tax at source (Form No. Regular Assessment under Section 143 (2). Defective Return. Time limit for completion of assessment and reassessment. Post Assessment Procedures : A.15B. Filing of challan and deposit of Advance Tax.26A.

and D. Gaur. Taxman allied Services (P) Ltd. Transfer of moveable property. www. 4. Mehrotra 2007.35.37G. 2004. filling and filing of Form No. Sanghaima (2007) Direct Taxes Law and Practice Taximann Publications (P) Ltd. New Delhi. (1981) Physical Policy & Economic Development in India.36. Agra. Taxman's in Director Tax Law as amended by Firance Act 2007.Form No.P. 2. D. References : 1. New Delhi. appealate authorities. Alahabad. Form No.incometaxindia.A.K.B. Sinhaima. 2004.C. 6. Revision by Income-Tax Commissioner. Appeals and revisions : When an assessee can file appeal. Form No. 3.31. Filling and filing of Form No. Income-Tax Law & Practice.37-I. and K./B. Narang (2007). Wihshwa Prakashan. procedure for filing appeal. nature of default and penalities imposable.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) C. Bhagwati (2006). Time limit for filing appeal.give in. Income Tax Law & Accounts. Tax clearance certificate and exemption certificateprocedure and filling and filing of Form No. Sahitya Bahawan Publications. 7. Kalyani Publications. V. and P. 5. waiver of panelty.37EE. Penalities & Procedure : Procedure for imposing penalities. Ludhiana.210 B. Direct Taxes Law & Practice. New Delhi. Chugh Publications. V. Shrivastava M. Prasad. . Mehrotra H.

1958. Computation of Wealth Tax. Wealth Tax Authorities. 3. 5. Important terms and definitions—Valuation date. assessment year. 1957. 1958 and Gift Tax Rules. Return of Wealth Tax. 2. limit for filing return filling and filing of return of wealth under Form A & B. . Return of Gift—Filling and filing under the prescribed form. Charge of Gift Tax—Deemed gifts. debt.Sc. computation of gift tax. 6. Assessment and Post Assessment procedure in brief. Section-A Wealth Tax 1. 2. 5. 4. deemed assets. valuation/amount of gifts. Regulatory framework—An overview of wealth Tax Act.A. net wealth. Marks : (External) : 80 (Internal) : 20 Note : The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculators. exempted gifts. 1957 and Wealth Tax Rules. Valuation of invaluable property & jewellery computation of Net Wealth. time limit for filing the return. 3. Regulatory framework—An overview of Gift Tax Act. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 211 INCOME TAX-PROCEDURE & PRACTICE Paper-IV Wealth Tax & Gift Tax—Procedure & Practice Time : 3 Hours Max. exempted assets.B. Filing of Challan for payment of Wealth Tax and Deposit Tax. meaning of assets. 4. Exempted Assets./B. Section-B Gift Tax 1. Gift Tax Authorities. Important Terms and Definition—Donee and doner.

2007.S. Rebate on advance payment of Gift Tax. New Delhi.A. 7. 2.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 6. Ltd.212 B./B. Taxmann Publications Pvt. V. Datey. Taxmann Allied Services (p) Ltd. www.in . References : 1. 2004. 3. Taxmann's Indirect Taxes Law & Practice. Assessment and Lost Assessment procedure.incometaxindia. New Delhi. Taxmann's Indirect Tax Laws As amended by Finance Act..gov. (2006)..

total weightage to the section being 36 marks. All quesitons will be compulsory. The following pattern of setting of quesiton paper shall be observed. 1. A consolidated Report on 'On the Job Training' after Ist year and IInd year shall be prepared by every student and . Nine questions will be set by the examiner and the candidate will be expected to attempt six questions./B. Each question will carry 15 marks.B. 80 80 20 20 2nd Year III (Advertising-II) IV (Personal Selling & Salesmanship) On the Job Training of 4 weeks. written assignments and class-participation. SALES PROMOTIONS AND SALES MANAGEMENT Year Paper Periods per week L T 3 3 3 3 Marks Ext. Each question will carry two marks. Section C : This section will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages. total weightage of this section being 30 marks. The Internal assessment shall be based on periodical tests. 2. Int. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 213 ADVERTISING. 3. The question paper covering the entire course shall be divided into three sections as follows : Section A : This section will consist of 7 very short answer type questions with answer to each question upto 5 lines.Sc. Each question will carry six marks. Section B : This section will consist of short answer type quesitons with answer to each question upto two pages.A. total weightage to this section being 14 marks. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be expected to attempt two questions.

A. . the training report is rated as unsatisfactory./B. the candidate shall have to submit it again incorporating the changes suggested by the examiner.214 B. The consolidated Report will be evaluated by the external examiner and shall be given the grades as follows: O A B C D Outstanding Very Good Good Average Unsatisfactory In case.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) must be submitted in the college concerned upto September 30th. within one month from the date of intimation to the candidate by the concerned college.

Sc. Problems of reaching rural audience and markets.A.Media scheduling. . Pamphlets. other Media (Direct Mail outdoor media). . Functions. merits and limitations.Advertising Department. Pre-testing and post-testing. Part-I .III Advertising -II Time : 3 Hours Max. Its functions and organisation. Methods of measuring advertising effectiveness. Importance and difficulties. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 215 ADVERTISING.Regulation of advertising in India. . Sales effects.Selection of Media category.Audio Visuals. Television. Misleading and deceptive advertising and false claims. posters and brouchures). Their reach. Cost and other factors influencing the choice of media. . Exhibitions and mela. Communication effect. Their organisation patterns.Advertising Media.Print Media (News Paper and Magazines. . Agency commission and fee. electronic media (Radio./B. Their role and importance in advertising. Part-II .Evaluation of advertising effectiveness. Types of Media. Cassettes). SALES PROMOTIONS AND SALES MANAGEMENT Paper . their characteristics.Media Planning . .B.Advertising agencies. Press Conference. Marks : (External) : 80 Internal : 20 Note : The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculators. Suggested Reading : Same as for paper-2 (relevant chapters). Media scene in India. Selection of advertising agency. frequency and impact.

daily and preiodical reports. .Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) ADVERTISING. . cash memo.216 B.Selling as a career. .Distribution network-relationship. Types of selling situations.Process of effective selling : Prospecting. Types of sales persons. presentation and demonstration.Qualities of the successful sales person with particular reference to consumer services. Cost of personal selling. approach. Door to door selling situation where personal selling is more effective than advertising./B. advantages and difficulties. Pre-approach. Consumer and Industrial markets. handling and objections.Other problems in selling. order desk. Measures for making selling an attractive career. . sale manual.A.IV Time : 3 Hours Max.Buying motives. Closing and sale post-sale activities. .Reports and documents. Part-II . .Nature and Importance of personal selling. Types of markets. their characteristics and implications for the selling function. . Marks : (External : 80 Internal : 20 Note : The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculators. Cost of advertising Vs. Personal Selling and Salesmanship Part-I .AID A model of selling. SALES PROMOTIONS AND SALES MANAGEMENT Paper . . tour dairy.

PHI 5th Ed. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 217 A. G. Setting Today Building Quality Partnerships. & B. Strategies & Cases. Reece. Manning. 2002. 2000. Tentative Suggested Readings : 1.. Edward N.L. Govoni. . 2. PHI. Sales Management : Decisions. Still.L.B.A. Richard R. Gndiff and Norman A..P./B.Sc.

genetic code. Max. organization of DNA in chromosome in Pro/Eukaryotes.A. mRNA transport control. total weightage being 12 marks. The maximum length of answer can be about 1/3 of a page. Maximum length of answer can be upto 5 pages./B. total weightage being 8 marks. types of DNA. Unit-I Prokarayotic and Eukaryotic genome : Structre and composition of DNA/RNA. Level of gene expression : Transcription control. splicing of RNA. mRNA and protein degradation control. Two questions to be attempted. RNA processing control. Section-B : This section will comprise of 8 questions. Gene regulation in development and expression. mRNA translation control. Five questions to be attempted and maximum length of answer can be upto two pages. Unique and repetitive sequences. total weightage being 20 marks. Unit-II Gene expression and regulation : Overview of gene transcription. . Two from each unit. Each question will carry 6 marks.218 B. Each question will carry four marks. All questions are compulsory. Section-C : This section will comprise of four essay type questions.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) BIOINFORMATICS (Vocational) Paper-A Basic Bioinformatics Time : 2 Hrs. Marks : 40 Note for the paper setters/examiners : Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows: Section A : 8 very short answer questions are to be set. translation. Heterochromatin/Euchromatin. Each question will carry one mark.

2. Brooker. 4.L. PCR. D.Sc. W. Unit-V Introduction to Biological databases. Introduction to Bioinformatics. . Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 219 Unit-III Basic molecular biology. Baltimore. restriction digestion.D. Pevzner./B.H. Freemen and Company. List of Books : 1. (2003). Darnel.N.. John Wiley and Sons. Genome sequencing methods and analysis. Genetic Analysis and Principles. EMBL nucelotide sequence databank.A. Y. R. Zipursky. Singal peptide databank. Addison Wisely Longman. S. USA (2000). comparative genomics: definition and applications. Other bioinformatics resoruces in the NET. Pharmacogenomics and population genomics : Principle and methods.Y. Human genome sequencing project. J. Entry and retrieval of data from public databases. Berk A. AIDS virus sequence databank etc. N. Unit-IV Proteomics. J. Bioinformatics: A practical guide to the analysis of Gene and Proteins (2nd Edition) 2001. Baxevanis A. Molecular Cell Biology. Basic concept and analysis. Lodish H.J. 3. Protein sequence databases : Swiss prot. Evolution of genome and basic phycogenetics Genetic engineering and transgenic organisms.B. cloning etc. (2001). Functional genomics.

Memory Hierarchy. Web Technology and Networking Time : 2 Hrs. total weightage being 12 marks. The maximum length of answer can be about 1/3 of a page. Minicomputers. Storage Devices. power. Bus Systems. Unit-I Introduction to computer. VLSI). total weightage being 8 marks. Five questions to be attempted and maximum length of answer can be upto two pages. All questions are compulsory. Each question will carry one mark. Number Systems and Digital Circuits. Memory Chips (ROM. Max. Personal Computers. Marks : 40 Note for the paper setters/examiners : Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows: Section A : 8 very short answer questions are to be set. Section-B : This section will comprise of 8 questions. Each question will carry four marks. I/O Devices. Generation of computers (I. Unit-II Digital Circuits and Computer Architecture: Transistors— and Integrated Circuits (LSI. V). Maximum length of answer can be upto 5 pages. Two questions to be attempted. . RAM. Mainframes.A./B. Microprocessor. Moore's Law. Computer Organization and Architecture.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) BIOINFORMATICS (Vocational) Paper-B Fundamentals of Computers. DRAM). Classification of computers (Notebook. Workstation. Operation of processor. size-then and now.220 B. Section-C : This section will comprise of four essay type questions. ALU. cost. II. Microcomputers Supercomputers)—comparison with memory. total weightage being 20 marks. Two from each unit. IV. Each question will carry 6 marks. III. History of Computers: Evolution.

header and footers. Margins. online view. bridges. Copy move and replace the text. text alignment. Page break. MS-Excel : Introduction. applying formula. Protocols. saving and printing a slide show. Unit-V Loading Linux on a PC. email server and proxy server. The Internet and Intranet. opening and printing a worksheet. Mail Merge. Enhancing Text by using bullets. Introduction to parts of window (title bar. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 221 Unit-III MS-Word : Introduction to word. Exploring Power Point Menu: opening and closing menu. saving and printing a document.Sc. status bar). opening. starting a slide show. Multimedia Application. title. adding text. Wireless LAN and Mobile Computing. copying formula. Creating. Creation and Manipulation of tables. Java Script and Dynamic Web Pages. fonts style. spell checking. Power point Elements. Editing a document. statistical functional and date functions. effect and color. cell addressing. Unit-IV Network Architectures-Layered protocols-local area networks. Setting network on Linux machine. Displaying slide show and adding multimedia. text formatting. adding data in worksheet. various. launching various services like web server. opening. sorter view. Ranges and different type of ranges. charts. Routers and structured cabling. Computer Network Security. Page Setup. format of electronic worksheet. ruler. . WWW. e-Commerce and mCommerce.A. Computer Networks: Network communication infrastructure. Formatting Text. saving. font size. notes view. Web Technology : HTML and Web pages. Views: Slide view./B. tool bar.B. Line spacing. working with dialog box. MS-Powerpoint: Introduction. Repeaters. mathematical function. Gutters. menu bar. Moving and resizing text.

(2001). * Sinha P. Introduction to Computing Fundamental. 3rd Edition (2003). Dinesh Publishers. Introduction to Computer Programming with Visual Basic 6. BPB Publication. PC Computing Window Based computer system. Expolring Microsoft Office 2003 (Volume I). New Jersey.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Recommended Books : MS Office Kapila H. HTML Complete. New Jersey. * * * * * . (2001). * Grauer B. (2002).K. McGraw Hill Education./B. Bayross I. Ray. Jalandhar. BPB Publication.0. Sybex Inc. (2003). Prentice Hall.222 B. New Delhi. Eric J.A. New Delhi. Alka (1999). Prentice Hall Publications. New Delhi. Programming in Visual Basic 6. (2005). Fundamental of Computers. Ray (2002) Mastering HTML and XHTML. HTML and Visual Basic * Harriger R. Sybex Inc. Computing Fundamentals Norton's P. Deborah S.

Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 223 BIOINFORMATICS (Vocational) Paper-C Introduction to Database Management System Time : 2 Hrs. Need of further Normalization. Implication of database approach. BCNF. Maximum length of answer can be upto 5 pages. Two from each unit. General Definition of 2nd and 3rd Normal Forms. Unit-II Database Design: Informal Design guidelines for relation Schemes. Marks : 40 Note for the paper setters/examiners : Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows: Section A : 8 very short answer questions are to be set. total weightage being 12 marks.A. total weightage being 8 marks. Two questions to be attempted. Each question will carry 6 marks. Classification of DBMS. Functional Dependencies.B./B. The maximum length of answer can be about 1/3 of a page. Schemes bad Instances. DBMS Architectrue and data independence. Max. Characteristics of Data base approach. All questions are compulsory. Each question will carry four marks. Section-C : This section will comprise of four essay type questions. Intended uses of databases. Section-B : This section will comprise of 8 questions.Sc. database languages. Database System Concepts and Architecture. Database users. Data Models. Five questions to be attempted and maximum length of answer can be upto two pages. total weightage being 20 marks. Each question will carry one mark. . Unit-I Introduction. Normal forms based on primary keys.

224 B. The relational Model. Transactional Databases etc. Data Mining on relational databases. Quries in SQL. Data Mining and KDD.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Unit-III Data Modeling using ER diagram. Data Mining on Biological data. Introduction to Relational Algebra. Morgan Kaufmann Publisher. Recommended Books: 1. Evolution Analysis. Views SQL. Data Mining Concepts and Techniques-Jiawei Han. . Classification and Prediction. Association Analysis. Micheline Kamber. Data Warehouses. Data Mining Functionalities. Pattern Minning. Data Definition in SQL. Update statement in SQL. Relational Model Concepts./B. Fundamentals of Database Systems by Elmasari and Navathe. 2001. Prentice Hall (India). Unit-V Data Mining. Notation for ER Diagrams.A. 2001. 2. Simple programs in PL/ SQL. Unit-IV SQL: Introduction. ER Model Concepts. Cluster Analysis. Relational Model Constraints. Definition.

Table handling Mail Merge. pagebreak. presentation.B. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 225 BIOINFORMATICS (Vocational) Paper-D Lab in Database Management System & Computer Fundamentals. Practical based on page setup. SQL etc. MS-POWERPOINT 1.. To develop formulas. open. 2. To insert pictures and sound file to slide. footer. open. To add headers. This should be taken up during summer vacations over a period of one month in Bioinformatics/Computer. To create. Slide Transition. To add numeric as well as character data in a cell. close worksheet. 2. Max. 4. 3. Web Technology Time : 6 Hrs./B. To create. .A. Paper-E On Job Training Time : 2 Hrs. modify charts. Concept of slide. close a document and toolbars operations. * Exercises to understand RDBMS: Oracle. MS-EXCEL 1. Marks : 80 Practical MS-WORD 1. print a document. * Installation of LINUX * Basic Exercises on HTML.Sc. 2. custom animation. 3. Usage of important Commands/instructions.

geological time scale and fossilization. Cycas. Unit II 3. reproduction and life cycle of Pinus. Morphology of vegetative and reproductive parts. Distinguishing features of angiosperms and gymnosperms. The remaining 8 questions will include two questions from each unit.226 B. Marks Theory : 75 Practical : 25 Total : 100 Unit I 1. Angiosperms : Origin and evolution. stem and leaf. Max. All question including Question No. 1 will be compulsory and will be of short answer-type (3-4 lines). phytochemistry and taximetrics to taxonomy. Candidates will be required to attempt 1 question from each of the 4 units. anatomy of root. . General features of gymnosperms and their classification. Some examples of primitive angiosperms. evolution and diversity of gymnosperms including fossil and living gymnosperms.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) BOTANY Distribution of Marks and Time Paper-A 75 Marks 3 Hrs. Practical-B 25 Marks 3 Hrs. 4. Question No. 1 will have equal marks. Paper-B 75 Marks 3 Hrs. No multiple choice questions./B. Unit III 5. answer of one-word answer type be set. Major contribution of cytology. Instructions for the paper setters: There will be a total of nine questions. Characteristics of seed plants. Epherda and Ginkgo. Paper-A Diversity of Seed Plants and Their Systematics Time : 3 Hrs. Practical-A 25 Marks 3 Hrs. evolution of the seed habit.A. 2.

P. questions pertaining to these may be asked in the theory examination. Fabaceae. Diversity of flowering plants as illustrated by members of the families Ranuculaceae.Sc.. Liliaceae and Poaceae. 2. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 227 6. . New York. Principles of Angiosperm Taxonomy. Oliver and Boyd. Note for teachers The students should be made familiar with the families listed at Serial No. Engler and Prantl. Euphorbiaceae. Jeffrey. An Introduction to Plant Taxonomy. 9 only in the practical classes with representative species or any other that may be available locally. Classification of angiosperms. C. A. London. 1963. holotaxonomy). 9. 1996. 1988. 1982.. Solanaceae.M. New Delhi. keys. brief history. Acanthaceae. type concept. Rutaceae. Apocynaceae. Gifford. S. salient features of the systems proposed by Bentham and Hooker. However. London. P. and Foster. principle of priority. Suggested Readings 1. Gymnosperms. Morphology and Evolution of Vascular Plants. Asclepiadaceae. See the list for practical classes. 4. 3. Angiosperm taxonomy. identification.H. E. omega-taxonomy. 7. Davis.A. Apiaceae. Taxonomic literature. A. Unit IV 8. V. Chenopodiaceae.B.H. and Moitra./B. Brassicaceae. Instead. Lamiaceae. W. Botanical nomenclature : taxonomic ranks. the students should be asked to prepare field reports. Freeman & Company. aims and fundamental components (alpha-taxonomy.S. Bhatnagar. New Age Internationl Limited.H. The teachers should prevent students from collecting plants from the wild and submitting them for the practical examination. and Heywood.

Lamiaceae : Ocimum. Ranunculaceae : Ranunculus. 5. Alyssum. (Publishers) Ltd. Nerium. Caesalpinioideae : Cassia. New York. 6. Thevetia. Coronopus. Malvaceae : Hibiscus. Datura. Plant Systematics : Theory and Practice. 3. 11. London. Peristrophe.B. 1986. 9. Solanaceae : Solanum. Ltd. Abutilon..E. Anethum. Harper and Row. S. Citrus. Rutaceae : Murraya. A. Mimosa.228 B. Melilotus. Suggested Laboratory Exercises Angiosperms The following species are suitable for study.. Teachers may select plants available in their locality. A. . Acanthaceae : Adhatoda. Delphinium 2. Singh. The Morphology of Gymnosperms. Caeslpainia. and Luchsinger. 12. Hutchinson & Co. Iberis... Salvia. Plant Systematics (2nd edition). 7. 1986. G. Chenopodiaceae : Chenopodium. Radford. 1965. McGraw-Hill Book Co. Brassicaceae : Brassica. Euphorbiaceae : Euphorbia. 7. 1999. New York.E. 1. Mimosoideae : Prosopis. 6. Asparagus. Withania.. Asclepiadaceae : Calotropis. 8. Oxford and IBH Pvt.R. Apocynaceae : Vinca. This list is only indicative. Aeacia.A. New Delhi./B. Apiaceae : Coriandrum. K. 13. Trigonella. Fundamental of Plant Systematics. Foeniculum. Beta. 14. Fabaceae : Faboideae : Lathyrus. Jr. 8.. Jones. Cajanus. 10.. Sporne. Phyllanthus. Liliaceae : Asphodelus. 4.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 5.

S.).M. stem (T.S. male cone.S. iii) Hand sections/dissections-node (L. ii) Study through permanent slides—normal root (T. male cone (T.).S.S.S. 1st year. pollen grains.S.).). leaflet (V. Pinus i) Habit. T.). ovule (L.). Sorghum. Pollen grains (W. long and dwarf shoot showing cataphylls and scale leaves. Triticum. internode (T.S. ii) Permanent slides-female cone (L. female cone (L. megasporophyll mature seed. and L. Poaceae : Avena.S.).). winged seeds. Gymnosperms Cycas i) Habit. very young leaf (circinate vernation) and old foliage leaves.A. macerated stem to see vessel structure. bulbils. male cone (L. Ephedra i) Habit and structure of whole and female cones.L.) pollen grains (W./B. male cone (T.S.S. wood showing growth rings.).S. old stem (wood) (T.S. iii) Study through hand sections or dissections-young stem (T.S. of leaf bases on the stem (if specimen is not available show photography).).).). .S.S. ii) Study through permanent slides-root (T. iii) Study through hand sections or dissections-coralloid root (T.) showing polycotyledonous condition.). embryo (W.).L. male cone (specimen).). Microsporophyll.B. and R.M. microsporophyll (V.S.) ovule (L. armour.M. sclae leaf. needle (T. epidermal peel mount of vegetative parts to study stomata. 2nd year and 3rd year female cones.Sc.). The students should be made familiar with the use of identification keys including use of computers in taxonomy. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 229 15.). Hordeum Poa. rachis (T.S.S.S.) (if sections are not available show photographs).S.S.

Marks Theory : 75 Practical : 100 Practical : 25 Total : 160 Total : 100 Instructions for Paper Setter : There will be a total of nine questions. . formation of secondary xylem. trees-largest and longest-lived. senescence and abscission. The remaining 8 questions will include two questions from each unit. Development and Reproduction in Flowering Plants Time : 3 Hrs.230 B. Unit-II 3. Question No. Unit-I 1. The basic body plan of a flowering plant-modular type of growth. Diversity in plant form in annuals. branching pattern. secondary phloem-structurefunction relationships. monopodial and sympodial growth. a general account of wood structure in relation to conduction of water and minerals. They will have to attempt five questions in all and all questions will carry equal marks.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) BOTANY Paper-B Structure. cambium and its functions. sapwood and heart wood. formation of internodes. biennials and perennials. 4. Leaf : origin. characteristics of growth rings.A. 2. development. Candidates will be required to attempt one question from each of the four units. However no multiple choice. meristematic and permanent tissue. 1 will be compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines). arrangement and diversity in size and shape. one-word answer type questions shall be set. Hours of Teaching : Theory : 60 Max. Periderm. internal structure in relation to photosynthesis and water loss./B. role of woody skeleton. adaptations to water stress. canopy architecture. The Shoot System : The shoort apical meristem and its histological organization.

double fertilization: formation of seed endosperm and embroy : fruit development and maturation. J. respiration. 7. The Embryology of Angiosperms. S.. Peau. Delhi. and Kestler. unit of genetic recombination with reference to reshuffling of genes and replenishment. differentiation of primary and secondary tissues and their roles. 2000. 1976. structure of anther and pistil. functions. The Benjamin/ Cummings Publishing Company Inc. D.A. ecological adaptation. the male and female gametophytes. 1988. Menlo Park. development and varieties of flower.. 8. economic aspects. Significance of seed : Suspended animation.. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. (sucking and foraging types). S. and Bhatnagar. . H.. Plant Propagation: Principles and Practices. 2. 1977.B. Flower : A modified shoot. 4th revised and enlarged edition. Mauseth.S.Sc.D. Vikas Publishing House. 3rd edition. Hartmann. John Wiley & Sons.E. 6. attractions and rewars for pollinators. K.T. 3. New Delhi. structural modification for storage. pollen-pistu interaction self incompatiability. Vegetative Reproduction : Various methods of vegetative propagation. Anatomy of Seed Plants. New York. 4. dispersal strategies. Bhojwani. reproduction and for interaction with microbes. 3rd edition.. Detailed study and types of grafting and budding. Plant Anatomy. USA. role of environment and hormones in plant development and reproduction should be emphasized. structure. Note for teachers : Wherever required. types of pollination. The Root System : The root apical meristem.P. Suggested Readings 1. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 231 Unit-III 5. California./B. Ltd.

8. traveller's tree (Revenala madagascariensis) and yucca and comparison with true trees as exemplified by conifers and dicotyledons. Study of any commonly occurring dicotyledonous plant (for example Solanum nigrum or Kalanchoe) to the body plan. T. Examination of a wide range of flowers available in the locality and methods of their pollination.H. and Vander Pijl 1979. The Principles of Pollination Biology.. 6. P. Mirabilis. Structure and development of stomata (using epidermal peels of leaf. Trees : Their Natural History. W. Growth rings in wood. Cambridge University Press.. . Internal structure of leaf. Pegeri.F. P.S. Nyctanthus. R. 5th edition. Evert.. Primary and secondary structure. 5. 4. Pergamon Press. Oxford. 2.S. Freeman and Co.. Cambridge. Shoot tip to study the cytohistological zonation and origion of leaf primordia. Boethaevi Helianthus.S. size. banana. Anatomy of the root.A. Structure of secondary phloem and xylem. 1999. Suggested Laboratory Exercises 1. Draceana.H.L. Maize) hand sections (or prepared slides). and R. L. thickness.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 5. 7.L. New York. Biology of Plants. Worth Publishers. and Eichhorn. Field study of diversity in leaf shape.S.232 B. S. Monopodial and sympodial types of branching in stems (especially rhizomes)./B. 6. Microscopic study of wood in T. 7.E. Study of tree-like habit in cycads. surface properties. K. Anatomy of primary and secondary growth in monocots and dicots using free hand razor technique (Solanum.. Life forms exhibited by flowering plants (by a visit to a forest or a garden. 2000. bamboo. Thomas. 3. Raven. organography and modular type of growth.

salix. Germination of non-dormant and dormant seeds. The Embryology of Angiosperms (4th revised and enlarged edition).Sc. Simple experiments to show vegetative propagation (leaf cuttings in Bryophyllum. Embryo development in monocots and dicots (using permanent slides/dissections).D. and Sussex. Bhojwani. Begonia. Plant Anatomy. 2000. S.. Structure of ovule and embryo sac development using serial sections) from permanent slides. Inc. S. Pollen viability using in vitro pollen germination.. New York.H./B.M. Suggested Readings (for laboratory exercises) 1. .S. Worth Publishers. Sugarcane and Bougainvillea). Raven. Mehlo Park. Mauseth. Nuclear and cellular endosperm. California. 1988. P. P. Sansevieria. 13. Cambridge.. New Delhi. 1989.A. USA. 2. 11.B. T.E.. stem cuttings in rose. J. Structure of anther. Cambridge University Press. and Bhatnagar. microsperogenesis (using slides) and pollen grains (using whole mounts). Steeves. Vikas Publishing House.. Evert. The Benjamin/ Cumminas Publishing Co. 4. and Eichhorn. I. money plant. 12.. 3. Patterns in Plant Development (2nd Edition). Biology of Plants (5th Edition). Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 233 9. 10.A. R.F.. 1992.

Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) ZOOLOGY Paper Maximum Hours or Examination Marks Equivalent duration periods hr.A.234 B./B. per week 75 75 3 Hours 3 Hours 2¼ Hours 2¼ Hours 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 Hours Paper A* Paper B** Practical-I 25 (related to Paper-A) Practical-II 25 (related to Paper-B) *Paper-A : Evolution & Biodiversity-III (Chordates) Section-I Section-II Section-I Section-II Evolution Biodiversity-III (Chordates) Biochemistry Animal Physiology **Paper-B : Biochemistry & Animal Physiology .

.Type study-Uromastix. .External Characters of Petromyzon & affinities of Cyclostomata .Origin & Parental Care. Migration & Parental Care. Cephalochordata-Type study-Amphioxus. Poisonous and non-Poisonous Snakes.Type study-Labeo. .Origin. . . Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 235 ZOOLOGY Paper-A Evolution & Biodiversity-III (Chordates) Examination Time : 3 hrs.A. — Theories of organic evolution.B. — Origin of life. Section-I Evolution — Concepts and evidences of organic evolution. — Concepts and Species. .Sc.Urochordata-Type study-Herdmania.Type study-Frog. — Concepts of micro. Origin & Extinct reptiles. poison apparatus. — Fossils and evolutionary rate./B. Scales & fins. Maximum Marks : 75 Section-II Biodiversity-III (Chordates) Chordates Prochordates Cyclostomata Pisces Amphibia Reptilia . — Evolution of man. macro and mega-evlution.

Acipenser. Triton. Pyrosoma.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Aves Mammals . Hemidactylus (wall lizared). Necturus. Flight adaptation & Bird migration. : Chelone (turtle) and Testudo (tortoise). Oikopleura & Amphioxus : Myxine. Pristis (saw fish).Type study-Rat Adaptive radiation. Python. Muraena. : Ardea. Amblystoma its Axoloti Larva. Diodon. Syngathus. Hyla. Hydrus. Vipera. Pavo. Draco. Varanus. Eudynamis and Casuarius. Doliolum. Eryx. Characteristics of vertebrata and its groups Classification of the animals up to orders relating to the following groups along with brief ecological notes of the following: Prochordates : Herdmania. Catla. Crocodilus. Rhacophorus.236 B. Salamandra. . Tetradon. Alcedo. Mystus. Bungarus.Typhlops. Milvus. : Uraeotyphlus./B. : Polypterus. Tyto. Gavialis and Alligator. Rhinobatus and Chimaera (rabbit fish). Naja. Trygon. Echeneis and Solea. Dentition.A. Anabas. Cyclostomata Chondricthyes Actinopterygii Dipneusti (Dipnoi) : Protopterus (lung fish) Amphibia Reptilia Aves . Exocoetus. Lepidosteus. Calotes. Phrynosoma.Type study-Pigeon. : Zygaena (hammer head shark). Salpa. Petromyzon & Ammocoetus larva. Amphiuma. Chamaeleon. Narcine (electric ray). Hippocampus. Molgula.

/B. 1 is compulsory consisting of short/multiple answer type questions covering the whole syllabus. Echidna. Canis. the fourth can be attempted from either of the section. the Questions can have sub-parts. Macaca. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 237 Mammalia : Ornithorhynchus.Question No. .Nine questions are to be set in all. Pterous. Mains (scaly ant eater) Hystrix (porcupine). Note for the paper setters : . Funambulus (squirrel).In all. It will have 10 parts of 1½ marks each. at least one from section-I and two from section-II. Macropus (kangaroo). Instructions for the students : . Panthera. Five questions are to be attempted including compulsory one. . Herpestes (mongoose). . .Three Questions from Section-I & Five questions/long answers are to be set from section-II. Capra. Loris.Four questions/long answers are to be attempted.A. Didelphis.B.Sc.

Lipids and nucleic acids : their classifications and functions.238 B. : Origin and regulation of heart beat. Section-II Animal Physiology Digestion : Digestion of dietary constituents. the hexose monophosphate shunt. Enzymes : Nature. extra and intra cellular digestion. Blood groups including Rh factor. transamination and decarboxylation. haemopoiesis and haemostasis. Parnas Pathway (glycolysis) the tricarboxylic acid cycle. Lipid metabolism : β-Oxidation of fatty acids. rate of glycerol and gluconeogenesis. interaction of carbohydrates and lipids. enzymatic digestion and symbiotic digestion. fluid pressure Maximum Marks : 75 - - Blood Heart . Molecular structure and function of haemoglobin.A. their classification and coenzymes.Biochemistry and its scope. Carbohydrates metabolism : The Embden Meyerhoff. hydrolysis of proteins and ornithine cycle). Protein metabolism : Protein metabolism of amino acids (oxidative deamination. Carbohydrates. cardiac cycle. regulation of digestive processes and absorption. Types of nutrition./B. lipogensis in tissues. Section-I Biochemistry . glycogensis and glycogenolysis. proteins. ketosis. electrocardiogram. : Composition and functions of blood and lymph.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) ZOOLOGY Paper-B Biochemistry & Animal Physiology Examination Time : 3 hrs. feeding mechanisms. cardiac output. blood clotting.

Nine questions are to be set in all. chemical and physiological basis of skeletal muscle contraction. pituitary. origin and propagation of impulse along the axon. integration synapse and myoneural function. resting membrane potential. : Ultrastructure. instinctive and motivate learning of Behavior and reasoning Endocrine : Structure and physiology of thyroid. Oxygen dissociation curve of haemoglobin. chloride (-) shift.Four questions/long answers are to be attempted. . Note for the paper setters : . Excretion Muscles : Urine formation and osmoregulation. hypothalamus./B. Bohr effect. Neural : Structure of neuron. the Questions can have sub-parts. Physiology : Taxes and reflexes. adrenal. Five questions are to be attempted including compulsory one.B. pancreas and gonads. Respiration : Transport of O2 and CO2.Sc.Question No.A. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 239 and flow pressure in closed and open circulatory systems. parathyroid. Three questions from Section-I and Five Questions/long answers are to be set from section-II. In all. It will have 10 parts of 1½ marks each. Haldane effect and control of breathing. 1 is compulsory consisting of short/multiple answer type questions covering the whole syllabus. blood pressure and micro-circulation. Instructions for the students : . the fourth can be attempted from either of the section. at least one from section I and two from section II. .

Guyton. R. Anmol Publication Pvt.K. A. Evolution W.K. Principles of Biochemistry. 4. Dobzhansky.. T. 7th Edition. Mayes Daryl.. 9. Wiley Eastern Ltd.S. 1981. H.. Worth Publishers... P. Ayala.S. II (Vertebrates).H..J. 3.. 2.B. Prentice Hall International Inc. Biochemistry & Animal Physiology.H. W.A. New Delhi. Evolution of Vertebrates. 6. 1993. Ltd. 7.. 1989. Lehninger. Taneja. 8. Saunders Company.. 5. Vol. Robert.A. Woodwell. Victor. W. Inc. . Chand & Co.. 1952.. Text Book of Zoology. 1998. Bhamarah. Freeman. Trueman Book Co. 1994. Parker. Vertebrates. Colbert.. II Edition. W. K. 1997. Dhami. S. 1990. 2000. Stebbins & Valentine. Juneka K. & Dhami J. K./B. Cytogenetics & Evolution. Granner. and Haswell. Harper's Biochemistry. E. Text Book of Medical Physiology.. Murray..Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Suggested Readings 1. USA.. A..240 B. 22nd Edition. ELBS and Macmillian Press Ltd.S.

Funambulus. Molgula. Macropus. Salamandra. Typhlops. Draco./B. habitat. Diodon.A. Naja. Hystrix. Actinoptergii : Polypterus. Rhinobatus and Chimaera (rabbit fish). Loris. Vipera. Petromyzon & Ammocoetes Larva. Cephalochordata : Amphioxus. Varanus. Trygon. Anas. . Panthera. Mammalia : Ornithorynchus. Eryx. Necturus. Gavialis. Eudynamics. Tetradon. Rhycophorus Reptila : Hemidactylus. Cyclostomata : Myxine. Bungarus. Lepidosteus. Hyla. Acipenser. Hippocampus.B. Classification up to order level. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 241 Practical-I (Related to Paper A) Maximum Marks : 25 Examination Time : 3 hrs. except in case of Pisces and Aves where classification up to subclass level. habits. Hydrus. Pavo. Amphiuma. Muraena. Syngnathus. Dipneusti (Dipnoi) : Protopterus (african lung fish) Amphibia : Uraeotyphlus. Pteropus. Doliolum. Echidna. Chelone (turtle) and Testudo (tortoise) Aves : Casuarius. Crocodilus. Amblystoma and its Axolotl Larva. Chamaeleon. Pyrosoma. Manis. Phrynosoma. Didelphis. Macaca. Echeneis and Solea. Ptyas. Catla. 1. Capra. external characters and economic importance (if any) of the following animals is required : Urochordata : Herdmania. Mystus. Ardea. Anabas. Tyto and Alcedo. Chondrinchthyes : Zygaena (hammer head shark). Triton.Sc. Narcine (electric ray). Herpestes. Pristis (saw fish). Salpa & Oikopleura. Exocoetus. Calotes. Python. Canis. Milvus.

A. venous and urino-genital systems. (2x5=10) Viva-Voce+Note Book (4+1=5) 2. 3. afferent and branchia arteries. Write short note on habitat. blood smear of mammal. . Chick White Rat Make temporary preparations of the following : Temporary preparation of Spicules of Herdmania. Show the preparation to the Examiner.Digestive./B. : . Make labeled sketch of the dissection and demonstrate the same to the Examiner. Examine and dissect the following animals : Herdmania : . venous and urino-genital systems. 4. : .Digestive. feeding habits and economic importance of speciman. Permanent preparation of whole amount of Pharynx of Herdmania and Amphioxus.Digestive and reproductive systems. (6) Make temporary mount of the material A. Identify and make labeled sketch. cranial nerves and internal ear. arterial. heart. Dissect the animal provides so as to expose its-------system. Cycloid scales of Labeo. special features of G & H.242 B.General anatomy Labeo : . Guidelines for conduct of Practical-I Examination 1. (4) Identify and classify the specimens B to F upto orders.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 2. arterial.

6. Viva-voce+Note Book (4+1)=5 1. Study of the skeletal of Rana (frog). 4. denaturation by pH and temperature. 10. 9. Determination of blood groups of human blood sample. Demonstration of osmosis and diffusion. Demonstrate the presence of amylase in saliva. Spicules & Pharynx of Herdmania & Pharynx of Amphioxus. Histology of rat/rabbit (compound tissues) 3. write the procedure and show it to the examiner. 8. Amphioxus through various regions. chloride. (5) 3. Study of the following prepared slides : T.B./B. Minor experiment of Physiology such as blood groups determination/identification of some food stuffs/presence of chloride or glucose in urine etc. Gallus and Oryctolagus (Rabbit). Perform the given physiology experiment. Guidelines for conduct of Practical-II Examination 1.A. Familiarity with the local vertebrate fauna. Identify the given bones A & B. Field study : Visit to a fossil Park/Lab. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 243 ZOOLOGY Practical-II (Related to Paper-B) Maximum Marks : 25 Examination Time : 3 hrs.S. glucose and uric acid. proteins and fats in solution. (5) 4. Analysis of urine for urea. glucose. Make labeled sketches of their respective—views (6) 2.Sc. Identify the slides C & D giving two reasons for each identification. 5. 2. Identification of food stuffs: starch. Estimation of haemoglobin content. Determination coagulation and bleeding time of blood in man/ rat/rabbit. (4) 5. Varanus. Scoliodon. Recording of blood pressure of man. . 7.

bread. Candidates will be required to attempt one question from each of the four units. yeasts and molds. dahi. canned foods. asepsis. anaerobic conditions. aseptic packaging. meat and meat products. sources of contamination in Foods. Microorganisms important in food microbiology-bacteria. chemical preservatives. 1 will be compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines). low temperature. Question No. The remaining 8 questions will include two questions from each unit. high temperature. idli. dhokla. Food poisoning and food infection. Clostridium and Salmonella intoxications.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) MICROBIAL & FOOD TECHNOLOGY Paper-A Basic Food Mircobiology Time: 3 Hours Instructions for Paper Setter : There will be a total of nine questions. cereal and cereal products. Unit-I Food as a substrate for microorganisms. dosa. Unit-III Principles of food preservation and spoilage. etc. Unit-II Fermented foods. However no multiple choice one-word answer type questions shall be set.244 B. origin of fermentation as a method of preparing indigenous foods. staphylococcal.A. intrinsic and extrinsic factors affecting the growth of various microorganisms in foods. They will have to attempt five questions in all and all questions will carry equal marks. preservation methods. Max./B. drying. Marks : 75 . vegetable and fruits. Unit-IV Spoilage of various milk and milk products.

and Westhoff. 1987. New Delhi.A. G./B. C.B.B. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.C. and Dagniwals. * Banwart.Sc. 1992. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 245 Books Recommended * Frazier. H.F. Volume II. W. New Delhi. Food Microbiology.C.. Ltd. 1978. * Power. D. Himalaya Publishing House. CBS Publishers and Distributions... .J. Basic Food Microbiology. General Microbiology. New Delhi.

Uuit-I Introduction to Nutrition Food as a source of nutrients. They will have to attempt five questions in all and all questions will carry equal marks.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) MICROBIAL & FOOD TECHNOLOGY Paper-B Principles of Food Nutrition Time: 3 Hours Instructions for Paper Setter : There will be a total of nine questions. Concept or Blanced diet. Vitamins & Minerals : Sources./B. metabolism & functions of carbohydrates. Unit-II Food Chemistry Composition. Functions & deficiency. Energy requirement or the body. Question No. Food guide—Basic five food groups. Planning normal diets for following age groups : Max. Requirement. proteins & fate. Marks : 75 . Bioavailability.A. Candidates will be required to attempt one question from each of the four units. water-balance. 1 will be compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines). functions. functions of foods.246 B. Unit-III Meal Planning Bais principles of meal planning objectives Steps in meal planning food cost. However no multiple choice one-word answer type questions shall be set. effects of deficiency. Water : Sources. Malnutrition. The remaining 8 questions will include two questions from each unit.

Meyer L.B./B. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 247 Adult male & female Pregnancy & weaning Infancy & school going Adolescence Old age Unit-IV Therapeutic diets In following conditions : a) Diarrhea b) Hypertension c) Constipation d) Fever Recommended Books Swaminathan M. Swaminathan M.H. Bangalore Printing & Publishing Ltd.A. Food Chemistry.Sc. Vol.II. Essentials of Food & Nutrition. CBS Publishers & Distributors a) b) c) d) e) . Vol. Bangalore Printing & Publishing Ltd. Essentials of Food & Nutrition. I.

Preparation & Calculation of calories. carboydrates. 5.A. fats. . fats & fiber of the diets for the following age groups : a) b) c) d) e) Adult male & female Pregnancy & weaning Infancy & school going Adolescence Old age 3. To study microbiological quality of raw milk. To isolate & recognize the microorganisms responsible for the fermentation of yoghurt. To prepare the fermented food sauerkraut & study its microbiology & spoilage characteristics. raw milk. 2.248 B. Marks : 50 1. 6. Preparation & calculation of calories. proteings. 7. a) b) c) d) Diarrhea Hypertension Constipation Fever 4. To examine the micro flora of various foods like bread. fruits & cereals.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) MICROBIAL & FOOD TECHNOLOGY Practical-II Time: 4 Hours Max. carbohydrates & fiber of therapeutic diets in the following conditions. 8./B. pasteurized milk & dry milk by methylene blue reduction test & standard plate count. Determination of calorific value of a given food. cheese. To determine & compare the effect of deep freezing & refrigeration on the viability of microorganisms. proteins.

entrophy. They will have to attempt five questions in all and all questions will carry equal marks. passive transport. metabolism of starch & cellulose by bacteria. Pathways. for synthsis of purine and pyrimidine 2. oxidative phosphorylation. 1. for breakdown of glucose (glycolysis.A. The remaining 8 questions will include two questions from each unit. . Electron transport. pentose phosphate pathways).Sc. diffusion and group translocation for the transport of nutrients across the membrane. Candidates will be required to attempt one question from each of the four units. active transport. Unit-III Growth and metabolism. 4. Nutrients and accessory constituents. 3. Marks : 75 There will be a total of nine questions. respiratory chains of bacteria. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 249 MICROBIOLOGY (Vocational) Paper-A Microbial Nutrition and Metabolism Time : 3 Hours Instructions for Paper Setter : Max. Unit-IV Laws of thermodynamics. requirements for growth of Microorganisms. Question No. enthalpy and free energy of reaction standard. assimilation of nitrogen energy metabolism in aerobic and anaerobic microorganisms. Unit-II Transport of nutrients across the cell membrane. medium designing. Unit-I Nutrition. catabolism and energy. However no multiple choice one-word answer type questions shall be set. Kreb's cycle fermentation. Biosynthesis of nucleic acids. 1 will be compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines)./B.B. gluconeogenesis.

Publishers. Ltd.C. kinetics. New Delhi. R.. 4. N. Wheelis.B. Microbiology.P. Himalaya Publishing House.F. Power.250 B.. Pleczar. Chan..1997.D. Stanier. New Delhi./B. M. Books Recommended 1.Y. General Microbiology. Microbiology.R. E.A. Meerut. 3.. .S. 2.1992. Rastogi Publications.J. P. Ingraham.R. Sharma. General Microbiology Volume I and II. MacMillan Education Ltd. Michaelis Menten equation and allosteric enzymes..L.L. H.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) nucleotides. 1993. Krieg..1986. M. C.. J. and Painter. Enzymes. and Dangniwala. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.

ecological consequences of microbial toxins as insectical agents. The remaining 8 questions will include two questions from each unit. commensalism. However no multiple choice one-word answer type questions shall be set. symbiosis. microbial toxins in the enviornment: Types of Microbial toxins. 3.A. Marks : 75 Instructions for Paper Setter : There will be a total of nine questions. Question No 1 will be compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines). 4. secondary and tertiary methods. parasitism miscellaneous associations in nature./B. Unit-IV Microbiological aspects of pollution caused by domestic and industrial sewages. Candidates will be required to attempt one question from each of the four units. Unit-II Microbial interactions. antagonism. Unit-I Diversity of microbial habitats : Environmental selecting factors. Unit-III Role of microorganisms in geochemicals cycles : Carbon cycle. physical.B. atmospheric. effluent treatment by primary. air pollution. They will have to attempt five questions in all and all questions will carry equal marks. space. potable and non-potable water. chemical and biological types of microbial habitats. aquatic and terrestrial environments. phosphorus cycle. biofertilizers bioinsecticides. 1. oxygen). water pollution. Competition for survival in nature (for nutrients. nitrogen cycle.Sc. Sulphur cycle. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 251 MICROBIOLOGY (Vocational) Paper-B Microbial Ecology Time : 3 Hours Max. 2. concept of BOD and COD. . bioinsecticides.

5. . and Krieg N.. Patel. H. 1997. Rastogi Publication.. 2.S.D./B. 1992. Inc. Macmillan India Ltd.J. P. New Delhi... Delhi.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Books Recommended 1. General Microbiology.. Microbiology.B. New Delhi. Ltd. E. 1984. and Danginwala. 4. Microbiology. Himalaya Publishing House. 1978. M.C. MacMillan Publishing Co. New York. A. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.R.H. Sharma. Industrial Microbiology... Volume II.. Chan. 3.252 B. Microbiology : An environmental perspective.F.. Powar C.A. Meerut.. 1993. Pleczar. P. Edmonds..

Marks : 50 1. 9. Effects of various concentrations of carbon source on microbial growth. 3. Determination of bacteriological quality of drinking water. Effect of pH on microbial growth. Isolation and enumeration of total bacteria from soil by pour plating and spread plating. Isolation and enumeration of fungi from soil and air.A. Effects of various concentrations of nitrogen source on microbial growth. 5.Sc. 2. Isolation of yeasts from fermented foods. Determination of dissolved oxygen in water sample. 7./B. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 253 MICROBIOLOGY (Vocational) Practicals-II Time : 4 Hours Max. . 10. Isolation of symbiotic and non-symbiotic nitrogen fixing bacteria. Effect of temperature on microbial growth. 12. 8. Determination of COD in water sample. 4. 11.B. Distinction between fermenting and non-fermenting microorganisms. 6.

one-word answer type questions shall be set. passive and active transport.254 B. Unit-I Brief account of forms (viz. enthalpy and free energy of reaction standard Redox potential. Calvin Cycle. 1 will be compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines). The remaining 8 questions will include two questions from each unit. role of ionophores. Candidates will be required to attempt one question from each of the four units. nucleus ribosome) and their function in microbes. buffers. plasmolysis. biochemical factors regulating the transport. Laws of thermodynamics. Unit-II Structural properties of membranes./B. oxygenic/non oxygenic reaction centres. However no multiple choice. hydrolysis of energy rich intermediates and ATP.A. electron transport. exchange. pH homeostasis. Question No. Unit-III Photosynthetic microbes. salient properties of water as biological solvent. (dark reaction).Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY (Vocational) Paper-A Microbial Physiology Time : 3 Hours Max. osmosis. phospheonol carboxylase photorespiration and it's . group translocation across membrane. Transport across cell membrane diffusion.cell wall. entropy. photophosphorylation. gaseous. Marks : 75 Instructions for Paper Setter : There will be a total of nine questions. Respiratory electron transport and protonpump chemiosmotic theory. cell membrane. Oxidative phosphorylation (ATP synthesis). They will have to attempt five questions in all and all questions will carry equal marks.

denitrification and ammonifying bacteria. Worth Publication..B. photosynthetic and non photosynthetic system. H.A.S. 1977. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 255 significance.and Chan. H.and Periman. 4.. Microbial Physiology (2004) by Moat.. R. pathway of nitrate assimilation in photosynthetic and non photosynthetic system. Peppler. 5.D. Unit-IV Nitrogen fixation in symbiotoc and free living system. Books Recommended 1. 2. oxidative and substrate level phosphorylation. Respiratory pathway. 1984. Microbiology..E. Vol.J. significance of Kreb's cycle. Vol. Pergamon Press. pentose phosphate pathways..W. New York.C. Microbial Processes Academic Press. regulation of glycogenesis and glycogenolysis. pH.A. 1993. transamination and deamination reactions. Pelezar. temperature.Peppler. Microbial Technology. Effect of light. Vth Edition. CO2 concentration. J. McGraw Hills. John Wiley and Sons. Mocrobial Technology. . 3. 1976. breakdown of carbohydrates though glycolysis. D.I. oxygen and hydrogen regulation of nitrogen fixation. Measurement of net phosphosynthetic yield. Ed. U./B. M. Biochemistry. Kreb's cycle fermentation.Reid.J..G. Reinhold Publishing Company. nitrification. Ed. Lehninger. A.I to IV. A (2002). Moo Young. gluconeogenesis. Comprehensive Biotechnology.Sc. on photosynthesis.and Foster.J.S.

Unit-I Classification of carbohydrates.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY (Vocational) Paper . 1. 1 will be compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines). secondary. Unit-II Properties of proteins (acids base property and solubility). Candidates will be required to attempt one question from each of the four units. Hendersen and Hasselbalch equation for ionisation of amino acids and Zwitterions property. chemical properties of carbohydrates. reaction order. Unit-III Enzymes Classification. biosynthesis of fatty acid. transfomation of MichaelisMenten Kinetics to line weaver-Burke Plot. derivation of Michaelis-Menten equation.A. beta and omega oxidation.256 B. They will have to attempt five questions in all and all questions will carry equal marks. Synthesis of peptides. Degradation of lipids by alpha. thermodynamics Explanation of enzyme catalysis. However no multiple choice one-word answer type questions shall be set. 3. kinetics of 2. Primary. The remaining 8 questions will include two questions from each unit. Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids. tertiary structures of proteins. chemical structure and properties of starch. uncompetitive and non competitive inhibition.B Microbial Biochemistry Time : 3 Hours Max. coenzyme. cellulose./B. Question No. optical properties. competitive. Marks : 75 Instructions for Paper Setter : There will be a total of nine questions. Amino acids classification of essential amino acids. lipid peroxidation. . glycogen. distribution and function of lipids and microorganism. cofactor.

Third Edition. Vol. concept of operon. A.tRNA).. 5. John Wiley and Sons. Books Recommended 1. A./B.K. E and Stumph P.B. 2.and Periman.A. Lehninger.Sc. 4. post transcriptional processing of RNA. Biochemistry. Unit-IV The general structure of DNA. 3. J.W.I.A. regulation of gene expression. H. Outline of Biochemistry. synthesis of RNA in Eukaryotes and prokaryotes. (1978). ..J. Microbial Technology. Worth Publication. factors contributing to catalytic efficiency of enzymes (Mode of catalysis). 1979. Isozymes. U. Peppler. Microbial Processes. D. Academic Press. Cohn E. (1988). General Microbiology. John Wiley and Sons..G. promotors and repressor.I by Power and Daginawala.. Vol. and Foster. (1981) by Moat. Microbial Physiology.S. allosteric regulation of enzyme. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 257 4. (positive and negative control). RNA (mRNA. Himalayan Publisher.

. 5.258 B. Optical density.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY (Vocational) Practicals Time : 3 Hours Max. 13./B. Extraction and identification of lipids by this layer chromatography. Effect of pH on the growth of Bacteria and fungi.A. Estimation of Extracellular Protein in cell culture. 8. 7. Isolation of micro organisms from water. 3. Measurement of Mutation frequency in bacteria. Growth curve of Bacteria and fungi in shake flask using. Mutant isolation by gradient plate technique. Effect of temperature on the growth of fungi/bacteria. 4. Marks : 50 1. Isolation of micro organisms from air. 6. 10. Paper chromatographic separation of amino acid and pigments by one way descending. Effect of UV light on mutation frequency in Bacteria. Isolation of micro organisms from soil. 9. 11. Biomass and Cell numbers 2. Estimation of sugars in cell culture broth. 12.

IR. The maximum length of answer can be about 1/3 of a page. Marks Biophysics and Molecular Biology 3 60 Immunology and Animal Tissue Culture 3 60 Practicals Immunological and Animal Tissue 6 60 Culture Techniques On Job Training 20 Total 200 Paper-A Biophysics and Molecular Biology Time : 3 Hrs. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 259 BIOTECHNOLOGY (Vocational) Scheme Paper A Paper B Paper C Credit Hrs. Each question will carry 10 marks. Biophysics Unit-I Energetics of a living body. Sources of heat limits to temperature. Each question will carry 1½ marks. Raman spectra. Periods-3 Marks-60 Note for the paper setters/examiners: Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows: Section A: 10 very short answer type questions are to be set.Sc. General spectroscopy-UV-vis. two from each unit. All questions are compulsory. Two questions are to be attempted. fluorescence. total weightage being 15 marks. Heat dissipation and conservation.B. Section B: This section will comprise of 8 questions./B. Five questions to be attempted and maximum length of answer can be upto two pages. Maximum length of answer can be upto 5 pages. total weightage being 25 marks. total weightage being 20 marks. Lambert-Beer law. Each question will carry five marks. . Section C: This section will comprise of four essay type questions.A.

thin layer. Post-translation regulation of gene expression. Books Recommended: 1.260 B.A. chloroplasts. (1990).. transcription factors etc. trpoperons. H.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Unit-II Radioisotopic techniques : Base concepts of radioisotopy. Development and environmental regulation of gene expression.. theory and application of native.Gene expression in yeast. . H. Eukaryotic translation. primary and scondary flours. Chromatography : Theory. GLC.mitochondria. Unit-III Molecular basis of life. Distributed by W. Scientific American Books. Freeman and Co. Safety rules for radioisotopic studies./B. Lodish. Prokaryotic transcription.. his. Applications in biology for isolation of biomolecules based on charge and molecular weight. Electrophoresis : Basic principles.Gene organization and expression in . DNA recombination : molecular mechanisms in prokaryotes and eukaryotes. principle and application of column. Unit-IV Structure of prokaryotic genes. Molecular Cell Biology. theory and applications of Geiger-Multer tube. catabolic repression). Insertion elements and transposons. (Iso-electric focusing) 2-D gel. HPLC. Eukaryotic gene expression. Structure of DNA. Prokaryotic translation. SDS-Page and Agarose Gel electrophoresis. 2nd. J.Prokaryotic gene expression (lac. Gene expression in protozoan parasites. Eukaryotic transcription. DNA replication in prokaryotes and eukaryotes. D. ion-exchange affinity chromatography. Unit-V Structure of eukaryotic genes. New York. and Baltimore. . Introduction to IEF. Damal. paper.. solid and liquid scintillation counters.

Oxford University Press.. H. Boston. 3rd ed. William. 2nd ed. Inc. Edward Arnold Publisher. 4. Friefelder../B. 6. Application to Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Freemen and Company.. W.L. A Biologist Guide to Principles and Techniques Practical Biochemistry. . D. 2nd ed. Lewin.B.Sc. B. Old and S. Gene VI. B.. 5. Primerose (1989): Principles of Gene Manipulation: An Introduction to Genetic Engineering. Black Well Scientific Publications. Maryland (USA). 3. Freifelder. Physical Biochemistry. San Fransisco. W.. D. (1982). K. Baltimore. (1986). and Wilson. B.A. Jones & Bartlett Publishers. (1997). Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 261 2. R.

vaccines. Section B: This section will comprise of 8 questions.A. All questions are compulsory. Immunity to infectious diseases. Immunology Unit-I The Immune system and Immunity along with historical perspective. total weightage being 20 marks.The maximum length of answer can be about 1/3 of a page. Animal Tissue Culture Unit-III History of development of cell cultures. Effector mechanisms.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) BIOTECHNOLOGY (Vocational) Paper B Immunology and Animal Tissue Culture Time: 3 hrs. Periods-3 Marks : 60 Note for the paper setters/examiners: Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows: Section A: 10 very short answer questions are to be set. Antigen-antibody interaction. Metabolic capabilities of animal cells. Maximum length of answer can be upto 5 pages. Each question will carry 1/2 marks. Five questions to be attempted and maximum length of answer can be upto two pages.262 B. total weightage being 25 marks. Origin of diversity in the immune system. . Two questions are to be attempted. Simulating natural conditions for growing animal cells. Antigen-antibody and their structure. Importance of growth factors of the serum. Each question will carry 10 marks./B. total weightage being 15 marks. Unit-II Humoral and cell mediated immunity (role of MHC and genetic restriction). Section-C: This section will comprise of four essay type questions. Each question will carry five marks. The natural surroundings of animal cells. The organs and the cells of the immune system and their function. Two from each unit.

. (1996)./B.. IRL.M. Freeman and Company. J. Medical Immunology. (1991). Oxford University Press Inc.. W. Human Cell Culture Protocols. Raven Press. New York. J. Differentiation of cells. & Parslow T. . New York. Roitt. Immunology.T.. HAT selection. M.Transfection of animal cells : Selectable markers. Strites D. Unit-V Applications of animal cell culture for studies on gene expression. New York. antibiotic resistance etc.PHI. (1997). Oxford University Press. Mammalian Cell Biotechnology—A Practical Approach.. Oxford Uni. 7. Established/continuous cell lines. 4. J. John Wiley and Sons. (1993). Animal Cell Technology-Principles and Practices. Culture of Animal Cells. D. Principles of Cellular and molecular Immunology.. and Wood. The Animal Cell Culture and Technology.. J and Male. 10. Butler. Books Recommended: 1. Brostoff. J. E.G.. Gareth. 8. Transformed animal cells. Buller... (1994). P.. Applications Wiley Liss 9. Butler. M.E.I. Transplantation of cultured cells. I. Press 5. (1995). W. Anchorage dependance of growth.Sc. Growth kinetics of cells in culture. Austyn.. Oxford University Press. Cell fusion. Commonly used animal cell lines-their origin and characteristics..A. Kuby. (1989).. New York 2. (1987). Immunology. Terr. 9th ed. NewYork. Fundamental Immunology. Organ culture. 3rd ed.. (1992). Nonanchorage dependent cells. 6. Humana Press. Grower Medical Publishing. Cambridge. IRL. M. K. A. K. 3. M. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 263 Unit-IV Primary cultures.B. (1996). Paul. Freshney R. H. Secondary cultures.

-Finding out average cell size. of cell followed by centrifugation.6 Marks : 60 . Separation of cell types (from blood) Periods.264 B. Immunological Methods Cell counting methods : -The haemaocytometer and other aides. Methods for cells lysis: rupture Osmotic/Chemical/Enzymatic lysis. dehydration and staining. -Embedding and sectioning. -Choromosome length. -Ion exchange chromatography. Preparation of Hanks Balanced salt solution Preparation minimal essential growth medium Isolation of lymphocytes for culturing Isolation of rat macrophages from peritoneum for culturing Primary lymphoid culture Isolation of monouclear cells from spleen and their culture Separation of the constituent molecules of the extract in aqueous buffer : -Gel filteration. -Squash in stain. Measurements with the help of light microscope : -Calibration of ocular micrometer. Cytological preparations : -Fixation. Monitoring cells lysis by release of cellular material and by change in light scattering etc./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) BIOTECHNOLOGY (Vocational) Paper-C (Practicals) Immunological and Animal Tissue Techniques Time: 3 hrs.A.

Conjugation and labelling of antibodies. Clinical Immunology and Serology: A laboratory perspective. 3. Cold Spring Harbour.. E.. John Willey & Sons Inc.R. Birch. 4. Enzyme-linked immunoassay . Devis Company. (1998).Sc. C. 1982.Sambrook. Academic Press./B.D.E.. Books Recommended: 1. Cell Biology: A laboratory handbook Vol-I to IV. Separation of serum from the blood. (1996). Ist edition. Fritch.. Maniatis. New York. J. Biotechnology (Vocational) -Part -II Marks : 20 On Job Training This should be taken up during summer over a period of one month preferably in an immunology/veterinary/virology Institute or a laboratory using recombinant DNA methods. F. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 265 Purification of Antibodies. Philadelphia.S.F.B. and J. New York. Molecular cloning: A laboratory manual. Hemaglutination assay Raising polyclonal antibodies. T. Lennox.A. J. Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Applications. .. (1995). Cold Spring Harbour Laboratory.E. Stevens. U.K..A. 2. Celis. Radial immunodiffusion analysis.

Human Genetics Part-II Fundamentals of Human Growth. Physique and Body Composition (Practical) 75 75 50 75 75 50 60 60 50 Total 150 50 200 .266 B.Sc./B.A.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Scheme of B. Physique and Body Composition Human Evolution and Population Genetics Fundamentals of Human Growth.

Marks : 75 Total Hours : 60 Books Recommended : Ghai. morphological maturity. Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. Essentials of Exercise Physiology. Assessment of physical growth. Unit-IV Disorders of growth like short stature. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 267 B. Baltimore. sexual maturity.e. Physique and Body Composition Time : 3 Hours Unit-I Definition and scope of growth and development. skeletal maturity./B. Gupta.L. Adolescent growth spurt. Behavioral and cognitive development. Human Genetics Paper-I Fundamentals of Human Growth. and Katch. Ageing and morphological changes with age. Developmental milestones.Sc. dental maturity.. O. Dysplasia. Essential Pediatrics.K. (2006). and chromosomal disorders. Katch. V. Delayed puberty. Laws of growth.Sc. Unit-III Definition and approach to the study of human physique and body composition.. Gynandromorphy. Periods of growth. V. growth curves.I. Max. (2005). W.P. . CBS Publishers and Distributors. Measures of maturity i. and Paul. Obesity and growth patterns in chronic diseases. New Delhi. Unit-II Human foetal growth. P. Body composition changes with growth.B. F. Sex differences in rate of growth. Methods of studying growth. McArdle. gigantism. Factors affecting growth and development.A.D. Precocious puberty.

KamlaRaj Enterprises. (1981) Practical Human Biology.A. M. S.K.A.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Singh. London. and Bhasin.S.268 B. Academic Press. (1989) Kinanthropometry. P. Anthropometry. J. I.P. (1998)..A. Singh. M. Human Growth and Development: The Cambridge Encyclopedia. and Lourie. New Delhi. and Malhotra.J. Lunar Publications. Johnston and Preece. J. Cambridge University Press.P. (1998). Patiala. Wiener. Ulijaszek S./B. .

C.Sc. Pithecanthropine stage.Sc. Classification and significant characteristics of living primates.B. Effective population size. Calculation of inbreeding coefficient of an individual and population. Estimation of mutation rates. Human Genetics Paper-II Human Evolution and Population Genetics Time : 3 Hours Unit-I Introduction and application of population genetics. Stages of human evolution like Australopithecine stage. Genetic load and selection coefficient. Migration and population diversity. Frequency of genes and genotypes. Max. . Kinetics of mutation pressure. Hardy-Weinberg Law. Sampling. Selection. Neanderthal and Moden stage. Characteristics of Modern man. Mutation (recurrent and non-recurrent). Balance between mutation and selection. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 269 B. Inbreeding and genetic load./B. Founder effect.A. Marks : 75 Total Hours : 60 Books Recommended : Brace.L. Prentice Hall. The Stages of Human Evolution. Application of Hardy-Weinberg law for autosomal genes (one locus and two alleles and one locus multiple alleles) and sex-linked loci (co-dominant sexlinked alleles and dominant and recessive sex-linked alleles). change of gene frequency against recessive and dominant genes. Unit-II Systematic changes of gene frequency. Unit-IV Modern synthetic theory and the neutral theory of molecular evolution and its conflict. Unit-III Biological effects of mating systems. (1990). consanguineous mating. Kinetics of migration and genetic drift. New Jersey.

The Genetics of Human Population. (2000). D. Jones and Bartlett Publishers. 3rd ed. Massachusetts. Hartl.G. Freeman and Co. (1997). F. M.H.. Inc. Springer-Verlag. P. Evolution. (1970).270 B. Human Genetics: Problems and Approaches. and Motulsky.W. W.G./B. Principles of Population Genetics. Berlin.W. Sinaur Associates. A. San Francisco. (2000).L.F.L. (1997). Jones and Bartlett Publication.A. and Clark. Vogel. . Genetics of Population. and Bodmer. W. A. Strickberger. L.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Cavelli-Sforza. Massachusetts. Hedrick. USA.

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

271

Fundamentals of Human Growth, Physique and Body Composition (Practical)
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 50 Definition and location of various landmarks on body, technique of various anthropometric measurements, Growth curves direction of growth curve assessment of growth status and growth rate. Somatotyping by Sheldon's, Heath and Carter's method, Anthropometric determination of body composition by various predication equations (i.e. body density, percent body fat and lean body mass).

272

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

MATHEMATICS
Time : 3 Hours
Note : 1.

Calculus-II

Paper-I

Max. Marks : 65

Questions paper will be consist of two sections. Each section will consist of five questions set from corresponding section of the syllabus. 2. The students will attempt five questions in all selecting at least two questions from each Section. 3. Teaching time for Mathematics would be five periods per week for each paper. Section-A Definition of a sequence. Theorems on limits of sequences. Bounded and monotonic sequences. Cauchy's convergence criterion. Series of non-negative terms. Comparison tests. Cauchy's integral tests. Ratio tests. Cauchy's root test. Raabe's test logarithmic test. De'morgan's and Bertrand's tests. Kummer's test, Cauchy Condensation test, Gauss test, alternative series. Leibnitz's test. absolute and conditional convergence. Section-B Limit and Continuity of functions of two variables. Partial differentiation. Change of variables. Partial derivation and differentiability of real-valued functions of two variables. Schwartz's and Young's theorem. Statements of Inverse and implicit function theorems and applications. Euler's theorem on homogeneous functions. Taylor's theorem for functions of two variables. Jacobins. Envelopes. Evolutes. Maxima, Minima and saddle points of functions of two variables. Lagrange's undetermined multiplier method. 1. Narayan, S.: A Course of Mathematical Analysis, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi (2000). 2. Narayan S.: Differential Calculus, Sultan Chand & Sons. New Delhi (2005). 3. Malik, S.C.: Mathematical Analysis, Wiley Eastern Ltd. (1991).

Books Recommended :

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

273

MATHEMATICS
Paper-II Integral Calculus Time : 3 Hours Note : 1. Max.Marks : 65 Questions paper will be consist of two sections. Each section will consist of five questions set from corresponding section of the syllabus. 2. The students will attempt five questions in all selecting at least two questions from each Section. 3. Teaching time for Mathematics would be five periods per week for each paper. Section-A Partitions, Upper and lower sums. Upper and lower integrals, Riemann integrability. Conditions of existence of Riemann integrability of continuous functions and of monotone functions. Algebra of integrable functions. Inequalities involving integrals. Improper integrals and statements of their conditions of existence. Test of the convergence of improper integral. Standard improper integrals of the first and second kinds. Beta and Gamma functions. Section-B Double and Triple Integrals, Change of Variables. Applications to evaluation of areas, Volume, Centre of gravity, and moments of inertia etc. Change of order of integration in double integrals.

Books Recommended :
1. Malik, S.C.: Mathematical Analysis, Wiley Eastern Ltd. (1991). 2. Apostal, T.M. : Mathematical Analysis, Addison Wesley Series in Mathematics (1974). 3. Narayan, S. : Integral Calculus, Sultan Chand & Sons. 4. Kreyszig, E. : Advanced Engineering Mathematics. 5. Shanti Narayan. : Course of Mathematics Analysis, Sultan and Company, (2008).

274

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

MATHEMATICS
Paper-III Vector Calculus and Solid Geometry Time : 3 Hours Note : 1. Max.Marks : 70 Questions paper will consist of two sections. Each section will consist of five questions set from corresponding section of the syllabus. The students will attempt five questions in all selecting at least two questions from each Section. Teaching time for Mathematics would be five periods per week for each paper. Section-A Vector differentiation, Gradient, divergence and curl operators, line integrals, Vector identity, Vector integration, Theorems of Gauss, Green, Stokes and problems based on these. Intersection of three planes : Condition for three planes to intersect in a point or along a line or to form a prism. Change of axes, Shift of origin, rotation of axes. Equation of surface of revolution obtained by rotating the curve. f(x,y)=0 about the Z-axis in the form of f(x2+y2, z)=0 Equation of ellipsoid, hyperboloid and paraboloid in standard forms. Surfaces (represented by general equation of 2nd degree S=0. Tangent lines tangent planes. Normal plane. Section-B Sphere, Section of a sphere by a plane, spheres of a given circle. Intersection of a line and a sphere. Tangent line, tangent plane, power of a point w.r.to a shpere, radical planes. Cylinder as surface generated by a line moving parallel to a fixed line and through fixed curve. Different kinds of cylinders such as right circular, elliptic, hyperbolic and parabolic in standard forms, Cone with a vertex at

2. 3.

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

275

the origin as the graph of homogeneous equation of second degree in x,y,z. cone as a surface generated by a line passing through a fixed curve and fixed point outside the plane of the curve, right circular and elliptic cones.

Books Recommended :
1. Narayan, S. : Analytical Solid Geometry, Sultan Chand & Sons (2005). 2. Kreyszig, E. : Advanced Engineering Mathematics. 3. Thomos, G.B. and Finney, R.L. : Calculus and Analytic Geometry. 4. Spiegal M.R. : Integration to Vector Calculus and Tensor.

276

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

STATISTICS
Paper A

Probability-II
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100 Note : 1. The candidates are allowed to use NonProgrammable calculators. 2. Question paper will consist of two sections. Each section will consist of five questions set from corresponding section of the syllabus. 3. 4. The student will attempt five questions in all selecting at least two questions from each section. Teaching time for Satistics would be five periods per week for each paper.

Note : The paper setters may be asked to send solutions for the questions set in the question paper. Section-A Two dimensional random variables, their joint probability mass function and joint probability density function, marginal and conditional probability distributions, independent random variables, functions of two random variables, distribution of addition, subtraction Product and quotient of two independent random variables. Expected value of real valued function of a two-dimentional random vector and properties of the expected value. Chebyshev's inequality and its applications. The covariance, the correlation coefficient, conditional expectation and regression of the means. The Multinomial distribution, its expected value and variance. The bivariate normal distribution, the marginal and conditional probability distributions associated with the bivariate normal distribution.

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

277

Section B Moment generating function of the sum of finite number of independent random variables. Reproductive properties of the Binomial, Poisson, Normal, and Gamma Distribution. Sequence of random variables, the correspondence between the limiting moment generating function of a sequence of random variables and the limiting cumulative distribution function. The law of large numbers, Bernoulli's form of the law of large numbers, the difference between convergence in probability and the ordinary convergence of calculus, normal approximation to the Binomial distribution, the central limit theorem for independent identically distributed random variables and the outline of its proof using moment generating function. Applications of central limit theorem.

Books Recommended
Meyer, P.L. Introductory Probability and Statistical Applications, Addison—Wesley, (1970). Chapters : 6 (Excluding 6.6), 7 (7.3.,7.6, 7.8, 7.9, 7.10, 7.11 only). 8 (8.8 only), 9 (9.10 only) 10 (10.5, 10.6 only), 12 (excluding 12.5).

Books Suggested for Supplementary Reading
Biswal, P.C. Probability and Statistics, Prentice Hall of India, 2007. Ross, S. A First Course in Probability, Pearson Education, 2007. Miller, I and Miller, M. Mathematical Statistics with Applications, Seventh Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.

278

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

STATISTICS
Paper B Estimation and Testing Hypothesis Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100
Note : 1. The candidates are allowed to use NonProgrammable calculators. 2. Question paper may consist of two sections. Each section will consist of five questions set from corresponding section of the syllabus. 3. 4. The student will attempt five question in all selecting at least two questions from each section. Teaching time for Satistics would be five periods per week for each paper.

Note : The paper setters may be asked to send solutions for the questions set in the question paper. Section-A Point estimation, estimator and estimates, criteria for good estimators- unbiasedness, consistency, efficiency and sufficiency (only the definitions and examples), Minimum variance unbiased estimator, Rao Blackwell Theorem, Scheffe's lemma Crammer, Rao Inequality (only statements and their applications). Methods of estimation: moments and maximum likelihood method of estimation, interval estimation and interval estimate of the mean of a normal distribution. Neyman and Pearson's theory of testing hypothesis, the concepts of statistical hypothesis, two types of errors, critical region, significance level, power and power function. Most powerful test, The Neyman Pearson theorem (only the statement) and its applications for testing a simple hypothesis against a simple alternative.

R. for homogeneity and for independence of attributes. tests. Vol. Books Suggested for Supplementary Reading : Hogg. Chi-square. Mathematical Statistics with Applications. A.B. Chi-square tests for goodness of fit. Pearson Education. M. t and F distributions.K. Fundamentals of Statistics. J.. comparison of two univariate normal distributions through their means and variances. Simplified formula for Chi-square for testing homogeneity and for independence in 2x2 tables and kxb contingency tables. Yates correction for continuity in 2x2 tables. sampling distribution of the sample variance of independent random observations from a normal population (derivation of sample variance distribution is excluded). sampling distribution of the mean of a set of independent random observations from a normal population. Introduction to Mathematical Statistics. Expectation and variance of sampling mean and variance. tests regarding the population correlation coefficient based on the Ztransformation and confidence limits for the coefficient based on it.T.A. M./B. and Craig. 2005. and Dasgupta B. A.M. Miller. 2007.. Book Recommended : Goon. Pearson Education. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 279 Sampling distributions. about the mean and variance of a univariate normal distribution. Z-transformation of the sample correlation. Testing the significance of the correlation coefficient.I. Approximate tests for proportions and for Poisson Parameters.Sc. . and Mckean.V. World Press. I and Miller. Section-B Tests for the independence of two attributes. Gupta.W. 2007.

There are two papers code named. equations of line.A. The candidates are allowed to use NonProgrammable calculators.Sc. 3. each of one credit and having a total of 100 marks. papers A and B in the subject of Applied Statistics in B. Each section will consist of five questions set from corresponding section of the syllabus. Statistics.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) APPLIED STATISTICS Note : 1. . 4. Matrices and Linear Algebra : Determinants.A/M. 2./B. Marks : 100 Note : 1. plane. sphere. This Course shall not be opted for alongwith courses in B.A. Section-A Coordinate Geometry of 3 dimensions : Cartesian. 2. These are to be taught simultaneously throughout the year. Teaching time for Satistics would be five periods per week for each paper. Mathematics and for B. Cylinderical Spherical Coordinates. cone and cylinder. Question paper may consist of two sections. Statistics. The candidate opting for this course will not be eligible for admission to M. inverse of a matrix.A. 3.280 B.Sc.A. algebra of matrices rank of a matrix./B. Paper . The student will attempt five question in all selecting at least two questions from each section.Sc.A Mathematical Methods-II Time : 3 Hours Max./B.Sc. Note : The paper setters may be asked to send solutions for the questions set in the question paper./B. symmetric skew symmetric.

. Eigen value.. K. Higher Engineering Mathematics. 2006.A. Khanna Publishers.C.J. 2007. Applications to evaluation of area and volume. New Engineering Mathematics. Narosa Publishers.B. Grewal. C.Sc.. Applied Mathematics. 2007 . J. S. triple integral. Pearson Education. Books Suggested for Supplementary Reading Babu. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 281 hermitian and skew hermitian matrices (up to 4x4 matrices only). Calculus. Eigen vector. Bradley. Calculus of several variables : Functions of two variables. Quadratic form. and Smith K. and double integrals./B. 2003. M. Katria & Sons. & Gill. B. Strauss. Seshan. Caley Hamilton Theorem.S. Partial derivatives.J..R.K.S. third Edition. A. Books Prescribed Bindra. G.S.L. Section-B Matrices and Linear Algebra : Systems of Linear equations and their solutions.

Question paper may consist of two sections. Marks : 100 Note : 1. Statement of weak law of large numbers and central limit theorem for independent and identical random variable and its application. and line of regression involving two variables only. 4. joint probability distribution.A. Section-A Scope and limitation of statistics. marginal and conditional probability distributions. collection. classificaiton.282 B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) APPLIED STATISTICS Time : 3 Hours Paper B Statistical Methods Max. dispersion. 3. Bivariate data. measures of central tendency. scatter diagram. The candidates are allowed to use NonProgrammable calculators. Bivariate normal distribution. The student will attempt five questions in all selecting at least two questions from each section. skewness and kurtosis and their meaures. correlation coefficient and its properties. Teaching time for statistics would be five periods per week for each paper. Note : The paper setters may be asked to send solutions for the questions set in the question paper. Concepts of statistical population random sample and frequency curve./B. Section-B Measures of association and contingency. Central tendency. marginal and conditional distributions. covariance and correlation coefficient. 2. covariance.Two dimensional random variable. . tabulation and diagrammatic representation of statistical data. conditional expectation. Each section will consist of five questions set from corresponding section of the syllabus. measures of dispersion.

S. World Press.K. Books Suggested for Supplementry Reading : Goon. Vol. A. Statistical Methods. Gupta.... M. and Das Gupta B. Sultan Chand and Company. . 2003.M. 2007. B.M. and Kapoor./B. S.C. 2005.K.I. Gupta.K. Chisquare. Gupta. and Das Gupta. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics.C. Fundamentals of Statistics.A. Gupta M.Sc. World Press. A. Book Recommended Goon. 2005. Himalayan Publishing House. t and F in sampling from normal populations (without proof). Basic Statistics.B. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 283 Sampling distributions. V. expectation and variance of mean.

The number of lectures per week will be six for practical. Only one question is to be attempted. Unit-IV There will be two questions from this unit. 4./B. 2. The use of nonprogrammable calculator will be allowed in the examination centre but these will not be provided by the university/college. There will be three papers of theory and one laboratory (practical) course. 50 marks 50 marks 50 marks 50 marks Total teaching hours 60 Total teaching hours 60 Total teaching hours 60 Total teaching hours 90 and Thermodynamics Optics and Lasers Quantum Physics Physics Practicals Paper A : Statistical Physics Paper B Paper C : : Each theory paper will consist of Five Units. The examination time for practical will be four hours. Only one question is to be attempted. The number of lectures per week will be three for each theory paper. Only one question is to be attempted. The examination time for each theory paper will be three hours. Unit-III There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will carry 10 marks. Each question will carry 10 marks. 6. Each question will carry 10 marks. Each question will carry 10 marks. 3.284 B. 5.A.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) PHYSICS Note : 1. . Only one question is to be attempted. Unit-I There will be two questions from this unit. Unit-II There will be two questions from this unit. Unit-V There will be Eight parts (each carrying 2 marks) of small answer type covering the syllabi of all these four units (units I-IV) out of these five parts are to be attempted.

The basic approach in the three statistics. Distribution of n particles in two compartments. equilibrium state of dynamic system. Each question will carry ten marks. microstates. Maxwell . Unit-IV There will be two questions from this unit. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 285 PHYSICS Paper A Statistical Physics and Thermodynamics Max. Only one question is to be attempted. Unit-I Basic ideas of statistical physics. Three kinds of statistics. Each question will carry two marks. Each question will carry ten marks. Unit-III There will be two question from this unit. Basic ideas about probability. Only one question is to be attempted. Only one question is to be attempted. Deviation from the state of maximum probability. thermodynamic probability.A. Distribution of distinguishable n particles in k compartments of unequal sizes. Concept of macro states. Five questions are to be attempted. There will be two questions from this unit. Effects of constraints on the system. Only one question is to be attempted.Sc. Scope of statistical physics. Each question will carry ten marks.B. Unit-II Phase space and its division into elementary cells. Marks : 50 Pass Marks : 35% Unit-I Unit-II Total Teaching Hours : 60 Time Allowed : 3 hours The Paper will consist of Five Units : There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will carry ten marks./B. distribution of four distinguishable particles in two compartment of equal size. Unit-V There will be Eight questions from small answer type covering the syllabi of all the four units (I-IV).

statistics. diagram. Heat death of the universe. Use of Joule-Thomson effect.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Boltzman (MB) statistics applied to an ideal gas in equilibrium. Carnot's cycle. Expression for Cr-Cy. Work done in a reversible process. Change of internal energy with volume. Adiabatic compression. liquefaction of helium. Deduction of Wien displacement law and Stefan's law from Planck's law. Entropy of a perfect gas. Change of state and Claypron equation. Cooling produced by adiabatic stretching. Production very low temperature by adiabatic demagnetization. and F. Brief review of terms and laws of thermodynamics. B.E.E. Text Reference Books 1. specific heat and constant pressure and constant volume.A. Bhatia (Sohan Lal Nagin Chand./B. Jalandhar. Unit-IV Derivation of Maxwell's thermo dynamical relations. V.V. Comparison of M. Need for quantum statistics-Bose-Einstein (B. Experimental verification of Maxwell Boltzman law of distribution of molecular speeds. Applications of thermodynamics to thermoelectric effect. . Reversible and irreversible process and their examples. Change of entropy of a system. Entropy and disorder.B.S. Statistical Physics and Thermodynamic. Change of entropy along a reversible path in a P.D.D.) statistics. Examples of increase of entropy in natural processes. Fermi-Dirac (E.) statistics. Thermo dynamical treatment of Joule-Thomson effect.286 B. Entropy changes in Carnot cycle. Unit-III Statistical definition of entropy. Derivation of Planck's law of radiation. Additive nature of entropy. Law of increase of entropy. Equation of state of an ideal gas from simple statistical consideration..

Laud. M. J.B. 4. (Allied Pub. 3. Delhi) 2000. Srivastava (The Indian Press Pvt.) 1981. . Saha & B. 5.N..K. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 287 2. J. Bhattacharjee.K. 2000. (Allied Pub. A Treatise on Heat. 1965.N. Statistical Mechanics.B. Statistical Mechanics : An Introductory Text. Bhattacharjee.Sc. Statistical Physics./B. (Macmillan India Ltd..A. Delhi). Ltd.. Allahabad).. B..

Conditions for observing interference fringes. Unit-IV There will be two question from this unit. Interfere length by wave front division and amplitude division. Each question will carry ten marks. Area of coherence. There will be two question from this unit. Unit-III There will be two question from this unit. Five questions are to be attempted.A. Unit-V There will be Eight questions of small answer type covering the syllabi of all the four units(I-IV). Only one question is to be attempted. Each question will carry ten marks. Zone plates./B. Multiple beam interference. Nature of fringes. Only one question is to be attempted. half-period zones. Coherence length. Each question will carry ten marks. Role of interference in anti-reflection and high-reflection dielectric coatings.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) PHYSICS Paper B Optics and Lasers Maximum Marks : 50 Pass Marks : 35% Total Teaching Hours : 60 Time Allowed : 3 hours The Paper will consist of Five Units : Unit-I Unit-II There will be two questions from this unit. . Distinction between Fresnel and Fraunhofer diffraction. Principle and nature of fringes. Each question will carry two marks. Only one question is to be attempted. Only one question is to be attempted. Each question will carry ten marks. Michelson's interferometer—working.288 B. Spatial and temporal coherence. Fabry-Perot interferometer. Coherence time. Unit-II Diffraction : Huygens-Fresnel theory. Unit-I Interference : Concept of coherence. Interference in thin films.

3. Nicol prism. Applications of lasers—a general outline. 2. Q-switching. Concept of simulated emission and population inversion. Threshold condition. White (McGraw Hill.Sc. and Doppler broadening Line width. Ruby and Nd:Yag lasers He-Ne and CO lasers construction mode of creating population inversion and output characteristics. 2001. plane polarized and eliptically polarized light. Double refraction. Semiconductor lasers. Dye lasers. Sheet polarizer. White. New York). Ajoy Ghatak. elementary theory of optical cavity. 7th reprint. Fundamentals of Optics. Text and Reference Books 1. (McGraw Hill) 4th edition. three level and four level laser schemes. Retardation plates. collision. Basics of holography. Mode locking.A. 1997./B. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 289 Fraunhofer diffraction at rectangular and circular apartures. Broadening of spectral lines. natural. . Unit-IV Laser systems : types of lasers. its use as a spectroscopic element and its resolving power. Book Co. The diffraction grating. F.. (McMillan India) 2nd edition. Optics. Effects of diffraction in optical imaging.E. Unit-III Laser Fundamentals : Derivation of Einstein's relations.B. Longitudinal and transverse modes. H..A. Line profile. inc. Absorption and amplification of a parallel beam of light passing through a medium. Polarization : Concept and analytical treatment of unpolarized. Production and analysis of polarized light (quarter and half wave plates). Jenkins and Harvey E. resolving power of telescope. Introduction to Atomic Spectra.

5. 7. 6.) 2002. . Silfvast (Foundation Books). Born and Wolf. W. Svelto. Lasers and Non-linear Optics. Lasers. B. (Plenum Press).A. Laud (New Age Pub. New York. (Pergamon Press) 3rd edition. New Delhi./B.B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 4. 3rd Ed. 1996..290 B. Optics. Laser Fundamentals. 1965.T.

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

291

PHYSICS
Paper C

Quantum Physics
Maximum Marks : 50 Pass Marks : 35% Unit-I Total Teaching Hours : 60 Time Allowed : 3 hours

The Paper will consist of Five Units: There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted. Unit-II There will be two question from this unit. Each question will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted. Unit-III There will be two question from this unit. Each question will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted. Unit-IV There will be two question from this unit. Each question will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted. Unit-V There will be Eight questions of small answer type covering the syllabi of all the four units (I-IV). Five questions are to be attempted. Each question will carry two marks.

Unit-I
Formalism of Wave Mechanics : Brief introduction to need and development of quantum mechanics, Wave-particle duality, de-Broglie hypothesis. Complimentarity and uncertainty principle, Gaussian wave packet, Schrodinger equation for a free particle. Operator correspondence and equation for a particle subject to forces. Normalization and probability interpretation of wave function. Superposition principle, Expectation value, Probability current and conservation of probability. Admissibility conditions on the wave function. Ehrenfest theorem, Fundamental postulates of wave mechanics. Eigen functions and eigen values. Operator formalism, Orthogonal systems, Expansion in eigen functions. Hermitian operators. Simultaneous eigen functions, Equation of motion.

292

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

Unit-II Problems in one and three dimensions : Time dependent Schrodinger equation. Application to stationary states for one dimension. Potential sep. Potential barrier, Rectangular potential well. Degeneracy, Orthogonality, Linear harmonic oscillator. Schrodinger equation for spherically symmetric potential, Spherical harmonics, Hydrogen atom energy levels and eigen functions, Degeneracy, Angular momentum.

Unit-III
One Electron Atomic Spectra : Interaction of atom with radiation, Transition probability, Spontaneous transition. Selection rules and life times. Spectrum of hydrogen atom. Line structure, Normal Zeeman effect, Electron spin, Stern Gerlach experiment, Spin orbit coupling (election magnetic moment, total angular momentum). Hyperfine structure, Examples of one electron systems, Anomalous Zeeman effect Lande-g factor (sodium D-lines).

Unit-IV
Many Electron System Spectra : Exchange symmetry of wave functions, exclusion principle, Shells, Sub shells in atoms, atomic spectra (Helium). L.S. coupling, Selection rules, Regularities in atomic spectra, Interaction energy ideas X-ray spectra. Mosley law, Absorption spectra, Auger effect, Molecular bonding, Molecular spectra, Selection rules, Symmetric structures. Rotational, vibrational electronic level and spectra of molecules, Magnetic resonance experiments. Raman spectra, Introduction to Raman spectra.

Text and Reference Books
1. 2. 3. A Text Book of Quantum Mechanics, P.M. Mathews and K. Venkatesan, (Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co., Delhi) 2002. Quantum Mechanics, J.L. Powell and B. Crasemann (Narosa Pub. House, N. Delhi) 1997. Concepts of Modern Physics, Arthur Beiser (McGraw Hill Pub. Co., Delhi, 9th Ed.), 1995.

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

293

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Elements of Modern Physics, S.H. Patil (McGraw Hill), 1998. Quantum Mechanics, E. Merzbacher (John Wiley, 2nd Ed.). Fundamental of Molecular Spectroscopy, C.N. Banwell (Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co., Delhi), 2001. Atomic Spectra, H.G. Kuhn (Longmans), 2nd Ed., 1969. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, L. Pauling and E.B. Wilson (Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co., Delhi), 2002. Quantum Mechanics, W. Greiner (Springer Verlag), 1994.

294

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

PHYSICS
Practical
Total Teaching Hours : 90 Hrs. Pass Marks : 35% Maximum Marks : 50 Time Allowed : 4 Hours

Guidelines for Physics Practical examination
1. The distribution of marks is as follows : (i) One full experiment out of Unit-I equiring the students to take some data, analyse it and draw conclusions. (Candidates are expected to state their results with limits of error. (ii) Brief theory (iii) One exercise based on experiment or computer programming (to be allotted by the external examiner at the time of examination) (iv) Viva-voce (v) Record (Practical file) 20 marks

05 marks 10 marks

10 marks 05 marks

2. The examiner should take care that the experiment allotted to an examinee from Unit-I and exercise allotted from Unit-II are not directly related to each other. 3. Number of candidates in a group for practical examination should not exceed 12. 4. In a single group, no experiment be allotted to more than three examinees.

List of Experiments I. Statistical Physics and thermodynamics
Activities (i) Adiabatic expansion of a gas.

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

295

(ii) Thermal expansion of crystal using interference fringes. (iii) Thermal conduction in poor conductor (variation with geometry) by Lee's method. (iv) Thermo e.m.f. calibration comparison. (v) Total steafan radiation law, temperature dependence of radiation. (vi) Probability distribution using coloured dice and coins.

II. Optics and Lasers
Activities (vii) To determine the refractive index of liquid using spectrometer. (viii) To determine the Caushy's constants. (ix) To study the referactive index of a doubly referacting prism. (x) Study the rotation of plane of polarization with a polarimeter. (xi) Set up Newton's rings to determine wavelength of a given light using biprism. (xiii) To determine the wavelength and dispersive power using plane diffraction grating (use Hg source). (xiv) To determine the resolving power of a telescope. (xv) To determine the resolving power of a grating. (xvi) To measure an inaccessible height using sextant. (xvii) To determine the principal points of a lense system. (xviii) To determine the divergence and wavelength of a given laser source. III. Quantum Physics Activities (xix) Study the Photoelectric effect and determine the value of Plank's constant. (xx) To study the gas discharge spectrum of hydrogen. (xxi) To study the absorption spectra of iodine vapours. (xxii) To determine the ionization potential of mercury.

296

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

Exercises: Any exercise based on above given experiments. OR (i) To measure the angle of rotation of plane of plarization for the given liquid. (ii) To measure the diameterof Newton's rings. (iii) To determine the least count and setup the spectrometer for minimum deviation position of prism. (iv) Study of variation of light intensity using photovoltiac cell/ inverse square law. (v) To measure the thermo e.m.f. (vi) To determine the heating efficiency of an electric kettle with varying voltages. (vii) To determine the angle of wedge using interference method. (viii) To measure the angle of elevation of a tall building. OR

Computer Based Exercises:
(i) Calculations of days between two dates of a year. (ii) To check if triangle exists and the type of the triangle. (iii) To find the sum of the sine and cosine series and print out the curve. (iv) To solve simultaneous equations by elimination method. (v) Fitting a straight line or a simple curve of a given data. (vi) Convert a given integer into binary and octal systems and vice versa. (vii) Inverse a matrix. (viii) Spiral array.

B.A./B.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

297

GEOGRAPHY
Paper A

Geophysics-I
Max. Marks : 70 Pass Marks : 35% Total Teaching Hours : 60 Time Allowed : 3 Hours

Paper will consist of Five Units : Unit-I There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will carry 14 marks. Only one question is to be attemped. Unit-II There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will carry 14 marks. Only one question is to be attemped.

Unit-III There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will carry 14 marks. Only one question is to be attemped. Unit-IV There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will carry 14 marks. Only one question is to be attemped. Unit-V There will be 10 questions of small answer type covering the syllabi of all the four unit (1-4). Seven questions are to be attempted. Each question will carry two marks.

Unit—I Disaster-Meaning, Factors, Types, Causes and effects. Disaster scenario in the World and India, Typology of Disasters— Earthquakes, Floods, Cyclones, Droghts, Famines, Landslides and snow avalanche, Fire and forest fires, Industrial and technical disasters, Epidemics. (Lectures 15) Unit—II Disaster Preparedness—Planning, Communication, Leadership and Co-ordination, Warehousing and stock piling,

298

B.A./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education)

Disaster management and awareness—Human behaviour and response, Community participation and awareness, Public awareness programmes, Role of various agencies—District administration, Military and Para military, Ministries and Departments at centre and state level, NGOs, International agencies, Media. (Lectures 15) Unit—III Preparedness and Mitigation—Disaster mapping, Predictability, Forecasting and warning, Disaster preparedness plan, land use zoning for disaster management, Preparing community through Information, Education and Communication (IEC), Mitigation. Relief Measures—Search, Rescue, Evacuation, Shelter for victim, Clearness of debris and disposal of dead, Control of fires, Damage assessment. (Lectures 15) Unit—IV Community Health and Casualty Management—Community health during disasters, Emergency health operations, Drinking water, Food and nutrition, Hygiene and sanitation, Reconstruction and rehabilitation—Social and economic aspect, Housing, Agriculture and irrigation. (Lectures 15)

Text and Reference Books :
1. Carter, W. Nick, 1992, Disaster Management : A Disaster Managers Handbook, Asian Development Bank, Manila. 2. Mishra, Girish K. and G.C. Mathur (Eds.), 1995, Natural Disaster Reduction, Reliance Publishing House, New Delhi. 3. Parkash, Indu, 1995, Disaster Management, Rashtra Prahari Prakashan, Ghaziabad. 4. Tuner Barry A. and Nick, F. Pidgeon, 1977, Manmade Disaster, Butter Worth-Heineman: Oxford. 5. Ross, Simon, 1987, Hazard Geography : Logman, U.K. 6. Ashutosh Gautam, 1994, Earthquake—A Natural Disaster: Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi.

13. 1994. 1987: Media Communication and Development. 12. Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan. Reliance Publishing House. New Delhi. 8. 11. Tropical Cyclone. GS. . Sharma. Jayant. Mumbai./B. New Delhi. Assessing risk and redcuing disaster: Routeledge. 1993. Pisharoty. PR. Ghaziabad. "Natural Disaster Reduction". Kumar. Mandal. 1995. Environmental Hazards. Smith Keith. Community based disaster management—A case study from coastal Andhra Pradesh (Monograph). Jaipur.Sc.C. 1996. Disaster Management: Rashtra Prahari Prakashan. Sharma Vinod K. Thomas Telford.. 1995. The Institution of Civil Engineers. 1993. 9. Mega cities: Reducing vulnerability to natural disaster.A. 10. Rawat Publication. Disaster Management: Indian Institute of Public Administration. S. London.B. 14. London. Indu Prakash. 1994. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 299 7.

Only one question is to be attemped. some important historical Unit-V . Each question will carry 14 marks.300 B. (Lecutres 15) Unit—II Earthquake. effects of earthquakes. Reflection and refraction of seismic waves inside the earth. Unit-I Seismic waves. Each question will carry 14 marks. Only one question is to be attemped. Unit-IV There will be two questions from this unit. There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will carry 14 marks. Only one question is to be attemped. Total Teaching Hours : 60 Time Allowed : 3 Hours Unit-II Unit-III There will be two questions from this unit. There will be 10 questions of small answer type covering the syllabi of all the four unit (1-4) Seven questions are to be attempted. volcanic and man made. the variation of the velocity of P and S waves inside the earth. type and propagation inside the earth. types of earthquake— tectonic. Each question will carry two marks. Only one question is to be attemped. Each question will carry 14 marks.A. Marks : 70 Pass Marks : 35% Paper will consist of Five Units Unit-I There will be two questions from this unit.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) GEOGRAPHY Paper B Geophysics-II Max. The study of the interior of the earth through seismic waves./B.

Elementary Seismology—Richer 3. Bath. long period (LP) and broad band (BB) recoding. mechanism. Velocity meter and Accelerometer. Magnitude and intensity scale.V. (Lecutres 15) Unit—IV Seismograph. Sharma 4. Energy release during earthquake. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 301 earthquakes./B. Microseismicity. Concept of short period (SP). Telford. Hypocenter. Epicenter. Sherief. Arrays and networks of seismic stations. Principle of mechanical and electromagnetic type.Sc. Foreshock—Aftershock and their significance. Origin time and their determination by different methods. Geldart. (Lectures 15) Unit—III Focal parameter. Applied Geophysics—W.A. 2.B. Method of Geophysics—P. Microseism.M. (Lecutres 15) Text and Reference Books : 1. Keys . Travel time-table and curves. Global distribution of earthquakes. Ground motion response curves displacements meter. Elastic rebound theory. Vertical and horizontal component seismometer. Introduction to Seismology—M.

Lab Practicals related with the theory . Marks : 60 Pass Marks : 35% 2. Field Training Total Teaching Hours : 90 Time Allowed : 4 Hours 50 Marks 50 Marks 1.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) GEOGRAPHY Paper C Lab Practical and Field Training Max.A./B.302 B.

Marks Allotted : 10 Part-B It shall consist of 15 short answer type questions (Q. Five questions are to be set from each section of the syllabus. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 303 CHEMISTRY Paper I II III IV Course Inorganic Chemistry Organic Chemistry Physical Chemistry Laboratory Practical Teaching 60 60 60 6 periods per week Total = 15 periods/week (Common instructions for three papers) Note : The question paper shall consist of three parts. 11 to 25) from the entire syllabus and the maximum length of each question may not exceed one-half of a page.Each question will be of 3 marks and the candidate may be asked to attempt any 10 questions. Nos.Sc.A. 9 periods per week Part-A It shall consist of 10 very short answer type questions (Q.Nos. 26 to 28) from the entire syllabus and the maximum length of each question may not exceed four pages. One question is to be set from each section of the syllabus. Each question will be of 5 marks and the candidate may be asked to attempt any 2 questions. as detailed below : Hrs. Each question will be of 1 mark and the candidate may be asked to attempt all the 10 questions. 1 to 10) from the entire syllabus and the maximum length of each question may not exceed ¼th of a page.Nos. Marks Allotted : 10 ./B.B. Marks Allotted : 30 Part-C It shall consist of 3 descriptive type questions (Q. Minimum of 3 questions are to be set from each section of the syllabus.

Properties of the elements of the first transition series. Chemistry of Lanthanide Elements 6 Hrs. valence bond theory of transition metal complexes. oxidation states. magnetic behaviour.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) CHEMISTRY Paper I Inorganic Chemistry Time : 3 Hrs. Characteristic properties of d-block elements. Werner's coordination theory and its experimental verification. V. their simple compounds and complexes illustrating relative stability of their oxidation states. IV. chelates. Chemistry of Elements of Second and Third Transition Series 10 Hrs.Marks : 50 I. lanthanide compounds. Section-1 Chemistry of Elements of First Transition Series 10 Hrs. nomenclature of coordination compounds. spectral properties and stereochemistry. comparative treatment with their 3danalogues in respect of ionic radii. similarities between the later actinides and the later lanthanides./B. coordination number and geometry. effective atomic number concept.A. 60 Hrs (2 Hrs/week) 3 Periods/week II. General features and chemistry of actinides. Coordination Compounds 10 Hrs. Section-2 III. General characteristics. isomerism in coordination compounds.304 B. Pu and Am from U. chemistry of separation of Np. . Electronic structure. M. complex formation. occurrence and isolation. oxidation states and ionic radii and lanthanide contraction. Chemistry of Actinides 4 Hrs.

Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 305 Section-3 Oxidation and Reduction 8 Hrs. Arrhenius./B. Physical properties of a solvent. the Lux-Flood. types of solvents and their general characteristics. redox stability in water-Frost. solvent system and Lewis concepts of acids and bases.A. VII.Sc. VIII. Latimer and Pourbaix diagrams. VI. Principles involved in the extraction of the elements. Use of redox potential data-analysis of redox cycle. .B. Non-aqueous Solvents 6 Hrs. Bronsted-Lowry. Acids and bases 6 Hrs. reactions in non-aqueous solvents with reference to liquid NH3 and liquid SO2.

Gatterman synthesis. Claisen rearrangement. Colour and constitution (electronic concept).Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) CHEMISTRY Paper-II Organic Chemistry-II Time : 3 Hrs. Nomenclature. II. III. Acidic nature. Mechanisms of Fries rearrangement. ketones./B. carboxylic acids and esters. Fluorescein. Phenolphthalein. . Alizarin and Indigo. Monohydric alcohols—nomenclature. Malachite green. chemical reactions of vicinal glycols. Chemistry and synthesis of Methyl orange. methods of formation by reduction of aldehydes. Comparative acidic strengths of alcohols and phenols. Synthetic Dyes 8 Hrs. Crystal violet. Classification of dyes. structure and bonding. Preparation of phenols. acylation and carboxylation. Phenols 6 Hrs. 6 Hrs.306 B. resonance stabilization of phenoxide ion. Alcohols Classification and nomenclature.Marks : 50 60 Hrs (2 Hrs/week) 3 Periods/week Section-I I. chemical reactions of glycerol. Congo red. Reactions of alcohols. Dihydric alcohols—nomenclature. methods of formation. hydrogen bonding. physical properties and acidic character. M. oxidative cleavage [Pb(OAC) 4 and HIO 4 ] and pinacol-pinacolone rearrangement.A. Lederer-Manass reaction and Reimer Tiemann reaction. Hauben-Hoesch reaction. Reactions of phenols—electrophilic aromatic substitution. Trihydric alcohols—nomenclature and methods of formation.

Preparation of carboxylic acids. MPV. Halogenation of enoliable ketones. synthesis of ketones from nitriles and from carboxylic acids. (Structural features only). Halogenation of enolizable ketones. Reactions of carboxylic acids. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 307 IV. Reduction of carboxylic acids. Methods of formation and chemical reactions of halo acids. Oxidation of aldehydes.3-dithianes./B. Synthesis of acid chlorides.A. structure and bonding. Nomenclature and structure of the carbonyl group.Sc. Clemmensen. Methods of formation and chemical reactions of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids. Witting reaction. Synthesis of aldehydes and ketones with particular reference to the synthesis of aldehydes from acid chlorides. Wolff-Kishner. aldol.B. tartaric and citric acids. Baeyer-Villiger oxidation of Ketones. An introduction to α. Hell-Volhard-Zelinsky reaction. β unsaturated aldehydes and ketones. Dicarboxylic acids: methods of formation and effect of heat and dehydrating agents. Mechanism of nucleophilic additions to carbonyl group with particular emphasis on benzoin. Use of acetals as protecting group. synthesis of aldehydes and ketones using 1. Hydroxy acids : malic. Perkin and Knoevenagel condensations. Nomenclature. . Physical properties. Mechanism of decarboxylation. Cannizzaro reaction. effects of substituents on acid strength. Michael addition. V. Condensation with ammonia and its derivatives. physical properties. LIAIH4 and NaBH4 reductions. Section-II Aldehydes and Ketones 14 Hrs. reductions. acidity of carboxylic acids. esters and amides. Carboxylic Acids 6 Hrs. Mannich reaction.

Mechanisms of esterification and hydrolysis (acidic and basic). Synthesis of epoxides. Preparation of nitroalkanes and nitroarenes. Saponification value. Ziesel's method. VIII.A. neutral and alkaline media. Natural fats. iodine value. alkyl and aryl sulphonates. Nomenclature of ethers and methods of their formation.308 B. Fats. separation of a mixture of primary. IX. secondary and tertiary amines. Amine salts as phase-transfer catalysts. physical properties. Stereochemistry of amines. orientation of apoxide ring opening. synthetic detergents. Oils and Detergents 2 Hrs. Relative stability & reactivity of acyl derivatives. soaps. Physical properties. interconversion of acid derivatives by nucleophilic acyl substitution. amides and acid anhydrides. Ethers and Epoxides 3 Hrs./B. esters.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Section-III Carboxylic Acid Derivatives 3 Hrs. edible and industrial oils of vegetable origin. Chemical reactions of nitroalkanes. common fatty acids. chemical reactions. Preparation of carboxylic acid derivatives. physical properties. Mechanisms of nucleophilc substitution in nitroarenes and their reduction in acidic. Preparation of alkyl and aryl amines (reduction of nitro compounds nitriles). Structure and nomenclature of acid chlorides. Organic Compounds of Nitrogen 12 Hrs. VI. Gabriel-phthalimide reaction. glycerides. acid value. reductive amination of aldehydic and ketonic compounds. VII. Hofmann bromamide reaction. hydrogenation of unsaturated oils. . Acid and base-catalyzed ring opening of epoxides. Picric acid. Halonitroarenes : reactivity Structure and nomenclature of amines. reactions of Grignard and organolithium reagents with epoxiedes. Structural features effecting basicity of amines. Chemical reaction-cleavage and autoxidation.

Enthalpy of neutralization.A. definition of internal energy and enthalpy. Entropy change in ideal gases and mixing of gases. Carnot cycle and its efficiency. Thermodynamic process. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 309 CHEMISTRY Paper-III PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY Time : 3 Hrs. surroundings etc. Thermodynamic scale of temperature. Bond dissociation energy and its calculation from thermo-chemical data. entropy as a function of P & T. heat capacities at constant volume and pressure and their relationship.B. Thermochemistry : Standard state.Sc. Definition of thermodynamic terms: System. Clausius inequality. State and path functions and their differentials. intensive and extensive properties. different statements of the law. Types of systems. Second law of thermodynamics: Need for the law. Calculation of w. Kirchhoff's equation. .q. Heat capacity. Concept of heat and work. temperature dependence of enthalpy. entropy as a function of V & T.dU & dH for the expansion of ideal gases under isothermal and adiabatic conditions for reversible process. standard enthalpy of formation-Hess's Law of heat summation and its applications. entropy change in physical change. First Law of Thermodynamics : Statement. Concept of entropy : Entropy as a state function. II./B. M. Carnot theorem. Marks : 50 60 Hrs (2 Hrs/week) 3 Periods/week Section-I 1. entropy as a criteria of spontaneity and equilibrium. Joule's law-Joule-Thomson coefficient and inversion temperature. Heat of reaction at constant pressure and at constant volume. Thermodynamics-II 8 Hrs. Thermodynamics-I 12 Hrs.

IV. Pb-Ag systems. simple eutectic-Bi-Cd. (FaCl3-H2O) and CuSO4-H2O) system.A. CO 2 and S systems. A & G as criteria for thermodynamic equilibrium and spontaneity. Thermodynamic derivation of law of mass action. Gibbs function (G) and Helmholtz function (A) as thermodynamic quantities. . Le Chateller' principle. Gibbs and Helmholtz functions. desilverisation of lead. component and degree of freedom. derivation of Gibbs phase rule. evaluation of absolute entropy from heat capacity data. Raoult's and Henry's law. V. Section-II Thermodynamics-III 5 Hrs.V and T. Freezing mixtures.310 B. Non-ideal system-azeotropes-HCI-H2O and ethanol-water systems. phase equilibria of one component system-water. applications. Phase Equilibrium 10 Hrs. (NaCI-H2O). Liquid-liquid mixtures-Ideal liquid mixtures. Partially miscible liquids Phenol water trinse thylamin water Nicotine water System. Reaction isotherm and reaction isochore-Clapeyron equation and Clausius-Clapeyron equation./B. statement and concept of residual entropy. Variation of G and A with P. Chemical Equilibrium 5 Hrs. acetone-dry ice.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) III. their advantage over entropy change. Statement and meaning of the terms-phase. Solid solutions-compound formation with congruent melting point (Mg-Zn) and incongruent melting point. Third law of thermodynamics: Nernst heat theorem. Equilibrium constant and free energy. Phase equilibria of two component system-solid-liquid equilibria.

over potential and hydrogen overvoltage. definition and dermination by Hittof method and moving boundary method. .B. VII. steam distillation. conductometric titrations.Sc. derivation of cell E. Electrical transport-conduction in metals and in electrolyte solutions. applications. Effect of impurity on consolute temperature immiscible liquids. metal ion. determination of Ka of acids.M. determination of solubility product of a sparingly soluble salt. standard hydrogen electrode-reference electrodesstandard electrode potential. polarization./B. Ostwald's dilution law its uses and limitations. conventional representation of electrochemi cells. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 311 Lower and upper consolute temperature. Debye-Huckel-Onsager's equation for strong electrolytes (elementary treatment only). Electrochemistry-II 10 Hrs.F. Computation of cell EMF. variation of equivalent and specific conductance with dilution . Calculation of thermodynamic quantities of cell reactions (∆G ∆H and K). Types of reversible electrodes-gas metal ion. Electrochemistry-I 10 Hrs. Transport number. Electrolytic and Galvanic cells-reversible and irreversible cells. EMF of a cell and its meaurements. Nernst distribution law-thermodynamic derivation.A. Electrode reactions. measurement of equivalent conductance. and Single electrode potential. Section-III VI. Applications of conductivity measurements: determination of degree of dissociation. metalinsolblue salt-anion and redox electrodes. specific conductance and equivalent conductance. electrochemical series and its significance. weak and strong electrolytes. sign conventions. Migration of ions and Kohlrausch law. Nernst equation. Arrhenius theory of electrolyte dissociation and its limitations.

312 B. liquid junction potential. Hydrolysis of salts. solubility product and activity coefficient.A. potentiometric titrations. by potentiometric methods. Definition of pH and pKa determination of pH using hydrogen. Henderson-Hazel equation./B. Buffers-mechanism of buffer action. . application of concentration cells. quinhydrone and glass electrodes.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Concentration cell with and wihout transport. Corrosion-types. valency of ions. theories and methods of combating it.

A. 2-butone. 4. Separation of green leaf pigments (spinach leaves may be used). dinitrophenylhydrazones of acetone.5:1. Preparation and separation of 2.B. c. 6 Periods/week Inorganic Chemistry Quantitative Analysis Volumetric Analysis a. Gravimetric Analysis Analysis of Cu as CuSCN and Ni as Ni (dimethylgloxime) Organic Chemistry Laboratory Techniques A./B. Determination of alkali content-antacid tablet using HCI. . Determination of acetic acid in commercial vinegar using NaOH.Sc. Separation of a mixture of dyes using cyclohexane and ethyl acetate (8. a. d. Estimation of calcium content in chalk as calcium oxalate by permanganometry.1/2 hrs. Thin Layer Chromatography Determination of Rf values and identification of organic compounds. 2-butanone. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 313 CHEMISTRY (Practical) M.5). e. Estimation of ferrous and ferric by dichromate method. Estimation of copper using sodiumthiosulphate. b.Marks : 50 Duration 3. b. f. hexan-2and 3-one using toluene and light petroleum (40 : 60). c. Estimation of hardness of water by EDTA.

amines. 2.314 B. nitro and anilide) in simple organic compounds. To determine the enthalpy of neutralisation of a weak acid/ weak base versus strong base/strong acid and determine the enthalpy of ionisation of the weak acid/weak base. esters. To determine the solubility of benzoic acid at different temperatures and to determine ∆H of the dissolution process. amides. carbonyl. carboxylic. To determine the enthalpy of dissolution of solid calcium chloride and calculate the lattice energy of calcium chloride from its enthalpy data using Born Haber cycle. carbohydrates.S and halogens) and functional groups (phenolic. . 3./B.A. Thermochemistry 1.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Qualitative Analysis Detection of elements (N.

Marks : 30 Duration 3.B. 10 10 06 04 1) Physical Experiment 2) Thin Layer Chromatography 3) Viva Voce 4) Note Book - ./B. 10 10 1) Gravimetric/volumetric Analysis 2) Organic Compound Analysis Paper-B (Morning) M.Marks : 20 Duration 3. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 315 Paper-A (Evening) M.1/2 Hrs.1/2 Hrs.A.Sc.

316 SCHEME OF EXAMINATION FOR CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS (VOCATIONAL) THEORY No. Food Commodities 90 2. 50 10 Int.of Duration Marks Grand Total 60 PRACTICALS Papers 1. Paper-B Sanitation & Hygiene & Quantity food Production and service B. of Duration Paper 1 3 Hrs. Paper-A Basic Dietetics and 1 3 Hrs./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 3.A. Assess 40 Marks No. Paper-C Book Keeping CostAccountancy and Personnel Management 1 3 Hours 50 - - Total 50 200 . 50 1 3 Hrs.

Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 317 SCHEME OF STUDIES FOR CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS (VOCATIONAL) S. 3 - Note : For "On the Job Training" the Students are required to run a) Cafeteria in the institutions (each student will run one cafeteria).No./B. Paper-A Basic Dietetics and food Commodities 4 6 period/per group/per weeks (10 practicals of Basic Dietetic rest for running of cafeteria) 2. Paper-B Sanitation and Hygiene quantity Food production and service Paper-C Book Keeping and cost Accountancy and Personnel Management 4 6 period/per group/per weeks 3.of the No.B.A. b) Undergo ten days (10) training in hotels. . Subject No. Periods Periods 1.Sc. of Pract.

B and C (Theory are of 50 marks each for this .Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS (VOCATIONAL) Paper-A Part-I (Basic Dietetics) Time : 3 Hours Max. . Marks : 50 Instructions for the peper setters As per the scheme of the examination for Clinical Nutrition and Dietetics (Vocational) in part II papers A. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. each question paper will consist of three sections as follows : Section A : It will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with answer to each question upto five lines in length. Each question will carry I mark. The total weightage of the section shall be 24 marks. Section B : It will consist of short answer type questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. II.A. III./B. Section C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length. All questions will be compulsory. Total weightage of the section will be 16 marks. Role of Dietition in the hospital and Community. I.318 B. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates. Each question will carry three marks. Basic concepts of Diet Therapy. Each question will carry 8 marks. Therapeutic Adaptation the normal diet. total weightage being 10 marks only.

Sc.B. soft diet. light diet. and tube feedings. Routine hospital Diets. V. VII. Surgical conditions. . Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 319 IV. Feeding infants and children-problems in feeding children in the hospital./B. Regular diet. VI.A. full liquid diet. Modifications of Diet. Feeding the patient-psychology feeding the patient. assessment of patient needs.

quality. selection. processing. II. Planning & preparation of soft diet. Planning & preparation of High and low caloria diet with modified fat carbohydrate level.320 B. use in variety of preparations. storage.II Food Commodities (Theory) Description of the course : It involves an understanding of the basic commodities. cost and nutritional aspects. Planning and preparation of liquid diet.structure. cereal products Fast foods . II. IV.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS (Vocational) Paper A (Basic Dietetics) Internal Assessment Marks : 10 I. use in variety of preparations. Cereals & Pulses. selection. Standardisation of common feed preparation.A. To discuss the qualities and standards of available commodities and their suitability for different purposes. nutritional aspects and cost. both raw and processed generally used in food service institutions with due emphasis on cost. storage. spoilage. Eggs : Production. V. . III. used in catering and various aspects of their production and distribution. I. nutritional aspects and cost./B. Objectives : 1. grade. breakfast cereals. uses. Pulses & Legumes-Production ( in brief) selection and variety. processing. To understand the basic commodities both raw and processed. variety storage. Cereals and millets. Part. Planning and preparation of full or normal diet.

use and nutritional aspects of raw and processed vegetables and fruits. Poultry and Meat : Selection. purchase. IV. selection. Purchase. uses. advantages. cultivation.5 Ist Test 6 . pre-serves. preservation methods. storage. cookery and IX. V. availability. Convenience Foods : Role. Vegetables and Fruits : Variety.B. XI. Coffee. uses in the diet. VIII. storage. VII. types. uses. cost. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 321 III. Sugar & Sugar Products : Different forms of sugar (sugar. essences & food colours. jaggery. XII. herbs. uses. procurement and storage.A. X. storage & use./B. Fats and Oils : Types and sources of fats and oils (animal and vegetable) processing. origin. cost and nutritional aspects. cost and nutritional aspects. use. Fish.12 IInd Test . Evaluation : Assignment on collection of various food commodities 2 Unit tests : Topic 1 . Tea. processing. condiments. bassin bakery. Chocolate and Cocoa powder Growth. Raising agents Types. Food Products : Spices. extracts concentrates. cost and contribution to diet. description.Sc. Salt : Types. storage. specifications. consituents. honey syrup) manufacture. classi-fication. cost and nutritional aspects. Selection.

The total weightage of the section shall be 24 marks. Section C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length. each question paper will consist of three sections as follows : Section A : It will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with answer to each question up to five lines in length. . For this. storage. 2.322 B./B. Importance of personal hygiene of food handler.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS (Vocational) Paper-B Sanitation and Hygiene (Theory) Part-I Time : 3 Hours Max. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidate will be required to attempt two. Marks : 50 Instructions for the paper setters. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate. Total weightage of the section will be 16 marks. Each question will carry I mark. Each question will carry three marks. Habitsclothes. total weightage being 10 marks only. All questions will be compulsory. Education of food handler in handling and serving food. As per the scheme of the examination for Clinical Nutrition and Dietetics (vocational) in Part II Paper A.A. Safety in food procurement.B. handling and preparation control of spoilage-safety of left off left over foods. Each question will carry 8 marks.C (Theory) are of 50 marks each. Section B : It will consist of short answer type questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. 1. illness.

Fundamental Food Microbiology by Ray 4th Ed. by Kalra Longree Gerirude Armbrusters 1996. (c) Basic concept. heat chemicals. (b) Municipal rules & legislatures. . 6.anual by Joan K Loken. insulation materials for necessary parts. Springer Pub 2006 by Marroitt. Quantity Food Sanitation 5th Ed. References 1. 7. tests for Samitiser strength. Waste product handling. strength & limitations.Sc. 7. Zall Wiley Backwe112004.C. cleaning equipment. 4. Managing Food Industry Waste: Common Sense Method for food Processory by Robert R. Prentice Hall. control and inspection.(a) Sanitation-Kitchen design equipment and layout of food premises maintaining clean environment. Solid wastes and liquid wastes.Planning for waste disposal. Mice-Rodent. destruction. Cleaning methods-sterlisation and disinfection-products and methods-use of detergents. Quantity Food Sanitateon Sth Ed.B. Swane Pearson Edv. planning and implementation of training programme for health personnel. Food Safety Handbook by Schmidt John Willy. Materials used : 4. (d) Basic materials used for finishes. 5. Routledge. 6.(a) Food sanitation. Control of Infestation-rodent Control-Rats. (b) Selecting and installing equipment. The HACCP Food Safety M./B. safety consideration. 5. vector Control-Use of pesticides.A. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 323 3. Essentials of Food Safety & Sanilal3 edition M. profing. 3. 2. electric parts & wiring to suit installan & use of equipment.

snacks (table d'hote and a'la cartemenu) BF (1) ala carte (2) TDH (3) 5. Course Content : 1.FSN 310 Credits-2 Objectives : 1. Types of meals-and styles of service breakfast. Western and others. afternoon tea./B. To understand the different styles of food service in volume feedings. 4. To understand the application of basic principles to bulk production of the food. 2. Aims and objectives of different food service outlets a) industrial b) institutional c) hospitals 2. Menu planning-sequence of course Indian (Regional i.A. 3. Different foods and beverage outlet 3. South Indian. To gain knowledge regarding selection and purchase of food. West Indian at Gujaratis). Technique of writing menus (give excercises for planning menus).Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS (Vocational) Paper B Quantity Food production and Service Part-II Code No. To develop skills in menu planning for quantity preparation.324 B. dinner. 4. lunch. Introduction to basic and special equipment for food production and Service.e. .North Indian.

Table Decoration. 7th edition. John Birchfield Jr. Staff organisation of different outlets (a La carte and table d'hote) Manager. D. Droke Publishers. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 325 a) b) indicate and list bare and use of equipment-silver. hot and cold.B.A. Dorothy Tompkins 2nd edition. 9. Classification of beverages.R. Steward. 4. Concepts of Food Service Operations & Management. 2nd edition by Mahmood A Khan. Use of bills and checks in control system outlet 10. 5. 5 types of services of food and beverage outlets 7.. 1 Unit Test 1 Project report on names of different organisations and suppliers of crockery. cutlery etc. Use AV aids and handouts) 6. . alcoholic and non alcoholic. 2./B. Beverages. Waiter 8.3rd edition by John C. John Birchfiled. cutlery. Design & Layout of Food Service Faculties. Design and Equipment for Resturants & Food Service-A Management View Jrd edition by Costas Kesigers Christhomus Mahmood A Khan. 3. 2006.Sc. 2007. Supervisor. References : 1.Lillicrap. glass laying up for number (Practicals. use and importance in meals and snacks. suitable glassware for beverage service. With manufacture's name and prices and report on serviette folds. Birthfield. Foods and Beverage Service. Dec. Hostess.

Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 6.326 B. 1990. 9. 2008. Principals of Food. Profeesional Table Service by Sylvia Mayor. J. Desmond Keefe.A. Dittimer. Beverage and Labour Cost Controls 9th edition by Paul R. 8. Foods and Beverage Service Manual by Casuda Matt A. Edy Schmid Chrustel Spuler. 10. . Quality Resturant Service Guaranteed : A Training Outline by Nancy Loman Scanlon 1998. III./B. 7. Dictionary of Nutrition & Dietetics by Karen Eich Drumond Aug.1996.

sprouted pulses.Sc. pulao. Tray service Order taking. Organizing. mutton biryani. 8. mugalai biryani. Pulse Preparations : Punjabi dal. puris. setting up the silvers and other table appointments. tomato rice. . Serving and clearing practice. Setting up the restaurant-lying of table cloth changing. Develop skills in quantity food production and service. 3. 5. presentation of bills. yakhani pulao. Service of beverages tea./B. Preparing for customers. French and English service. 7.B. parantha plain. Folding of serviettes. crockery & other equipment.A. bhaturas. Lying for breakfast. Dhanshak (any four). correct Use of waiter's cloth. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 327 CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS (Vocational) Paper B Quantity Food production and Service (Practicals) Time : 3 Hours Objectives : Course Contents : 1. juices and alcoholic beverages. 2. 4. Up keep and cleaning of cutlery. Max. coffee. II. sambar. I. Rice Preparations : Plain & fried rice. (any four) Wheat Preparations : Chapati. vegetable biryani. 6. III. masala rice. making out checks. Marks : 40 1. bills. chicken biryani. masala rajmah. dalfry. Alu-chhole. nan. parantha stuffed. preparing and serving food for three different meals for 50 members or more (list attached).

Vegetables : Vegetables and gratin. minestrone soup. cheese sauce. hollandaise. murg masala. Sauces : White sauce. chicken. date and walnut cake and varieties of cookies. coffee mousse. palak paneer. (any four) V. vegetable puffs. mutton chilli fry. . fried snacks. vegetable and meat loaf. fish curry. stuffed capsicum. alu palak.328 B. vegetable kofta. Meat Preparations : Kofta curry. halwas. brain masala. VI. tanduri chicken. mutton palak. Breads : breads. casserol. (any four). roghan-josh. vindaloo. fried veg. chicken curry. burfi./B. mulligatawny soup. gateaux. dum alu. different kinds of rolls. moulded salad. VII. Cakes and cookies : Plain cake. prawns curry.A.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) IV. Sweets : Bread pudding. chicken soup and corn soup. kheer. decorative salad. sauffles. curry sauce. gulabjamun. (any four) IX. Russian salad. Entrees : Vegetables pie. Sweets : Laddu. shrikhand. puranpoli. Bakery Products : Short crust pastries Different types of tarts. baked. savoury. trifle. Vegetables and mutton pattis. Vegetable Preparations : Alu matar. hamburgers. tomato cream soup. VIII. Baked cauliflower. vegetable korma (any four) Salads : Tossed Salad. Snacks : Variety of sandwiches. fermented and steamed snacks. fruit cake. vegetable burgers. daughnuts. vegetables. Western Cookery : Soups : Mixed Veg. mayonnaise sauce. ba bread. : different types of icings. Gujiya. pies and turn overs. carrot cream soup.

B. Visit to different types of Foods service institutions to studyHospitals.Sc.A. restaurant. Industrial Canteen. Kitchen (jughi). Hotel. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 329 Evaluation : Continuous assessment will be done./B. College Canteen for (a) Organization (b) Physical plan & layout (c) Food Service Equipment (d) Sanitation and Hygiene .

A. Each question will carry I mark. Each question will carry three marks. total weightage being 10 marks only. . Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidate will be required to attempt two. - Management Definition. The total weightage of the section shall be 24 marks.For this. All question will be compulsory. Section-B : It will consist of short answer type questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. scope and functions Principles of Management Techniques of effective management Energy and time management and its application to food preparation and service. Marks : 50 As per the scheme of the examination for Clinical Nutrition and Dietetics (Vocational) in Part II Paper A.330 B.B & C. 1. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate. Total weightage of the section will be 16 marks.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS (Vocational) Paper-C Personnel management Part-I Time : 3 Hours 3 Periods/week Instructions for the paper setters. Each question will carry 8 marks. Section C: It will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length. (Theory) are of 50 marks each . each question paper will consist of three sections as follows: Section-A It will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with answers to each question up to five lines in length./B. M.

Food material management . Mundel. P. Kiesar. definition. supervision. incentives for effective performance.B. 3. meaning. importance . 1982. productivity. duties and responsibilities of a storekeeper . 2nd ed. objectives.. performance appraisal. 4. Personnel Management in the hotel and Catering Industry. other emoluments.Quality Control 3. Theory of Catering Butter and Tanner Ltd. longer level. objectives.Food selection. 1986. uniform and other prize benefits. 1974. 5th ed. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 331 2. allowances. Kinton and Casarani. Labour policies and legislation. Labour laws and organization). Co. motivation.Sc.. selection and training of personnel. minimum and maximum level.. leave. work standards. Analysing Costs in Food Service Operations. Controlling. M. ed. Bora. factors underlying successful storekeeping. definition. valuation of inventory. Ist.Meaning. 2. Boella.M.A. EOQ . modification and standardization. Macmillan Publi.E. 5.Recuritment. J. receiving and storing . functions.Storekeeping. Motion and Time Study Principles and Practice. . Personnel Management .. .Inventory control.Material identification. order and reorder level. London. (personnel policies related to salaries.. Prentice Hall./B. India 1981. Books Recommended 1.J. M. Barrie and Jenhnins. 1981. Food Administration in India . A Study of an Indian State. purchasing..

. Hayer and G.A. Catering Management. 1st ed. Wiley Eastern Ltd.J. Cichy. Food Service Systems management. and R. Hitchcock M. H. 8.J. Metropolitan Book Co. West. Co. Monor. 10. 1984.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 6. Mohini Sethi and Surjeet Malhan. Avi.F. 1977. Management guide. An Integrated Approach. Publications by National Productivity council. Wood.L. Connecticut. 1980. . New York. 7. 11./B. Shugart.F.Personnel Mgt. Food service in Institutions. 1986. In the Hotel and Catering Industry. B.L. Series.. Delhi..F. Food Service Systems. John Wiley and Sons.332 B.B. Co. Macmillan publi. New Delhi. 9.... Administration. L. Kumar. Public. U. 1987.

expense and master budget. Arora Prof.A. References Book Keeping & Accountancy Prof. 6. various functional budgets like sales. marginal costing features. 3. assumptions. 5. key factor in budgeting. Dhir Cost Accounting By Bhalla. Introduction. fixed and flexible.S. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 333 Paper-C BOOK KEEPING & COST ACCOUNTANCY Part-II 1.B. objectives. margin of safety. 2. Marginal Costing : Cost classification by behaviour. definition. purpose. principles and advantages of double entry. break even point. profit volume ratio. Gupta & Sharma By Jain & Narang By Maheshwari & Mittal Management Accounting By Sharma & Gupta By Vashisht & Pascriche . stores personnel. Baljinder Singh Prof. applicability. Introduction to Journal./B. purchases. J. Budgets and Budgetary control : Definition. 4. Cost Accounting : Meaning of cost accounting and preparation of cost sheet (cost accounting shall have reference to food cost accountancy. opportunity cost. advantages. production. advantages and limitations.Sc. Break-even analysis. Preparation of cash book-Single column and double column.K. meaning. Budget-short term and long term. A.

They will be required to submit a Comprehensive report . Job Training - - - - 25 25 Total : 200 . 40 60 10 15 50 75 Perieds/Week Th. 50 50 One One 4 Hrs. Schemes of Examination Name of Paper 1. Name of Paper Paper-I Paper-II Paper-III Training & Project Report Reprint the student will be required to take 3 weeks training an export or fashion house.25 marks.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) FASHION DESIGNING AND GARMENT CONSTRUCTION (Vocational) Scheme of Studies Instructions of Paper Setters : The theory paper consist of eight questions. 4 6 6 3. Pattern Making Paper-II Theory Practical Time Marks Internal Total One 3 Hrs. Pr. All questions carry equal marks./B.334 B. Designing & Garment Construction paper-III 4. 4 Hrs. out of which the student will be required to attempt any five.A. Fundamentals of Textiles Paper-I 2.

B. Stain resistan finish. Properties & manufacturing process of following: a) Cotton b) Linen c) Wool d) Silk e) Nylon f) Rayon-Vicose & acetate g) Lycra 3. Printing-Block printing.Sc. Seminar . Fabric-construction-A study of : a) Weaing b) Knitting c) Felting d) Bonding Finishes-Mercerising.A. Marks : 50 Instructions for paper setter : 1. 7. Classification of textile fibres and Terminology. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 335 FUNDAMENTALS OF TEXTILES Paper-I Time : 3 Hours Max. Moiering. 6. screen printing and roller printing. 2. Tentering. 5. Calendering. Brief study of the following yerns : a) Simple b) Novelty c) Bulk/Textured 4./B.

Ass. from Part-B carrying 15 marks from Part-C carrying 10 marks Fil 5 marks Instructions for Paper Setter (Paper-II) Q. Marks : 50 Paper : 40 Int. Gathered with yoke. Shawl. Stand and fall.1. Saddle.336 B. Variation of tops a) Variation of tops b) Variation of Skirt-Flared. Length. Width grades Upgrading Downgrading Grading of . d) Adaptation of collars-Notched./B. C.3 Q. Cowl. Convertible.2 Q. Grading a) b) c) d) Circumference. peg Skirt. Pattern Making and Grading Dart manipulation by flat pattern and pivot method a) b) c) d) Shifting of darts Combining darts Converting darts into gathers Converting darts into seamlines B.4 . Coat Collar. Pleated Skirt.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Fashion Designing & Garment Construction Paper-II (Practical) Time : 4 Hours Max. : 10 Marks from Part-A carrying 10 marks. Ass. Tops Paper : 40 Marks Int.1 Q. c) Adaptation of Sleeves. Skirt 2. :10 A.A.

/B.A. Q. Ass. Drafting and Construction of : a) b) c) d) 3. turtle Skirt Tops Ladies Blouse Designer suit Phulkari Kashmiri Kantha Chickankari Paper : 60 marks Int. Ass. Marks : 75 Paper : 60 Int.2 Adaptation to be made from sloper Q. : 15 1. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 337 Paper-III (Practical) Time : 4 Hours Max.3 Cutting and placement Q.5 File and scheme work Note : Please send the material list alongwith. : 15 marks 2.Chinese.Coat. Designing. Traditional Embroidery : a) b) c) d) Instructions for Paper Setter (Practical-III) Design any one garment from syllabus on paper bag—front and back Q.Stand and fall.1 5 Mark 10 Marks 10 Marks 25 Marks 10 Marks . sleeve block Adults skirt Block Sleeves : Dolman. Necklines : Cowl. Drafting and Garments Construction : a) b) c) d) e) Adults Bodice Block.B.convertible.4 Construction and finishing of garments Q.Sc. Peasant Collars: Shawl.

Each question will carry three marks. Use of calculators is allowed in the examination centre but it will not be provided by University/College. the distribution of the marks is as given below: 1. : 3 hours Practical Int. The total weightage of the section shall be 24 marks. Hours for Teaching the Subject-Theory Hours for Teaching the Subject-Practical : 50 : 50 : 50 6 Hours 6 Hours per week Section A : This will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with answer to each question upto five lines in length./B. Note : Number of hours for theory & practical are five & Three hours resp. Section B : This will consist of short-answer type questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. total weightage of the section being 16 marks. Each question will carry 1 mark the total weightage being 10 marks.A. All questions will be compulsory. : 50 . Asses.338 B. (a) Time allowed Theory : 3 hours Practical (b) Maximum Marks Theory : Paper-A Paper-B Practical 2. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Section C : This will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING (Vocational Subject) Scheme of Examinations Note : The theory paper is of 50 marks. Each question will carry eight marks.

Cooling Towers . comparison between Waters & Air cooled condenser & their Advantages & disadvantages. High & Low side float value. Definition. Dryers Filters. Centrifugal & Rotary Compressors construction. Brine System. Constant Pressure. Basic Principle. flairing & brazing System.way Values cylinder to head gascats. charging balancing. Shaft Seals 3. Methods of joining. euacuation./B. . 4. Values. Water Cooled Condenser 3. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning System Practice : Piping layout Selection of pip material & size for various Refrigerant.Sc. Testing & adjustment of expansion devices. Evaporative Condenser. Types of Condensers.B. Semi Hermatic open compressors. Expansion Devices : Capillary Tube. leak testing. 6. Refrigerant receivers. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 339 REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING (Vocational) Paper A Refrigeration Hardware Time : 3 Hours Max. 1. cooling pond.A. Air cooled Condenser 2. Types Hermetic. Thermo Static Exp. Features volumeteric Efficiencies Multicylinder Compression & Capacity control. Use of Selenoid values pressure equalizers. Their Constructional features. 5. Marks : 50 (1) Compressors : Introduction. (3) Condensers : Definition. Sizing of Cappillary. shell & tube shell of coil chillers. (2) Compressor lubrication : Methods of Lubrication & the properties of a Lubricating oil Indentification of sources of problem in operation Value failure. Types natural & Mechanical Draft. Fouling & de scaling of condensers. depyartation. Standard Sizes.

Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Each question will carry eight and half marks. 2.340 B. the distribution of the marks is as given below: 1. .A. Section B : This will consist of short-answer question with answer to each question upto two pages in legth. total weightage of the section being 16 marks. Section C : This will consist of essay type questions with answers to each question upto 5 pages in length. Hours for Teaching the Subject : Theory : Hours for Teaching the Subject: Practical : : 50 : 50 : 50 : 50 6 Hours 6 Hours per week Theory : 3 Hours Practical : 3 Hours Section A : This will consist of 10 very short answer questions with answers to each question upto five lines in length./B. Asses. Each question will carry 1 marks the total weightage being 10 marks. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates. All questions will be compulsory. (a) Time Allowed (b) Maximum Marks Theory : Paper-A Paper-B Practical : Practical Int. The total weightage of the section shall be 24 marks. Each question will carry three marks. Note : Number of hours for theory & practical are five & Three hours respectively Use of calculators is allowed in the examination centre but it will not be provided by University/College.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING (Vocational) Scheme of Examinations Note : The theory paper is of 50 marks.

4. Radial Perimeter & Exunded Pleanum Duct System. Duct Construction : Buelt systems.B. Constructional features & Insulation Bottle Coolers. Storage & Pressure Type Water Coolers Their filtering. 2. Requirements for various food items. Evaporators : Introduction. Finned Evaporator.Sc. Air Conditioning Machines & Components : Types of cooling. Humidification & Dehumidification coils. Plate Surface. Construction. Loop perimeter. 3. Ice Creams. Sealing & Insulation of Cold Storages. Water Pumps: Vertical Types & Horizontal Type. Defrosting Automatic Pressure & Electric Defrosting etc. Construction & Operational features of domestic Refrigerators.A. Types of Evaporator Flooded Type Evaporator. Water coolers. Heating coils. Cold storages : Introduction. Note : A Job Training of one month in summer will be given to the students carrying 40 marks. Dry Expansion Type Evaporator Baudelot cooler Bare Tube. Refrigeration. 5. . Domestic refrigerators : Introduction./B. Marks : 50 1. Their construction & Operational features. Fans & blowers eilters & dampers. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 341 REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING (Vocational) Paper B Refrigeration Equiments Time : 3 Hours Max.

342 B.O. Solenoid value. 7. .Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING (Vocational) List of Practical Time : 3 hours Max. To Study a cooling Tower. To test chek the capacitors. Gaabi Singh Publisher Dhanpat Rai Katson Publication Satya Prakashan. 12. 3. Gas charging in the Refrigerator System & Testing for leakage.C.g. automatic Value.P.Arora Dowkundwar Khurmi Sarao. Relays & dryers etc. To Study the various control devices e. To Study Ammonia-Water Plant. 11. To Study the vapour compression System. To Study an electrolux Refrigerator. List of Books Recommended Name of Books Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Author S. 2.P.A. high & low pressure cut off etc. 10. Relays.O. 5./B. Split Type air Conditioner. To Study the (i) Window Type Air Conditioner. 4. 9. 6. 8. of an Ammonia Ice Plant. of a water cooler. To find the C. To assemble & Operate a small vapour compression system. Thermostat. To find the C. Marks : 50 1. To Study a desert cooler & Pump used for this type.

Each question will carry six marks. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates. Preparation of two educational/activity materials for Cognitive/science experiences and creativity Marks : 20 Practical Note Book Marks : 15 Written Practical Test Marks : 15 Oral Examination Marks : 20 Internal Assessment Marks : 20 Assignment Marks : 10 Teaching Work Load Theory -4 periods per week Practical-6 periods per week Note : The question paper may consist of three sections as follows:Section A will consist of 10 very short answer type questions with answer to each question upto five lines in length. total weightage of the section shall be 48 marks./B. All questions will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks.A.Marks : 100 Demonstration of indoor/outdoor age appropriate activities of Children.Sc.Marks : 100 Max.B. Four questions will be set by the examiner and the candidates are required to attempt two. Each question will carry sixteen marks. . Section B will consist of short answer type questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. total weightage of the section being 32 marks. Section C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length. total weightage being 20 marks. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 343 EARLY CHILDHOOD CARE AND EDUCATION (Vocational) Paper A (Theory) : 3 Hours Paper B (Practical) : 3 Hours Max.

weekly. Early Childhood Education programmes in India and Abroad. Quality of Home Environment. Collection of self composed age-appropriate stories and Rhymes for pre-school children. Curriculum Models./B. 3. objectives and scope. Historical perspectives of Early Childhood Education.344 B. monthly. 6. A visit to a "model' early Childhood Educational Centre to observe curriculum implementation. . annual. Integration in Early Childhood Educaiton : identification of children with special needs and integration with normal children. daily programmes. Preparation of curriculum. 3. Execution and planning of activity plans : Indoor and outdoor activities. calendar (for one academic session). importance.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Scheme of Examination Paper-A Theory Paper-B Practical Time 3 Hours 3 Hours Marks Lectures/Week 100 100 6 4 1. 4. 2. content. Practical 1. 2. daily time table and detailed activity plans (for each day). maintenance and care of equipment. 4. 7. Maintenance of equipment and record keeping. Curriculum Management-programme planning : principles. 5. indoor and outdoor activities and equipment. Demonstration of making ECE Centre Child-proof.A. Early Childhood stimulation at home and school. Essential of setting up early Childhood Education Centreneed.

A. Serving children from Birth through Ages 8. (1995). National Association for the education of Young Children.A manual for care Givers of Children (1994). University of kansas. CHETNA (Gujarat). Nanda. Kansas.B. Fine J. The First five years -A critical perspective on Early Childhood Care and Education in india. Learning for Life from Birth to FiveNurturing the Growing Child. 2. P.. 1884 connecticut Avenue. Marvin. Child Centred Health Education Approaches. S. Ahmedabad-380004 (Gujarat).. centre for health education. 10. 5. Amin Ranjan. Swaminathan Mina (1998). 7. (1997). 6. CHETNA (Gujarat). Sage Publications. Jaswal. 9. . Washington. Mumbai. lilabatiber Lalbhai's Bunglow.W. Camp as an approach for parents : Education (1995). shahibaug.20009-5786. Education's Manual. Handbook on Parent Education (1980) Department of educational Psychology and research. Getting Ready for school-The pre-School years. Sue Bredekamp.Sc. Expanded Edition. Ludhiana. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 345 Suggested Readings 1. Books for Change. 3. 8. Guide to Activities in Creative Drama and Puppetry. CHETNA (Gujarat).C. N. 4. Developmentally Appropriate practices in Early Childhood programe. civil camp road. Toy Box-Guide to Creative Toy Making./B. D. Training and Nutrition awareness (CHETNA). CHETNA (Gujarat). Planning effective preschool education (1995). School of Education. & Roy's (1997). Asia Vision. (1994). Lawrence. child resource centre. New Delhi.

fresh and processed. colour flavour. Processing technology of milk and milk products. Processing technology of cereals and legumes Processing technology of oilseeds.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) FOOD SCIENCE AND QUALITY CONTROL (Vocational) FSQC-5 Food Processing and Packaging (Theory) Time : 3 Hours Max. ionising rediation. the testing of finished products. Processing technology of fruits and vegetables. freezing. Marks : 75 Instructions for paper setters. Chemical principles in food processing. High protein food technology. Each part will contain four questions and students will be asked to attempt five question in all with at least two from each part. Preservatives and additives Extruded foods. refrigerations. stability and nutritive quality during processing and storage. Enrichment and Fortification Technology. Question paper will cover both the main topics and divided into two parts. Processing technology of meat. poultry and eggs.346 B. chemical changes in food that affect the texture. dehydration etc. Quality control in food industry-methods of evaluation and control of the various aspects of quailty of raw materials manufacturing process.A. odour. fish. (1) PART-I Physical principles underlying food processing operations including thermal processing./B. Waste disposal and sanitation. Fermentation technology. (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) .

A. materials & forms of packaging. Publising Co. References 1. Gower Press 8. 1) Evaluation of Food Packages 2) Importance of Packages 3) Packaging criteria. Packaging Mng. Food packaging Sacharow and Griffir Avi. 4. Briston & Neill. 4) Packaging methods & performances. DeOr for IBH Pub. Technology of cereal. Cereal Tech. Packaging for Climatic Protection Cains. Oswin Paine. 7) Food packaging & laws 8) Packaging evaluation-package life theory and testing packaging materials. interaction of Food & Packaging. 6) Food & Food package interaction. legumes and oil seeds-Chakrobrty S. Hotchikess American Chemical Society. Specification and Quality Control. Waste treatment6. Preservation of fruits & Veg. 2. 5) Packaging specification & control of packaging quailty. appearance protection. Dairy Tech. (15) Packaging function (16) Approches to packaging development. ./B.B.Kent. 3. 9) Self life testing.-Surcumar De. function cost. 9. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 347 Part-II (13) Food Irradiation (14) Packaging of Foods.-Giridhari Lal.Sc. Food & Packaging Interaction. . 5. 7.

Products by Ranganna S. AVI Publishers. Quality Attributes : Size. 5th ed. dairy products. 2006. 2000. Handbook of Analysis and Quality Control for Fruits & Veg. Shape.A. Recommend Books : 1.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) FOOD SCIENCE AND QUALITY CONTROL FSQC-6 Time : 3 Hours (Vocational) Quality Assurance Max. New Delhi. PFA. Sensory evaluation. Methods of quality assessment of food materials fruits. Food Science by Potter NN. Marks : 75 Question paper will cover both the main topics and divided into two parts. Tata McGraw Hill.348 B. ISO. importance and functions of quality control. Quality Control for Food Industry by Kramer A. Texture Food Laws and Regulations./B. Part-II Sampling. 3. vegetables. USA. 1970. BIS. cereals. egg and processed products. Twigg BA. meat. 2nd ed. Aroma. AGMARK. specifications of raw materials and finished products. FPO. . New Delhi. Each part will contain four questions and the students will be asked to attempt five questions in all atleast two from each part. Concept of HACCP & GMP. MFPO. CBS Publishers. 2. Theory Part-I Objectives. Colour.

To find out the tin coating weight 13. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 349 FSQC-7 Food Processing & Packaging (Practical) Max. Determination of wet & Dry gluten contents. Marks : 25 1. 5. To find out the uniformity and amount of wax on wax paper. Proboilling of rice 7. To see the chemical resistance of packaging materials. 4. paper board and metal. Identification of packaging materials. 11. .Sc. 8. To determine greasec resistance of packaging material.B. Milling of wheat into flour. 15. 9. 3. 10. 2. Milling of rice 6. Determination of free fatty acids in flour and rice bran. To find out the porosity of tin plate. Visits to various industries dealing with food packaging material like. Determination of water vapour transmission of rate of various packaging materials./B. 12. Determination of Physical characteristics of cereals. To estimate the shelf life of packaged food.A. 14.

Quality evaluation of Oils & Fats. oils & Fats and their detection. Marks : 25 1. 2. Adulterants in milk. cereals./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) FSQC-8 Practicals : Quality Assurance (Practical) Max. 5. 6. Quality evaluation of Meat & Poultry. Quality evaluation of milk & milk products. Quality evaluation of cereals.A. 3.350 B. Quality evaluation of fruits and vegetables 4. .

total weightage of the section being 16 marks. Each question will carry 8 marks.Sc. Section B : This will consist of short-answer questions. positive feedback amplifier. principle of feedback amplifier. All questions will be compulsory. Unit-I Transistor Oscillators : Concept of feedback in amplifiers. Each question will carry Three marks. Section C : This will consist of essay type questions. LC oscillators (tuned-collector. Monostable. Wien-Bridge). The examiner will set twelve 12 questions and the candidates will attempt eight (8) questions. Crystal oscillators. tuned base. colpitte).B. Equal weightage should be given to each unit of the syllabus. The examiner will set four (4) questions and the candidate will be required to attempt two (2). Note for teacher/Student: Minimum number of hours for theory are three (3)=4*45 minutes per week. The distribution of marks is as given below : Section A : This will consist of 10 (ten) very short answer type questions. Each question will carry ONE mark. total weightage of the section being 10 marks. 2.A. total weightage of the section shall be 24 marks. effects of negative feedback. Bistable. Saw tooth wave generator. 3. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 351 ELECTRONICS Paper—A Digital Electronics Time : 3 Hours Max Marks : 50 Note : For examiners/paper setters : 1. RC oscillators (Phase-shift./B. Question paper should be set strictly accroding to the syllabus. Astable & Schimmit Trigger. type of feedback. multivibrators. Hartley. .

K. serial in parallel out Shift Registers (SIPO). 2004.race-around condition. counting ADC. Bhattacharya & Dr. Clocked RS flip-flop. parallel comparator ADC. level triggered & edge triggered flip-flops. T flip flops. . hybrid counters. . R-2R ladder DAC./B. Jain (Tata McGrew HIll). flip flops.K. positive and negative edge triggering limitations of JK flip-flop. 3rd Edition. (3) Principals of Electronics by S.352 B. Anand Kumar (PHI). ring counters. Applications of shift registers Unit-III Counters. parallel counters. designing of synchronous & asynchronous counters. Analog to digital and digitial to analog conbeters : Weighed resister DAC. Parallel in serial out shift registers (PISO) parallel in parallel out shift registers (PIPO). RS flip-flop. Kataria & Sons). Universal shift registers. up-down counters and speed limitation of serial counters. Applications of flip flop. Renu Vij (S. (2) Modern Digitial Electronics by R. twisted ring counters. shift registers. Master-Slave JK flip-flop. shift right registers. Dual Dual slop ADC. serial counters.A. shift register counters. successive approximation ADC. shift-left Registers. Serial in serial out shift registers (SISO). D flip-flop. 2004. 2003. cascading of synchronous counters. Latches.P. Books (1) Fundamentals of Digital Circuits by A.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Unit-II Digital/Electronics-I: Introduction to sequential circuits.

voltage-series feedback amplifier. block diagram. voltage shunt. differential amplifier with AC and DC analysis. Note for teacher/Student: Minimum number of hours for theory are three (3)=4*45 minutes per week. Balanced output. Equal weightage should be given to each unit of the syllabus.Sc. 2. feedback amplifier. . Marks : 50 Note : For the examiners/paper setters : 1.A. Open loop op-amp configurations.B. Dual-input Unbalanced Output. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 353 ELECTRONICS Paper—B Analog Integrated Circuits Time : 3 Hours Max. The distribution of marks is as given below : Section A : This will consist of 10 (ten) very short answer type questions. Each question will carry 8 marks. schematic symbol. Question paper should be set strictly according to the syllabus.I : Dual-input. Unit I Linear Integrated Circuits . amp. All questions will be compulsory. Each question will carry Three marks . Single Input Balanced-Output. The examiner will set four (4) questions and the candidate will be required to attempt two (2). Single-input unbalanced output. Ideal voltage transfer curve. op-amp parameters Ideal op. Section C : This will consist of essay type questions. Equivalent circuit. operational amplifier./B. 3. total weightage of the section being 16 marks. Section B : This will consist of short-answer type questions. total weightage of the section shall be 24 marks. The examiner will set twelve 12 questions and the candidates will attempt eight (8) questions. Each question will carry ONE marks total weightage of the section being 10 marks.

A. Differental configuration. Triangular Wave Generator. Pin configuration. . 78 XX & 79 XX series of Voltage Regulators. Scaling Averaging Amplifiers-Inverting configuration. Unit III Linear Integrated Circuits -III : The 555 timer.354 B. Astable Multivibrator Applicaions. Square Wave./B. Saw Tooth Wave Generator. Internal Structure. The 555 as a Monostable Multivibrator. Adjustable Voltage Regulators. Non-inverting configuration. Switching Regulators. Summing.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Unit II Linear Integrated Circuit -II : Operational amplifier applications. Monostable Multivibrator Applications. Fixed Voltage Regulators. Integrator. differentiator. Special Regulators. Suggested Readings : (1) Op-Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits by Ramakant & Gayakwars (Prentice Hall India) 4th Edition Reprint 2002. Generator. (2) Design with Operational Amplier & Analog Integrated Circuits by Sergio & Franco (Tata McGraw Hill) 3rd Edition 2003. the 555 as a Astable Multivibrator.

CGS System of Units—Electromagnetic Units. Section B : This will consist of short-answer type questions. 2. The examiner will set twelve 12 questions and the candidates will attempt eight (8) questions. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 355 ELECTRONICS Paper C Electronics and Instrumentation Time : 3 Hours Max. Electrostatic Units. 3. Dimensions. All questions will be compulsory.A. Fundamental and Derived Units. . Section C : This will consist of essay type questions. Unit-I Measurements I: Unit. total weightage of the section shall be 24 marks. Each question will carry ONE mark. Marks : 50 Note : For the examiners/paper setters : 1. total weightage of the section being 16 marks. The examiner will set four (4) questions and the candidate will be required to attempt two (2).Sc. Practical Units.B. Each questions will carry Three marks. Dimensions in Electromagnetic Systems. Each question will carry 8 marks each. Relationship between Electrostatic and Electromagnetic System of Units. Note for teacher/Student: Minimum number of hours for theory are three (3)=4*45 minutes per week. total weightage of the section being 10 marks. The distribution of marks is as given below : Section A : This will consist of 10 (ten) very short answer type questions. Equal weightage should be given to each unit of the syllabus. Dimensions of Machanical Units. Question paper should be set strictly accroding to the syllabus. Absolute Units./B. Dimensional equations—Dimensions in Electrostatic Systems.

356 B. construction and calibration. 2. Standard Reference voltage source. critical. Series and Shunt type Ohmmeters./B. Multirange Voltmeters and ammeters. AC Potentiometers. AC Bridges. Cathode Ray Oscilloscope principle and working measurements of Voltage. Measurement of medium. Electrical and Electronic Measurements & Instrumentation by A. under and over damping of Galvanometers. principle of operation. Analog Ammeters. Duddell's Oscilloscope. Operating Principles and construction of Galvanometer. Frequency and Phase angle with CRO. Megger and Ducter Ohmmeter. Unit-IV Measurements-IV : Electronic Voltmeters. types of frequency meters and synchrocopes. Maxwell's Inductance Capacitance Bridge. Ballistic Galvanometer and their calibration. self balancing Potentiometers. Books 1. Sawhney. Measurement using multi-meters. Cooper. Unit-III Measurements-III :Frequency meters. . Maxwell's Inductance Bridge. 3. DC potentiometers. Capacitances and Inductances.K. low and high Resistances. phantom loading range extension and applications for DC potentiometers. Fluxmeter. Stont.D. construction and equivalent circuit representation of Resistance. Voltmeters and Ohmmeters. types and applications. Potentiometers. FET Voltmeters.A. Electronic Instrumentation & Measurement Techniques by W. Multiple trace and storage type Oscilloscope. Basic Electrical Measurement by B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Unit-II Measurements II : Standards. Vibration Galvanometers. Audio Signal Generators.

Fabrication and testing of differentiator and integrator circuits using Op-Amp. Section-A To examine design and operating characteristics of an inverting Op-Amp. Measurement of Frequency by Wein's Bridge.A. fabrication and testing of Clipper and Clamper circuits using Op-Amp. Design a delay circuit using 555 timer. Measurement of Capacitance by Schering Bridge. 16. 5. 14. Minimum Hours Per week for practical 6.Sc. Design. 10. Marks : 50 Note : 1. To study Op-Amp as summer. To study Clipping diode circuit. 7. Design a wein-Bridge oscillator using 741. 17. 4. To Examine design and operating characteristics of a noninverting Op-Amp. 8./B. Measurement of Displacement with help Potentiometer. 11. Design . Measurement of Small Resistance by Kelvin's Bridge. 15. . Section-B Measurement of Inductance by Maxwell's Bridge. List of Practicals 1. 9. 2.B. Study the response of the RC circuit to square wave (Integrator and differentiator). To study the Op-Amp as differentiator. 6. Verification of the truth tables of Multiplexer and Demultiplexer. 13. 2. 3. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 357 ELECTRONICS (Practicals) Time : 3 Hours 30 Minutes Max. To study the Op-Amp as integrator. Perform two experiments at least from each section. 12.

23. Verification of truth table for Flip Flops RS. Measurement of Medium Resistances with the help of Wheatstone bridge.A.Bhargava. (chapters : 4.Kulshreshtha.) 3. Books Recommended: 1.358 B.N. (S.C. Determination of Frequency and phase angle using CRO.C.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 18. Study of Hartley. Digital Design By M. 24. 2. 22. D. Basic Electronics Solid State By B. Study of Monostable. 19.Chand & Co./B. S. Verification of truth table for Up Down Counters.L. JK. D. Ring Counters. Colpitts and RC oscillator. Basic Electronics and Linear Circuits-By N. Bistable and astable multivirator.5.10) . To find the Q of a Coil by a series resonance method and verify it.Theraja.Gupta (TMH).Morris Meno (PHI). T flip flops. 21. 20.

The candidates will be required to attempt any five questions. 4. ./B. Emphasis should be on alongwith development. Paper-B 3 3 Max. 3. 2.A. The students can use only Non Programmable and Non storage type calculator in the subject/paper pertaining to Computer. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 359 COMPUTER SCIENCE Scheme of Examination Paper-A : Computer Oriented Hours Numerical and Statistical Methods Paper-B : Data Structures and Programming in C++ Paper-C : (Practical) Practicals based on Paper-A.Marks 75 75 Theory : 4 hours per week in Paper A & B 3 3 25 25 Practical : 2 hours per week (each paper) Note : 1. Eight questions are required to be set giving the weightage to all the portions. All questions will carry equal marks.B. The maximum marks for the paper will be 75. As far as possible except in the computer language papers no programme may be asked in theory papers.Sc.

4. co-efficient of variation. Matrix Inversion Method. Simultaneous Solution of Equations. Newtons Methods : Forward Difference Method. Skewness and Kurtosis Range. Mean median Mode. . 3. Gauss Siedel Method. 2. Correlation Bivariate Distribution Multivariate distribution. Simpson's 1/3 Rule Simpson's 3/8 Rule. Multiple roots and other difficulties. Methods of bisection. Mean Arithmetic. Errors and Measures of Errors. Mean deviation. interpolation methods. Moments Skewness Kurtosis. Numerical Integration and Different Tryaperzoidal Rule. Backward Difference Method Divided Difference Method.C. Measure of Central Tendency. Regression B.A./B. 4. Newton Raphson-method. Gauss Elimination Method Gauss Jordan method. 2. Standard deviation. Linear Regression. 5. Non-linear Equations.. Lagrangian Polynomials. Iterative Solutions. False position method. Mean harmonic.360 B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) COMPUTER SCIENCE Paper-A Computer Oriented Numerical and Statistical Methods Numerical Methods Time : 3 Hours Marks : Theory : 75 Practical : 25 Introduction 1. 3. Measure of dispersion. Numerical differentiation by Polynomial Fit Statistical Techniques 1. Interpolation and Curve Fitting. Preparing frequency distribution table. mean geometric. Numerical methods versus numerical analysis. Numerical methods. Multiple Regression.

2.S. New Delhi. Grewal : Numerical Methods for Engineering. Books Recommended 1.Sc. Non-linear trend Y=axb Y=abx Y=acx Polynomial fit : Y=a+alX+ea^2x2+a^nxn+n Note for paper setters (i) That the program for numerical and statistical methods are to be written in C/C++ Language.B. V. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 361 5. Rajaraman : Computer Oriented Numerical Methods.. . B./B. Sultanchand Publications. Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd. Trend Analysis least square fit linear trend.A. (ii) Paper setter indicating thereby that the greater weightage is to be given to exercises and Algorithms rather than theoretical derivation of all numerical and statistical methods.

representing linked list in memory. The maximum marks of the paper is 75. All questions are to be of equal marks. bubble sort. Time-Space Trade off between Algorithm. description or priorities of queues. As far as possible except in the Computer language papers no programme may be asked in theory papers. Linked lists : Types of Linked Lists. Queues : Description of queue structure. Various operations of linked lists. Various operations on Linear arrays. quicksort technique to sort an array. using arryas and linked lists. The candidates are required to attempt five of them. Arrays: Array Defined. advantages of using linked lists over arrays. Common Operation on Data Structures. application of stack-converting Arithmetic expression from infix notational to polish and their subsequent evaluation. Implementation of queue using arrays and linked lists. Big O Notation. Multi Dimensional arrays.A.Emphasis should be on algorithm development. Implementation of stack. Data Structure : Introduction to elementary Data Organization. Representing Arrays in memory.362 B. Note: i) Theory : 75 Practical : 25 In theory eight questions are to be set in all. deques. ii) iii) Practical marks will include the appropriate weightage for proper maintenance of Lab record. Sorting and Searching : Sorting Algorithms. Stacks : Description of STACK structure./B. selection .Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) COMPUTER SCIENCE Paper-B Data Structures & Programming Language Using C++ Time : 3 Hrs. Algorithm Complexity.

Tanenbaum. multiple inheritance References: Seymour Lischutz. Polymorphism. problems with single inheritance. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 363 sort. Public & Private inheritance. Data conversion. Pitfalls of operator overloading and conversion. Derived class and pase. linear search and binary search. Overloading binary operators. Theory and Problems of Data Structures. merge sort. Overloading uniary operators. searching Algorithms. Overloading member functions. Level of inheritance. Inheritance.B.Sc. class hierarchies. Derived class constructor. insertion sort. Object Oriented Programming : Objects & Classes. Inheritance in the English distance class. Schaum’s Outline Series. Data Structure Using C++ . Operator Overloading./B. McGraw Hill Company.A. quick sort. heap sort. Constructor & Destructor.

Vax/VMS. The cadidates will be required to attempt any five questions.MS DOS b) Multi User Systems : Unix. (ii) The maximum marks for the paper will be 75 (iii) As per as possible except in the computer language papers no programme may be asked in the Theory papers.364 B. 1. Variavle Sized Partition. Compiler./B..Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) COMPUTER APPLICATION (Vocational) Paper . Shortest Job First. What is an Operating System . Dynamic Memory Management with Reallocation Technique. Functions of Operating System a) Memory Management (Fixed Sized partition. Emphasis should be on algorithm development. Marks : (Theory) : 75 Practical : 25 Scheme for Computer Applications (1) Operating System (2) Relational Data Base Management System & ORACL Note for Paper-Setters (i) Eight questions are required to be set giving the weightage to all the portions. All questions will carry equal marks.Evolution of OS Machine Language. Paging Demand Paging Techniques) b) CPU Management (For come First served.A. 3.A Time : 3 Hours Max. 2. Round Robin Policy) c) File Management d) I/O Device Management e) Command Interpreter . Interpreter. Xenix. Assembly. Types of Operating Systems with Examples a) Single User Systems .

bat. delete. Config. dir.?) Directory. restore.Com 6. cd. Types of Files (Ordinary.Sc. Internal and External Commands with Syntax (Arguments & Parameters) a) Internal -cls.(Root. UNIX file system (Data Block. Unix System (Multi-programming./B. boot block) 11. Components of Unix (Kernel. super block. Current) Relative and Absolute Path f) Booting a System (ROM BIOS self test. attrib. Autoexec. diskcomp. Features and Benefits of Unix. mem.B. Terminology for MS-DOS a) b) c) d) e) File Types of File (Data. Directory and Special Files) 12. scandisk. Login and Logout from Unix Session . type. Programme) Wild Cards (*. rd. list. IO. backup. ren. multitasking) 9. time-sharing. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 365 f) Data Management g) Programme Developing Tools h) Time Sharing i) Security j) Communication 4. MSBIOS. Port. date. Shell) 10. Brief History of MS-DOS 5. 8.SYS. time. copy con. Multi. diskcopy. Single. 7. Types of users in UNIX .A. copy b) External -chkdsk.Sys. Command.SYS.levels of users (0-2) 13. xcopy. md.

17. rm. batch processing. rmdir. inserting. modifying. filters. chmod. cal. tput. date./B. whoami. c-shell. cd. Piping. deleting and saving files. Shell as a command inte.A. is. pwd. Editors (vi) : Commands for opening. read. mkdir.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 14. Simple Directory and File Commands Cat. r-shell) 15. case constructs) 18. clear 16.366 B.ps. Practical : University Practical 25 Marks . mail. in. shell programming (echo. who. clear. Types of Shells (Bourne.

ii) The maximum marks of the paper is 75./B. DDL. Portability d) Important components (Database Manager.Hierarchical. e) Introduction to SQL Plus . . Network. Paper Setters Instructions :i) In theory eight questions are to be set giving the weightage to all the portions. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 367 COMPUTER APPLICATION (Vocational) Paper B Relational Data Base Management Systems Oracle Time :3 Hrs. Definition of CODD's Rules 3. (Data Dictionary) . Max.. a) Normalization of Data : First. All questions are to be of equal marks. Introduction to RDBMS and Oracle-Advantages and Limitations over DBMS.B.A. Emphasis should be on algorithm development. Marks : Theory :75 Practical : 25 Theory : 4 hours per week in paper A & B Practical: 2 hours per week (each paper) Relational Data Base Management System & ORACLE 1. Relational c) Features of SQL Compatibility. Second and Third Normal form b) Database Models . query processor. Definition of 3 GL and 4 GL languages 2.Sc..Definition.. iii) As far as possible except in the Computer language papers no programme may be asked in theory papers. DML. The candidates are required to attempt five. DCL.

NOT. Data Manipulation Language 1... Sub Query Definition with 2 Levels . Delete Statement 8.368 B. Update Statement 4. Insert Into 3. Data Types Char..A.. SQL Operators =I=<>><>=<=[NOT]BETWEEN.. where .OR 5. view .AND.Create View-As selected from.IS[NOT][NULL..Revoke .. raw..Create Tables . AND.. Data Control Language .Drop Table .Roll back ./B. [NOT]IN[Text]NOT]like. long raw 6.Grant 9..Alter Table. Select Select distinct Select from where Select from where order by Select group by clause Select Group by having clause 2.... numbers.Create Index 7. DDL Commands of SQL ..Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 4. date long.Rename .

Substitution Variables (&. Character Functions Lower. T Title 10. Month-between. Formating columns 3. Avg. Inserting spaces after every row. Mod. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 369 10. 3. Reporting Using SQL Plus 1. 4./B. Abs. NVL. Compute 9. Length.stddev. Char formats 4. Relationship between SQL & PL/SQL Advantages of PL/SQL PL/SQL block structure Valuable and Constant declaration Declaration using attributes %type attribute If elsif ends if statement . Aggregate Functions Sum. 2.count. Break 5. 7. Upper. Translate. field concatenation. Sine 13.B. Date and Time Functions and Other Miscellaneous Functions (Add-months.variance 11. Introduction to PL/SQL 1. max.LPAS 12. Page size line size. Inserting spaces when the break value changes 6. B Title 11. Trune. Substr.&&) 16.RPAD. pause. 5.to-number. min. Conversion Functions (to-char. Break on multiple columns with different spacing 8. decode) 14.Sc. 17. to-date) 15. Specifying column heading 2. Arithmatic Functions Round. Sqrt.A.

C. .J. Date Data base Managemet System by B. Desai Data base concept by Korth Simplifield Approach to by DBMS Kalyani Publications Oracle :. Data base System Concepts & oracle (SQL/PIS Q) AP Publications.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Practical : 25 Marks Books Reccomended : Introduction to Data base System by C.370 B./B.A.Developer 2000 by Iven Bayross.

The candidates will be required to attempt any five questions. Pin Configuration.A. Registers.Marks : 100 Theory : 75 Marks Practical : 25 Marks Instructions for the Paper Setters : i) Eight questions are required to be set giving the weightage to all the portions. iii) As for as possible except in the computer language papers no programme may asked in the Theory papers. Output Display Interfacing Output Devices. Memory Mapped I/O. Intel 8085. . ALU (Timing & Control Unit. ii) The maximum marks for the paper will be 75. Machine Cycle & State. Instruction Cycles (Fetch Operation. Data & Address Bus.Bit Microprocessor : Introduction of 8085. Fetch. execute Operation. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 371 COMPUTER MAINTENANCE (Vocational) Paper A Microprocessor & Assembly Language Time : 3 Hours M. Interfacing. emphasis should be on Algorithm development. Memory Read. All questions will carry equal marks. Single chip Micro Computers. Intel 8085 Instruction. Timing Diagram (Timing Diagram for OP Code.B. * Instruction Set of Intel 8085 : Introduction Instruction & Data Format. * Interfacing I/O Devices : Basic Interfacing Concepts. Addressing Modus. Microprocessor as a CPU.Sc. * 8. Instruction). Cycle. Organization of a Micro Processor Based System. Evolution. Instruction & Data Flow). Statrs Flags. I/O Road Memory and I/O write)./B. * Introduction to Micro Computer System : Microprocessor Definition.

* * Assembly Language Programs Using 8085 Instructions References : B. Types of I/O. . Isolated I/O Interfaces. 2002.372 B. Interrupt of Intel 8085. I/O Instruction. I/O Bus Cycles. I/O Data Transfers. Memory Bus Status Codes. R. Dhanput Rai. I/O Interface of 8086/8088 Microprocessor :Introduction. 16-Bit Microprocessor : Intel 8086/8088 pin Diagram.PRI. Intel 8529. Read/ Write Cycle. Architecture.A. 2001. Programmable Interrupt Controller. Gaonkar : Microprocessor Architecture for 8085. Memory Control Signals. 1997. 3rd Edition. Minimum & Maximum Modes.S. Programmable DMA Controller./B.Ram : Fundamental of Microprocessor & Micro Computers. 5th Edition. I/O Hand Shaking Memory Mapped I/O. Prentice Hall.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) * Peripheral Devices & Their Interfacing : Memory & I/O Interfacing. 8237A Programmable DMA Controller. Bus Cycles. 6th Edition. Avtar Singh : 8088 & 8086 Microprocessor. Data Transfer Schemes.

* Basic Memory Concepts : Introduction. Preventive Maintenance. ii) The maximum marks for the paper will be 75. Disk Basics. * Mortherboard & Buses : Introduction. Replacing Memories with Higher Capacity. All questions will carry equal marks. Drive Testing & troubleshooting. BIOS Upgrades.B. Upgrade Options & Strategies. Bus Functions & Features. emphasis should be on Algorithm development. BIOS Shortcoming & Compatible Issues./B. BIOS & Boot Sequences. Troubleshooting Memory. The candidate will be required to attempt any five questions.A. Expansion Slots system. Upgrading & Troubleshooting Motherboard. BIOS Features. General Troubleshooting rules. Marks : 100 Theory : 75 Practical : 25 Instructions for the Paper Setters : i) Eight questions are required to be set giving the weightage to all the portions. Common Problems & Solutions. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 373 COMPUTER MAINTENANCE (Vocational) Paper-B PC Maintenance & Troubleshooting Time : 3 Hours Max. * Hard Disk : Introduction. BIOS Troubleshooting. iii) As for as possible except in the computer language papers no programme may asked in the Theory paper. Drive Construction. * Troubleshooting General PC Problems : Introduction. Disk Performance & Characteristics. General Bus Troubleshooting. Motherboard Components.Sc. Installing Memories. . * BIOS : Typical Motherboard BIOS.

A. How Printer Works. References Upgrading & Reparing PCs Complete PC Upgrade & Maintenance Guide : Muller./B. BPB Publishers.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) * Printers : Printer Technology.374 B. * Error Code : Beep Code. 2004. Post Reader Card. . Attaching Printer. Post Code. Common Printer Problems & Solution. Prentice Hall. 15th Edition. 2000. 10th Edition. Installing Printer Drivers. Preventive Maintenance. : Mark Minasi.

3. 4. 8.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 375 COMPUTER MAINTENANCE (Vocational) List of Practicals Based on Paper-A 1. To divide a string of unpacked ASCII digits. 4. To add two binary numbers each of 16-bit long. 5. To study the troubleshooting Beep Codes. To multiply an ASCII string of 8 number by a single ASCII digit. 7. To find maximum number in the given string (16 bytes long) and store it at location 0510. 3. Up gradation of PC. 7. To add two binary numbers each of 8-bit long. Detection of display card & its replacement. Troubleshooting Keyboard and Mouse. 2.B. 6. List of Practicals Based on Paper-B 1. Delection of RAM failures and its replacement./B. Detection of Motherboard failure and its repair. To study the addressing modes of 8086. 6. . Introduction and knowledge of components of PC. To sort a string of a number of 8-bytes in descending order.A. 2. To study the architecture of 8088 microprocessor. 5.

conditional expression. recusions. member. Defining a function. Identifiers and Keywords. All questions are to be of equal marks. Marks : 75 Practical : 25 . inline member functions. pointer and classes.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Information Technology (Vocational) Paper-A OOPS Using C++ Time : 3 Hours Instructions for the paper setter Note :(i) In theory eight questions are to be set giving the weightage to all the portions. SECTION-B Arrays. variable Declaration. Characteristics of the object oriented language-objects. SECTION-A Evolution of OOP. dynamic memory allocation./B. Inheritance. friend function. The candidates are required to attempt any five. pointers and structures. destructors. arrays of class objects. User Defined data types. constructors. Max. unions. (iii) As for as possible except in the Computer language papers no programme may be asked in theory papers. breaking control statements. classes.A. Constants. Emphasis should be on algorithm development. Reusability. OOP Paradigm. structures. storage class specifiers. objects. loop statements. functions. type conversion. types of functions.376 B. Input and output. Polymorphism and operator overloading. c++ operators. Statements and Expressions. Advantage of OOP. (ii) The maximum marks for the paper will be 75.classes. static class member.

Let us C++. Herbert". First Edition. BPB Publication. 3.Sc. First Edition. Bruce Eckel. Galgotia Publication.B. "Yeshwant Kanetkar". 1991./B. C++. 2006. Functions overloading . Edition 2002. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 377 Inheritance. Turbo C++ by "Lafore Robert". opening and closing of files. operator overloading. A Beginner's Guide by "Schildt. type of derivations. 4. . multiple inheritance. polymorphism. Stream State member functions. References : 1. member access control. types of base classes. "Thinking in C++". pure virtual functions. single inheritance. container classes. 2007.A. virtual functions. Reprint. 2. McGraw Hill. Edition Frist.

B+Trees.Ist. SECTION-B Database Design : ER Modeling. Binary Locks. Emphasis should be on algorithm development. (iii) As for as possible except in the Computer language papers no programme may be asked in theory papers. Relational Algebra and SQL. Max.Concurrancy Control Lost Update. B Trees. 2 Phase Locking protocol. DDL. Hierarchical.and linear) Database Architectures and Data Models. Clustering.A. DCL. Primary.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Information Technology (Vocational) Paper-B Data Base Management System Time : 3 Hours Instructions for the paper setters Note: (i) In theory eight questions are to be set giving the weightage to all the portions. Dynamic. (ii) The maximum marks for the paper will be 75. Hashing (Extendible. BCNF . Relational Model. SECTION-A Indexing Techniques. Network. Relations. Temporary Update . Shared and Exclusive Locks. Query Optimisation. Locking Mechanisms. Timestamping approches. Object-Oriented. Normalisation ./B. All questions are to be of equal marks. DML.378 B. Relational operators and integrity constraints. and Relational. Marks : 75 Practical : 25 . Secondary. Recovery Mechanism Motivations. 2nd.3rd. mapping to relational scheme. The candidates are required to attempt any five.

Introduction to Database Systems by Navathe. Fragmentation policies. McGraw Hill.B.A. Distributed Databases Introduction./B. Edition. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 379 Transactions . 2nd Edition. . immediate & Deferred Update Protocols Shadow paging. Commit Points . Database System Concepts by Abraham & Henry F. 2. Korth. Checkpoints . Object Oriented Databases. Pearson Publication. System Log. 2006. References : 1.Sc.

Alternator type generator. Ignition coil. Maximum Marks : 100 Theory 6 Paper A : Theory shall consists of three parts : (a) Ten short compulsory questions requiring short replies of five lines each.A. Generator principles. Starting motor troubleshooting./B. Each question carries two marks. Total marks 32. Cut out relay. Generation of direct current. Overrunning clutch drive. Generator. Part-I Automatic Electrical Systems : Basic Automotive Circuits. Regulator. Battery ignition system. Solinoid shift systems. generator output control.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) AUTOMOBILE MAINTENANCE (Vocational) Paper . Starting Devices. Generation of Alternating currents.A (Theory) Time : 3 hours Periods per week Instructions for the paper setter. (b) Ten Questions of six marks each giving to the points replies.380 B. . (c) Two questions of descriptive type to be attempted by the candidates out of set of four questions. Bendix starting Drive. Starting motor. Components of battery ignition system. Ignition Systems :Introduction. The question paper should cover the whole syllabus. Generator construction. Eight questions carrying forty eight marks will be attempted by the candidates. Qualities of a good ignition system. Question paper should be set strictly according to the syllabus and preferably in Punjabi. The language of the paper should be straight and simple Punjabi. Generating Systems troubleshooting.

Fluid flywheel troubleshooting. Special type engines. Contact breaker. Fuel Delivery.Sc. Number of strokes. Clutch Operation : Clutch. Rotating magnet type. Friction clutches. Adjustment. Materials Engine Service Crank Shift and Cylinder Blocks : Review of design. Fuel level. Part-II Engines : Introduction. Ignition systems : No spark. Characteristics of the fluid flywheel. Distributer. Low and high tension types. Square engines. Ignition Advance. Piston rings. Clutch troubleshooting. Types of Clutch. Stroke. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 381 Condenser. Engine position. Clutch lining materials. Ignition System troubleshooting. Rotating Armature Type. Spark at some wires. Analysis of Crank shift for strength.B. Classification Sparking Plugs. Torque transmission. Diesel Engine Service : Fuel pump tests. Pressure. Friction materials.A. Engine cycle. Spark Plug Gap. Weak spark. With respect to fuels use. Fluid coupling. Requirement of clutch. Magneto Ignition System. Classification based on type of valve. Classification of automobile engines. . Surface hardening of crank shaft and their materials. Bonding materials. Piston Assembly :Piston. Classification based on valve arrangements. Classification based on type of cooling. Advantages of fluid flywheel. Number and arrangement of cylinders. Clutch components. Methods of ignition advance. Analysis of piston rings. Spark plug. piston pins. Electric vehicles. Intermittent spark. Float level. servicing ignition system. Carborator test and adjustments. Fuel cell./B. Special type of magneto.

Engine fault Diagonising.Marks : 80 Internal Asses. (Delhi). 3. : 20 Total : 100 15 10 10 25 10 10 Distribution of Marks Three visits to Motor Workshop Oral Examination Written Test Test of Workshop jobs Identification of Workshop Tools Scale Instrument readings 1. Clutch Fitting with Engine 8.A. Dynmo/Alternator Dismentling and assembling. Cut out opening and fitting with Engine References : 1) Basic Automobile Engineering (Punjabi Edition) Written by C. Jalandhar. Self stater opening from the voh and Refitting 2. (Punjabi Edition). Ignition Timing with the Engine 4./B. Published by Dhanpat Rai and Sons.382 B.Kalia. 2) Royal Basic Automobile Engineering Written by R.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) AUTOMOBILE MAINTENANCE Paper-B (Practical) Time : 3 Hours Periods per week : Practical 4 Max.K. Engine Piston and Rings fitting 6. .P. 5. Clutch Dismentling and assembling 7.Nakra.

Timber extraction. d) Food resources : World food problems. change caused by agriculture and overgrazing. floods. Marks : 75+25=100 Regular students: 2½ Hours Regular students :75 Private students : 3 Hours Private students : 100 Instructions for paper setters : The question paper will consist of two sections for regular students and three sections for private students. dams-benefits and problems.Sc. environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources. Answer to any of the questions should not exceed four pages. a) Forest resources: Use of over exploitation. case studies. effects of modern . 2. The multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies: Definition. drought.A. dams and their effects on forests and tribal people. Candidates will be required to attempt three questions. Need for public awareness. c) Mineral resources: Use and exploitation. mining. Answer to any of the questions should not exceed two pages. deforestation. each question carrying fifteen marks./B. scope and importance. case studies. Candidates will be required to attempt six questions.B. 1. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 383 Environmental Studies (Compulsory) Theory Lectures : 50 Hours Time for Theory examination M. Section B (45 Marks) : It will consist of six essay type questions. Unit-I (Compulosry for all students) Section A (30 Marks) : It will consist of ten short answer type questions. conflicts over water. Natural resources : Natural resources and associated problems. each question carrying five marks. b) Water resources: Use and over-utilization of surface and ground water.

Ecological succession. man wildlife conflicts Endangered and endemic species of India. Producers. social. agriculture. Desert ecosystem d. f) Land resources : Land as a resource. . land degradation.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 3. Biodiversity and its conservation Definition : Genetic. aesthetic and option values. soil erosion and desertification. India as mega-diversity nation. Food chains. structure and function of the following ecosystems : a. 4. poaching of wildlife. Hot-spots of biodiversity. Value of biodiversity : Consumptive use. characteristic features. streams. Ecosystem Concept of an ecosystem.A. Biogeographical classification of India. consumers and decomposers. lakes. e) Energy resources : Growing energy needs. food webs and ecological pyramids. rivers. species and ecosystem diversity.384 B. Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles. Threats to biodiversity : Habitat loss. ethical. Energy flow in the ecosystem. Grassland ecosystem c. fertilizer-pesticide problems. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds. man induced landslides. Case studies. renewable and non-renewable energy sources. National and local levels. Introduction. use of alternate energy sources. Biodiversity of global. productive use./B. estuaries). case studies. water logging. Conservation of biodiversity : In situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity. Structure and function of an ecosystem. g) Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources. Forest ecosystem b. oceans. types. salinity.

* Climate change. Cyclone and Landslides 6. Pollution case studies Disaster Management : Floods. its problems and concerns.A. * Wasteland reclamation * Consumerism and waste products * Environmental Protection Act * Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act * Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act * Wildlife Protection Act * Forest Conservation Act * Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation * Public awareness . Social Issues and Environment * From unsustainable to sustainable development * Urban problems related to energy * Water conservation. ozone layer depletion. rain water harvesting. Causes. nuclear accidents and holocause. Case studies * Environmental ethics : Issues and possible solutions. acid rain./B. Role of an individual in prevention of pollution. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 385 5. global warming. Earthquake. watershed management * Resettlement and rehabilitation of people. Case studies. Environmental pollution Definition.Sc. effects and control measures of : a) Air Pollution b) Water Pollution c) Soil Pollution d) Marine Pollution e) Noise Pollution f) Thermal Pollution g) Nuclear Hazards Solid Waste Management : Causes effects and control measures of urban and industrial wastes.B.

limitations. Environmental Studies (Field Study) (Practical for Regular Students Only) The candidates will be required to undertake field study trips to study animals and plants in their natural habitats. their implications and suggestion for improvement. variation among nations Population explosion-Family welfare programme Environment and human health Human rights Value education HIV/AIDS Women and child welfare Role of information technology in environment and human health * Case studies Unit-II (Compulsory for Private Candidate only) Section C ( 25 Marks) I will consist of two questions. The candidates will be required to submit the field study report of about 10 pages listing their observation of the habitats studied and their contributions for conservation of habitats. Answer to the question should not exceed 5 pages.386 B.A. * * * * * * * * Human population and the environment Population growth. . Candidate will be required to attempt one question only. The reports will be evaluated by the examiner appointed by the Principal of the concerned college. status of pollution in the area and to undertake tree plantation drives. In this section the students will be required to write on the enviroment of an area/ecosystem/village/industry/disaster/mine/dam/ agriculture of an area/ecosystem/village/industry/disaster/mine/dam/ agriculture filed/waste management/hospital etc. with its salient features.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 7./B.

A. 1 1 Time 3 hrs. 2. Laundry 2 hrs. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 387 HOME SCIENCE Paper Clothing Textiles Scheme of Study Theory Period/week 2 hrs. Marks Internal 40 50 45 30 10 15 10 60 40 200 Note : Internal assessment should be based on 1.Sc. 2 hrs. 3 hrs./week Practical Scheme of Examination Name of Paper Clothing Textiles & Laundry Laundry practical No.B./week 2 hrs. 3 hrs. (at different times on different day) clothing 3 hrs. ii) Practical exam./B. 4 hrs. Total 100 Clothing practical 1 1 . of clothing & Laundry should be held separately. Practical examinations to be held before the final theory exams. i) Assignment/test/seminars and attendance for theory & Practical. 3 hrs.

C & D of the question paper and entire section E. Equipments & supplies in clothing : Construction—their use & care II. Principles of design such as Harmony.B. II. Instructions for the Candidates Candidates are required to attempt one question each from the section A.A. Section-C Aesthetics in clothing I. Different methods of developing a design-Drafting. Care to be taken while taking body measurement. Sewing Machine : (a) (b) (c) Parts of Sewing Machine & its accessories Common defects in sewing machine & their remedies Care of Sewing machines Section-B I.C & D will have two questions from the respective sections of the syllabus & will carry 8 marks each./B. Section E will consist of 8 short answer type questions covering the entire syllabus uniformly carrying one mark each.388 B. Rhythm.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) HOME SCIENCE Paper-A Clothing (Theory) Instructions for the paper setter The question paper will consist of five sections: A. B. Pattern making. Time : 2 Hours/week Maximum Marks : 40 Section-A 1. Section A. . Recording of Body measurements. Balance.D and E. Draping (in brief) their advantages and disadvantages.B. emphasis & proportion.C.

Sc. wool and silk. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 389 II.B. shape. lime.A. Elements of design such as colour. form and texture. Section-D III Selection of suitable clothes for the following groups : a) Infants b) Toddlers c) School going children d) Adolescents e) Adults f) elderly IV Care & storage of garments of cotton. . line./B.

A. a) c) e) g) Cotton b) Linen Silk d) Wool Nylon f) Polyester Rayon viscose & Acetate Section-B 1. Classification of textile fibres 2. Section A. rib./B. Novelty & Bulk yarn in brief. felting. Section E will consist of 10 short Type/objective type questions covering the entire syllabus uniformly carrying one mark each. Knotting. bonding.C & D of the question paper and entire section E. Fabric construction—A brief study of basic weaves a) i) Simple weaves—basket.C & D will have two questions from the respective sections of the syllabus & will carry 10 marks each. .B.B. Different types of yarns—simple. Time 3 Hours/week Maximum Marks : 50 Section-A 1.390 B. Instructions for the Candidates Candidates are required to attempt one question each from the section A.C.D and E. Section-C 1. b) ii) Twill-broken twill. Manufacture (in Brief) & properties of different fibres. Stain. 2. Bleach—Oxidising.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) HOME SCIENCE Paper-B Textiles (Theory) Instructions for the paper setter The question paper will consist of five sections: A. Sateen. Knitting. B. reducing bleaches & their suitability to different fabrics.

Finishing—Sizing. Types and uses of starches and blues. Printing a) b) c) Block Printing Screen Printing Roller Printing 3. 4. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 391 2. Application of colour on fabric Dyeing—simple dying of cotton Resist—Tie Dye and Batik 2.A. flame resistant & flame proofing. Section-D 1. water proofing & water repellenty./B.B. . calendaring. sanforising.Sc. designing. crease resistant. Methods of Laundry/Washing. mercerisation.

Salwar Kameez 2.A. Child's gathered frock with any sleeve & coller. Drafting of the following : i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) 3. i) Processes—Continuous wrap. maker. Seams—Flat seam. counter seam. Petticot. Jangia. baby coller. pleats. gathering into a band. Saree. Fastners. French seam./B. Button hole stitch.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) HOME SCIENCE Clothing Practical Time : 4 hours/week Marks : 60 Internal Ass. Drafting of a) Adults bodice block b) plain sleeve Petticot Salwar Kameez : : Bloomer. hemming. Mantua. Run & Fell seam. Make samples of the following : a) b) c) Tacking.392 B. running stich. two piece placket opening. : 20 1. child's bodice block sleeve— a) plain sleeve b) Puff sleeve collers—flat—and raised peterpan. tucks. Jangia. Blouse. childs bodice block & plain sleeve block. ii) Embroidery—10 Fency embroidery stiches. cape coller. Bloomer. Back Stitch. Construction of following garments : Children Ladies .

Drafting Tables 6.Sc. a) Ordinary shears b) c) d) c) f) g) h) Pinking Shears Drafting Scarles Measuring tapes Tailoring chalks Irons Ironing Boards Sleeve Boards 12 02 01 02 04 04 12 1 each 4 12 12 02 boxes 4 4 4 Clothing 1. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 393 List of equipment required for the practical for a group of 12 students Clothing 1. Simple Sewing Machines 2. Special purpose Machines 3. Singer Sewing Book. Over Locking Machine 4. Mary Brooks pichen McGraw-Hill Book Company Inc. New Delhi (Fourth Revised edition) . Raaj Prakashan. New York Tronto London 1953 2.B. Sewing Kits. Cutting Tables 7./B. Stools 8. Basic processing & Clothing Construction She-rie Doongaji & Raushni Deshpande.A. Display Boards 5.

Louis San Francisco. 9. Second edition 1966. Tokyo. London. 6. Allyne Bane. New York.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 3. Ward./B. Japan. 1967. A Manual of Children Clothing. London 8.. Indian Embriodery Its Veriegated Charms. Savitri Pandit. Sydney. The Basic Principles of Cut and Fit. Dress Pattern Designing. Creative clothing construction. Practical Dress Design Principals of Fitting and Pattern Making. Pattern Drafting Vol. The Hamlyn Pub. McGraw Hill Book Company. Erwin. Savtri Pandit. Tronto.. London. 1972 (fifty edition) 4.. N. Ninth Printing.Y. CBS Publishers & Distributors (p) Ltd.. 1966. New Delhi. group Ltd. Pattern Cutting & Making up the professional approach... Encyclopedia of Dress Making Pub. Martin M.. Crosby Lock wood & sons Ltd. Mable D. III.A. Mc Call's Sewing in Colour Pub. Pub. Orient Longmans Ltd. Shoben & Janet P. The Macmillian Company. Bombay. Natalie Bray. . St. 1961 10. New York. 5. 7.394 B.. Kamakura-Shobo Publishing Co. Ltd. 11. Marshall Canvendish Books Ltd.

The Basic Book of Sewing. Better Homes & gardens sewing. first edition.Sc. 15. Singer Sewing Book. Boston.. Sir Issac Pitman & Sons Ltd.. New York. London. 16.A. Octopus Books Ltd. Meredith Press & Pub Co. Houghton Mifflin Co. Simple Dress making. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 395 Savtri Pandit Faculty of Home Science. 13. Golden Press... Clothing 12. . Baroda. Gladys Cunigham Pub. Eve Harlow Pub./B.. Pub.. London-I. 14. Maureen Goldsworthy Pub: Mills 7 Boon Ltd. The Bishop Method of Clothing Construction.. America. London. 17. Clothing Construction-Evelyn A Mansfield.. Bishop & Arch. casual clothes pub.B. 1976.. Pub..

Nail Polish.Marks : 40 1./B. University should appoint one internal examiner alongwith the external. Testing of cotton. Simple house hold dyeing of cotton fabric 12"x12" 5. 2. Hand Printing (a) Block (b) Screen (c) Stencil Note : 1. 3. Boot Polish. Sinks 2.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) HOME SCIENCE Textiles & Laundry Time : 2 hrs. Practical group should not exceed 15 students. Preparation of dye/starch/blue should be prepared by students./Week Practicals Practical : 30 Internal Ass. 6. Stain removal : Rust. Textiles 1. Spot cleaning of wooden garments. Gas burners 6 12 12 12 4 4 . 4. Mugs 5. Paint. wool & Silk. Blood. Perfume. 2. 3. Buckets 4. Nylon by microscope & by Burning test. Coffee. Ink (Ball Pen) & Curry. Preparation of an article of Tie and Dye. : 10 Max. Basins 3. Lipstick.A.396 B. Juice. Tea. Bhagonas 6.

Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 397 7. New Jersey. 1984. Butterworth. Former Bedrich. 2. King Resalic Resso. Encyclopedia of Textiles. Slips covers 13. Bombay. Bhagonas for dyeing 17. 4. New York. 6. John Willey. Test tube holders 15. New York. Reprinted. Prentice Hall. Painting brushes 19. Charles Cribner's. Slides 12. Textile Identification conservation and Preservation. Household Textiles and Laundry Work. Enamel bowls 8. N. Madras.. 1968. London.Sc. . 1982. Englewood Cliffs. Dantyagi Orient Longmans. Textile Fabrics and their selection. 5. 7. Fundamentals of Textiles and their care.B.J. 1970. Inc. Grayson Martin. 1985. Iron Karachis used for was heating 18. Microscopes 11. Dyeing gloves (rubber) 24 6 12 4 2 boxes 2 boxes 1 box 12 12 12 big 6 24 12 pairs Books Recommended .. Isabel N.A. Ideas for Fabric Painting and dyeing Gooch. Peter H. New Delhi 1973.. Durga Deulkar Atma Ram & Sons.Textiles 1. Calcutta. Wingate. Scrubbing boards 9. 3. Fibres and Nonwoolen Fabrics. Scrubbing brushes 10./B. Indonesian Batic & Ikat. Test tubes 14. 1974. Susheela. New Delhi. Spirit lamps 16.

Oxford & IBH pub. Man made fibers. Moncrieff Pub. W. 17../B. 13. Dorothy Siegert Lyle Pub. 13..398 B. 10. Orient Longman Ltd.. N. N. Z. John Wiley & Sons Inc.Hildreth Pub. 18. London. Allman & Sons. 20.D. London. Universal Publishing Corp. Textiles Fibres and Their Use. Textiles. Wingate & June F... Khaari Baoli. Tie Dye Textiles of India. P.Munn Rankin & E.. 9. Mapju publishing Pvt. Bombay. Prentice Hall.W. N. Batic Unlimited. Joanifer Gibbs Pub.. Corbman Pub. N. . Monler Pub... Household Textiles & Laundry work.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 8. London.. London. Sarla Sudershan Pub. Normia Hellen & Jane Saddler Pub.. Co. Veronica Murthy & Rosemary Crill Pub. Nerunes Butterworths. Megraw Hill Book Co. Fundamentals of Textiles & Their Care.. Batic Kala. Ltd. Susheela Dantyogi Pub. Modern Textiles. Bernard.A. Grosicki Pub...J. N. Inc Engelwood Cliffs..M. 19. Pub. Orient Longman Ltd. Watson's-Textiles Design & Colour. Textiles Fibre to Fabrie.. 12.. Paddock Hess.. 11. Pustak Mahal.Y. Ahamedabad.. 14..D.. Textiles Fabrics & their selection.. The Macmillan Co. Isabel B. Pitman Publishing.Y. Textiles in the Home. Durga Deulkar Pub.. R. 15. 16. New Delhi. Katharine.

B. Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each question upto 5 pages in length. All questions will be compulsory. 1 1 3 Hrs. Twelve questions will be set by the examiner & eight will be attempted by the candidates. 3 Hrs 3 Hrs.A. Each question will carry 3 marks. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 399 COSMETOLOGY (Theory Elective) SCHEME OF STUDIES Name of Paper periods/week Theory Practical Paper-A Practical Paper-B Job Training 4 4 4 Marks 50 60 60 30 200 Hours./B. 50 60 60 30 200 Instructions for Theory Exam : Note : Question paper will consist of three sections as follows: Section-A will consist of 6 very short answer type questions with answer to each question up to 5 lines in length.Sc. Four questions will be set Marks Scheme of Examination Name of Paper Theory Practical Paper-A Practical Paper-B Job Training Paper Th. total weightage being 12 marks. Section-B will consist of short answer type questions with answer to each question upto two pages in length. Each question will carry 2 marks. 1 - . The total weightage of the section shall be 24 marks. Pr.

Each question will carry 7 marks.A. Selecting a colour key Textures. Respiratory. cosmetics. IV. Health and Diet a) Balanced Diet. eyes and hair. b) Principles of Meal Planning. Hair : a) Structure and Division of Hair b) Forms of Hair c) Hair growth and regeneration. Basic knowledge of Skeltal System. Total weightage of the section being 14 marks. d) Disorders of Hair and Scalp : e) Contagious diseases. Muscular. Endocrine.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) by the examiner & the candidates will be required to attempt two. III./B.400 B. e) Overweight and underweight. Hair colouring and wardrobe . Colour: a) b) c) d) e) Analysis of Client Colour Colour Key Programme and its relation to skin. c) Concept of energy requirement and BMR d) Health Counselling. II. Excretory. I. lighting.

II. waxing.Choosing a method.Benefits and Bave scalp manipulations c. Basic concept of Electrolysis./B. Tineeing. . c) Hair rinses. Introduction . oily. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 401 COSMETOLOGY (A) Hair Care Practical Max Marks :-60 Practical : 4 week I.Scientific Brushing. listant conditioners. III. b) Types of shampoos and procedures. d) Hair conditioners. Bleaching.B.Hair Brushing. Corrective hair & Scalp treatments-Treatment for dry. Hair Care: a) Shampooing. dry dandruff. Scalp manipulations .Sc. Scalp Treatments and Hair Conditioners a.A. Depilatouies. Hair treatments using a thermal cap. b. Removing Unwanted Hair . corrective hair conditioners. Bleached hair and giving shampoo.

To be assessed by Internal Examiner. b. Wet Hairstyling Hair styling-Buns-at least 5 Training Marks : 30 Students are required to undergo 3 weeks training in a reputed saloon. a. Hair shaping instruments and their using. students will gain experience on tasks related to practicals. Hair Texture as it relates to hair Shaping A medium and long length hair cut.A. c./B.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) COSMETOLOGY Practical : 4 week Practical . Sectioning for a Hair cut.402 B. Marks-60 Hair Shaping & Styling 1. d. 3. . b. d. Principles of Design. Roller setting. Shapings and Moulding. Finger Waving.B Max. Basic Hair Shaping a. Pin Curls. 2. c. Techniques & Equipment used.

2 questions from each section of 20 marks. Max. Part A : The examiner will set 12 short questions. Marks : 100 INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER The Theory Paper consists of two Parts A and B (short questions and long questions). Strategic Planning and Strategic Marketing Business Environment./B. (10x02=20 Marks) The examiner will set 8 long questions. The candidate will have to attempt 10 questions out of 12 questions. Operations Management Booking Reservation Blocking Reconfirmation. The candidate will have to attempt 4 questions out of 8 question. (04x20=80 Marks) Part B: Unit-I Chapter 1.B.Market Sharing. 3 questions from each section of 02 marks. .A.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 403 SCHEME OF STUDIES TRAVEL AND TOURISM (Elective) Paper A Paper B Management of Travel and Tourism Tourism Marketing and Travel Agency Business 100 100 Paper-A MANAGEMENT OF TRAVEL AND TOURISM Time : 3 hrs. Alliances . Takeovers and Mergers Chapter 2.

Commission. Ski resorts and Adventure sports. Financial ratios and performance Credit system. Chapter 4. Project Planning Conceptualizing a Project Project Cycle. Heritage tours and Eco-tourism Rural tourism and Space tourism . Direct sales. Unit-IV Chapter 7. Chapter 6. Forex Management.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Unit-II Chapter 3. Techno-economic survey. Money Transfers. Project Review Need for a project review Project appraisal and evaluation Destination Development Unit-III Chapter 5.404 B./B. New Trends in Tourism Health tourism.A. Financial Management Financial statements. Banking and Forex Banking Operations.

UK O.A.) (1988) Marketing in the Tourism Industry: The Promotion of Destination Region. Lucknow Mahotsava and Taj Mahotsava Concept of MICE Conference/conventions and exhibitions. Butterworth Heinemann: UK Harrison. · · · · . (ed) (1992) Tourism and the Less Developed Countries. B. (1996) Using Computers in Hospitality Cassell: UK National Geographic and Discovery Channel Programs.Sc./B. G. Suggested Readings : · Harris. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 405 Chapter 8. P. Event Management and MICE Role of events for promotion of tourism Ganga Mahotsava. and Ashworth. P.Cornnor. Wiley: UK Goodall. D. (1995) Accounting and Finance for the International Hospitality Industry.B. (eds.

Pricing strategies. Buyer decision making process. Pricing Marketing vs. Marks: 100 INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER The Theory Paper consists of two Parts A and B (short questions and long questions). How tourism marketing is different from the marketing of other products. Marketing mix. 3 questions from each section of 02 marks. The candidate will have to attempt 10 questions out of 12 questions. (10x02=20 Marks) The examiner will set 8 long questions. targeting and positioning. Tourism Product Principles and concepts of marketing. Market research vs. Selling. Chapter 2. 2 questions from each section of 20 marks. (04x20=80 Marks) Part B : Unit-I Chapter 1. Consumer behavior. Marketing research. The candidate will have to attempt 4 questions out of 8 question. Max.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) TRAVEL AND TOURISM (Elective) Paper-B TOURISM MARKETING AND TRAVEL AGENCY BUSINESS Time: 3 hrs. . Part A : The examiner will set 12 short questions.406 B./B. Segmentation.A. Meaning and nature of tourism marketing.

Tour Packaging Concept and characteristics Methodology and pricing of tour packaging. Travel Agency Business Linkages in tourism and other sectors . Designing and printing of tour brochure. accommodation. Chapter 4./B.Sc.B. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 407 Unit-II Chapter 3. Unit-III Chapter 5. nutrition and catering. Unit-IV Chapter 7. food.A. Chapter 6. Method of getting IATA recognition and the advantages enjoyed by an IATA recognized travel agent. Functions and organizational structure of a travel agency and the tour operators. transportation. Travel agency and its role in the tourism development.travel agency. Marketing of packaged tours Marketing in different sectors of tourism Leisure and hospitality. Procedures for becoming a travel agent and tour operator in India. . Travel Agents Types of travel agents and their responsibilities. Role of transportation in the growth of travel agency and tour operator business in India. Transportation Transportation and tourism development.

& Co. An Introduction to Travel and Tourism. Sales and Marketing for the Travel Professional. Market Research in Travel and Tourism. Kogan Page. Dennis L.Principles and Practices.A. Stephen R. Marketing Management: Analysis.K. A. Marketing in Travel and Tourism. Tourism Development . Marketing: An Introductory Text. 1994. Susan. & Moutinoh. McGraw-Hill. 1998. Baker. Jagmohan Travel Agency and Tour Operation: Concepts and Principles. Suggested Readings : · Kotler. Veal. Luiz. New Delhi.l992 Mohamed. Witt. 1997. McGraw-Hill. 1995.408 B. Prentice Hall of India. Kanishka. Longman. London. Communication India. Research Methods for Leisure and Tourism: A Practical Guide. Aaker. Middleton. Dennis L. Macmillan.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) Chapter 8. M. 1994. Kaveri.C. Sterling. Types of accommodation and their organization. Advertising Management. A. 1997. 1993.J. · · · · · · · · · · · · · . New Delhi. 1993 Negi. Prentice Hall of India. Foster. H. New Delhi./B. Surinder. 1985. Successful Tourism Marketing: A Practical Handbook. London. Paul. Butterworth Heinemaun. Butterwort Heinemaun. Travel Agency Management. Foster. Bhatia. Marketing: A Financial Approach. 1992. Agarwal. New Delhi. Philip. Peeru. Oxford. David A. 1994. Brunt. Brigs.J. Planning Implementation and Control. 1997. Accommodation Accommodation and tourism. Victor T. Tourism Marketing and Management Handbook Prentice Hall.

Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) FACULTY OF ARTS & SOCIAL SCIENCES AND SCIENCES 409 SYLLABUS For B./B.Part-II (12+3 SYSTEM OF EDUCATION) EXAMINATIONS .Sc.A./B.A.B.2010-11 GURU NANAK DEV UNIVERSITY AMRITSAR .

Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) GURU NANAK DEV UNIVERSITY AMRITSAR B. of this University.A. Pass Course Examination (12+3 System of Education) PART-II i) The Part-II examination shall be open to a candidate who has passed.410 B.A.A. not less than one academic year previously.Sc. Vol. Part-I (under 10+-2+3 System of Education) examination of the B. Any other examination recognised by this University as equivalent to any of the corresponding examinations mentioned above./B. II. Note : Detailed ordinances relating to examination for this class are contained in the Guru Nanak Dev University Calendar. Read with Syndicate Decisions/Amendments made from time to time. ii) ./B./B.Sc.

Sociology 21. Functional English (Vocational) 4. Geography 23. Journalism & Mass Communication 24. English (Elective) 3./B. k`rjI pMj`bI 7. Functional Hindi 12.A. Punjabi (Elective) 6. Sanskrit (Vocational) 10.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 411 CONTENTS 1. Physical Education 1 3 7 11 12 14 17 19 23 25 28 34 36 38 42 46 50 59 69 73 76 81 90 92 96 100 . Persian (Elective) 16. English (Compulsory) 2. History 17. Hindi 11. pMj`bI l`zmI 5. Urdu (Elective) 15. French 14. Psychology 22. Sanskrit (Elective) 9. Mass Communication & Video Production (Vocational) 25.B. Russian 13. Defence and Strategic Studies 19. Punjab History & Culture 8. Political Science 18. Public Administration 20. Education 26.

Advertising. Mathematics 61. Fine Art (Drawing & Painting) 34. History of Art 35. Biotechnology (Vocational) 59. Quantitative Techniques 43. Gemology & Jewellery Design 40. Music (Instrumental) 30. Microbiology (Vocational) 57. Rural Development 46. Still Photography & Audio Production (Vocational) 38. Dairy Farming (Vocational) 47. Philosophy 28. Music (Vocal) 31./B.A. Human Genetics 60. Bioinformatics (Vocational) 53. Botony 54. Income Tax Procedure and Practice 51. Statistics 105 111 116 121 125 129 133 139 141 143 145 152 154 157 161 165 169 173 177 181 184 196 201 206 213 218 226 234 244 249 254 259 266 272 276 . Tabla 33. Industrial Economics 44. Sales Promotions & Sales Management 52.Sc. B.412 B. Sculpture 37. Tourism and Travel Management 49.Sc Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 27. Office Management & Secretarial Practice (Vocational) 48. Microbial and Food Technology 56. Commercial Art 36. Agricultural Economics & Marketing 45. Indian Classical Dance 32. Commerce 41. Zoology 55. Dramatic Art 39. Industrial Microbiology (Vocational) 58. Drm EiDEYn 29. Economics 42. Tourism and Hotel Management (Vocational) 50.

/B.A.Sc. Part-II (12+3 System of Education) 413 .B.